Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026

Statistics
Vakcode E_EOR1_STAT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator J.O. Bauer
Examinator J.O. Bauer
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Cai, J.O. Bauer
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
The course statistics is an introduction into the basic concepts of mathematical statistics. At the end of the course
the student can formulate statistical models, derive different types of estimators, check asymptotics, formulate and
execute various hypothesis tests, and construct confidence intervals.

Inhoud vak
In statistics one tries to make statements about the generating process behind observed data. The lectures include:
statistical models, point estimations, asymptotic statistics, hypothesis tests, and the construction of confidence
intervals; probability theory and classes of probability distributions are added to these topics when they are
needed. The material is illustrated on the basis of many (practical) examples. In this course, the emphasis is on
parametric statistics, in which the probability distribution is known up to a finite number of parameters.

Applications using software (R/Python) is discussed and students can develop and practice their programming
skills in statistical contexts.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures: 2 times 2 hours of lectures per week Tutorials: 1 time 2 hours of tutorial per week. The purpose of the
lectures is to gain new knowledge and insights from mathematics. As the course progresses so will the level of
abstractness. It is very helpful to prepare yourself by reading relevant sections in the book and/or lecture notes
before you come to the lecture or watch the lecture material.
In the tutorials we focus on solving statistical problems in the form of exercises. Most exercises are of an applied
nature although some will ask you to provide a theoretical result. Answers are important, but the route to the
answer is more important than the answer itself. Note that the tutorial exercises are a useful preparation for the
examination.

Toetsvorm
Assignment - individual assessment
Midterm - individual assessment
Final written exam - individual assessment

Literatuur
"Statistical Inference" by G. Casella and R.L. Berger (2008), International Edition of the 2nd revised edition,
Cengage Learning.
Lecture material

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

First year Bsc Econometrie & Operations Research and first year Bsc Econometrics and Data Science.

Aanbevolen voorkennis
This course presumes that students are familiar with abstract reasoning and calculus. In addition, knowledge of
probability theory as treated in the courses Probability Theory (E_EOR1_PT) or Introduction to Data Science
(E_EDS1_IDS) is required.

It is not possible to replace this course with Statistics X_400004

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Probability Theory
Vakcode E_EOR1_PT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator B. van Os
Examinator B. van Os
Betrokken Docenten B. van Os, dr. H. Karabiyik
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
The learning objectives are as follows:

1. Knowledge and understanding of basic concepts of probability theory and probability distributions.
2. Selecting an appropriate method to solve typical problems in probability theory and applying these methods
correctly.
3. Translating verbally described problems in the language of probability theory to solve the problems.
4. Knowledge of probability distributions which occur most commonly in practice and being able to use the
known properties of these distributions to solve problems.

Inhoud vak
The mathematical foundation for both modelling decisions under uncertainty when performing statistics is
probability theory and probability theory therefore has a central role in the bachelor Econometrics and Operations
Research.
The structure of this course is as follows:

Introduction of basic elements of the probability theory (random experiment, outcomes space, eventuality and
opportunity) and fundamental calculation rules for combinations, permutations.
Discussion of axioms of probability, combinatorial probability models, conditional probabilities, the rule of
Bayes, and the law of total probability.
Introduction of the concept of a random variable, and concepts such as distribution function, probability mass
function, expectation and variance of a random variable.
Discussion of specific discrete probability distributions, such as the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, and
geometric distribution.
Introduction of continuous random variables and associated probability density and distribution functions.
Discussion of specific continuous probability distributions such as the uniform, normal, exponential and
gamma distribution. Relations between these continuous probability distributions and the previously
introduced discrete probability distributions are discussed.
Discussion of the concepts of bivariate and multivariate probability distributions and related concepts such as
joint and marginal distribution functions, conditional probability distribution, and independence of stochastic
variables.
Discussion of moment generating functions.
Introduction of the limit theorems such as laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and Work groups

Toetsvorm
Midterm exam - individual mark
Final exam - individual mark
Literatuur
Author: Saeed Ghahramani; Title: Fundamentals of Probability (with stochastic processes); Fourth Edition;
publication year: 2018; publisher: CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group; EAN: 9781498755092

Aanbevolen voorkennis
Good knowledge and skill of mathematics taught at VWO.
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Applied Analysis: Financial Mathematics
Vakcode X_400076
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. A.C.M. Ran
Examinator prof. dr. A.C.M. Ran
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. A.C.M. Ran
Onderwijsvormen Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
After completion of the course, the student can:

1. explain the payoff function of several options and use a no-arbitrage argument to explain relations between
several standard options,
2. use the binomial model for option pricing, including replicating portfolios,
3. understand the stochastic model for the share process and how that leads to the Black-Scholes equation,
4. describe solutions of some partial differential equations, in particular linear parabolic pde's, depending on
boundary and initial conditions,
5. discuss American options and the relation to free boundary problems,
6. apply finite difference methods for the solution of the heat equation and associated stability issues.

Inhoud vak
This course gives an introduction to financial mathematics.
The following subjects will be treated:

introduction in the theory of options;

the binomial method;
introduction to partial differential equations;
the heat equation;
the Black-Scholes formula and applications;
introduction to numerical methods, approximating the price of an (American) option.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, exercise classes

Toetsvorm
There will be a set of homework, which will count for 10% of the total grade, a midterm (40%) and a final exam
(50%). There is a single resit for the exams. The homework still counts for the resit exam. In addition to a weighted
average of at least 5.5, to pass the course the weighted average of the two exams (or the grade on the resit) needs
to be at least 5.0.

Literatuur
The Mathematics of Financial Derivatives, A Student Introduction, by Paul Wilmott, Sam Howison, Jeff
Dewynne. Cambridge University Press.
In addition, lecture notes will be made available.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

3Math, 3Ect

Aanbevolen voorkennis
Single Variable and Multivariable Calculus, Linear Algebra and Probability Theory as in the VU courses on these
subjects
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Macroeconomics II
Vakcode E_EBE2_MACEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. E.J. Bartelsman
Examinator prof. dr. E.J. Bartelsman
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. E.J. Bartelsman, dr. D.A.R. Bonam
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
After successfully completing this course, you can:

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

have a basic understanding dynamic macro models

identify strengths and limitations of academic research on the effects of macroeconomic policies.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE - Knowledge

demonstrate empirical and theoretical knowledge concerning the effects of macroeconomic policies.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE- Application

provide an analysis of the macroeconomic consequences of a real-world policy proposal based on existing
theoretical and empirical academic findings.

PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL SKILLS

professionally present your analysis of a real-world policy proposal to policy makers.

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON

develop and defend a position on a real-world macroeconomic policy proposal based on its broader social
implications.

SELF-AWARENESS

describe what you would like to understand better about the effects of macroeconomic policies. Make a
presentation at a 'Roundtable' meeting and discuss and reflect on other students' presentations.

Inhoud vak
We live in uncertain times. The European economies had barely recovered from the effects of the financial and
sovereign debt crises of a decade and a half ago when they got hit by the Covid-19 pandemic. Going forward,
countries face macroeconomic policy challenges related to the climate transition, geopolitical instability and a spike
in inflation. What can be learned from earlier experiences, from cross-country variation in policy response, and from
the theoretical and empirical literature on fiscal and monetary policy to guide decision makers? Is further fiscal
stimulus needed or wanted going forward? Are current levels of government debt too high to ask for more public
investment? How can Central Banks balance their responsibility for price stability and financial stability? What
policy makers believe are the answer to these questions will shape their response to the current economic crisis
and recovery.

You will put yourself in the shoes of a policy consultant who has been asked to advise the European Commission
on its coordination and oversight of member state’s macroeconomic policy. You will start by providing advice based
on your current knowledge and understanding of macroeconomics gained in previous courses. You will reflect on
how far this takes you in providing satisfactory advice, and which issues you need to understand better. You will
then dig more deeply into the existing empirical and theoretical research by macroeconomists relevant for these
issues, reflect on how convincing this research is, and use the findings from this research to develop more
satisfactory advice.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course uses a combination of a flipped classroom approach with regular mini-lectures. The idea of the flipped
classroom approach is that instead of first encountering new material in lectures and then studying it later at home,
you have your first encounter with the material at home and prepare through readings, videos, and exercises. In
the class meeting you will engage in interactive activities (exercises, discussion etc.) to better understand and
apply the material. We will use this approach when there are good preparation materials available. In addition, we
will also use mini-lectures (ca. 15 minutes each) to fill in gaps in the readings, cover issues for which no suitable
readings are available, and address especially difficult material. In addition, there will be workgroups and you will
write a short policy brief.

Toetsvorm
Problem sets
Midterm exam
Policy Brief
Final exam

Vereiste voorkennis
Quantitative Research Methods I, Microeconomics I, Macroeconomics I.

Literatuur
We will use an open source textbook, Intermediate Macroeconomics, Garin J., Lester R. and E. Sims,
available online.
We assign readings from academic journals, think tanks, journals, magazines, newspapers and blogs.
We also provide notes and videos on important theoretical models and empirical approaches.
Since we will be building on what you learned in Macroeconomics I, be prepared to revisit your online
textbook, The Economy, from [Link].

Aanbevolen voorkennis
Academic Skills.
International Business Administration
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics - International Business
Administration - 2025-2026
Are you curious about other cultures? Looking to create a platform for your future international business career?
Ready to acquire competences to successfully operate in a globalized world?

By studying International Business Administration you’ll combine a comprehensive study of all the essential
business disciplines in a genuinely international context with a strong focus on people in a cross-cultural
environment. Not only the businesses you’ll study are international, but also the faculty staff and your fellow
students are from a wide variety of (cultural) backgrounds.

The programme is multi-disciplinary, which means you’ll study everything from management and organization to
cross-cultural marketing, and from information technology to international strategy. In addition to business
knowledge, the IBA programme will enable you to learn and practice competences required to work in a globalized
world.

The first two years of the bachelor’s programme revolve around fundamental disciplines relevant for any
internationally operating business professional, including Global Sustainability, Strategy, Organization, HRM,
Marketing, Accounting, Finance, Supply Chain Management and Technology. Moreover, the academic core in the
first two years provides a thorough introduction into Business Mathematics, Business Research Methods, and
Academic Skills. Additionally, in year two you can choose electives to deepen your knowledge in areas of your
interest, such as sustainability, entrepreneurship, and data analytics and decision-making. In the third year, you will
gain international experience by studying the first semester abroad. This exchange to another university is
mandatory. Back in Amsterdam, in the second semester of year three you will specialize yourself in a discipline of
your choice. This last part of your studies also includes completing a BSc Thesis on an international topic.

Info
Niveau Bachelor
Taal Engels
Duur 3 years
Vorm Full Time
Studiepunten 180 EC
Faculteit School of Business and Economics

Onderwijs- en Examenregeling 2025-2026

Meer informatie over deze opleiding
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

First year International Business Administration 9

Second year International Business Administration 9
Electives International Business Administration year 2 period 4 10
Electives International Business Administration year 2 period 5 10
Second year International Business Administration - Obligatory Courses 10
Third year International Business Administration 11
Third year International Business Administration - Exchange 11
Third year International Business Administration - Obligatory 11
Third year International Business Administration - Specialization 12
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Accounting 12
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Digital Business
and Innovation 12
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Economics 12
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Entrepreneurship
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Finance 1313
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Financial
Management 13
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Human Resource
Management / Leadership and Change Management 13
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Management
Consulting 14
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Marketing 14
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Strategy and
Organization 14
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Transport and
Supply Chain Management 14
Honours programme 15
SBE Honours Courses 15
Interfaculty Honours Courses 15
Additional 0 ECTS Internship 15
Optional minors in third year International Business Administration - 16
Faculty Minors SBE 16
Minor Accountancy 16
Minor Decision Making in Business and Society 17
Minor Entrepreneurship 18
Minor Gezondheidseconomie en Management 19
Inhoud minor 19
Gezondheidseconomie (dit vak wordt gegeven in het Engels) 19
Data-analyse in de gezondheidszorg 19
Economie van de Nederlandse gezondheidszorg 19
Financieel Management van Zorginstellingen 19
Organisatie en Management in de Zorg 19
Toelatingseisen 19
Minor Health Care Management - Transitional Arrangements 20
Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance 20
Minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions 21
Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All 21
Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All - Regular track 22
Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All - Techn. Track 23
Minor E-Business and Online Commerce 23
Minor Sustainability: Management and Innovation 24
University Minors IBA 25

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 3 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Minor Brain and Mind 25

Minor Sustainability: Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions 26
Minor Sport, Movement and Health 26
Minor Economics 27
Minor Economics – regular track 27
Minor Economics – track for BK and IBA 28
Minor Islam 28
Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics 28
Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics constrained choice 28
Minor in English 28
Minor Gender and Diversity 29
Minor Gender and Diversity constrained choice 29
Minor History 29
Minor History constrained choice 29
Minor Psychology and the Brain 29
Minor Law and Global Justice: Climate, Internet and Migration 30
Minor Technology, Law and Ethics 31
Minor Development and Global Challenges 31
Minor Peace and Conflict Studies 31
Minor Political Science 32
Minor Philosophy 32
Education Minor IBA 32
Educational minor Economics 32
Educatieve Minor verplicht 32
Additional: A broader mind 32
Extra courses concerning entry requirements to SBE Master Programmes 32
Transitional arrangements 33
Courses 33
A Big Risk Experience 33
Academic Skills 34
Accounting 36
Accounting Information Systems 37
Accounting, Business and Society 38
American Film 40
An Introduction to Economics 41
Anthropology of Development: Decolonial Perspectives 41
Applying Economics 42
Asset Pricing 43
Auditing 44
Bachelor's Internship (0 EC) 46
Bayesian Econometrics for Business and Economics 47
Behavioral Finance and Real Estate 48
Behaviour Genetics in Psychology (UM) 49
Belastingrecht 1 49
Biologische Psychologie (UM) 51
Brain in Trouble 51
Broader Mind Course Track A 53
Broader Mind Course Track B 55
Bubbles and Crashes 57
Business Information Systems 58
Business Intelligence and Analytics 59
Business Mathematics 61

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 4 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Business Processes 62
Business Research Methods - Qualitative 64
Business Research Methods - Quantitative 65
Business Statistics 67
Choices, Inequality and Welfare 68
Climate Change Law 70
Cognitive Neuroscience 72
Comparative Politics: Democracies and Other Regimes 73
Computational Methods in Econometrics 74
Conflict and Peacebuilding: Local and Global Perspectives 75
Consumer Behavior 76
Consumer Science for Online Commerce 78
Contemporary Perspectives in Corporate Strategy 79
Corporate Finance: a Sustainability Perspective 80
Corporate Governance, Risk Management & Internal Control 82
Cross Cultural Marketing 83
Current Issues 85
Data Analytics and Privacy 86
Data Science: Visualization and Analytics in R 87
Data-analyse van Gezondheids(zorg) 88
Decolonizing Europe: History and Memory 89
Designing Interventions in Business and Society 90
Designing Solutions for Global Sustainability 92
Digital Humanities and Social Analytics in Practice 93
Digital Innovation and Virtual Organizing in a Global Setting 94
Digital Marketing and Metrics 95
E-Commerce Supply Chain Management 97
Econometrics I 98
Econometrics II 99
Econometrics III 100
Economic Assessment of Health Care 101
Economic Challenges for Minor Students 101
Economic Principles in a Global Era 103
Economics of Globalization: A Transaction Cost Perspective 104
Economie van de Nederlandse Gezondheidszorg 105
Educatieve Minor Didactiek 1 106
Educatieve Minor Didactiek 2 108
Educatieve Minor Praktijk 1 109
Educatieve Minor Praktijk 2 Semester 1 110
Educatieve Minor, Peergroep 111
Emerging Technologies for E-Business and Online Commerce 112
Empirical Economics 114
Empirical Finance 114
Empowering People for Societal Changes 116
English Language Test 117
Enterprising Behavior 118
Entrepreneurial Strategy 119
Environment and Development 120
Environmental and Transport Economics 122
Ethics 123
Ethics 125
EU Governance in an International Context 126

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 5 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

European Cultural History 127

Evolutionary Psychology 128
Finance 129
Financial Accounting 131
Financial Econometrics 132
Financial Markets and Institutions 133
Financieel Management van Zorginstellingen 134
Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship 135
Foundations of Strategic Management 136
Fundamentals of Time Series Econometrics 138
Genetics of Human Behavior 139
Geschiedenis in getallen 140
Global Development and Prosperity 141
Global English 142
Global Marketing Innovation 144
Global Political Economy 144
Global Supply Chain Management 146
Global Sustainability 147
Governance and Regulation of Emerging Technologies 148
Governance of Global Sustainability 149
Grand Challenges for Sustainability 151
Great Minds I 152
Great Minds II 153
Hadith-wetenschappen 154
Health Economics 156
History and Ethnography 157
Human Rights and Citizenship 157
Human Rights and the Border 159
IBA Exchange Programme 160
IBA LAB I 161
IBA LAB II 163
Identity, Diversity and Inclusion 164
Imagining the Dutch: themes in Dutch History 165
Inclusive Growth and Sustainability 167
Information Systems in E-Business and Online Commerce 168
Inleiding in de Koran en Soenna 169
Inleiding Inspanningsfysiologie 171
Inleiding Psychologie (UM) 172
Integrative Research Project 173
International Business Law 174
International Financial Management 175
International Relations and Global Governance 176
International Strategy 178
Internet Governance 179
Internship Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All 180
READ THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION CAREFULLY: 181
Internship Minor Decision Making in Business and Society 182
Internship Minor E-business and Online Commerce 183
Internship Minor Entrepreneurship 185
Internship Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance 186
Internship Minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions 187
Internship Minor Sustainability and Innovation 189

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 6 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Interpreting Information in Text by Humans and Machines 190

Introduction to Digital Humanities and Social Analytics 191
Introduction to E-Business and Online Commerce 192
Introduction to Python for Humanities and Social Sciences 195
Introductory Econometrics for Business and Economics 196
Investments 197
Islam en Europese cultuur 198
Islamitische ethiek 199
Islamitische theologie/Kalam 201
Judgment and Decision Making 202
Law and Ethics of Reproductive Technologies 203
Leadership: Mobilizing People 204
Leading Organizational Change 205
Management Accounting 206
Management Consulting and Strategic Change 207
Managing and Improving Quality 208
Managing Negotiations: Getting to Yes 210
Managing People: a Global Perspective 211
Managing People: Psychological Foundations 212
Managing Technology Processes 214
Marketing Sustainable Innovations 215
Microeconomics II 216
Mind and Machine 218
Minor English: English in my own Discipline 219
Minor English: Grammar and Writing 1 220
Minor English: Pronunciation and Presentation 221
Minor English: Writing 2 223
Minor Seminar in Political Science 224
Nation and Migration 225
Neuro- en Revalidatiepsychologie 226
Neuropsychologie (UM) 227
New Developments in Risk Management 228
New Venture Creation 229
Nudge: Influencing Behavior 231
Numerical Methods 232
Operations Research I 233
Operations Research II 234
Oral History & Biography 235
Organisatie en Management in de Zorg 236
Organization Theory 237
Organizing Sustainable Innovation 238
Peace and Conflict: From Theory to Practice 239
People in Business and Society 241
Philosophy and Neuroethics 242
Philosophy and the Ethics of Political Violence: Peace, War and Terrorism 243
Philosophy of Science 244
Political Philosophy 245
Political Violence and the Human Condition 247
Practical Case Study: Real-life Modelling in Econometrics and Data Science 248
Probability Theory 249
Procurement and Supply Management 250
Public Economics 252

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 7 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Quantitative Research Methods III - Economics and Finance 253

Real Estate and Urban Planning 254
Real Estate Economics and Finance Research Project 255
Real Estate Finance and Urban Development 256
Religions and Gender 258
Research Assistantship Honours Course 259
Research Participation I 261
Research Participation II 262
Revalidatie 263
Risk Management for Financial Institutions 264
Risk Management in Banking 266
Robot Law and Artificial Intelligence 267
SAM Programme IBA 268
Seeing is Believing: Film and Religion and the Construction of Sacredness Beyond the Limits of
Representation and Articulation. 268
Sensomotorische Coordinatie 270
Sexual Health: Threats and Opportunities for minor GAD 272
Shared Value Creation 274
Small Business Development 275
Spatial Analysis in the Humanities and Social Sciences 277
Sportpsychologie 278
Stage Minor Gezondheidseconomie en Management 279
Statistics 281
Strategic Management from a Practice Perspective: A Day in the Life of a CEO 282
Sub-Saharan Africa and the World, 1800-present 283
Sustainability and Environmental Change 284
Sustainable Business Processes 285
Sustainable Entrepreneurship 286
Sustainable Management of Global Supply Chains 287
Talent en talentidentificatie 289
The Developing Brain 290
The Economics of Crises 291
The Law and Politics of Fencing the Use of Force 293
The Personal is Political 293
Theorizing Gender and Intersectionality 295
Thesis 296
Time Series and Dynamic Econometrics 298
Toegepaste Inspanningsfysiologie 298
Urban Economics and Real Estate 300
Urban Studies 301
Voortgezet Boekhouden 302
Work Experience @Accountancy 303

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 8 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

First year International Business Administration

Omschrijving
The first year consists of obligatory courses. In addition, an English Language test is mandatory.

- The final grade for the course Global Sustainability is only granted if the conditions of the language test are met.
(Note that for students who started their programme before 2022-2 23 the language test will be connected to
Academic Skills).

- The final grade for the course Business Processes is only granted if the conditions of Research Participation I are
met. (Note that for students who started their programme before 2019-20 20 Research Participation will be
connected to Academic Skills).

In the first year there is a Binding recommendation on continuation of studies (BSA). This means that you must
have earned at least 48 credits at the end of the year in order to continue your study. For more information, take a
look at [Link]..

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
SAM Programme IBA 0EC E_IBA1_SAM
(September)
Academic Skills P1 6EC E_IBA1_ACSK
English Language Test P1 0EC VU_ELT
People in Business and Society P1 6EC E_IBA1_PBS
Research Participation I P1+2+3+4+5 0EC E_IBA1_RPR1
Business Mathematics P2 6EC E_IBA1_BUSM
Organization Theory P2 6EC E_IBA1_ORGT
Global Sustainability P3 6EC E_IBA1_GSUS
Business Statistics P4 6EC E_IBA1_BS
Global Supply Chain Management P4 6EC E_IBA1_GSCM
Accounting P5 6EC E_IBA1_ACC
Cross Cultural Marketing P5 6EC E_IBA1_CCM
Business Processes P6 6EC E_IBA1_BP

Second year International Business Administration

Omschrijving
In the first semester, the second year continues to introduce the core discplines of IBA. In the second semester,
the academic core continues with a strong focus on the research skills, including both quantitative and qualitative
research methods.

Moreover, the second semester zooms in on the international context of the business environment by explicitly
discussing different disciplines in the setting of developed versus emerging economies. As student, you will be able
to select those electives that appeal to your own personal interest and start to shape your own personal profile of
expertise.

Again, in year 2 of the IBA programme you will continue to actively participate in research and to further develop
your skills set. You will join the course Research Participation II, which you will need to complete as part of the
requirements for Integrative Research Project. During Integrative Research Project, you will actively reflect on your
learning experiences related to Research Participation II. (Note that for students who started their programme
before 2019-2020 Research Participation will be connected to BRM I - Quantitative).

Note that:

- In order to be able to start with the Bachelor Thesis in year 3, students need to have completed 120 ECTS, which
include the courses 2.4 BRM Qualitative, 2.5 BRM Quantitative, and 2.6 Integrative Research Project before the
deadline for thesis registration (28 February or 8 October). This means that you will have to complete these
courses in your second year to avoid study delay in year 3.

- In case you want to enter a master programme after your bachelor, keep in mind that each master programme has

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 9 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

its own entry requirements. It is important to inform yourself about these entry requirements, as in some case (e.g.,
MSc Finance) you are required to take an additional course in order to meet those requirements in addition to the
IBA program. At [Link] you will find the admission requirements of all master programmes.

Opleidingsdelen
Electives International Business Administration year 2 period 4
Electives International Business Administration year 2 period 5
Second year International Business Administration - Obligatory Courses

Electives International Business Administration year 2 period 4

Omschrijving
Choose 1 of 5.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Accounting, Business and Society P4 6EC E_IBA2_ABS
Digital Innovation and Virtual Organizing in a Global Setting P4 6EC E_IBA2_DIVO
IBA LAB I P4 6EC E_IBA2_LABI
Managing People: a Global Perspective P4 6EC E_IBA2_MPGP
Sustainable Management of Global Supply Chains P4 6EC E_IBA2_SMG

Electives International Business Administration year 2 period 5

Omschrijving
Choose 1 of 4.

Note:
You can only opt for the course IBA LAB II if you have also subscribed to the period 4 course IBA LAB I.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Corporate Finance: a Sustainability Perspective P5 6EC E_IBA2_CFSP
Global Marketing Innovation P5 6EC E_IBA2_GMI
IBA LAB II P5 6EC E_IBA2_LBII
International Business Law P5 6EC E_IBA2_IBL

Second year International Business Administration - Obligatory Courses

Omschrijving
In the second year there are 8 mandatory courses of 6 EC each plus Research Participation II.

Note that Research Participation II is mandatory as well and that your credits for Integrative Research Project are
conditional upon succesfully completing Research Participation II.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Business Information Systems P1 6EC E_IBA2_BIS
Economic Principles in a Global Era P1 6EC E_IBA2_EPGE
Finance P2 6EC E_IBA2_FIN
Managing People: Psychological Foundations P2 6EC E_IBA2_MPPF
Research Participation II
P2+3+4+5 0EC E_IBA2_RPR2
International Strategy P3 6EC E_IBA2_IS
Business Research Methods - Qualitative P4 6EC E_IBA2_BRML
Business Research Methods - Quantitative P5, P4 6EC E_IBA2_BRMN
Integrative Research Project P6 6EC E_IBA2_IRP

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 10 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Third year International Business Administration

Omschrijving
The third and final year of the programme offers students the opportunity to develop their personal profile. In
semester I the mandatory exchange takes place. Upon return, in semester 2, you specialize in the discipline of
your choice. This specialization will also prepare you for related Masters' programmes at this School or elsewhere,
in case you would like to continue studying after your Bachelors'.

In case you want to enter a master programme after your bachelor, keep in mind that each master programme has
its own entry requirements. It is important to inform yourself about these entry requirements. Therefore, take a look
at this study guide, under General Information> After your BSc, for the specific entry requirements to the SBE
master programmes.

Opleidingsdelen
Third year International Business Administration - Exchange
Third year International Business Administration - Obligatory
Third year International Business Administration - Specialization

Third year International Business Administration - Exchange

Omschrijving
For all IBA students starting their Bachelor programme in 2012 or later, an exchange semester is an obligatory part
of their study programme.

For all third-year IBA students who meet the exchange criteria there is a mandatory exchange semester in autumn.
You are entirely free to select universities or courses. If you want to know if courses abroad meet the entry
requirements for SBE Master's programmes, it is advisable to contact an academic advisor. All courses chosen
must be approved of by the examination board before you leave.

Although the third-year programme is geared towards exchange in the first semester, it is possible to go abroad in
the period February-June. This may prove more problematic, however, and will require greater flexibility on your
part as more individual arrangements need to be made.

International Office

During your bachelor studies at VU, you have the opportunity to go on exchange. You will study at a foreign partner
university of VU for one semester. Exchange programmes are arranged by VU International Office. The
International Office can provide you with detailed information on the possibilities to study abroad, the requirements
and the courses on offer abroad. The team will also assist you during your application at the host university and will
inform you about what to arrange before you go on exchange. The website contains a wealth of information on
studying abroad. It is well worth visiting this for orientation. In November, the International Office organizes the
Study Abroad Weeks for second-year students. During these weeks, you can visit information meetings and gather
all information that you need before you apply for exchange.

For more information please contact the Outgoing Student Exchange Team via the contact form on [Link] (Student
forms > Studying abroad > Question about studying abroad). In case you need us to sign documents, please also
contact us via the form. More information about our exchange programme can be found on [Link]:
[Link] Information about our partner universities can be found at
[Link].

The deadline for applying for an exchange programme with the International Office is usually at the beginning of
January (check [Link] for precise dates). Remember also that you can only go abroad if, at the start of your third
year, you have at least 90 EC. This means that you must have at least 60 EC when applying in order to be eligible
for exchange.

Third year International Business Administration - Obligatory

Omschrijving
Obligatory part of year 3.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 11 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
IBA Exchange Programme 0EC E_IBA3_EXCH
(September)
Ac. Year
Thesis 12EC E_IBA3_THESI
(September)
Ethics P4 6EC E_IBA3_ETH

Third year International Business Administration - Specialization

Omschrijving
Choose a specialization. Each specialization contains two courses and a thesis, all three in the same discipline.

For example, if you are interested in a master in Marketing, then choose the specialization Marketing which
contains the courses Consumer Behavior and Digital Marketing and Metrics and a thesis subject within Marketing.

Opleidingsdelen
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Accounting
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Digital Business and Innovation
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Economics
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Entrepreneurship
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Finance
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Financial Management
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Human Resource Management /
Leadership and Change Management
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Management Consulting
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Marketing
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Strategy and Organization
Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Transport and Supply Chain
Management

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Accounting

Omschrijving
The specialization Accounting consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Accounting Information Systems P4 6EC E_EBE3_ACIS
Auditing P5 6EC E_EBE3_AUD

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Digital Business and
Innovation

Omschrijving
The specialization Digital Business and Innovation consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Business Intelligence and Analytics P4 6EC E_IBK3_BIA
Managing Technology Processes P5 6EC E_IBK3_MTP

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Economics

Omschrijving
The specialization Economics consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 12 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The course Inclusive Growth and Sustainability, as well as the thesis, are compulsory. Furthermore, you may
choose between Microeconomics II
and Public Economics.

Note: Students who have done the course "Choices, Inequality and Welfare" as part of the minor Economics, have
to choose the specialization course "Microeconomics II" in P4, as "Public Economics" has a large overlap with
"Choices, Inequality and Welfare".

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Microeconomics II P4 6EC E_EBE2_MICEC
Public Economics P4 6EC E_EBE2_PE
Inclusive Growth and Sustainability P5 6EC E_EBE3_IGS

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Entrepreneurship

Omschrijving
The specialization Entrepreneurship consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Foundations of Strategic Management P4 6EC E_IBK3_FSM
Small Business Development P5 6EC E_IBK3_SBD

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Finance

Omschrijving
The specialization Finance consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Asset Pricing P4 6EC E_IBK3_AP
Investments P5 6EC E_EBE3_INVES

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Financial

Management

Omschrijving
The specialization Financial Management consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Asset Pricing P4 6EC E_IBK3_AP
International Financial Management P5 6EC E_IBK3_IFM

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Human Resource

Management / Leadership and Change Management

Omschrijving
The specialization Human Resource Management / Leadership and Change Management consists of two courses
plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 13 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Naam vak Periode Credits Code

Leading Organizational Change P4 6EC E_IBK3_LOC

Empowering People for Societal Changes P5 6EC E_IBK3_EPSC

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Management

Consulting

Omschrijving
The specialization Management Consulting consists of two courses plus a thesis.

The MC specialization prepares you well for master programmes focusing on management consulting, leadership
and change management or strategy & organization. In our specialization courses we extend your knowledge on
topics such as strategy, change, consultant roles and consultant-client interaction. We also focus on analytical skills
that are important when starting in a consultant job. Part of the specialization is that you gain experience with the
work of consultants, and what it means to be a consultant. You will interview consultants, and we invite them to the
programme. As business administration students often start their careers at a consultancy, this specialization helps
you to find out whether this would be a good start for you.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Foundations of Strategic Management P4 6EC E_IBK3_FSM
Management Consulting and Strategic Change P5 6EC E_IBK3_MCSC

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Marketing

Omschrijving
The specialization Marketing consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Consumer Behavior P4 6EC E_EBE3_CBEH
Digital Marketing and Metrics P5 6EC E_EBE3_DMM

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Strategy and

Organization

Omschrijving
The specialization Strategy and Organization consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Foundations of Strategic Management P4 6EC E_IBK3_FSM
Strategic Management from a Practice Perspective: A Day
P5 6EC E_IBK3_SMPP
in the Life of a CEO

Third year Bachelor (International) Business Administration - Specialization Transport and Supply
Chain Management

Omschrijving
The specialization Transport and Supply Chain Management consists of two courses plus a thesis.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Procurement and Supply Management P4 6EC E_IBK3_PSM
Managing and Improving Quality P5 6EC E_IBK3_MIQ

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 14 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Honours programme
Omschrijving
The Honours Programme (HP) contains 30 EC on top of the regular programme and offers several advantages to
ambitious students. All honours courses are special courses that are only accessible to honours students.

The increased study load is 30 EC of honours courses (or more if you prefer). The programme consists of at least
12 credits SBE honours courses, at least 12 credits Interdepartmental honours courses and 6 credits for an elective
that you are free to choose within all honours courses offered either by our School or elsewhere by Vrije
Universiteit, the University of Amsterdam and Amsterdam University College.

For more information, take a look at [Link]

Opleidingsdelen
SBE Honours Courses
Interfaculty Honours Courses

SBE Honours Courses

Omschrijving
The SBE honours courses of the Honours Programme are taught mainly in the evening by lecturers from our
School. The classes are small and you will be expected to give presentations, write papers and make an active
contribution to discussions.

The 6 credits of the Research Assistantship count only as elective and not as credits to fulfill the 12 credits of SBE
honours courses.

You have to choose at least 12 credits of SBE honours courses from the list below. Enrollment into these courses is
via VUnet, except for a Research Assistentship.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Research Assistantship Honours Course 6EC E_HP2_RASS
(September)
Contemporary Perspectives in Corporate Strategy P4 6EC E_HP1_CPCS
Economics of Globalization: A Transaction Cost
P4 6EC E_HP1_EGTC
Perspective
Bubbles and Crashes P5 6EC E_HP1_BC

Interfaculty Honours Courses

Omschrijving
The interfaculty courses of the Honours Programme are taught mainly in the evening by lecturers from Vrije
Universiteit, the University of Amsterdam and Amsterdam University College, as well as guest lecturers from the
Netherlands and abroad. The classes are small and you will be expected to give presentations, write papers and
make an active contribution to discussions.

As an honours student, you have to choose at least 12 credits of interfaculty honours courses.

Go to [Link] for more information and links to all courses

offered by VU, UvA and AUC.

For more information about registering for interdepartmental honours courses, visit [Link]
about/course-registration

Additional 0 ECTS Internship

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 15 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Naam vak Periode Credits Code

Ac. Year
Bachelor's Internship (0 EC) 0EC E_BACH_INTS
(September)

Optional minors in third year International Business

Administration -
Omschrijving
As an option IBA-students may follow a minor, on top of their regular curriculum.
Each minor consists of 5 courses of 6 EC each (30 EC in total). You may choose between a faculty course or a
university course.

Note: IBA-students are not allowed to participate the following university minors:

Business Administration: New Ways of Doing Business

Managing Digital Innovation

Opleidingsdelen
Faculty Minors SBE
University Minors IBA
Education Minor IBA

Faculty Minors SBE

Omschrijving
Underneath the minors that have been developed by the School.

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Accountancy
Minor Decision Making in Business and Society
Minor Entrepreneurship
Minor Gezondheidseconomie en Management
Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance
Minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions
Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All
Minor E-Business and Online Commerce
Minor Sustainability: Management and Innovation

Minor Accountancy

Omschrijving
Belangrijk! Aanmelden voor deze minor gaat via:[Link]

De belangrijkste rol van een accountant is om ‘vertrouwen’ toe te voegen aan informatie die onder
verantwoordelijkheid van het management wordt gegenereerd. Dit is een sleutelrol voor de geglobaliseerde
omgeving waarin we leven. Een accountant is de poortwachter van de financiële integriteit van de samenleving. In
onze minor Accountancy leer je de basis van de dagelijkse praktijk van een accountant. Je leert begrijpen hoe een
accountant de betrouwbaarheid van informatie beoordeelt.

Aangezien informatie een cruciaal element is in het besturen van een organisatie, geeft deze minor je inzicht in de
manier waarop bedrijven de verschillende informatiestromen in Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP-) systemen
beheren, de manier waarop ze daarover rapporteren. Daarnaast krijg je inzicht in hoe bedrijven binnen de
belastingregels hun inkomsten optimaliseren.

Deze minor bevat niet alleen theorievakken maar ook een stage van acht weken bij een accountantsorganisatie.
Alle vakken en de stage zijn verplicht. Het werken voor een accountantsorganisatie geeft je een unieke kans om
een ​duidelijk beeld te krijgen van het werk van een accountant. Je maakt deel uit van een controleteam dat een
(financiële) audit uitvoert bij een klant. Ervaar de dynamische omgeving waarin een accountant werkt volgens de
hoogste standaarden.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 16 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Deze minor wordt grotendeels in het Nederlands aangeboden.

Deze minor is alleen als compleet pakket van 30EC te volgen. De vakken binnen deze minor zijn niet als individueel
keuzevak beschikbaar in keuzeruimtes of een vrije minor.

Intekenen
Belangrijk om te weten! De stage is een verplicht onderdeel van de minor. Deze moet je zelf tijdig regelen. Dit kan
in overleg bij een bedrijf dat je zelf kiest of bij een bedrijf waar de VU contacten mee heeft. Als jij je aanmeldt via
[Link] en dan de button rechts boven (Meld je aan) krijg je meer
informatie over de stage.

Deze minor is voor universitaire studenten van vrijwel alle studierichtingen die inzicht willen krijgen in de principes
van een financiële controle en daadwerkelijk werkervaring willen opdoen bij een accountantsorganisatie. Wel
vragen we dat je minimaal VWO wiskunde A of B hebt gehad, dan wel een equivalent hiervan. Daarnaast moet je
affiniteit hebben met bedrijfseconomie.

Minimaal 90 ECTS behaald binnen één universitaire bacheloropleiding.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Belastingrecht 1 P1, P4 6EC EPG_A_BR1
Work Experience @Accountancy P1+2 12EC EPG_A_WEA
Voortgezet Boekhouden P1+2+3, P4+5 6EC EPG_A_VBH
Corporate Governance, Risk Management & Internal
P3 6EC EPG_A_CG
Control

Minor Decision Making in Business and Society

Omschrijving
The Department of Marketing offers this SBE minor in collaboration with the department of Management and
Organization Studies in the fall semester (September-January) starting in the academic year 2016-2017. The 30
EC programme is entirely taught in English and will allow students to understand and influence human decision
making and behavior in the context of organizations and their interactions with the world outside (markets and
consumers, but also business partners and competitors). To achieve this goal, we rely on recent insights from
behavioral economics and psychology.

Upon completion of this minor, students will be able to:

Understand how decisions and behavior are influenced by the physical and social environments and the
decision making strategies that are used.
Based on this knowledge, develop strategies to influence (e.g., through "nudging") the behavior of others in
order to achieve business and societal goals, such as increasing sales or reducing environmental pollution.
Analyze historical and every day examples of leadership in order to improve (your own) leadership skills and
the output of teams and organizations
Apply negotiation strategies to achieve optimal results in terms of outcomes (distributive negotiations) and
relationships among parties involved (integrative negotiations).
Reflect on the ethical aspects of such influence strategies

The minor is relevant to:

All students in Business Administration and Economics

All students from other bachelor programmes that are interested in decision making and influencing other
people’s behavior (e.g. health science, communication science, psychology, social sciences).

This minor contains 5 compulsory courses. You may also opt for an internship in period 1 and 2, or in period 2 and
3.

If you choose to do the internship in period 1 and 2, you will follow the following courses:

Judgment and Decision Making (p1)

Nudge: Influencing Behavior (p2)
Designing Interventions in Business and Society (p3)

If you choose to do the internship in period 2 and 3, you will follow the following courses:

Judgment and Decision Making (p1)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 17 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Leadership: Mobilizing People (p1)

Nudge: Influencing Behavior (p2)

Note that the internship has to be approved by the minor coordinator in advance.

Intekenen
Obtained at least 90 EC in a Bachelor's programme.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Judgment and Decision Making P1 6EC E_MFDM_JDM
Leadership: Mobilizing People P1 6EC E_MFDM_LMP
Internship Minor Decision Making in Business and Society P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFDM_IMDM
Managing Negotiations: Getting to Yes P2 6EC E_MFDM_MNGY
Nudge: Influencing Behavior P2 6EC E_MFDM_NIB
Designing Interventions in Business and Society P3 6EC E_MFDM_DIBS

Minor Entrepreneurship

Omschrijving
In SBE’s minor in entrepreneurship, students not only study entrepreneurship but become entrepreneurs. This
minor is an exciting set of carefully selected courses that are designed to offer students fundamental knowledge
about entrepreneurship in different contexts and enhance their entrepreneurial skill sets.

The knowledge students gain from this minor is extremely valuable in today’s labor markets, because career
success increasingly depends on students’ capacity to be proactive, promote change, and pursue new
entrepreneurial initiatives that create economic and/or social value. Specifically, completing the minor will allow
students to better appreciate the different forms of entrepreneurship across various contexts, understand the
distinct challenges faced by entrepreneurs, and find creative solutions for overcoming these challenges.

Indeed, both startup and corporate entrepreneurs often struggle to launch and grow new business ventures such
that knowledge about how to successfully develop new entrepreneurial initiatives is essential to any student.

So if you are thinking about becoming an entrepreneur, this is definitely the minor for you. But also if you do not
have plans to go in that direction, this minor is worthwhile because knowledge of entrepreneurship is critical to
anyone who interacts in significant ways with entrepreneurs including managers in large established firms,
consultants, bankers, and government policy makers.

This minor contains 5 compulsory courses. You can also opt for an internship in period 1 and 2, or in period 2 and
3. If you choose to do the internship in period 1 and 2, you will follow the following courses:

Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship (p1)

Enterprising Behavior (p2)
New Venture Creation (p3)

If you choose to do the internship in period 2 and 3, you will follow the following courses:

Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship (p1)

Strategic Management of Technology and Innovation (p1)
Choose one of the two courses in p2

Note that the internship has to be approved by the minor coordinator in advance.

Intekenen
Obtained at least 90 EC in a Bachelor's programme

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship P1 6EC E_MFEN_FFE
Sustainable Entrepreneurship P1 6EC E_MFEN_SE
Internship Minor Entrepreneurship P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFEN_IMENT

Enterprising Behavior P2 6EC E_MFEN_ENTB

Entrepreneurial Strategy P2 6EC E_MFEN_ES

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 18 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Naam vak Periode Credits Code

New Venture Creation P3 6EC E_MFEN_NVC

Minor Gezondheidseconomie en Management

Omschrijving

Inhoud minor

De minor omvat vijf vakken, die hieronder kort beschreven staan. Bekijk onze studiegids voor meer specifieke
informatie over elk vak.

Het vak Gezondheidseconomie wordt gegeven in het Engels, de overige vakken worden aangeboden in het
Nederlands.

Gezondheidseconomie (dit vak wordt gegeven in het Engels)

In deze cursus leer je hoe economische theorie helpt om gezondheidszorgsystemen te verbeteren. Je onderzoekt
gezondheidsongelijkheid, marktwerking, verzekeringen en beleidsinterventies — van infectieziekten tot mentale
gezondheid. Je leert gedrag en beleid analyseren én onderbouwen met data. Voor studenten die gezondheid willen
begrijpen op het snijvlak van economie, beleid en maatschappij.

Data-analyse in de gezondheidszorg

In de cursus Data-analyse in de Gezondheidszorg leer je hoe gezondheidsdata verzamelt, analyseert en toepast

voor betere zorg. Je werkt met klinische, administratieve en procesdata om beleid te onderbouwen, behandelingen
te evalueren en zorguitkomsten te voorspellen. Ontdek hoe big data en AI bijdragen aan betaalbare, effectieve en
efficiënte zorg.

Economie van de Nederlandse gezondheidszorg

Ontdek hoe economie de zorg beïnvloedt. In deze cursus leer je hoe je economische theorieën toepast op de
Nederlandse gezondheidszorg. Je duikt in actuele thema’s zoals zorguitgaven, marktwerking, overheidsrol en
ethische dilemma’s. Aan de hand van praktijkvoorbeelden leer je beleid analyseren én kritisch bevragen: wat werkt,
voor wie, en waarom?

Financieel Management van Zorginstellingen

In deze cursus leer je hoe zorginstellingen financieel worden aangestuurd. Je verdiept je onder andere in
kostprijzen, bekostiging, investeringen en jaarrekeningen — en leert hoe je die inzichten inzet voor betere
besluitvorming. Je werkt in een multidisciplinair team aan een praktijkcasus en traint tegelijk je presentatie- en
samenwerkingsvaardigheden. Ideaal voor studenten die financiële kennis willen toepassen in de zorg.

Organisatie en Management in de Zorg

In deze cursus leer je hoe organisaties in de zorg werken én hoe je ze beter laat functioneren. Je verdiept je in
motivatie, leiderschap, conflicthantering en teammanagement, en past organisatie- en managementtheorieën toe
op echte zorgvraagstukken. Je oefent met het schrijven van een beleidsnotitie en ontwikkelt vaardigheden die
direct toepasbaar zijn in de praktijk.

Intekenen

Toelatingseisen

De minor is toegankelijk voor studenten die al aan de VU Amsterdam studeren én voor studenten van andere
universiteiten. Bekijk de toelatingseisen hieronder om te zien of jij je kunt inschrijven voor deze minor.

Algemene toelatingseisen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 19 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Minimaal 90 EC behaald binnen één universitaire bacheloropleiding.

Specifieke toelatingseisen

Geen aanvullende eisen.

De minor is ook geschikt voor studenten van andere faculteiten die gezondheidszorg vanuit een ander perspectief
hebben bestudeerd, zoals bijvoorbeeld geneeskunde, sociale wetenschappen en gezondheidswetenschappen. De
minor staat ook open voor exchange-studenten en deelnemers aan het Semester in Amsterdam-programma.

De minor is met name relevant voor studenten die overwegen te gaan werken in beleid- of managementfuncties
binnen de zorgsector.

Ben je een exchange student of een Semester in Amsterdam-student? Het International Office is verantwoordelijk
voor de goedkeuring van vakken en de inschrijving.

Neem voor meer informatie contact op met het Incoming Exchange Team of het Semester in Amsterdam Team.

Registratie

Check de registratieprocedure voor minors

Ben je een uitwisselingsstudent of een Semester in Amsterdam-student? Het International Office is

verantwoordelijk voor de goedkeuring van vakken en de inschrijving.

Neem voor meer informatie contact op met het Incoming Exchange Team of het Semester in Amsterdam Team:

Uitwisselingsprogramma – incoming@[Link]

Semester in Amsterdam-programma – semesterinamsterdam@[Link]

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Data-analyse van Gezondheids(zorg) P1 6EC E_MFGM_DAG
Health Economics P1 6EC E_MFHC_HEC
Stage Minor Gezondheidseconomie en Management P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFGM_SMGM
Economie van de Nederlandse Gezondheidszorg P2 6EC E_MFGM_ENG
Financieel Management van Zorginstellingen P2 6EC E_MFGM_FMZ
Organisatie en Management in de Zorg P3 6EC E_MFGM_MZI

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Health Care Management - Transitional Arrangements

Minor Health Care Management - Transitional Arrangements

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economic Assessment of Health Care P1 6EC E_MFHC_EAHC

Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance

Omschrijving
The minor offers 5 courses that focus on different aspects of real estate:

Real Estate Finance (period 1) introduces you to the valuation of real estate projects

Real Estate and Urban Planning (period 1) discusses the ways planners and economists look at urban
development, why there points of view sometimes differ and how they can fruitfully cooperate

Behavioral Economics and Real Estate (period 2) focuses on decision-making of investors in real estate: Can

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 20 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

economic theory explain their behavior or should we also use insights from psychology?

Real Estate and Urban Econcomics (period 2) considers the structure of cities from the point of view of economic
theory. It explains, among any other things, why skyscrapers multiply in Manhattan, while American suburbs
typically have a very low density.

The Research Project (period 3) offers the possibility to investigate a real estate topic of your own choice with a few
teammates.

Combination of the the minor with an internship is possible. The internship report provides exemption for the
research project and one of the course offered in periods 1 and 2.

Intekenen
Obtained at least 90 EC in a Bachelor's programme.

Some knowledge of microeconomics is adviced.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Real Estate and Urban Planning P1 6EC E_MFRE_REUP
Real Estate Finance and Urban Development P1 6EC E_MFRE_REFUD
Internship Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFRE_IMRE
Behavioral Finance and Real Estate P2 6EC E_MFRE_BFRE
Urban Economics and Real Estate P2 6EC E_MFRE_UERE
Real Estate Economics and Finance Research Project P3 6EC E_MFRE_REEFR

Minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions

Omschrijving
This minor offers five courses, which are listed below.

Risk Management in Banking (p1)

Risk Management in Financial Institutions (p1)
New Developments in Risk Management (p2)
Behavioral Finance and Real Estate (p2)
A Big Risk Experience (p3)

Alternatively, you have the opportunity to take a 12 EC internship as part of the minor instead of two of the listed
courses. If you choose this option you have to arrange your internship in either in periods 1 and 2, or in periods 2
and 3.

Prerequisite for the internship is that the content of the internship matches with the topic of the minor and that the
internship proposal is approved by the Minor coordinator.

Intekenen
At least 90 EC obtained in a Bachelor's programme.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Risk Management for Financial Institutions P1 6EC E_MFRM_RMFI
Risk Management in Banking P1 6EC E_MFRM_RMB
Internship Minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFRM_IMRM
Behavioral Finance and Real Estate P2 6EC E_MFRE_BFRE
New Developments in Risk Management P2 6EC E_MFRM_NDRM
A Big Risk Experience P3 6EC E_MFRM_BRE

Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 21 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Omschrijving
An in-depth introduction to Econometrics. The Minor Applied Econometrics provides a thorough introduction to
econometric methods and techniques with an emphasis on how to implement and carry out the methods in
empirical studies and how to interpret the results. The key steps of model formulation, parameter estimation,
diagnostic checking, hypothesis testing, model selection and empirical analysis are given extensive attention
throughout the different courses. Apart from the fundamentals of econometrics, much emphasis is given to how
econometric methods are carried out in different empirical settings and studies. Particular attention will be given to
issues related to "big data" in the context of different disciplines in economics and business.

The minor consists of two tracks: a regular and a technical track. The regular track contains five mandatory
courses. The technical track consists of obligatory and elective courses. Also, an internship is possible (in both
tracks).

Regular track with internship:

In the regular track you can do an internship in period 2 and 3. For period 2 you should skip one of the two courses.
You may choose which one. For period 3 you will skip Practical Case Study: Real-life Modeling in Econometrics
and Data Science.

Technical track with internship

In the technical track you can opt for an internship in period 1 and 2, or in period 2 and 3.

If you choose to do the internship in period 1 and 2, you will follow the following courses:

Choose one of the two courses in period 1

Bayesian Econometrics (p2)
Practical Case Study: Real-life Modeling in Econometrics and Data Science (p3)

If you choose to do the internship in period 2 and 3, you will follow the following courses:

Introduction to Time Series and Dynamic Econometrics (p1)

Computational Methods in Econometrics (p1)
Bayesian Econometrics (p2)

Intekenen
If you have no Econometrics background, you should choose the regular track.

If you are an Econometrics student, you must follow the technical track of the minor. For students of related
quantitative fields, please check with the examination board of your BSc study what track you are allowed to follow
and choose accordingly.

For both tracks you need to have obtained at least 90 EC in a Bachelor's programme.

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All - Regular track
Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All - Techn. Track

Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All - Regular track

Omschrijving
The regular track is intended for students who have up until this minor successfully completedtheir first courses in
(Introductory) Mathematics and Statistics.

The track consists of five mandatory courses of 6 EC each. Also, an internship of 12 EC is possible. In that case
you may drop either Empirical Economics or Empirical Finance in period 2 plus the course Practical Case Study in
period 3.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Fundamentals of Time Series Econometrics P1 6EC E_MFAE_FTSE
Introductory Econometrics for Business and Economics P1 6EC E_MFAE_IEBE

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 22 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Naam vak Periode Credits Code

Internship Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data
P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFAE_IMAE
Experience for All
Empirical Economics P2 6EC E_MFAE_EEC
Empirical Finance P2 6EC E_MFAE_EFIN
Practical Case Study: Real-life Modelling in Econometrics
P3 6EC E_MFAE_PCS
and Data Science

Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All - Techn. Track

Omschrijving
The technical track is intended for current students in the BSc Econometrics and Operations Research (or those of
related quantitative studies) who already have (basic) knowledge in econometrics and programming, and have
successfully completed advanced courses in Mathematics and Statistics.

The track consists of four mandatory courses of 6 EC each. Also, in period 2 there are two choice courses
(Empirical Economics and Empirical Finance), of which you have to choose one. You may also do an internship of
12 EC in period 1 and 2, or in period 2 and 3.

If you choose to do the internship in period 1 and 2, you will follow the following courses:

Choose one of the two courses in period 1

Bayesian Econometrics (p2)
Practical Case Study: Real-life Modeling in Econometrics and Data Science (p3)

If you choose to do the internship in period 2 and 3, you will follow the following courses:

Introduction to Time Series and Dynamic Econometrics (p1)

Computational Methods in Econometrics (p1)
Bayesian Econometrics (p2)

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Computational Methods in Econometrics P1 6EC E_MFAE_CME
Time Series and Dynamic Econometrics P1 6EC E_MFAE_TSDE
Internship Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data
P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFAE_IMAE
Experience for All
Bayesian Econometrics for Business and Economics P2 6EC E_MFAE_BEBE
Empirical Economics P2 6EC E_MFAE_EEC
Empirical Finance P2 6EC E_MFAE_EFIN
Practical Case Study: Real-life Modelling in Econometrics
P3 6EC E_MFAE_PCS
and Data Science

Minor E-Business and Online Commerce

Omschrijving
Most business transactions are nowadays conducted through the Internet, facilitated by all kinds of Information &
Communication Technologies, ranging from websites to social media and from mobile devices to APIs. In the minor
E-business and online commerce, we regard the increasing important of e-business and online commerce through
the lens of different disciplines, yet we do this with an integrative perspective. Specifically, the minor addresses the
Marketing, Logistics and Information Systems-related aspects of E-Business and Online Commerce. As such, the
minor provides students with an in-depth knowledge of the full range of business aspects related to conducting
business online - from consumer interaction to fulfillment, and from marketing strategy to data, analytics and
information systems. This knowledge will be applied in answering both academic and practical questions. Also,
students will be stimulated to critically reflect on a variety of business and ethical issues related to e-business and
online commerce. The core focus of the minor is on Business-to-Consumer online commerce, although we take
into account Business-to-Business and Consumer-to-Consumer interactions as well.

For who?
This minor is especially relevant to students from the (international) business administration (BK/IBA); note: IBA-
students can follow a minor only on top of their regular programme!) and the economics and business economics
(EBE) programme. But we simultaneously welcome students from any other domain as well.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 23 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

This minor consists of five compulsory courses: Introduction to E-Business and Online Commerce (period 1),
Consumer Science for E-Business and Online Commerce (period 1); E-Commerce Supply Chain Management
(period 2); Information Systems in E-Business and Online Commerce (period 2); and Emerging Technologies in E-
Business and Online Commerce (period 3).

It is possible to replace two of those courses for an internship in p1 and 2 or in p2 and 3.

The courses to be replaced are one course from period 1 and one course from period 2, you decide which ones
(internship p1,2), or one course from period 2 (you decide) and the course from period 3 (internship p2,3).

Internships should be aligned with one or more of the topics that are addressed in the minor and should be initiated
by students. Proposals for an internship require approval from the minor coordinator.

Intekenen
Obtained at least 90 EC in a Bachelor's programme.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Consumer Science for Online Commerce P1 6EC E_MFEO_CSOC
Introduction to E-Business and Online Commerce P1 6EC E_MFEO_IEOC
Internship Minor E-business and Online Commerce P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFEO_IMEOC
E-Commerce Supply Chain Management P2 6EC E_MFEO_ESCM
Information Systems in E-Business and Online Commerce P2 6EC E_MFEO_ISEOC
Emerging Technologies for E-Business and Online
P3 6EC E_MFEO_ETEOC
Commerce

Minor Sustainability: Management and Innovation

Omschrijving
Sustainable development is one of the key challenges for the 21st century. The minor on Sustainability and
Innovation offers students a programme rooted in business and economics to explore how innovation can
contribute to sustainable development. Sustainability builds on the understanding that actions ‘here and now’ have
effects in other places, for other people, at other moments in time. This leads to grand challenges such as
problems with global warming, water, energy, and poverty. Yet, addressing such grand challenges offers
opportunities for business as well, and many leading companies and new start-ups are reaping such opportunities.
Through sustainable innovations like renewable energy solutions, micro loans, circular business models, and
‘sharing economy’ platforms emerging businesses tap into growth markets. Characteristic of these opportunities is
that they create shared value: they do not only create profit, but also create value for planet and people.

In this minor, students will learn how to turn global and local sustainability issues into business opportunities, and
learn how to apply this knowledge to design strategies, value chains, and innovations. With its academically and
practically challenging programme, this minor aims to inspire students that wish to take on an entrepreneurial role
in society by joining an established firm, a government agency, or by starting a firm themselves.

This minor is especially interesting for:

Future managers who want to understand how sustainability can be implemented in existing business
Entrepreneurs / intrapreneurs who want exploit the opportunities sustainability offers
Future consultants in sustainability, strategic business consultants, or government policy consultants
Students who want to be active in NGO’s or other societal organizations

This minor contains 5 compulsory courses. The minor programme will be taught in English. You may also opt for an
internship in period 1 and 2, or in period 2 and 3.

When you choose to do the internship in period 1 and 2, you will follow the courses:

Shared Value Creation (p1)

For period 2 you may choose which one of the two courses you'll follow.
Marketing Sustainable Innovations (p3).

When you choose to do the internship in period 2 and 3, you will follow the courses:

Grand Challenges for Sustainability (p1)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 24 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Shared Value Creation (p1)

For period 2 you may choose which one of the two courses you'll follow.

Internships should be aligned with a topic addressed in the minor and should be initiated by students. Proposals for
an internship need approval from the minor coordinator in advance.

Coordinator: Philipp Tuertscher Department of Information, Logistics and [Link]@[Link].

Intekenen
Obtained at least 90 EC in a Bachelor's programme

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Grand Challenges for Sustainability P1 6EC E_MFS_GCS
Shared Value Creation P1 6EC E_MFS_SVC
Internship Minor Sustainability and Innovation P1+2, P2+3 12EC E_MFS_IMSI
Organizing Sustainable Innovation P2 6EC E_MFS_OSI
Sustainable Business Processes P2 6EC E_MFS_SBP
Marketing Sustainable Innovations P3 6EC E_MFS_MSI

University Minors IBA

Omschrijving
Students International Business Administration are allowed to participate in all university minors, except for the
university minors

Business Administration: New Ways of Doing Business

Managing Digital Innovation

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Brain and Mind
Minor Sustainability: Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions
Minor Sport, Movement and Health
Minor Economics
Minor Islam
Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics
Minor in English
Minor Gender and Diversity
Minor History
Minor Psychology and the Brain
Minor Law and Global Justice: Climate, Internet and Migration
Minor Technology, Law and Ethics
Minor Development and Global Challenges
Minor Peace and Conflict Studies
Minor Political Science
Minor Philosophy

Minor Brain and Mind

Omschrijving
The purpose of this minor is to acquaint the student with different disciplines within the field of Neuroscience. The
student will become familiar with the workings and functions of different types of brain cells and brain areas. The
student will learn how this knowledge can be used to understand characteristics of the healthy brain (e.g.,
perception, attention, learning and memory, consciousness, personality), of the developing brain (pre- and
postnatal), and of the diseased brain (e.g., depression, addiction, eating disorders). In addition, the students will be
familiarized with recent findings from the fields of human genetics and and the challenges that characterize this
field. Finally, this minor provides an introduction into recent technological advances in brain-machine interfaces,
deep brain stimulation, and robotics in the context of Neuroscience. The integration of disciplines such as biology,
psychology, sociology, and genetics, is central to this minor. Students learn to think critically about how knowledge
of the brain and the human genome can be applied to tackle societal issues, and will reflect on the ethical sides of
this research.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 25 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Intekenen
TARGET GROUP: Third year BSc students alpha and gamma topics (e.g. Sociology, Psychology, Economics,
Law, Artificial Intelligence) and students from Lifesciences (e.g., Biology, Fysics, Chemistry, Medicine, Movement
Science, Nutrition) with a broad interest.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: Bachelor: 90 ECTS, HBO: 120 ECTS

Due to overlap in curriculum, this minor is not open for students from Biomedical Sciences-VU and Health
& Life Sciences-VU. These students, as well as students who plan to pursue a career in Neuroscience, are
advised to sign up for the more specialized minor Biomolecular/Neurosciences. Please contact the minor
coordinator dr Sophie van der Sluis ([Link]@[Link]) for more information about participation.

For international students, we explicitly note that you will only obtain credits for the courses if you successfully pass
the course exams as described in the individual course guides (i.e., participation alone is not sufficient).

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Cognitive Neuroscience P1 6EC AB_1056
Genetics of Human Behavior P1 6EC AB_1328
Brain in Trouble P2 6EC AB_1038
The Developing Brain P2 6EC AB_1059
Mind and Machine P3 6EC AB_1060

Minor Sustainability: Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions

Intekenen
Students from other universities that want to register for this minor may need to indicate to which BSc programme
the minor "Sustainability: Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions" belongs. Kindly fill in the BSc program
"Aarde, Economie & Duurzaamheid" when registering.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Grand Challenges for Sustainability P1 6EC E_MFS_GCS
Sustainability and Environmental Change P1 6EC AB_1230
Global Development and Prosperity P2 6EC AB_1275
Governance of Global Sustainability P2 6EC AB_1229
Designing Solutions for Global Sustainability P3 6EC AB_1231

Minor Sport, Movement and Health

Omschrijving
De minor bestaat uit 5 cursussen uit de bacheloropleiding Bewegingswetenschappen. Studenten volgen in periode
1 de cursus Inleiding Inspanningsfysiologie. Daarnaast kiezen studenten in deze periode uit de cursussen
Sportpsychologie en Revalidatie. In periode 2 worden de cursussen Sensomotorische Coordinatie en Toegepaste
Inspanningsfysiologie gevolgd. In periode 3 kiezen studenten tussen de cursussen Talent and Talent Identification
of Neuro- en Revalidatiepsychologie.

Intekenen
De minor staat open voor WO-studenten van buiten Bewegingswetenschappen en voor studenten die een
relevante HBO-opleiding volgen zoals fysiotherapie, manuele therapie, bewegingstechnologie, ergotherapie of
lichamelijke opvoeding. We verwachten daarbij dat studenten beschikken over Biologie- en Scheikundekennis op
minimaal 5 HAVO-niveau. Voor HBO-studenten geldt bovendien dat zij deze minor alleen kunnen volgen als zij
deelnemen aan een honourstraject en/of gemiddeld minimaal een 8 hebben gehaald voor hun bachelorvakken.

VU-studenten kunnen zich via VUnet inschrijven. Selecteer in VUnet de minor Sport, Bewegen en Gezondheid en
meld je vervolgens voor de vakken uit de minor aan. Studenten van buiten de VU (HBO of WO) dienen zich als
bijvakstudent in te schrijven om (vakken uit) de minor te kunnen volgen.

De aanmelddeadline voor de minor is 31 augustus. Er geldt geen maximum voor de minor: eenieder die voldoet
aan de toelatingseisen kan starten.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 26 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Introduction to Exercise Physiology P1 6EC B_IF
Rehabilitation P1 6EC B_REVAL
Sport Psychology P1 6EC B_SPORTPSY
Applied Exercise Physiology P2 6EC B_TIF
Sensorimotor Coordination P2 6EC B_SENSOCOR
Neuropsychology and Rehabilitation Psychology P3 6EC B_NEURREVPSY
Talent and Talent Identification P3 6EC B_TALIDENT

Minor Economics

Omschrijving
How to deal with the economic impacts of pandemics such as COVID-19 or of the war in Ukraine? How do gender
and ethnic discrimination affect the Dutch labor market? Are crypto currencies only for criminals or also affecting
the real economy? What are the impacts of climate change on the livelihoods of populations in low- and middle-
income countries?

Economics is about more than finance, banks and money alone: it addresses some of the most pressing problems
of today. The choices we make in our (economic and social) policies can affect our world in very real ways. In the
University Minor in Economics you will learn to understand and tackle societal challenges from an economic
perspective. You will be able to grasp why economies grow or stay behind, why economic crises occur, what
determines welfare and wellbeing, and why inequalities in many domains of life persist. The Minor offers a strong
foundation to critically assess the news coverage through an economic lens, and we will jointly search for solutions
for local, national and local issues we face every day.

The minor in Economics is a 30 EC programme of 5 compulsory courses, taught in English.

More information is also available on our general Canvas page [Link]

Notes:

Students in the BSc programmes Economics and Business Economics (EBE) as well as Econometrics are
excluded from participating in this University Minor.
Students in the BSc programme International Business Administration (IBA) can follow this minor only on top
of their regular programme.
Note for students Business Administration (Bedrijfskunde, BK) and International Business Administration
(IBA, on top of their regular programme): The course ‘An Introduction to Economics’ is quite similar to the B1-
course ‘Economics’, resp. ‘Economics for the Global Era’ of your BK/IBA programme. Therefore, instead of
the course ‘Introduction to Economics’ you will follow the course ‘Health Economics’ (from the minor Health
Care Management).

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Economics – regular track
Minor Economics – track for BK and IBA

Minor Economics – regular track

Omschrijving
This regular track is meant for all students except students Business Administration (Bedrijfskunde, BK) and
International Business Administration (IBA); they can follow the adjusted track for BK and IBA.

Note: Students in the BSc programmes Economics and Business Economics (EBE) as well as Econometrics are
excluded from participating in this university minor.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
An Introduction to Economics P1 6EC E_MUE_AIE
Economic Challenges for Minor Students P1 6EC E_MUE_ECMS
Choices, Inequality and Welfare P2 6EC E_MUE_CIW

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 27 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Naam vak Periode Credits Code

The Economics of Crises P2 6EC E_MUE_TEC
Applying Economics P3 6EC E_MUE_APEC

Minor Economics – track for BK and IBA

Omschrijving
This track is exclusively meant for students Business Administration (Bedrijfskune, BK) and International Business
Administration (IBA).

Note: Students in the BSc programme International

Business Administration (IBA) can follow this minor only on

top of their regular programme.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economic Challenges for Minor Students P1 6EC E_MUE_ECMS
Health Economics P1 6EC E_MFHC_HEC
Choices, Inequality and Welfare P2 6EC E_MUE_CIW
The Economics of Crises P2 6EC E_MUE_TEC
Applying Economics P3 6EC E_MUE_APEC

Minor Islam

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Introduction Qur'an and Sunna P1 6EC G_BATRSPC123
Islam and European Culture P1 6EC G_BATRSAL005
Hadith Studies P2 6EC G_BATRSAL026
Islamic Theology/Kalam P2 6EC G_BATRSAL027
Islamic Ethics P3 6EC G_BATRSAL049

Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Introduction to Digital Humanities and Social Analytics P1 6EC L_AABAALG076
Introduction to Python for Humanities and Social Sciences P1 6EC L_AABAALG075
Digital Humanities and Social Analytics in Practice P3 6EC XB_0015

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics constrained choice

Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics constrained choice

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Data Science: Visualization and Analytics in R P2 6EC S_DSVAR
Interpreting Information in Text by Humans and Machines P2 6EC L_PABAALG005
Spatial Analysis in the Humanities and Social Sciences P2 6EC L_AABAALG096

Minor in English

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 28 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Global English P1 6EC L_ETBAETK209
Minor English: Grammar and Writing 1 P1 6EC L_ETBAALG007
Minor English: Pronunciation and Presentation P2 6EC L_EABAALG006
Minor English: Writing 2 P2 6EC L_ETBAALG005
Minor English: English in my own Discipline P3 6EC L_ETBAALG008

Minor Gender and Diversity

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Sexual Health: Threats and Opportunities for minor GAD P1 6EC AB_1294
Theorizing Gender and Intersectionality P1+2+3 6EC W_TGI
Religions and Gender P3 6EC G_BATRSAL054

Opleidingsdelen
Minor Gender and Diversity constrained choice

Minor Gender and Diversity constrained choice

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
American Film P2 6EC L_ELBAELK208
Identity, Diversity and Inclusion P2 6EC S_IDI
Seeing is Believing: Film and Religion and the Construction
of Sacredness Beyond the Limits of Representation and P2 6EC G_BATRSAL090
Articulation.
The Personal is Political P2 6EC L_AABAALG068

Minor History

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
European Cultural History P1 6EC L_GABAMKD103
Imagining the Dutch: themes in Dutch History P1 6EC L_GCBAALG003
Decolonizing Europe: History and Memory P2 6EC L_GCBAGES200
Sub-Saharan Africa and the World, 1800-present P2 6EC L_GABAGES226

Opleidingsdelen
Minor History constrained choice

Minor History constrained choice

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
History and Ethnography P3 6EC L_AABAGES222
History by Numbers P3 6EC L_GABAGES225
Oral History & Biography P3 6EC L_AABAGES208

Minor Psychology and the Brain

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 29 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Omschrijving
Knowledge about the psyche and our brain is growing rapidly. Weekly articles and books appear with
groundbreaking insights into the functioning of our brain and its effect on our behavior. This knowledge changes
the world, with ever-increasing effects on marketing, justice, technology, computers, our food and the economy. It
gives us insights into where and why we differ from each other, and helps us to explain certain group processes in
society. Knowledge about the link between our psychology and our brain are a must for anyone who wants to
understand why we do what we do.

Goal :

The minor Psychology and the brain introduces students to the disciplines that study behavior and the brain. The
minor gives students an overview of biological approaches in psychology and of cognitive and clinical
neuroscience. They are introduced in the way of conducting research in these fields. The learning objectives are:

a. to provide the knowledge to make an informed judgment about claims made -both inside and outside of science-
about the psyche and brain,

b. to impart the skills to needed to conduct research into psyche and brain.

Target audience:

The minor is attractive to students with a general interest in human behavior and how it links to our biology (genes,
brain structure and function) with prior knowledge of statistics (e.g. as offered in bachelors in social sciences,
economics, exact and biomedical sciences).

NB: This minor is NOT accessible to students who have completed or follow the Bachelor Psychology.

Entry requirements:

At least 90 EC obtained within a bachelor programme.

At least 6 EC obtained in statistics courses.
Participation in the Biological Psychology course is required before participation in the Neuropsychology
course.

Intekenen
Entry requirements:

At least 90 EC obtained within a bachelor programme.

At least 6 EC obtained in statistics courses.
Participation in the Biological Psychology course is required before participation in the Neuropsychology
course.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Evolutionary Psychology P1 6EC P_BEVOLPS
Introduction Psychology (UM) P1 6EC P_UINLPSY
Behaviour Genetics in Psychology (UM) P2 6EC P_UBEGEPS
Biological Psychology (UM) P2 6EC P_UBIOPSY
Neuropsychology (UM) P3 6EC P_UNEUPSY

Minor Law and Global Justice: Climate, Internet and Migration

Omschrijving
The regulation of the internet, the international mobility of people and the management and causation of climate
change are amongst the most hotly debated issue of our times. These issues transcend national and regional
borders, which not only complicates questions of accountability, effectivity but also the access to justice for the
legal subjects involved. They raise questions of the control of national and international exercises of power, of the
relationship between international law, the nation state and capitalism but also of the effects of colonialism in
contemporary North/South relations. This minor contains courses on the law relating to migration, climate change,
the internet, as well as a selection of other current topics in transnational law and justice which vary from year to
year (past topics including fertility tourism, selling citizenship, the Covid-19 pandemic, and geoengineering).

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 30 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

If you are pursuing a career in European and international law or in the field of domestic or international migration,
this is an excellent minor for you. The minor prepares you for the master programs European and International
Law, International Migration and Refugee Law, International Technology Law or Internet, Intellectueel Eigendom en
ICT.

After completing this minor, the student has knowledge of the core of the legislation concerning the three topics,
has gained insight in the most important critique and analysis of this legislation (from a legal, policy-orientated,
sociological, anthropological and/or philosophical perspective), and is capable of critically judging proposed
changes. For each of the topics the student knows which actors play a role in making rules and policy, how states
work together (or not), the consequences of this (lack of) cooperation and the future perspective for transnational
regulations in migrations, climate change and internet. Knowledge of these ‘case studies’ and the theory involved
also enables student to independently reflect on other areas of transnational problems, such as security.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Human Rights and the Border P1 6EC R_HumRB
Internet Governance P1 6EC R_InternGov
Climate Change Law P2 6EC R_TL-TP
Human Rights and Citizenship P2 6EC R_HumRC
Current Issues P3 6EC R_Currissues

Minor Technology, Law and Ethics

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Governance and Regulation of Emerging Technologies P1 6EC R_GRET
Robot Law and Artificial Intelligence P1 6EC R_RLAI
Data Analytics and Privacy P2 6EC R_DAP
Philosophy and Neuroethics P2 6EC W_BA_PNEU
Law and Ethics of Reproductive Technologies P3 6EC R_LERT

Minor Development and Global Challenges

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Anthropology of Development: Decolonial Perspectives P1 6EC S_ADDP
Environment and Development P1 6EC S_ED
Global Political Economy P2 6EC S_GPE
Nation and Migration P2 6EC S_NM
Urban Studies P2+3 6EC S_UBS

Minor Peace and Conflict Studies

Omschrijving
The Minor is made up of the following courses:

Philosophy and the Ethics of Violence: Peace, War, and Terrorism

Political Violence and the Human condition
Conflict and Peacebuilding: Local and global perspectives
The Law and Politics of Fencing the Use of Force
Peace and Conflict: From Theory to Practice

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Philosophy and the Ethics of Political Violence: Peace, War
P1 6EC S_PEV
and Terrorism
Political Violence and the Human Condition P1 6EC S_PVHC
Peace and Conflict: From Theory to Practice P1+2+3 6EC S_PC
Conflict and Peacebuilding: Local and Global Perspectives P2 6EC S_CPB

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 31 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Naam vak Periode Credits Code

The Law and Politics of Fencing the Use of Force P2 6EC S_LPFUF

Minor Political Science

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Comparative Politics: Democracies and Other Regimes P1 6EC S_CPDO
International Relations and Global Governance P1 6EC S_IRGG
Minor Seminar in Political Science P1+2+3 6EC S_MSPS
EU Governance in an International Context P2 6EC S_EUGIC
Global Political Economy P2 6EC S_GPE

Minor Philosophy

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Great Minds I P1 6EC W_BA_MND1
Political Philosophy P1 6EC W_BA_PP
Ethics P2 6EC W_BA_ETEN
Philosophy of Science P2 6EC W_BA_SCIE
Great Minds II P2+3 6EC W_BA_MND2

Education Minor IBA

Opleidingsdelen
Educational minor Economics

Educational minor Economics

Opleidingsdelen
Educatieve Minor verplicht

Educatieve Minor verplicht

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Education Minor Didactics 1 P1 6EC O_EMDID1
Education Minor Practical Training 1 P1 6EC O_EMPRAK1
Educatieve Minor, Peergroep P1+2+3 0EC O_EMPEERGR
Education Minor Didactics 2 P2+3 9EC O_EMDID2
Education Minor Practical Training 2 P2+3 9EC O_EMPRAK2

Additional: A broader mind

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Broader Mind Course Track A P4+5 0EC W_ABM_CTA
Broader Mind Course Track B P4+5 0EC W_ABM_CTB

Extra courses concerning entry requirements to SBE

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 32 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Master Programmes
Omschrijving
Following your bachelor, you can opt to continue studying, either at our faculty or at different university. Our faculty
offers several Master's of Science programmes. All programmes start in September only and are taught in English.

At [Link] you will find the admission requirements of all master programmes. For the majority of the masters, you will
be able to fulfill the entry requirements by choosing a specific specialization or track within your bachelor
programme. However, in some cases this is not possible and you will need to follow additional courses on top of
your bachelor program in order to be admitted to the master.

In the list printed underneath you will find the courses that are not included within your bachelors programme, but
may be needed to enter a masters programme. You can enroll to the course via [Link].

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Econometrics I P1+2 6EC E_EOR2_TR1
Numerical Methods P1+2 6EC E_EOR2_NUME
Operations Research I P1+2 6EC E_EOR2_OR1
Probability Theory P1+2 6EC E_EOR1_PT
Econometrics III P4 6EC E_EOR3_TR3
Financial Accounting P4 6EC E_EBE2_FAC
Financial Markets and Institutions P4 6EC E_EBE3_FMI
Microeconomics II P4 6EC E_EBE2_MICEC
Quantitative Research Methods III - Economics and
P4 6EC E_EBE3_QRMEF
Finance
Econometrics II P4+5 6EC E_EOR2_TR2
Operations Research II P4+5 6EC E_EOR2_OR2
Statistics P4+5 6EC E_EOR1_STAT
Environmental and Transport Economics P5 6EC E_EBE2_ETE
Financial Econometrics P5 6EC E_EOR3_FTR
Management Accounting P5 6EC E_EBE2_MANAC

Transitional arrangements
Omschrijving
In case of curriculum changes, a transitional arrangement applies to higher year students who still have to take
courses from the old curriculum. The transitional regulations are stated on the website as well as in the Teaching
and Examination Regulations (OER).

Courses

A Big Risk Experience

Vakcode E_MFRM_BRE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. G. Tumer-Alkan
Examinator dr. G. Tumer-Alkan
Betrokken Docenten dr. G. Tumer-Alkan
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 33 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Doel vak

By the end of this course, students will be able to:

Conduct empirical risk research in teams of four based on real-world cases provided by professionals or
academics.
Apply theories and methods from previous Risk Management courses to practical research problems.
Analyze and model empirical questions using appropriate tools and techniques.
Communicate findings clearly in a structured written report and a concise oral presentation.

Students will demonstrate these skills through hands-on group work, supported by academic supervision and
practical research tools.

Inhoud vak

This course bridges academic theory and professional practice by engaging students in real-world risk-related
cases. Key topics include empirical research design, scenario analysis, and risk modeling, reflecting challenges
faced by financial institutions.

Students apply knowledge from earlier courses to investigate practical questions, using scientific methods and
tools. The course emphasizes critical thinking, data analysis, and effective communication of research findings in
both written and oral formats.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

One kick-off session, student work-groups, guidance from the supervisors, and final presentation by each group.

Toetsvorm

Written report and presentation.

Vereiste voorkennis

To have followed at least one course in period 1 of the Minor Risk Management.

Literatuur

Depending on the case, a selection of articles.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students of the minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

A basic course in quantitative methods and/or statistics is strongly recommended.

Academic Skills
Vakcode E_IBA1_ACSK
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. El Baroudi
Examinator dr. S. El Baroudi
Betrokken Docenten C.T. Nguyen, dr. S. El Baroudi, R. Tavakoli, dr. V. Fani
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – Student can conduct a basic international research project from start to
finish

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 34 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

ACADEMIC SKILLS (THREE AS)

After successfully completing this course, the student can

analyze and demonstrate an understanding of international business problems from deductive and inductive
research perspectives (Analysis)
recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information when examining a research question
(Abstraction)
put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view for deductive and inductive research perspectives,
both in spoken and written format (Argumentation)

RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student can

critically reflect on (the quality of) academic research

translate practically relevant international business problems into academically relevant research questions
apply basic research skills needed to complete a part of a research process, both quantitative as well as
qualitative

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning

the relevant areas in international business administration

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can explain the basic theories, models and concepts related to business research
is able to make connections between those theories, models, and concepts

SOCIAL SKILLS – STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE DIFFERENT PROFESSIONAL ROLES
IN A CROSS-CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

communicate in academic English in writing

understand what academic conduct is and behave in line with that conduct

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON - STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO REFLECT ON THE ETHICAL AND SOCIAL
IMPLICATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL AND GOVERNMENTAL DECISIONS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

has a basic understanding of business research from a philosophical and methodological perspective
can identify a number of current developments and research gaps in business research
can explain basic ethical concerns and dilemmas in business research

Inhoud vak

In order to develop yourself as an academic in an international landscape you need to be able to critically reflect on,
write about, and eventually also conduct research. In this course you will develop a fundamental skills set that
enables you to thrive as an academic throughout your further studies and career. Understanding the academic
world and developing related skills starts with understanding the academic community. Fundamental aspects of
this community are related to different perspectives on research, the art of critical reasoning, and the language of
science. In this course you will reflect on different perspectives on research, start applying academic skills through
critical reasoning and writing, and work on doing this in fluent academic English.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written Assignment - Individual assessment

Team Assignment - Group assessment
Participation Assignment - Group assessment
Participation Assignment – Individual assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 35 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

N/A

Literatuur

Mandatory literature:
Lee, N. & Lings, I. (2008). Doing business research: A guide to theory and practice. London: SAGE Publications.

Additional (required) materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students enrolled to the International Business Administration Program

Overige informatie

A blended learning style will be adopted in this course. Students are required to use online tools to successfully
complete all course assignments. There will be also face-to-face meetings to discuss relevant content and to
receive feedback from tutors.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

All students can register to this course. Teams are formed by the tutors during the first tutorial session.

Toelichting Canvas

Materials, lectures, and assignments are uploaded on Canvas. Students are required to understand how to use
Feedback Fruits to evaluate their peers' contribution to discussions.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

n/a

Accounting
Vakcode E_IBA1_ACC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J.P. Mendoza Rodriguez
Examinator dr. J.P. Mendoza Rodriguez
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Liu, dr. J.P. Mendoza Rodriguez, dr. P.C.M. Claes
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

1. Academic skills. After successfully completing this course, the student:

recognizes fundamental accounting information and leaves out irrelevant information

2. Bridging theory and practice. After successfully completing this course, the student:

demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning accounting in the context of international
business administration
knows the basic concepts of financial and managerial accounting

3. Broadening our Horizon. After successfully completing this course, the student:

is informed about current accounting practices

Inhoud vak

Accounting is the language required to do business. It allows executives, managers and employees to
communicate; it allows investors, analysts, and governmental authorities to understand how an organization is
doing. Thanks to the International Financial Reporting Standards, accounting can be seen as a global language,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 36 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

spoken across most countries.

Accounting is much more than book-keeping. Without accounting, it is not possible to evaluate a new business
opportunity, assess the performance of a company, or design a solid business strategy for the near future. This
course provides a thorough introduction to financial and managerial accounting. It provides fundamental knowledge
that all business practices require.

This course teaches how to formally record and report economic events and transactions, how to read accounting
information to make inferences and support decisions, and how accounting plays an active role in the success or
failure of a company. More broadly, this courses explains why the accounting activity cannot be performed by
robots, as it involves discretion in how information is recorded and reported. Moreover, the course offers a first look
at what the accounting profession entails.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Exam(s) - Individual assessment; Participation assignment - Individual assessment

Literatuur

Text book (e-book): Weygandt, J.J., Kimmel, P.D., Kieso, D.E. (2020) Financial & Managerial Accounting, 4th
edition, Wiley. ISBN: 978-1-119-75252-3.

Additional material will be announced on Canvas.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

After registering for this course, you need to sign up for a tutorial group as well. Please make sure to do this within
the applicable registration period and ensure that there is no overlap with other courses in your schedule.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Students are expected to understand algebra, and the content of Business Mathematics or similar courses.

Accounting Information Systems

Vakcode E_EBE3_ACIS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. J.B.T. Bergsma RA
Examinator drs. J.B.T. Bergsma RA
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

During this course the basic concepts of accounting information systems (AIS) will be explained in the lectures and
applied during the tutorials. These include:

Internal reliability system

General and application IT controls
Simon's levers of control
COSO frameworks

In real life you will find that all organizations will have some kind of accounting information system. Based on the
information provided by such systems not only managers take decisions but also customers and investors.

During the tutorials you are asked to prepare cases in which these concepts should be used to design an

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 37 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

accounting information system.

After completing this course, you will be able to:

explain the use of accounting information systems for controlling organizations (Bridging Theory and Practice
- Knowledge).
understand the basic concepts in AIS (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge).
determine the information needs for different business cycles (Bridging Theory and Practice - Application).
make an analysis of the reliability risks (Bridging Theory and Practice - Application).
design a system of preventive and detective controls (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge).
give a description of the activities needed to record data and check these for reliability (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Application).

Inhoud vak

Managers need reliable and relevant information to take all kind of decisions. This information is provided by
accounting information systems. Employees from different departments record data in computerized information
systems. This data is processed into information through applications. The controlling department is responsible for
checking the reliablity of this information.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and Tutorials

Toetsvorm

To be announced.

Literatuur

Bergsma, J. and O. van Leeuwen (2020). AIS in Focus, How to provide relevant and reliable accounting
information, A&W uitgeverij, ISBN 978-94-90957-19-3

Accounting, Business and Society

Vakcode E_IBA2_ABS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator C.M. Rigsby
Examinator C.M. Rigsby
Betrokken Docenten dr. F.M. Arshad, C.M. Rigsby
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

After successfully completing this course, the student can

analyze and demonstrate an understanding of financial and management accounting information as a way to
hold companies and their managers accountable for their business conduct (Analysis)
put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view to assess the (external and internal) reporting practices
of corporations (Argumentation)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international
business administration.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

assess a company’s financial and non-financial performance based on the firm’s external reporting practices
and provide a valuation for a company's common equity

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 38 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

apply and reflect on commonly used management accounting methods for planning, decision-making, and
control purposes

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

provide practical solutions to a case by applying financial and managerial accounting theory
apply theoretical knowledge in a specific business situation
apply relevant financial and management accounting methods (e.g., financial ratios and valuation) to hold
companies and their managers accountable for their business conduct

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON - STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO REFLECT ON THE ETHICAL AND SOCIAL
IMPLICATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL AND GOVERNMENTAL DECISIONS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

has a good understanding of the political, international, and (cross-)cultural context in the field of accounting,
specifically the role of companies as corporate citizens.

Inhoud vak

The concept of corporate citizenship has become increasingly important in recent years. It entails the recognition
that businesses do not solely follow the demands of shareholders, but likewise assume responsibility for the social
and environmental impact of their activities on the communities in which they operate. In turn, this means that
companies can, and need to, be held accountable for their conduct of business. The overarching theme of this
course is hence the notion of accountability to assess the citizenship role of companies and their managers. In
doing so, it takes two distinct perspective. First, it covers external reporting practices, which are determined by
firms’ regulatory frameworks as well as financial and non-financial reporting. The course strives to enhance your
ability to make sense of such accounting information and assess the companies’ financial and non-financial
performance through financial statement analysis, valuation, and carbon accounting. Second, the course
addresses firms’ internal reporting practices, highlighting the importance of communication and control of company
goals to subdivisions and employees. Budgeting, performance measurement, and the balanced scorecard are
discussed not only as tools of management control, but also in terms of their implications on individual employees
and decision-makers.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials
Online content

Toetsvorm

Practical assignments - Group assessment

Written Exam - Individual assessment

Literatuur

Textbooks (communicated to students before the course)

Academic articles (communicated to students before the course)
Machine-learning tools (e.g., large language models)

Overige informatie

Because machine learning techniques (e.g., large language models) will likely impact every area of accounting and
business, students must understand the advantages and disadvantages of these techniques. Accounting,
Business, and Society will discuss the new technologies and demonstrate some applications for accounting
analysis.

Toelichting Canvas

Pre-lecture videos or presentations, supplementary videos, exercises, and other materials may appear on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course requires a solid understanding of financial and management [Link] should already
have the ability to apply a version of the expanded accounting equation and make journal entries (i.e., use

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 39 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

debits and credits to record transactions) before the first lecture. Students should be comfortable with
external financial statements (i.e., income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow statement) and internal
costing methods and budgets (e.g., activity-based costing and flexible budget analysis).

American Film
Vakcode L_ELBAELK208
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. R.V.J. van den Oever
Examinator dr. R.V.J. van den Oever
Betrokken Docenten dr. R.V.J. van den Oever
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

Students become acquainted with different theorizations of spectatorship in relation to film characters.
By the end of the course, students can:

Explain selected concepts from film theory.

Apply these concepts to the interpretation of selected films.
Do all this in clear and concise written English.

Inhoud vak

Central to this course is the question: How do spectators relate to film characters? Film theory provides various
answers, ranging from forced identification with a protagonist to reading against the grain of a film.

Theories and films discussed in previous years include:

The male gaze and Vertigo (Alfred Hitchcock, 1958): spectators identify with a male protagonist who lustfully
gazes at objectified women.
Sentimental pedagogy and Philadelphia (Jonathan Demme, 1993): through emotional manipulation, films can
enforce ideological beliefs onto spectators.
Character engagement and Psycho (Alfred Hitchcock, 1960): spectators develop a cognitive moral evaluation
of film characters.
Dramatic irony and Rope (Alfred Hitchcock, 1948): the film invites spectators to feel superior to the
characters.
Queer connotation and Gentlemen Prefer Blondes (Howard Hawks, 1953): in response to Hollywood
censorship, spectators read film characters as denotatively straight yet connotatively queer.

Both theories and films are subject to change.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

We meet once a week for four hours.

Attendance is mandatory.
Meetings are held on campus; no hybrid alternative is offered.
Each meeting consists of group discussions, exam instruction/practice, and a lecture portion.
Prior to each meeting, students complete a Canvas assignment.
Devices with access to social media (this includes laptops) are not allowed in class. If an exception needs to
be made for medical reasons, students must contact the academic advisor prior to the start of the course.

Toetsvorm

Successful completion of the course is contingent on timely submission of all Canvas assignments and
attendance at all meetings.
The full final grade for the course is based on a take-home exam consisting of short essay questions. The
take-home exam will be held over three days in week 8 of period 2 (the week of 15 December 2025). English
writing proficiency is a key aspect of the assessment.

Literatuur

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 40 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

To be announced in the course syllabus, which will be posted on Canvas well in advance of the start of the course.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the Schoolvakminor English Literature and the minor package Gender and Diversity.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Students must have participated in the period 1 courses of either the Schoolvakminor English Literature or the
minor package Gender and Diversity.

An Introduction to Economics
Vakcode E_MUE_AIE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. P.A. Gautier
Examinator prof. dr. P.A. Gautier
Betrokken Docenten L. Klein, prof. dr. P.A. Gautier
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course will introduce you to the fundamentals and basic tools of economic analysis. It will teach you the
perspective of the economist:
viewing reality as the result of choices and the trade-offs that these choices reflect (Academic Skills; Knowledge).
In terms of Knowledge you will learn the basic theories and models of micro- and macroeconomics. You will also
learn the basic analytical tools used in the analysis of economic data (Quantitative Skills). Finally, the course will
introduce you to the most important institutions of the global economy. The course will also show you how the tools
and theories can be applied to real life examples taken from the world economy. (Bridging Theory and Practice).

Inhoud vak

Topics to be discussed are:

Consumers, sellers and Incentives;

Perfect competition, Trade;
Externalities;
Labor market/ human capital/unemployment;
Economics of Information;
Game theory/ Auctions;
Economic Growth;
Business Cycles;
Credit Markets

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

(Online) Lectures and Tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exam (MC) - Individual assessment

Assignment(s)

Literatuur

Acemoglu, Daron, David Laibson and John A. List, Newest edition (older editions are also allowed), Economics,
Harlow, Essex, Pearson Education Ltd. ISBN 13: 978-1-292-07920-2, incl. access code MYECONLAB.

Anthropology of Development: Decolonial Perspectives

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 41 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode S_ADDP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. F.H. Eiró de Oliveira
Examinator dr. F.H. Eiró de Oliveira
Betrokken Docenten dr. F.H. Eiró de Oliveira, dr. M. Matelski
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of this course is to introduce students to the interrelated themes of development and globalization and to
help them gain insights into the issues of poverty, global inequality, development, and related issues regarding
sustainability.

Inhoud vak

This course looks from an anthropological perspective at the interrelated themes of develop-ment and globalization.
We will analyse “development” as concept, discourse, and assemblage of practices, looking at their local and
global effects. We will untangle how different actors—governments, supranational agencies, NGOs, multinational
corporations, activists, local populations, etc.—interact and negotiate in development processes, with special
attention to power asymmetries and socioeconomic inequalities. We also highlight potential and experienced gaps
between intentions and outcomes of development policies and look at what anthropology can contribute to
“development” debates and policy implementation. And, finally, while studying development, we also seek to grasp
what globalization actually is and does—and, likewise, what it is not.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course consists of lectures which will include group discussion activities. Students are expected to follow (and
actively participate in) these lectures and activities, to which mandatory readings are required to be done
beforehand in order to ensure participation in discussions.

Toetsvorm

Written assignment(s), including final exam.

Literatuur

To be announced in the course manual (on CANVAS)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

2nd year bachelor students in Cultural Anthropology and Development Sociology; Students in the minor
Development and Global Challenges; Students in the minor Anthropology; The course is also open as an elective.

Applying Economics
Vakcode E_MUE_APEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M.P. Pradhan
Examinator prof. dr. M.P. Pradhan
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. M.P. Pradhan, P.D. Schirmer, M.J. van der Meijden BSc, dr. P.R. Koster
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 42 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The objective of this course is to develop your capability to report your findings in a clear, logical and informative
way. Specific learning outcomes upon completion of this course are:

you are able to analyse a relevant (economic) policy issue, to motivate the relevance of the issue, and to
formulate an appropriate research question;
you are able to locate relevant economic theory in the literature and to apply it correctly in order to analyse
the policy issue and to identify the economic rationale of potential or actual policy responses;
you are able to identify, interpret and compare empirical findings from the economic literature to describe the
policy issue, and/or the behavioural response of the market and government actors, and/or the impact of
these responses;
you have developed a critical attitude to the relevance and shortcomings of empirical data compared to
theoretical requirements, and have become aware of limitations in insights that can be gained from theoretical
reasoning alone when addressing real-life issues;
you are able to present your findings clearly to academic expert and non-expert audiences;
you are able to work independently, while incorporating relevant feedback into their work;
you are able to give constructive feedback to peers.

Inhoud vak

In this intensive four-week course, you work in one of a selected number of policy areas (for example international
financial systems and banking regulation, macro policy, development and growth, environment, urban/transport,
health, human capital, competition policy, industrial policy). You will write an economic policy-oriented research
paper focusing on policy analysis, design and/or evaluation.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

One introductory lecture followed by weekly working groups organized by policy area. The course closes with a
plenary presentation where all groups present. All have mandatory attendance.

Toetsvorm

Grade is based on individual participation and contributions in tutorial sessions, individual assignments and a group
grade based on the group policy research paper and presentation of research. Active participation is required
throughout the course. A sufficient individual contribution in the first 2 weeks is required to allowed to participate in
rest of the course.

Literatuur

Various theoretical and empirical academic papers (dependent on the student’s selected topic), based on
suggested and own literature search.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

All courses from period 1 and period 2:

"An Introduction to Economics", "Economic Challenges", "Choices, Inequality and Welfare" and "The Economics of
Crises"

Asset Pricing
Vakcode E_IBK3_AP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M.A. Dijkstra
Examinator dr. M.A. Dijkstra
Betrokken Docenten dr. M.A. Dijkstra
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In this course you will learn about asset pricing, which explores the factors that determine the prices and returns of
financial assets.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 43 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In the first part of the course, the central concept is the relationship between risk and return of financial assets. The
goal is to gain insights into the risks associated with financial portfolios and investments and to be able to
calculate/estimate such risks. Furthermore, another goal is to learn how to benefit from diversification possibilities.
Finally, you will also learn how to compute expected returns on investments and the cost of capital on the basis of
the Capital Asset Pricing Model and multifactor models. (Academic and Research Skills, Bridging Theory and
Practice - Application)

In the second part of the course, the goal is to gain deeper insight into risk management by analyzing Value-at-
Risk, duration-based strategies and risk management based off derivatives such as futures and forwards.
(Academic and Research Skills, Bridging Theory and Practice - Application). By accomplishing these learning
goals, you will gain new academic and research skills and develop your professional knowledge in the area of
financial risk and risk management.

You will apply these theoretical concepts into practice by focusing on the creation of portfolios and investments
using real-world data.(Bridging theory and practice - Application)

Inhoud vak

Central topics that will be discussed are:

Trade-off between risk and return;

Estimation of average return and volatility;
Concepts of covariance and correlation and their estimation;
Risk and return of portfolios;
Diversification;
Concept of efficient portfolios;
CAPM and multifactor models;
Cost of capital
Value-at-Risk
Characteristics and pricing of futures and forwards;
Use of forwards and futures in risk hedging;
Principle of no arbitrage;
Interest rate risk
Duration

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Knowledge clips, lectures, tutorials and Q&A-sessions.

Toetsvorm

Written exam, data-based assignment (group assignment), and weekly Canvas quizzes (individual).

Vereiste voorkennis

The course builds on concepts discussed in previous Finance courses (Finance, International Financial
Management) and uses methods that students have learned in Business Research Methods I and II.

Literatuur

J. Berk and P. DeMarzo, Corporate Finance, Pearson,6th Global Edition.

Lecture and tutorial materials (slides, papers)

Toelichting Canvas

There will be weekly quizzes on Canvas that are relevant to the final grade.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course builds on concepts discussed in previous finance courses (2.2 Finance, Financieel Management) and
uses methods that students have learned in Quantitative Research Methods I and II.

Auditing
Vakcode E_EBE3_AUD
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 44 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. D. Detzen
Examinator dr. D. Detzen
Betrokken Docenten dr. D. Detzen, dr. H.B. Duits RA, drs. W. de Kater RA
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The objective of this introductory course to auditing is to convey central concepts of financial statement auditing
and other assurance services, both from a practical perspective and from a theoretical/academic point of view. With
respect to the practical perspective, students will be exposed to the purpose of and economic demand for auditing,
fundamental elements of conducting an audit, and the process employed by auditors (Bridging Theory and Practice
- Knowledge; Academic and Research Skills; Bridging Theory and Practice - Application). Significant attention will
be devoted to ethical threats facing the auditor (Self-Awareness, Broadening your Horizon). Finally, students will
analyze, discuss and interpret academic audit research output (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge;
Academic and Research Skills).

More specifically, on successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

explain the economic and societal role of (financial) audits;

describe major applicable regulatory and ethical requirements that guide the conduct of audits and determine
when these requirements are applicable;
define and apply the main concepts of auditing, such as reasonable assurance, the audit risk model, and
materiality;
identify and illustrate all the stages of the audit process;
reflect on ethical dilemmas that the student will face in his/her future role as auditor;
analyze and interpret auditing cases using the obtained knowledge about main auditing concepts, the audit
process, and given ethical awareness;
recall and interpret the essence of a select number of state-of-the-art research articles in auditing and
critically discuss and reflect on their findings in relation to audit practice.

Inhoud vak

Auditing involves the testing and evaluation of evidence against agreed norms or criteria. The auditor has an
important societal function because financial statement users (e.g., shareholders) and other stakeholders require
some level of third-party assurance on the qualitative aspects of information found in the financial statements, such
as information reliability and relevance. For example, shareholders require primarily assurance about the reliability
of financial statements, since they use these statements for their professional decision-making. Providers of debt
financing, such as banks, need to know whether the presented liquidity ratios are accurate.

The course will focus on the role of the auditor in society and what demands this role imposes on the auditor. We
start by giving an introduction to the economic demand for auditing and the ethical requirements placed on the
auditor by society and regulators. Next, the course focuses on the audit process, starting with the planning stage of
the audit, where the auditor obtains an understanding of the client and its business and designs the audit plan,
while paying careful attention to the audit risk model. The next two audit stages discussed at a general level include
the conduct of audit procedures. Auditors can obtain various types of audit evidence to test the assertions (claims)
made by management in the financial statements. The audit process concludes with the completion stage of the
audit. By examining audit evidence obtained during an audit, auditors ultimately decide which type of auditor’s
report to issue. We devote significant attention throughout the course on the audit profession’s need for ethical
behavior and professional skepticism, as well as the auditor’s role and responsibilities with respect to fraud.
Throughout the course, students will be offered the opportunity of interacting with practice during various case
studies and guided discussions with lecturers with ample experience from audit practice.

Aside from offering students a practice-based introduction to the auditing profession, students will finally be
exposed to the academic side of auditing by reading a selection of academic papers and discussing the importance
of the findings for the auditing profession.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Plenary lectures
Smaller group tutorials

Toetsvorm

Midterm multiple choice test – individual assessment

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 45 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Weekly case assignments – group assessment

Case presentation/discussion – group assessment
Written exam – individual assessment

Literatuur

Hayes, R., Wallage, P., and P. Eimers (2024). Principles of International Auditing and Assurance, 5th edition,
Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press.
Academic papers (as indicated through Canvas)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Entry level understanding of financial accounting and accounting information systems

Bachelor's Internship (0 EC)

Vakcode E_BACH_INTS
Studiepunten 0
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator N.B. Broekman MSc
Examinator N.B. Broekman MSc
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Een stage is een uitstekende manier om de kennis en academische vaardigheden die studenten tijdens hun studie
opdoen, in de praktijk toe te passen. Om deze reden bevelen we het ook sterk aan. Het belangrijkste leerdoel van
stages is om vertrouwd te raken met professionele en marktgerichte vaardigheden in een echte en nieuwe
organisatieomgeving. Nu de arbeidsmarkt steeds competitiever wordt, biedt het opdoen van relevante ervaring
studenten een sterke start van hun professionele loopbaan. De ‘not for credit’ (0 ECT) stage is beschikbaar voor
alle SBE-programma’s. Studenten kunnen een stage volgen naast hun studie of nadat zij alle vakken hebben
afgerond. De stage wordt vermeld op het diplomasupplement van de student. Als je geïnteresseerd bent in andere
soorten stages, zoals een minorstage, scriptiestage of extracurriculaire stage, kun je gedetailleerde informatie
vinden in de Bachelor stagehandleiding of de video Internships at SBE bekijken.

Inhoud vak

n.a.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Career Services ([Link]@[Link]) fungeert als SBE-begeleider voor de 0-ECT-stages. Studenten die een
‘not for credit’ stage volgen, moeten aan de volgende vereisten voldoen (zie ook de Bachelor stagehandleiding):

Bekijk de volgende video over hoe je je aanmeldt voor de stage en de Canvaspagina:0-ECT stagevideo

Voordat je met de stage kunt beginnen, moet je de volgende twee stappen afronden:

1. Vul het proposal in op Canvas, uiterlijk twee weken voor de startdatum. Het doel van het proposal is een
beschrijving te geven van wat de student tijdens de stage wil leren. Het voorstel bevat de volgende onderdelen:

Een beschrijving van de organisatie en de afdeling waar de stage plaatsvindt (bijvoorbeeld sector, hoe lang
bestaat de organisatie, aantal medewerkers, enz.);
Een beschrijving van de taken en verantwoordelijkheden tijdens de stage;
Persoonlijke leerdoelen: wat wil je leren van deze stage?
Een toelichting op waarom deze stage relevant is voor jouw studieprogramma.

2. Na goedkeuring van het voorstel door de SBE-begeleider van Career Services, moet de stageovereenkomst
door drie partijen worden ondertekend: vul de lege velden in de stageovereenkomst in, onderteken deze zelf en
zorg ervoor dat de vertegenwoordiger van de organisatie die de stage aanbiedt deze ook ondertekent. Upload de
ondertekende overeenkomst in Canvas, uiterlijk twee weken vóór de start van je stage. Jouw SBE-begeleider zal

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 46 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

als laatste de overeenkomst ondertekenen en een ondertekend exemplaar naar jou terugsturen.

Om de stage met succes af te ronden, dien je de volgende twee stappen te voltooien:

1. Twee weken vóór het afronden van de stage moet het reflectieverslag (max. 5 A4) worden ingeleverd via
Canvas. Het doel van dit verslag is om te beschrijven wat je tijdens de stage hebt geleerd. Het verslag bevat de
volgende onderdelen

een beschrijving van de stage (d.w.z. doel, activiteiten, resultaten);

een persoonlijke reflectie op de stage (zoals de begeleiding vanuit de organisatie, de werksfeer, vergelijking
tussen verwachtingen en realiteit, enz.);
reflectie op de persoonlijke leerdoelen;
advies dat je zou geven aan studenten die op dit moment op zoek zijn naar een stage;
advies dat je zou geven aan studenten die geïnteresseerd zijn in een vergelijkbare functie.

2. Lever samen met het stageverslag ook de evaluatie van je bedrijfsbegeleider in via Canvas. Op basis van het
reflectieverslag en de evaluatie van de bedrijfsbegeleider beoordeelt de SBE-begeleider of aan de vereisten is
voldaan, en stuurt vervolgens een bevestiging naar de studieadministratie.

Toetsvorm

n.a.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Om je aan te melden voor de 0-ECT-stage, bekijk je eerst de0-ECT stagevideo. Het proposal en de
stageovereenkomst moeten minimaal twee weken vóór de start van de stage worden ingeleverd via Canvas. De
stageovereenkomst moet alle vereiste handtekeningen bevatten. Career Services fungeert als de SBE-begeleider
voor de 0-ECT-stage. Nadat het proposal is goedgekeurd en de stageovereenkomst is ondertekend door de
student, de SBE-begeleider en het bedrijf, kan de student met de stage beginnen. Voor meer informatie, zie de
Bachelor stagehandleiding.

Voor vragen kun je een e-mail sturen naar [Link]@[Link], of deelnemen aan een van de Internship Advice-
sessies of Internship Q&A’s met Career Services. Career Services kan ook helpen bij de voorbereiding op een
stage, bijvoorbeeld bij het schrijven van een goed cv en sollicitatiebrief, of het beantwoorden van vragen over
stages. Klik hier voor meer informatie.

Bayesian Econometrics for Business and Economics

Vakcode E_MFAE_BEBE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Examinator dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Betrokken Docenten dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Dit vak uit de minor Toegepaste Econometrie is bedoeld voor bachelorstudenten Econometrie en
bachelorstudenten met verschillende achtergronden die al een introductie hebben gehad in programmeren en
econometrie/statistiek. Het doel is om de student vertrouwd te maken met Bayesiaanse statistiek en de
toepassingen ervan op econometrische problemen, met behulp van geavanceerde computationele methoden.

Inhoud vak

Deze cursus behandelt Bayesiaanse statistiek, waarbij de onderwerpen de voorafgaande en posterieure dichtheid,
het testen van Bayesiaanse hypothesen, Bayesiaanse voorspelling en Bayesiaanse modelmiddeling voor
voorspellingscombinaties omvatten. Er zullen verschillende modellen worden overwogen, waaronder de
Bernoulli/binomiale verdeling en de normale verdeling. Uiteraard zal aandacht worden besteed aan de Bayesiaanse
analyse van lineaire regressiemodellen. Ook eenvoudige tijdreeksmodellen komen aan bod. Een belangrijk
onderdeel van de cursus is de behandeling van op simulatie gebaseerde methoden zoals Markov chain Monte

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 47 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Carlo (Gibbs sampling, data augmentation, Metropolis-Hastings method) en Importance Sampling, die vaak nodig
zijn om Bayesiaanse schattingen en voorspellingen te berekenen en Bayesiaanse tests uit te voeren.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges en practica in het computerlokaal.

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk eindexamen – Individuele beoordeling.

Groepsopdrachten - groepen van 1 of 2 studenten.

Literatuur

Slides and exercises that will all appear on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Programming, Econometrics I, Numerical Methods.

Behavioral Finance and Real Estate

Vakcode E_MFRE_BFRE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M.J. van den Assem
Examinator prof. dr. M.J. van den Assem
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. M.J. van den Assem
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course you:

understand how people are subject to distortions or biases in their beliefs and have preferences that are not
understood in a normatively acceptable framework (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge);
understand how behavioral biases affect the decisions of participants in real estate markets (Bridging theory
and practice - knowledge);
understand how the bounded rationality of market participants can explain the dynamics of real estate
markets (Bridging theory and practice- knowledge).

Inhoud vak

This course provides a behavioral perspective on real estate decision making and markets. In particular, students
learn how behavioral biases affect the decisions of participants in real estate markets, and how the bounded
rationality of market participants can explain real estate market dynamics. The course starts with a general
introduction into the psychology of decision making. Next, it turns to the topics of property valuation, negotiation,
and mortgage choice. The final part considers the efficiency and dynamics of real estate markets, with a special
focus on bubbles and crashes.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Toetsvorm

Written exam

Literatuur

Bazerman & Moore, Judgment in Managerial Decision Making, Wiley, most recent edition.
Selected articles (to be announced).

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 48 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance, and also included in the program of the Minor
Risk Management for Financial Institutions.

Behaviour Genetics in Psychology (UM)

Vakcode P_UBEGEPS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. B. Sauce
Examinator dr. B. Sauce
dr. A. Starr, I.F.A. Fey, dr. O.A. Akingbuwa MSc, N. Azcona Granada, dr. B. Sauce,
Betrokken Docenten
dr. J. van Dongen, dr. L.P. de Vries, prof. dr. M. Bartels
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

To gain knowledge on the latest research and state of affairs within the field of behavioural genetics applied to
psychology.

Inhoud vak

Behaviour genetics is the field that uses genetic methods to investigate why certain traits run within families. Family
members may be alike in personality, behaviour, cognition, psychological health, and lifestyle because they share
their home environment but also because they are genetically related to each other. This course will focus on the
influence of genes and the environment, and their interplay, on individual differences between people. We will
discuss various research methods in behaviour genetics, including twin and family studies, and genome-wide
association studies.

Note that before 2022, this course was called "Twin Research in Psychology".

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

14 lectures (fully on campus), weekly online assignments, and self-study.

Toetsvorm

The multiple-choice exam will consist of questions covering the literature and lectures. To complete the course you
must pass the exam, hand in the essay writing activity, review 2 blogs written by other students, and have
completed and submitted via CANVAS at least 80% of the other assignments.

Literatuur

The textbook is recommended but not mandatory. Use the book as supporting material: to see more examples, to
find background information, to get references, etc.

Behavioral Genetics (7th Edition). Editors Knopik, Neiderhiser, DeFries, and Plomin. New York, NY: Worth
publishers (ISBN: 978-1464176050).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students in the University Minor "Psychology and the Brain".

This course is NOT meant for BSc VU Psychology students. If you're a student in the Psychology program, you
CANNOT take this course.

Belastingrecht 1
Vakcode EPG_A_BR1

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 49 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Studiepunten 6

Periode P1, P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. M.A. Wiebes
Examinator prof. dr. O.C. van Leeuwen
Betrokken Docenten drs. M.A. Wiebes
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Voor accountants en controllers is kennis van het belastingrecht een absolute must. Zij moeten namelijk de fiscale
gevolgen van juridische handelingen begrijpen en kunnen duiden. Dit klemt te meer nu het bedrijfsleven steeds
vaker in complexe juridische (concern)structuren is georganiseerd, met alle fiscale gevolgen van dien. Accountants
dienen primair de fiscale positie van een onderneming zoals die zich vertaalt in balansposten te kunnen
beoordelen. Daarnaast dienen zij als intermediair te kunnen fungeren tussen opdrachtgevers (ondernemingen
en/of particulieren) en fiscale specialisten. Zij dienen met andere woorden de fiscale problematiek te onderkennen.
Dit wordt van steeds meer belang nu het belastingrecht jaarlijks gecompliceerder wordt en de fiscale gevolgen van
allerlei beslissingen materieel een voortdurend grotere rol spelen. Het internationaal en Europees belastingrecht
wint daarbij sterk aan betekenis. Waar nodig zal hieraan dus ook aandacht worden besteed.

In dit vak ligt de nadruk op het verwerven van kennis en inzicht met betrekking tot het formele belastingrecht zoals
dat is verwoord in de AWB en de AWR, de invorderingswet, de loonbelasting, de omzetbelasting en de
overdrachtsbelasting. Daarnaast moet de student zich de hoofdzaken van het positieve belastingrecht met
betrekking tot de fiscale winstbepaling eigen maken, zoals dat is vastgelegd in de inkomstenbelasting en
vennootschapsbelasting. Tevens dient men inzicht te verwerven in de onderlinge samenhang van de verschillende
belastingen.

Inhoud vak

In de colleges wordt de stof uit het voorgeschreven studieboek verduidelijkt. Voorts dient men de basiskennis te
verdiepen door deze toe te passen op aan de praktijk ontleende cases, zodat men later in de praktijk fiscale
aspecten kan onderkennen. Aan het begin van de cursus wordt een gespecificeerd studieprogramma beschikbaar
gesteld.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

In het eerste semester wordt een volledige collegecyclus gegeven van 6 hoorcolleges. In het tweede semester is
sprake van een zelfstudie module, met de mogelijkheid gedurende een tweetal responsiecolleges vragen over de
stof te stellen. De hoorcolleges in het eerste semester worden gedurende zes weken gegeven op de
vrijdagmiddag. Ieder college bestaat uit een theoretisch gedeelte (hoorcollege) en een praktisch gedeelte
(toepassing in praktijkcases). De cursus is zo opgebouwd dat de moeilijkheidsgraad toeneemt, onder andere door
een toenemende complexiteit in de cases. Voorbereiding van de colleges en de cases door studenten is cruciaal.
Actieve participatie is hierdoor pas echt mogelijk, waarmee de slagingskans voor het tentamen wordt vergroot.
Belastingrecht wijzigt sneller dan menig ander rechtsgebied. Het is dan ook aan te raden de colleges te volgen, ook
indien in een voorgaand collegejaar reeds een keer de collegecyclus is gevolgd.

Toetsvorm

Er wordt een schriftelijk tentamen afgenomen met open vragen over de theorie en over toepassing van die theorie
aan de hand van gestructureerde cases. Tentamens worden te allen tijde afgenomen op basis van actuele stand
van de wetgeving.

Literatuur

Stevens L.G.M. en De Smit, R.C. Elementair belastingrecht voor economen en bedrijfsjuristen editie
2024/2025, Kluwer, Deventer, (beoogde verschijningsdatum augustus 2024)
Kopie sheets en casuïstiek (Canvas)
Wetboek (pocket belastingwetten 2024 (periode 1) danwel 2025 (periode 4) van Kluwer (voorkeur),
Vermande of SDU)
Disclaimer
Privacy

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 50 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Copyright © 2024 - Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam

Biologische Psychologie (UM)

Vakcode P_UBIOPSY
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. D. van t Ent
Examinator dr. D. van t Ent
Betrokken Docenten dr. D. van t Ent
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Inzicht verwerven in de structuur en functie van het zenuwstelsel en de rol van het zenuwstelsel in (ab)normaal
gedrag.

Inhoud vak

Begrippen uit de biologie aansluitend bij de processen die men in de psychologie bestudeert. Aan de orde komen
structuur en organisatie van het centrale en perifere zenuwstelsel, neurotransmissie, psychofarmaca en de
biologische mechanismen achter waarnemen, motoriek, emoties, slaap en de hogere cognitieve functies
(geheugen, spraak). Tijdens de colleges wordt tevens ingegaan op neurologische stoornissen (Parkinson, Broca's
afasie, Alzheimer etc. ) en de biologie van gedragsstoornissen (slaapstoornissen, psychosen, angst, depressie,
verslaving).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcollege

Toetsvorm

Tentamen

Literatuur

Carlson and Birkett - Physiology of Behavior (13th Ed). Pearson. Verkrijgbaar in de VU boekhandel.

Brain in Trouble
Vakcode AB_1038
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. H.K.E. Vervaeke
Examinator dr. H.K.E. Vervaeke
Betrokken Docenten dr. H.K.E. Vervaeke, prof. dr. T.J. de Vries
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The goal of this course is to deepen understanding of the etiology, expression and treatment of (psychiatric) brain
disorders, as well as models used in preclinical science. Students will be encouraged to critically analyze the
impact of brain disorders on society.

Learning outcomes:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 51 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

After completion of this course, the student is able to:

1. Explain the contribution of genetic and environmental factors to complex multifactorial diseases such as
mental traits and mental disorders
2. Elaborate on the etiology of addiction, ADHD, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorders, mood
disorders and anti-social personality disorder
3. Elaborate on the various treatment options for psychiatric disorders
4. Explain gene-environment interactions and discuss some examples
5. Elaborate on the differential role of the environment in the etiology of traits / disorders according to the
‘differential-susceptibility hypothesis’
6. Summarise, understand and apply the results of current neurobiological research into behavioural
interventions to increase brain health and mental well-being
7. Critically reflect on the impact of mental disorders on society
8. Critically reflect on the boundaries between normal (healthy) and abnormal (ill) behaviour and the implications
for society
9. Verbally defend a position on the various topics of this course (class discussions, ACADEMIC SKILL)

Inhoud vak

The focus of this course is on the etiology of mental disorders, such as addiction, ADHD, obsessive-compulsive
disorder, eating disorders, mood disorders and anti-social personality disorder, with special attention to the nature-
nurture discussion. Various treatments options for these conditions will be discussed, including the use of
pharmacological agents, behavioral therapy and deep brain stimulation. Students will be challenged to critically
reflect on the boundaries between normality and abnormality and the implications for society.

First Theme: addiction and impulsivity

What is addiction? Is addiction truly a brain disorder? Do genes play a role in addiction? How does society view
illicit drug use and addiction? Are all drugs equally harmful? How to treat addiction? Is ADHD a real mental disorder,
or a cultural construct used to bring deviant or socially undesirable behavior under medical surveillance and
control? Is it a good idea to treat children who have been diagnosed ADHD, with psychostimulant medications?
What is the role of pharmaceutical companies? Do sugar and food additives elicit hyperactive behavior? Are there
any advantages in having ADHD?

Second Theme: obsessive compulsive disorders, eating disorders and cognitive enhancement

Can you treat OCD with Deep Brain Stimulation? Is our Western beauty ideal at the root of eating disorders? Is the
individual to blame for being obese? Is it ethical to improve your mental performance by cognitive enhancers?

Third Theme: mood & social behaviours

Is depression a real brain disorder or an inability of our culture to accept sadness as an integral part of life? Do
genes play a role in the etiology of major depressive disorder and bipolar disorder? What is the efficacy of
pharmacotherapy and behavioral therapy? What is the role of pharmaceutical companies?

Is there a neural basis to antisocial behavior? If biology and circumstance conspire to prime certain individuals
toward violence, how much responsibility do people really bear for their actions? Are violent delinquents worth
treating? Should brain imaging / genetic profiling be used in legal cases? Can neuroscience assist in determining
responsibility? If neural circuitry underlying morality is compromised, is it morally wrong to punish prisoners? Are
there positive aspects to psychiatric disorders?

Next, the healthy mind will be the focus. What is the current state of neurobiological research into behavioral
interventions to increase brain health and mental well-being?

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (30 hours), computer practical (2 hours), class discussions (2 hours)

Course coordinators are Hylke Vervaeke and Taco de Vries

Toetsvorm

Written exam (combination of MC-questions and open-end questions) (75%) and class discussions (25%), each at
least grade 5.5

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Brain and Mind. University students need at least 90 ECTS to be eligible for
(courses in) this minor.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 52 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

HBO students can follow (courses in) this minor if they have at least 120 ETCS.

Literatuur

"Foundations Of Behavioral Neuroscience" by N.R. Carlson (Pearson Education (US)), 8th edition.

Extra literature on Canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Part of minor Brain and Mind

Open to students from all educational backgrounds (e.g., exact, social, life and economic sciences) with an
interest in the brain and mind.
Due to curriculum overlap, students from Biomedical Sciences and Health and Life Sciences from the VU
cannot follow this course.

Overige informatie

Central Academic Skill: Debating and discussing

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Groups for Class Discussions via Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The courses 'Cognitive Neuroscience' and 'Nature vs. Nurture' from the minor 'Brain & Mind'

Broader Mind Course Track A

Vakcode W_ABM_CTA
Studiepunten 0
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit
Vakcoördinator M. Pavicevic MSc
Examinator prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Werkgroep

Doel vak

The Broader Mind Course is an entirely new form of education that combines fun, active engagement, and personal
development. It is an extracurricular, interdisciplinary course which focuses on personal development in relation to
challenging societal issues. The course load can be easily combined with your regular study program as the work
loads consists of about 2 hours of work per week on average while it runs in periods 4 and 5 (except during exam
and assessment weeks).

This course provides you with the unique and valuable experience of meetups in small groups with a mix of BA-
students from different disciplines and VU-faculties. In these groups you will be supervised by a well-trained guide.

Together you will explore and discuss issues that you may already be encountering in your life now (or might
encounter in your future career),

In order to accommodate your personal interests, there are two ‘editions’ of the Broader Mind Course, called
‘tracks’, of which you can choose one (and the other one you can do another year if you wish)

Track A discusses the following themes: Success & Failure, Poverty, Human Body, Rebellion
Track B focuses on Health & Happiness, Digital World, Viewpoints & Worldview and Sustainability.
(it is even possible to take both tracks simultaneously)

While working on these issues, the course also provides you with the unique opportunity for practicing a host of
important social and academic skills that would be considered highly valuable in any future workplace today.
Among the skills that you will practice are:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 53 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Communication (public speaking, presenting your own opinion, active listening, debating)
Cooperation (working in interdisciplinary groups)
Problem solving and innovation (conflict resolution, challenging existing ideas, creating original solutions)
Ability to deal with complexity and ambiguity (self-introspection, empathy, perspective taking, mediation)

The course is a blended course (which provides you with the flexibility to complete elements of the course at a time
that is suitable for you): background information on the various themes is provided online, and in offline (group)
meetups (5 meetings of 2h in period 4, 5 meetings in period 5) you will discuss the themes and work together
toward possible new perspectives and solutions.

Through this non-traditional academic way of learning – more an experience than a traditional course - you will
grow, not only as a person, but also both as a citizen and as an academic. Additionally, at the end of the course
you will receive a certificate for your CV as well as having the course listed on your diploma!

Have a look at [Link]

Inhoud vak

This course is designed by students for students, with input from professors, researchers and other enthusiastic
members of staff at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. The topics are chosen by students based on their own
experiences and on the challenges that our society faces right now.

The course is divided into two tracks and you can choose one (with the opportunity to follow the other track in a
different year if you would like to).

Track A: Success & Failure, Poverty, Human Body, Rebellion

Track B: Health & Happiness, Digital World, Viewpoints & Worldview, Sustainability.

The meetups take place at the end of the afternoon either Tuesday or Wednesday. The background information for
the various themes as well as small online assignments are provided online in Canvas.

For each theme there is one relatively short ‘getting acquainted with the theme’-meetup and in the other week a
longer ‘meetup’ where you will engage in various real-life activities, simulations, educational games, etc.; in short:
learning by experience (as well as a great opportunity to meet new people).

Your personal group-guide will facilitate your discussions and meetups, provide feedback on your assignments and
provide you with guidance throughout the course.

Contents:
4 (on-campus) (short) meetups on Tuesdays or Wednesdays (17:30-19:30).
6 (on-campus) ‘meetups’ on Tuesdays or Wednesdays (17:30-19:30).

In addition, you will do online assignments at home.

Beginning of February: Kick-off Event

Mid-May: Closing Ceremony Event

You will receive a digital certificate for successfully completing the course and it will be mentioned in your diploma
as well.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Target audience: VU Amsterdam Bachelor’s students (1st – 3rd year).

Time period(s): Period 4 and 5 (02 Feb – 29 May 2026) except during exam weeks.

Language of instruction: English.

Study load: 40 hours (± 2- 2.5 hours per week). Online activities can be completed in your own time.

Teaching method: Blended learning in an interdisciplinary setting (mix of students from all faculties)

Toetsvorm

Attending and participating in the offline activities (of which you may miss no more than 3 meetups); completing at
least 55% of all milestones; and completing three creative assignments.

Literatuur

Study material will be made available on Canvas.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 54 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor’s students from all faculties of the VU.

Overige informatie

The Broader Mind Course is an extra course that can be taken by all VU-students. However, an increasing number
of programmes are considering (or have already implemented) to make the course part of their regular study
programme, for these students the course then has or will become mandatory.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

1. Select the track you would like to follow and sign up:

Track A (W_ABM_CTA): Success & Failure, Poverty, Human Body and Rebellion.
Track B (W_ABM_CTB): Health & Happiness, Digital World, Viewpoints & Worldview and Sustainability.

2. Choose whether you would like to be part of a group on one of two different weekdays: Tuesdays or
Wednesdays.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course is designed at a BA-level and therefore BA-students (from all faculties and programmes) are welcome
to enroll. However, if MA-students want to follow the course, they are welcome too.

Broader Mind Course Track B

Vakcode W_ABM_CTB
Studiepunten 0
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit
Vakcoördinator M. Pavicevic MSc
Examinator prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Werkgroep

Doel vak

The Broader Mind Course is an entirely new form of education that combines fun, active engagement, and personal
development. It is an extracurricular, interdisciplinary course which focuses on personal development in relation to
challenging societal issues. The course load can be easily combined with your regular study program as the work
loads consists of about 2 hours of work per week on average while it runs in periods 4 and 5 (except during exam
and assessment weeks).

This course provides you with the unique and valuable experience of meetups in small groups with a mix of BA-
students from different disciplines and VU-faculties. In these groups you will be supervised by a well-trained guide.

Together you will explore and discuss issues that you may already be encountering in your life now (or might
encounter in your future career),

In order to accommodate your personal interests, there are two ‘editions’ of the Broader Mind Course, called
‘tracks’, of which you can choose one (and the other one you can do another year if you wish)

Track A discusses the following themes: Success & Failure, Poverty, Human Body, Rebellion
Track B focuses on Health & Happiness, Digital World, Viewpoints & Worldview and Sustainability.
(it is even possible to take both tracks simultaneously)

While working on these issues, the course also provides you with the unique opportunity for practicing a host of
important social and academic skills that would be considered highly valuable in any future workplace today.
Among the skills that you will practice are:

Communication (public speaking, presenting your own opinion, active listening, debating)Cooperation (working in
interdisciplinary groups)Problem solving and innovation (conflict resolution, challenging existing ideas, creating
original solutions)Ability to deal with complexity and ambiguity (self-introspection, empathy, perspective taking,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 55 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

mediation)

The course is a blended course (which provides you with the flexibility to complete elements of the course at a time
that is suitable for you): background information on the various themes is provided online, and in offline (group)
meetups (5 meetings of 2h in period 4, 5 meetings in period 5) you will discuss the themes and work together
toward possible new perspectives and solutions.

Through this non-traditional academic way of learning – more an experience than a traditional course - you will
grow, not only as a person, but also both as a citizen and as an academic. Additionally, at the end of the course
you will receive a certificate for your CV as well as having the course listed on your diploma!

Have a look at [Link]

Inhoud vak

This course is designed by students for students, with input from professors, researchers and other enthusiastic
members of staff at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. The topics are chosen by students based on their own
experiences and on the challenges that our society faces right now.

The course is divided into two tracks and you can choose one (with the opportunity to follow the other track in a
different year if you would like to).

Track A: Success & Failure, Poverty, Human Body, Rebellion

Track B: Health & Happiness, Digital World, Viewpoints & Worldview, Sustainability.

The meetups take place at the end of the afternoon either Tuesday or Wednesday. The background information for
the various themes as well as small online assignments are provided online in Canvas.

For each theme there is one relatively short ‘getting acquainted with the theme’-meetup and in the other week a
longer ‘meetup’ where you will engage in various real-life activities, simulations, educational games, etc.; in short:
learning by experience (as well as a great opportunity to meet new people).

Your personal group-guide will facilitate your discussions and meetups, provide feedback on your assignments and
provide you with guidance throughout the course.

Contents:
4 (on-campus) (short) meetups on Tuesdays or Wednesdays (17:30-19:30).
6 (on-campus) ‘meetups’ on Tuesdays or Wednesdays (17:30-19:30).

In addition, you will do online assignments at home.

Beginning of February: Kick-off Event

Mid-May: Closing Ceremony Event

You will receive a digital certificate for successfully completing the course and it will be mentioned in your diploma
as well.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Target audience: VU Amsterdam Bachelor’s students (1st – 3rd year).

Time period(s): Period 4 and 5 (02 Feb – 29 May 2026) except during exam weeks.

Language of instruction: English.

Study load: 40 hours (± 2- 2.5 hours per week). Online activities can be completed in your own time.

Teaching method: Blended learning in an interdisciplinary setting (mix of students from all faculties).

Toetsvorm

Attending and participating in the offline activities (of which you may miss no more than 3 meetups); completing at
least 55% of all milestones; and completing three creative assignments.

Literatuur

Study material will be made available on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor’s students from all faculties of the VU.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 56 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Overige informatie

The Broader Mind Course is an extra course that can be taken by all VU-students. However, an increasing number
of programmes are considering (or have already implemented) to make the course part of their regular study
programme, for these students the course then has or will become mandatory.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

1. Select the track you would like to follow and sign up:
Track A (W_ABM_CTA): Success & Failure, Poverty, Human Body and Rebellion.
Track B (W_ABM_CTB): Health & Happiness, Digital World, Viewpoints & Worldview and Sustainability.

2. Choose whether you would like to be part of a group on one of two different weekdays: Tuesdays or
Wednesdays.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course is designed at a BA-level and therefore BA-students (from all faculties and programmes) are welcome
to enroll. However, if MA-students want to follow the course, they are welcome too.

Bubbles and Crashes

Vakcode E_HP1_BC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. F.C. Corell
Examinator dr. F.C. Corell
Betrokken Docenten dr. F.C. Corell
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The goal of the course is to introduce you to economic perspectives on financial asset bubbles and crashes
(Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge & Application). Additional goals are the development of your discussion
skills, presenting an writing in English, and critical thinking (Academic and Research Skills).

Inhoud vak

The history of financial markets is littered with asset price booms and subsequent busts. In this course, we will
explore the underlying drivers of asset price bubbles, examining the psychological and economic factors that
contribute to their formation. By analyzing historical and contemporary examples, we will identify common
characteristics and patterns that all asset bubbles share. Additionally, the course will address the critical question of
how policymakers can respond to these phenomena. We will evaluate various policy responses aimed at
preventing, mitigating, and managing the impacts of bubbles and crashes on the economy.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course is structured as a combination of lectures and discussion sessions, for which students have to prepare
in advance. In three group assignments, students will engage with historical crashes, policy measures that mitigate
the effects of such crashes, and potential future bubbles and crashes. Additionally, three individual assignments will
test students' learning progress throughout the course.

Toetsvorm

The final grade is calculated as a weighted average, with group assignments contributing 70% and individual
assignments contributing 30% to the overall result.

Literatuur

Relevant literature (links) is provided both in the reading list and as on-slide references.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 57 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The intended audience is second and third-year students of Economics and Business Economics, (International)
Business Administration, Econometrics or PPE.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

SBE rules and dates apply for this SBE HP course. Registration via [Link]

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Rudimentary knowledge of Finance is recommended, for example, having followed Finance I.

Business Information Systems

Vakcode E_IBA2_BIS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E. Kommol
Examinator dr. E. Kommol
Betrokken Docenten dr. W.A. Günther, dr. M.G.A. Plomp, dr. E. Kommol
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

is able to put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view in written format (Argumentation). In
particular, students will be required to use proper referencing and logical argumentation in the development of
their assignments.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE-KNOWLEDGE:

Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international business
administration. After successfully completing this course, the student:

Can explain the basic theories, models and concepts of the technological and organizational aspects of
information systems and digital innovation

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE-APPLICATION:

Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and
methodologies. After successfully completing this course, the student:

Is able to provide practical solutions to a (real-life) case by applying theory about the technological and
organizational aspects of information systems and digital innovation in specific practice situations

SOCIAL SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, the student:

Is able to present (both orally and in writing) on technological and organizational aspects of information
systems and digital innovation in specific practice situations
Can work well in a team and reflect on his/her own role in the team

Inhoud vak

Business Information Systems (BIS) is an introductory course on the role of Information Systems (IS) in
organizations. Worldwide, IS are prominently present in organizations and information is a crucial resource for an
organization’s survival. BIS focuses on how IS help in managing information resources and on how organizations
can benefit from these IS. In the course, we cover various topics, starting from digital innovation. Some have a
more managerial focus, such as IS strategy, structure, and culture, while others have a more technical focus, such
as the basics of programming and databases, recent technological developments, and security. We take an
international perspective on these topics and pay extra attention to outsourcing, offshoring, and how cultures differ

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 58 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

with regard to IT and IS adoption and use.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam
Practical assignments - group assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

The course does not have mandatory entry requirements.

Literatuur

Title: Information Systems Today: Managing in the Digital World / Author: Valacich, S. J., Schneider, C., & Hashim,
M. (2023) / Edition: 9/e, Global Edition / ISBN: Harlow, UK: Pearson Education Ltd. ISBN: 978-1-292-43811-5

Aanbevolen voorkennis

We will refer back to concepts learned in Business Processes, People in Business and Society, Organization
Theory, Global Supply Chain Management, Cross-Cultural Marketing, and Economics for the Global Era and how
these relate to Information Systems.

Business Intelligence and Analytics

Vakcode E_IBK3_BIA
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E. Elshan
Examinator dr. E. Elshan
Betrokken Docenten dr. M.G.A. Plomp, dr. E. Elshan
Onderwijsvormen Responsiecollege, Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Learning Outcomes

By the end of this course, students will have developed foundational skills to effectively analyze, design, and
manage business intelligence and analytics (BI&A) operations, utilizing digital tools to derive insights and create
competitive advantage in the evolving data-driven business environment.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

Knowledge: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning relevant areas in business intelligence
and analytics.

After successfully completing this course, students can:

Explain current BI&A practices, developments, and challenges.

Understand relevant theories underpinning business intelligence from information systems, economics, data
science, and decision-making perspectives.

Application: Can propose solutions to real-life business problems by applying relevant BI&A theories and
methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, students can:

Apply BI&A theories to practical business challenges and decision-making scenarios.

Conduct data mining projects utilizing machine learning techniques to analyze data and generate actionable

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 59 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

business insights.
Explain the impact of BI&A and machine learning on traditional business practices and the creation of
innovative, data-driven business models.

Inhoud vak

The ability to handle vast quantities of data and transform them into actionable insights is a critical competitive
advantage in today's business landscape. This course equips students with the knowledge and skills to unlock the
potential of business intelligence and analytics (BI&A) solutions.

Primarily adopting a managerial perspective, the course emphasizes both theoretical foundations and practical
application. Students will gain hands-on experience with leading BI&A and machine learning technologies,
exploring their functionalities and features through guided tutorials, real-world exercises, and a comprehensive data
mining project. Industry and business consulting experts will participate actively, sharing practical insights,
contemporary challenges, and professional experiences through guest lectures and company visits.

Key topics include:

Big Data
Data Science
Business Intelligence
Data Mining and Machine Learning
Data-driven Decision Making and Innovation

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures:

Contact Hours: 2 hours per week

Attendance: Highly recommended
Details: Lectures will cover theoretical frameworks, practical examples, and guest speakers from industry to
bridge academic knowledge with real-world applications.

Tutorials/Workshops:

Contact Hours: 20-minute individual consultation slots within a blocked 2-hour timeframe per week (by
appointment)
Attendance: Mandatory (minimum of two sessions required)
Details: Individual consultations are designed to support students in their data mining projects, providing
targeted guidance and tailored feedback.

Group Project:

Contact Hours: Flexible, integrated with tutorials/workshops

Attendance: Mandatory for scheduled presentations and project submissions
Details: Group work is facilitated through structured consultations, peer reviews, and feedback sessions to
ensure alignment with project objectives and learning outcomes.

Toetsvorm

Assessment is both individual and group-based:

Group Assessment: Practical data mining and machine learning project addressing a real-world business
problem.

Individual Assessment: Written examination to evaluate theoretical understanding and practical knowledge
application.

Resit Options: Students have the option of an oral resit examination covering the same content as the
written exam.
Note: There will be no written resit examination scheduled in the official timetable. The oral resit option will
be clearly indicated in the course manual

Literatuur

This course is article based. Readings are specified in the online course manual.

Toelichting Canvas

Use of Canvas is mandatory. All the updates regarding the course content, schedules, masterclass enrolments,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 60 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

and grading will be communicated on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Knowledge of the fundamentals of statistics.

Recommended knowledge Elementary course on (Management) Information Systems (for example: Laudon, K.C. &
Laudon, J.P. (2016). Essentials of MIS (12th edition).

BK: 2.1 Management van Informate en Technologie

IBA: 2.1 Business Information Systems

Business Mathematics
Vakcode E_IBA1_BUSM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. D. Wozabal
Examinator prof. dr. D. Wozabal
dr. ir. R.A. Sitters, F. Giliberto, dr. S.M.G. Waldherr, prof. dr. D. Wozabal, dr. G. Xiao,
Betrokken Docenten
A.B. Çınar, dr. D.A. van der Laan, S. Kraul
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

Academic Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student can

perform key mathematical operations.

Research Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

solve basic real-world problems by using mathematical techniques.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: This course teaches basic mathematical techniques used in the theory and practice of international
business administration. In particular, after successfully completing this course students are able to select and
apply the right mathematical technique for business problems and properly use mathematical notation (both
passively and actively).

Moreover, students learn about:

Calculus (differentiation and integration) and its applications.

Linear algebra including the solutions of linear equations as well as vector and matrix algebra.
Optimization techniques.
Auxiliary topics useful in the field of business mathematics including the use of MS Word for mathematical
typesetting and Microsoft Excel for data analysis and plotting as well as performing mathematical operations.

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

read and write texts in which mathematics occurs;

use standard software for solving mathematical problems.

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 61 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Mathematics is pivotal for international business students, offering indispensable insights and skills crucial for
success. From crafting robust business strategies to managing resources effectively, mathematical proficiency is
non-negotiable. This course delves into the foundational principles of multi-variable calculus, linear algebra, and
optimization—the bedrock of modern business modeling. Additionally, it equips students with practical spreadsheet
proficiency, essential for real-world applications. Beyond calculations, mathematics serves as a universal language,
fostering analytical thinking indispensable for academic and professional endeavors alike. Embrace the power of
quantitative approaches and elevate your capacity to tackle business challenges head-on.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Digital exams – individual assessment

Written exam – individual assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

n/a

Literatuur

Textbook: Sydsæter, Knut, Peter Hammond, Arne Strøm and Andréas Carvajal (2021), Essential Mathematics for
Economic Analysis, sixth Edition, Pearson Education

Additional documents via Canvas.

Overige informatie

You will work with the software packages Word (including the equation editor) and Excel (including the Solver add-
in). These programs are available on computers at the VU campus. You may wish to purchases a cheap license for
home use at [Link] At the intermediate tests we use the English language versions for Windows.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Active command of mathematics at high school level. It can be helpful to refresh your skills in advance. VU offers
an online summer school for this (see [Link]

Business Processes
Vakcode E_IBA1_BP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P6
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S.M.G. Waldherr
Examinator dr. S.M.G. Waldherr
Betrokken Docenten dr. S.M.G. Waldherr
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

After taking this course, students learn how to model processes in business and organizations as well as in
manufacturing and service industries. Students learn to conduct a basic international research project in which they
analyze and optimize the process of a business from start to finish

Academic Skills (three As)

After successfully completing this course, the student can

analyze business processes and demonstrate an understanding of problems and opportunities that arise in

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 62 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

these processes from different perspectives (Analysis)

understand the processes of (international) business operations, while recognizing their fundamental
structures and leaving out irrelevant information (Abstraction)
put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format (Argumentation)

Research Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student can

translate academic research on Operations Management and Business Processes into practically relevant
outcomes
apply basic research skills needed to complete a research project

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

Knowledge:

After successfully completing this course, the student:

demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the how to model processes and operations in
local and internationally operating business and organizations
knows the basic theories, models and concepts of business processes
can make connections between those theories, models, and concepts

Application:

Can After successfully completing this course, the student can:

apply theoretical knowledge by analyzing the situations and processes in businesses

propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and
methodologies.
select the correct method and / or technique for quantifying, analyzing and optimizing business processes.
translate, communicate, and disseminate quantitative results to relevant stakeholders

SOCIAL SKILLS

Students are able to efficiently manage different professional roles in a cross-cultural environment.

After successfully completing this course, the student:

excels at presenting (both orally and in writing) on a basic applications of business processes
has a basic understanding of roles and needs of different types of stakeholders
can work well in a team comprised of international and diverse students with different view points and reflect
on his/her own role in the team
is sensitive to cross-cultural differences, understands how these translate into social contexts and is able to
deal with those differences in social interactions

Inhoud vak

This final course of the first year is an exciting integrative course that will challenge you in various ways. By taking
Business Processes as a point of departure, we bring together several perspectives and analyze real-life business
cases from an integrative perspective. Taking a business process perspective will stimulate you to think about
organizations in a different way, bringing together knowledge from different fields and realizing that this creates
challenges and conflicts that managers need to deal with.

In a bootcamp setting, where we operate in a so-called "pressure cooker" situation (a short, but intense period to
solve a problem) we work on a highly relevant issue for a manufacturing company, creating a unique first
impression of what happens on a day-to-day basis when managing business processes. You will learn to
systematically analyze processes, to visualize them, and identify problems that emerge in these processes,
considering both the front- (customer) as well as the back-side (management). This course offers you a number of
tools that allow you to assess the consequences of suggested improvements. Moreover, you will learn new ways of
applying the tools and knowledge that you have acquired during the first year of International Business
Administration in the context of process analysis, process improvement and resource planning. By applying,
sharing, and presenting your knowledge within a diverse team while working on a representative business case,
you gain further hands-on experience on applying the tools that any international business professional should be
able to work with.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 63 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Written exam
Practical assignments - group
Participation assignment

Literatuur

Book: Cachon and Terwiesch, Operations Management (1st edition), McGraw-Hill Education

Additional (required) materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.2 Business Mathematics

1.3 Academic Skills
1.4 Global Supply Chain Management

Business Research Methods - Qualitative

Vakcode E_IBA2_BRML
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. R. Mousavi Baygi
Examinator dr. R. Mousavi Baygi
M.C. Punzi, I.P. Bremmers-Carrasco MSc, dr. R. Mousavi Baygi, G. Touburg MSc,
Betrokken Docenten
E.M. Haynes
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – students can conduct a basic international research project from start to
finish

ACADEMIC SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, the student can

put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view regarding choices in qualitative research design and
analysis (Argumentation)

RESEARCH SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, the student can

critically reflect on (the quality of) academic research

translate academic research into practically relevant outcomes
translate practically relevant problems into academically relevant research questions
apply all the qualitative research skills needed to complete a qualitative, international research process in full,
including design, data collection and analysis methods

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international
business administration
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

explain the theoretical foundations of qualitative research

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

provide practical solutions to a case by applying qualitative research methods (i.e., qualitative interviews and

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 64 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

observations) to solve a specific business-relate problem

SOCIAL SKILLS – students can effectively manage different professional roles in a cross-cultural environment
After successfully completing this course, the student:

demonstrates good listening and observation skills through interview and observation
can present qualitative research findings (both orally and in writing)
can work well in a team and reflect on his/her own role in the team
is sensitive to cross-cultural differences, understands how these translate into social contexts and is able to
deal with those differences in social interactions

Inhoud vak

This course will teach you to skilfully and reflexively perform all elements of the qualitative research process. You
will learn to recognize and use a “hands on” approach—that is, you gain an understanding of qualitative research
design, data collection, data analysis, and reporting by doing it all yourself within a team research project. You will
take this skill set forward with you, not only in future courses in the university setting, but also in the next avenues
of your professional life. During this project you will also gain in depth knowledge of important aspects of
international business that you can expect to encounter in your own future careers.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The cours consistents of lectures and tutorials. These will be on campus as much as possible. Some independent
online study is also a part of the course, for example in completing team tasks independently and submitting these
online for feedback and/or a grade.

Toetsvorm

Practical assignment - Individual assessment

Practical assignment - Group assessment
Participation assignments - Individual assessment

Literatuur

The course literature will be announced on Canvas and in the course manual

Overige informatie

Note that this course is an entry requirement for the Bachelor Thesis, meaning that this course needs to be
completed successfully in order to be able to start with the Bachelor Thesis process in year three.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.3 Academic Skills

Business Research Methods - Quantitative

Vakcode E_IBA2_BRMN
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5, P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator B. Kocaman
Examinator B. Kocaman
Betrokken Docenten B. Kocaman
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

Academic Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student can

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 65 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view regarding choices in quantitative research design and
analysis (Argumentation)

Research Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student can

critically reflect on (the quality of) academic research

translate academic research into practically relevant outcomes
translate practically relevant problems into academically relevant research questions
apply all the quantitative research skills needed to complete a quantitative, international research process in
full, including design, data collection and analysis methods

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

Knowledge

Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international business
administration
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

use R to answer research questions

can explain basic theory and statistical techniques relevant to International Business Administration,
specifically:
o translating a research question into a formal model that can be tested;
o developing a survey design (formulating survey questions, collecting data);
o how to set up a sampling design;
o analyzing validity and reliability (using factor analysis);
o hypothesis testing;
o how to use simple and multiple regression analysis to explain and forecast;
o how to use dummy variables;
o how to assess moderation and mediation.

Application

Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and
methodologies.
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

use R to analyze data

select the correct method and/or technique for quantifying, analyzing, and solving a specific business problem

Inhoud vak

The research methods to analyze large datasets and a data-driven understanding of country and cultural
differences become ever more important in today's global economies. To use analytics in solving research
problems, you need to have a solid background not only in the statistical methods available but also in the inherent
boundaries of these methods. The Business Research - Quantitative will provide you with technical skills while
deepening your understanding of modeling, research designs, and the limitations of data analysis. You will also
learn how to code using R and how to report business research findings.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Participation assignments - Individual assessment

Exams – Individual assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

1.2 Business Mathematics

Literatuur

Book: Malhotra, Naresh, Daniel Nunan, and David Birks (2017). Marketing Research. An Applied Approach. 5th
(6th) European Edition, United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited (ISBN: 978-1292103129) - Exam Material
(indicated chapters and pages only, 6th edition is also approved)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 66 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The course relies heavily on the lecture notes and makes references to Malthora et al. (2017) when needed.
Additional (required) materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor IBA students

Overige informatie

The course assumes basic R knowledge and builds on it. Hence, students are advised to refresh their R knowledge
before the start of the course.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.1 Academic Skills

1.4 Business Statistics
1.6 Business Processes

Business Statistics
Vakcode E_IBA1_BS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. A. Lucas
Examinator prof. dr. A. Lucas
X. Zou, prof. dr. A. Lucas, X.M.R. Raap, dr. F.D. Bijleveld, D. van der Straten, dr. G.E.
Betrokken Docenten
Morejón Cabrera MSc
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

Academic Skills (three As)

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

perform key statistical analyses.

Research Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student:

address real-world problems using a statistical framework.

use standard software (R/RStudio) for solving statistical problems;
use R-Markdown and R-Notebooks to create replicable research.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge
concerning the relevant areas in international business administration.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

select and apply the right statistical technique and conduct a statistical analysis from start to finish (using 1, 2,
or more samples, and using categorical or numerical variables), while distinguishing statistical and practical
significance;
work with probabilities, and model events using key probability distributions;
calculate and interpret descriptive statistics.

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 67 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

read and write texts in which statistic analysis plays a key role.

Inhoud vak

International business administration is a subject in which data are crucially important. Is there convincing evidence
that your online marketing campaign results in more sales than your standard brochure adds? Or that your
increase in employees' schooling budgets increases company loyalty? As a business professional, you want to act
on evidence, not only on your gut feeling. Statistics is the key tool that helps you to analyze and make sense of
empirical evidence and to support informed, data-driven decision making. These skills are highly valued in today's
labor market.

This course is part of your methodological toolkit and the methodological learning line of your program. It builds on
your aptitude with symbols as built in Business Mathematics, and your critical academic evaluation as trained in
Academic Skills. The course also leads up to a further deepening of tools in Business Research Methods, and
applications as dealt with in your courses on Business Processes, Integrative Project, and the Bachelor Thesis.

More concretely, we cover the following topics:

descriptive statistics (mean, median, standard deviation, correlation, covariance, etc) and visualising data
using probabilities and probability rules
discrete distributions: uniform, binomial, Poisson
continuous distributions: normal, Student t, chi-squared, F, exponential
central limit theorem
confidence intervals for means, variances, proportions
one sample tests for a mean, a variance, a proportion (t-tests and binomial tests)
two-sample testing
ANOVA
multiple linear regression, dummy variables, R-squared, F-test, t-tests
chi-squared tests for independence of categorical variables, Goodness-of-Fit tests
non-parametric tests: sign test, Wilcoxon signed rank test, Wilcoxon rank sum/Mann-Whitney test, Kruskal
Wallis test, Friedman test, Spearman correlation test
using R and R studio
working with R Markdown and R Notebooks

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and knowledge clips

Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exams – individual

Participation assignment – individual

Vereiste voorkennis

n/a

Literatuur

Doane, David P., and Lori E. Seward (2025, evergreen edition), Applied Statistics in Business & Economics,
McGraw-Hill.
Also the 7th, 6th (and even 5th) edition are okay to use, but beware to double check the section numbering.
Additional documents via Canvas.

Overige informatie

You will work with R/RStudio/R Markdown. These programs are available on VU computers, but can also be
downloaded for free. Instructions are given in the course.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Business Mathematics

Choices, Inequality and Welfare

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 68 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_MUE_CIW

Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Examinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Betrokken Docenten dr. S. Hochguertel, T.D. Rozsos BA
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This — advanced — course focuses on the interaction between the market mechanism and government policy.
Policy may aim to correct market failure and work towards maximization of social welfare, which embodies trading
off interests of many groups in society, both with respect to efficient use of scarce resources, and (in)tolerance to
inequality or poverty. Conversely, the market mechanism is a powerful tool that can set free innovative dynamics,
with implications for growth and inequality. This course helps you understand individual and social choice,
consequences for economic outcomes, and the foundations of policy decisions at a deeper and analytical level. We
cover a broad set of topics, reflecting pressing issues in present-day complex societies.

An important ingredient of the course is the emphasis on applications of economic modeling and statistical data
analysis, using a novel playful and intuitive approach that leverages interactive graphical visualization tools and
modern statistical software.

We pursue two types of learning outcomes:

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing the course Choices, Inequality and Welfare, you are able:

to understand microeconomic models, their predictions and sensitivity to policy parameters

to formulate the economic rationale for policy intervention and to develop policy options from economic
theories;
to apply tools of theoretical and empirical economic modeling;
to interpret and handle economic data in light of estimation and policy evaluation methods.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

After successfully completing the course Choices, Inequality and Welfare, you are able:

to discuss the role of economic policy in the context of both market failures and government objectives to
adjust market outcomes;
to evaluate existing and potential policy options, both in theory and in practice;
to show a critical attitude to existing theoretical and empirical policy analyses of current economic problems.

Inhoud vak

This course is geared at understanding the role of government policy from a predominantly microeconomic
perspective. Individual actors’ choices may be directed at personal gain, but neglect spillovers to others; the
government may employ policy tools to pursue maximization of welfare for society as a whole, taking into account
economic incentives and social inequalities.

We start with an analysis of individual choice and ask under what conditions a model society can achieve allocative
efficiency. Competition is part of the answer. We then bring social choice considerations into play, and review the
need for policy to address market failures and inequality, trading off efficiency and equity. Fighting poverty, or
addressing the causes and consequences of climate change are among the core examples that we study. But
government also needs to provide social insurance where private markets fail, and it needs to regulate monopolistic
industries where competition cannot be introduced. In addition, we study empirical frameworks to evaluate policies,
and apply them using economic data.

The following fields are prime candidates for discussion:

taking into account the trade-off between efficiency and equity when formulating policy goals in an
interconnected world;
measuring inequality of incomes and the role of distributional policy;
development and trade: analysis of living standards and poverty, provision of legal and political frameworks,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 69 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

trade protection and policy;

environment: externalities from pollution, regulation and tax solutions; public goods and free rider behavior;
climate policy challenges and trade effects;
statistical methods of economic data analysis, such as linear regression, and policy evaluation methods
social insurance and asymmetric information: health & disability insurance, adverse selection and moral
hazard, welfare payments;
competition policy and regulation: imperfect competition, market power, cartels, price-discrimination,
regulation and de-regulation.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

2 lectures and 1 tutorial per week.

Toetsvorm

Written on-paper exams (midterm and final); weekly (computer-based) individual problem sets.

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is on level 300 (advanced). It assumes a basic knowledge of mathematics at the high school level
(differential calculus) and basic statistics skills as provided in the academic core of many Bachelor of Science
programs at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam or equivalent.

Literatuur

Main text: online lecture notes; various academic papers and ancillary textbook chapters, to be announced on
Canvas or in the course manual.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Third-year bachelor students of any major (except Economics and Business Economics; and Econometrics).

Overige informatie

This course is an integral part of the University Minor Economics; participants gain strongly from attending the
entire minor program. This course prepares for Applying Economics. We use tailor-made applications with
computer-based tools (Desmos) and modern statistical software (Jamovi).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course builds on previous courses in the Minor Economics program, in particular: An Introduction to
Economics and Economic Challenges for Minor Students. Familiarity with contents of those courses is assumed.
Please attend the brief Math Refresher half October to check your high school level maths and basic statistics
skills. You can prepare for the Refresher using our computer-based online self-test.

Climate Change Law

Vakcode R_TL-TP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator C. Kaupa
Examinator C. Kaupa
Betrokken Docenten C. Kaupa, dr. D. Rossati LLM
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The course analyzes climate change as an evolving, transnational legal phenomenon.

Students will learn to work across different legal fields (ranging from international and human rights law to private
and economic law) and different jurisdictions (including international, European, national and local regulation), and
to handle legal questions in the context of complex and shifting economic, political, social and ethical debates.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 70 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Students will be encouraged to participate in the course of the lectures, with the goal of developing the sort of
critical and analytical skills conducive to the practice of transnational law, and to understanding transnational global
developments. The course approach matches the faculty's "Law in Action" profile.

Eindtermen: 1-5, 7-14, 16, 18-22.

Zie voor de eindtermen het Onderwijs- en Examenreglement Bachelor Rechtsgeleerdheid.

Inhoud vak

Climate change is one of the most pressing issues the world faces in the 21st century. It is also a particularly
complex and interesting problem from a legal perspective: this is because climate change affects multiple
jurisdictions (from the international to the local level), numerous areas of law (ranging from international to private
law) and multiple actors (ranging from governments and international organizations to multinational businesses,
NGOs and private citizens). Moreover, complex scientific, economic, political, social and ethical questions feed into
the legal processes.

Analyzing the interaction of different legal fields:

Greenhouse gases originate from a broad range of activities, including energy production, industry and transport to
agriculture. These are regulated in, or otherwhise affected by, numerous fields of law, such as international law,
European and national economic law, private law, environmental law, international trade and investment law and
human rights law. Tackling climate change therefore requires understanding how these various legal fields interact.

Analyzing how different jurisdictions interact:

Climate change is a transnational phenomenon, having local causes, but creating global effects: consequently, the
problem must be addressed at the same time at a global scale, by regional organizations (such as the EU), at the
national and at the regional level (e.g. cities). The course will look at how these different jurisdictions interact.

Understanding the role of different legal actors:

Climate change is not only a concern for national governments and international organizations. The European
Union, as a regional organization, has long been an important actor in this field; moreover, non-state actors play an
important role as well: multinational businesses, NGOs and private citizens aim to influence the regulatory process,
most notably by bringing lawsuits. The course will analyze the activities of these different actors.

Understanding the context of climate change law:

Climate change has complex scientific, economic, political, social and ethical dimensions: for example, given that
the emission of greenhouse gases is related to many different business sectors, a transition towards a low-carbon
society will likely transform the existing economy in significant ways. This will inevitably create „losers“ along the
way (e.g. coal and oil companies), who may aim to slow down the transition, thereby posing difficult economic and
political questions. Or, to give another example, as greenhouse gas emissions are related to consumption, they are
mainly attributable to the wealthy parts of the global population; however, climate change disproportionately affects
poor populations in developing countries, and therefore raises complex ethical issues. In this course, we will study
how scientific, economic, political, social and ethical questions feed into the legal process.

The course will cover:

Part 1: the science, economics and politics of climate change;
Part 2: Climate change as a global issue; the international climate change regime (e.g. Paris Agreement),
international law, human rights law and international trade and investment law;
Part 3: European and national legislation (e.g. Emissions Trading System)
Part 4: Lawyering for change (e.g. lawsuits against governments and businesses in the US and in Europe)

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, in-classroom research tasks, guest lectures, home assignments, group research project

Toetsvorm

Smaller written and oral assignments throughout the course and a final written assignment.

Literatuur

The literature will be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Apart from regular students, the course is also available for:

Students from other universities/faculties
Exchange students
Contractor (students who pay for one course)

Overige informatie
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 71 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Overige informatie

The following course objectives are only available in Dutch:

Eindtermen bachelor Rechtsgeleerdheid

De afgestudeerde bachelor beschikt over een fundamenteel academisch werk- en denkniveau:

heeft kennis van en inzicht in de kernleerstukken van de hoofdonderdelen van het geldende recht (in het
bijzonder het Nederlandse privaatrecht, staatsrecht, bestuursrecht, strafrecht en internationaal en Europees
recht), alsmede de systematiek daarvan, met inbegrip van recente ontwikkelingen
heeft kennis van en inzicht in het internationale en het Europese recht in hun verhouding tot het nationale
recht -heeft elementaire kennis van Engelse juridische terminologie
beseft dat het recht zich ontwikkelt en manifesteert in een maatschappelijke context
heeft kennis van de grondslagen van het (Nederlandse) recht, rechtshistorische en rechtsfilosofische
aspecten en heeft besef van de eigen aard van de rechtsbeoefening

De afgestudeerde bachelor beschikt over de volgende (juridische) vaardigheden:

Analytische vaardigheden

lezen, begrijpen en analyseren van juridische, rechtswetenschappelijke en rechtstheoretische teksten en

betogen, waaronder jurisprudentie en wetgeving
kritisch reflecteren op regelgeving, rechtspraak en literatuur, onder meer vanuit rechtshistorisch,
rechtsvergelijkend en rechtsfilosofisch perspectief; is in staat om te reflecteren op de grenzen van het
vakgebied
reflecteren op de eigen maatschappelijke verantwoordelijkheid in de maatschappelijke context waarin het
recht functioneert
is in staat om juridische argumentatiestructuren te analyseren en op te zetten

Probleemoplossende vaardigheden

selecteren van juridisch relevante feiten uit een feitencomplex

selecteren van rechtsregels die bijdragen aan het oplossen van een juridische casus
oplossen van juridische casus, waaronder begrepen hanteren van een systematische aanpak bij het
toepassen van rechtsregels op concrete gevallen

Communicatieve vaardigheden

een gefundeerde en beargumenteerde positie innemen in een maatschappelijk, juridisch debat

Informatievaardigheden

op een efficiënte manier juridische bronnen raadplegen en informatie verzamelen uit juridische (digitale)
bibliotheken en databestanden, en de waarde, relevantie en kwaliteit van de informatie beoordelen
op efficiënte wijze relevante ontwikkelingen bijhouden en kennis actualiseren

Cognitive Neuroscience
Vakcode AB_1056
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. C.P.J. de Kock
Examinator prof. dr. M.P. van den Heuvel
Betrokken Docenten dr. C.P.J. de Kock
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Computerpracticum, Practicum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Introduction to the field of cognitive neuroscience: understanding the biological mechanisms underlying cognitive
processes such as learning and memory, discussing recent developments in the field with leading scientists, and
acquiring knowledge on how the brain, and its different cell types, systems, and function.

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 72 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In the first course of this Minor, you will learn the basics of cognitive neuroscience through a series of introductory
lectures on brain function and (dysfunctional) cognitive behavior. More specifically, we will teach you the structure
and function of the major building blocks of the brain, ranging from single cells to neuronal networks, and from
emotion to motor control. We combine workshops and keynote lectures, delivered by renowned neuroscientists, to
discuss recent advances in the field of learning and memory, brain plasticity, and brain disease (e.g.,
developmental disorders, Angelman syndrome, PTSD). Finally, you will learn about frontier brain imaging methods
(e.g. MRI) and experience various technical approaches to measure the brain (e.g., histology) in hands-on
practicals.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Teaching and learning activities will be scheduled on campus (by estimation) 2 times/week. Additional activities
include individual assignments, group assignments, and self study.

Toetsvorm

Written exam & assignments

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Brain and Mind. University students need at least 90 ECTS to be eligible for
(courses in) this minor. HBO students can follow (courses in) this minor if they have at least 120 ETCS.

Literatuur

Recent literature, to be announced at the start of the course.

Foundations of Behavioral Neuroscience, Carlson, Neil R. (9th edition)

Exam material: CH2, CH3, CH5, CH6 (pg. 136 - 146), CH7 & CH12

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Open to students from all educational backgrounds (e.g., exact, social, life and economic sciences) with an interest
in the brain and mind.
Due to curriculum overlap, students from Biomedical Sciences and Health and Life Sciences from the VU cannot
follow this course.

Overige informatie

Coordinators: Christiaan de Kock and Martijn van den Heuvel.

No special requirements to be met.
Part of minor Brain and Mind.
This minor course requires a minimum of 25 participants to take place.

Comparative Politics: Democracies and Other Regimes

Vakcode S_CPDO
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator P. Lutz
Examinator P. Lutz
Betrokken Docenten P. Lutz, dr. J. Chueri Barbosa Correa, mr. G.P. Luteijn MA
Onderwijsvormen Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course introduces students to the core concepts, theories, and approaches of comparative politics. It equips
students with analytical tools to understand and critically engage with key political institutions, processes, actors
and contemporary issues across different political systems.

The learning outcomes are as follows:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 73 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Knowledge and understanding

Identify and explain major theoretical approaches to the study of political institutions, political processese,
policies, and actors.
Describe the historical development and characteristics of states and nations, including the emergence of the
modern nation-state system and modern democracy.
Understand and compare key analytical frameworks in comparative politics, and situate them within the
broader field of political science.
Explain the institutional and normative foundations of political power and legitimacy across different regime
types.
Analyze institutional design choices and evaluate their importance for regime stability and democratic quality.
Recognize and contextualize the core policy issues driving political conflict and change around the world.

Skills

Apply core concepts and theoretical approaches in comparative politics to analyze real-world political
developments and debates.
Critically assess similarities and differences of political institutions and processes across different countries.
Assess how institutions shape political behavior, policy outcomes, and patterns of representation.

Inhoud vak

This course offers a comprehensive introduction to the field of Comparative Politics. Building on the general
introduction to political science, it deepens students’ understanding of how political systems operate and vary
across countries. The course introduces students to key concepts, theories, and methods in comparative analysis
and equips them with the tools to critically examine political institutions, processes, and conflicts around the world.

We begin by exploring foundational questions of power, legitimacy, democracy, the state, and the nation. The
course then surveys major institutional configurations, including regimes, electoral systems, party systems, and
systems of government. In parallel, we examine how political power is structured, contested, and legitimized across
different contexts.

In the latter part of the course, we turn to pressing contemporary issues such as globalisation, populism, and key
policy areas. Throughout, students are encouraged to apply comparative frameworks to real-world cases and
reflect on current political dynamics.

By the end of the course, students will not only be familiar with the key building blocks of Comparative Politics, but
also able to use them to interpret and explain political developments in diverse national contexts.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Toetsvorm

Mid-term and final exam

Literatuur

To be announced in the course manual (see CANVAS).

Computational Methods in Econometrics

Vakcode E_MFAE_CME
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Friedrich
Examinator dr. M. Friedrich
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Friedrich
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 74 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In statistics and econometrics, we often base our test statistics and confidence intervals on quantities with unknown
distributions. The typical solution to deal with this is to either derive the finite sample distribution through hard
analytical work, or derive its limiting distribution and use it as an approximation. In this course, we will study how to
perform tests using alternative ways based on computer simulation. The main examples of these methods are
Monte-Carlo testing and bootstrap, which can lead to much more accurate inferences than the traditional methods
in certain situations.

The main goal of this course is twofold: (1) to understand the theory behind Monte-Carlo and bootstrap methods
and (2) to be able to apply them in practice using your computer.

Inhoud vak

In this course, we discuss numerical and simulation-based estimation methods and their use in econometrics and
data science. We start with a small recap of statistics (in particular, estimators, test statistics and their
distributions). In the second part, we discuss the assumptions made for these results and introduce a new
simulation-based hypothesis testing method called Monte Carlo testing. In the third part, we move to a more
complex setting where less assumptions are made, and we discuss the foundations of bootstrap testing. We
illustrate how these methods are used in practice for a variety of econometric models including nonlinear models,
models allowing for heteroskedasticity and autocorrelation.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Knowledge clips and interactive lectures (2 hours per week) to introduce the new methods and concepts; Work
groups (2 hours per week) to work on exercises and, later in the course, to work on homework assignments.

Toetsvorm

Written exam (individual)

Assignments (in groups)

Literatuur

The course uses lecture notes that are available on Canvas.

The following books can serve as additional material to help you study (optional):

Russell Davidson & James G. MacKinnon - Bootstrap Methods in Econometrics.

Joel L. Horowitz - The Bootstrap.
A.C. Davison & D.V. Hinkley - Bootstrap Methods and their Applications.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the technical track of the minor Applied Econometrics. To follow this course you should be
following a bachelor in econometrics or a study with equivalent statistics background.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Introductory courses in Econometrics and Statistics;

Basic programming skills: some familiarity with one of [Python, MATLAB, R]

Conflict and Peacebuilding: Local and Global

Perspectives
Vakcode S_CPB
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Matelski
Examinator dr. M. Matelski
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.K. Maiyo, dr. S. Sremac, prof. dr. D.A. Forster, dr. M. Matelski
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 75 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Doel vak

The aim of this course is to introduce students to the causes and dynamics of conflict and the key approaches to
conflict transformation, reconciliation and peacebuilding in (post-)conflict societies, with specific emphasis on the
local level and with ample attention for individual circumstances and dispositions.

When finalizing the course, students will be able to:

understand the main approaches and theories related to the root causes, local dynamics, transformation and
resolution of conflicts;
understand the role and complexity of intersectional identities (e.g. religion, gender, class, ethnicity, sexuality,
etc.) in conflict occurrence, transformation and resolution;
apply multiple perspectives and insights from various disciplines to specific case studies in (post-)conflict
societies.

Inhoud vak

Since the early twentieth century, the world has been shaken by war, ethnic cleansing, crimes against humanity
and genocide, followed by transitional and transformative phases of conflict management, conflict resolution and
peacebuilding. In order to understand the root causes of conflict and its local dynamics as well as conflict
transformation and reconciliation efforts, it is necessary to focus on the everyday experiences, interests, and needs
of the different actors involved in these processes on the micro-level. This course will therefore integrate local
perspectives from various parts of the world in comparison to global trends and developments.

Given the changing nature of conflict, this course discusses and examines some of the key concepts and recent
developments in relation to distribution and inequality, governance and human rights, as well as the influence of
external interventions such as peacekeeping missions and development schemes, and the interplay between local
and international justice mechanisms, which all influence the onset, course, and solutions available in situations of
conflict.

The course will pay attention to these practices and initiatives in different national, cultural and political
environments, drawing from examples in Africa, the Americas, Asia, Europe, and the Middle East. Based on
various case studies presented by (guest) lecturers with expertise in fields such as religion, ethnicity, gender and
development, students will be presented with a comprehensive understanding of the root causes, dynamics, and
transformation of conflict in various societies. Students will apply these insights in a group presentation and a
written exam with short essay questions.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Interactive (guest) lectures discussing various case studies.

Working group sessions and group presentations.
Study visit to an international tribunal and/or NGO in The Hague.

Toetsvorm

Individual exam
Group presentation

Literatuur

Selection of articles and book chapters (available via Canvas and VU library).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students in the minor Peace and Conflict Studies.

Overige informatie

This course has an exam in the last week of November and mandatory tutorials until 12 December. It is not
possible to pass the course without taking part in the exam and the tutorials.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Enrolment in 'Peace and Conflict: From Theory to Practice' is recommended.

Consumer Behavior

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 76 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EBE3_CBEH
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Kokkoris
Examinator dr. M. Kokkoris
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. D'hondt, Y. Zhang, dr. M. Kokkoris
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course, you will

be acquainted with the psychological theories, concepts, methods, and research findings central to the study
of consumer behavior (Bridging Theory and Practice- Knowledge).
be able to understand consumer decisions from different perspectives as well as to apply theoretical
frameworks in different settings (Academic and Research Skills).
be able to apply these theories in order to develop effective marketing strategies to influence thinking and
behavior of consumers (Bridging Theory and Practice - Application).
actively participate in experimental research as well as develop the skills needed to understand experimental
research, and interpret its experimental results (Academic and Research skills).

Inhoud vak

This course has a dual purpose. It will provide you with better understanding of both (a) theory on consumer
behavior and (b) the basics of experimental research methodology (an essential need to understand academic
articles in the field).

We are consumers, every day, every moment of the day. We consume food, drinks, education, and television
programs. It is however not always easy to understand or predict the behavior of consumers. Why do consumers
choose one car or holiday destination over the other? How are advertisements processed and when are they
effective? Are preferences stable or easily malleable? For successful marketing management and strategy, it is
essential to get an understanding of the behavior of consumers. After all, marketing begins and ends with the
consumer, from determining consumer needs to finally providing and maintaining consumer satisfaction. The
course introduces you to some important psychological theories on memory, learning, perception, attitude,
motivation, identity and social influences. We do not only focus on “big theories”, but also study specific articles
from top-notch journals in the field, thereby illustrating how research in this field is done, how this contributes to our
knowledge on consumer decisions as well as to develop critical thinking.

In addition to the conceptual part of the course, considerable attention is allocated to (experimental) research
methodology. By doing so, you will develop skills that are essential to truly understand specific academic articles in
the field from A to Z (insights in methodology included).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exam – Individual assessment.

Participation – Individual assessment.
Interim Assignments – Group assessment.

Vereiste voorkennis

None.

Literatuur

Consumer Behavior, Frank R. Kardes, Maria L. Cronley, & Thomas W. Cline; 2nd edition (2020). Cengage
Learning.
Research articles (links will be posted on Canvas).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 77 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

None.

Consumer Science for Online Commerce

Vakcode E_MFEO_CSOC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K. Subrtova
Examinator K. Subrtova
Betrokken Docenten K. Subrtova
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to:

Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key topics, concepts and theories covered in top academic
journals that are important to effective consumer marketing management in the context of online commerce
(Knowledge)
Examine and understand problems from different perspectives and put forward well-founded, substantiated
points of view (Academic skills)
Apply consumer-related theories, tools and strategies to real-life business problems related to online
commerce (Bridging theory and practice)
Communicate and collaborate effectively with an international cohort of classmates to design and produce
case solutions (Social skills)
Reflect upon yourself and take responsibility for your own actions (Awareness skills)

Inhoud vak

The digital age has ushered in a new era of consumer behavior, transforming how people interact with businesses
and make purchasing decisions. With the rapid advancement of technology, rise of digital platforms, and
widespread adoption of smartphones, companies face unique challenges and opportunities. The ability to
understand, adapt, and respond to evolving consumer behavior in the digital age has become imperative for
businesses survival and growth in a fiercely competitive market.

In this course you are inspired and challenged to discover the possibilities and consumer response to digital
developments. Some of the topics we will cover include multiple channel realities, consumer behavior during the
three important moments of customer journey online (search, purchase, and post-purchase), online marketing
activities (e.g., online advertising, influencer marketing and brand-generated content on social media), mobile
commerce and promotion, and electronic word of mouth.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Classroom discussions and tutorials (in-person), assignments (in-person and online).

Toetsvorm

Written examination: 60%;

Assignments (individual and group): 40%;
each to be completed with a minimum score of 5.0.

Vereiste voorkennis

N/A

Literatuur

Required readings consist of academic articles and will be announced via Canvas (together with other required
materials).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 78 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Students are expected to attend the classes and tutorials (mandatory) and take an active role as learners because
the exchange of ideas and discussions are core to the learning experience. As a student, you are expected to be
responsible and accountable not only for doing your individual work but also for contributing to the learning and
growth of your classmates. As instructors, we will create a safe, kind, warm and welcoming environment to foster
such connections and expect that you show up - physically, mentally, psychologically - to push the discussions
forward. This class is not suitable for those, who want to sit back and be a one-way recipient of information. Rather,
you are expected to bring and contribute to the knowledge and skills, deepen the collective thinking and move the
conversation forward.

We have designed the assessments to reflect this pedagogy. Anything we discuss during the class discussions and
tutorials (what is included in the slides as well as whatever we discuss that might not be included in the deck) as
well as any required preparation (e.g., readings, exercises, videos, surveys) are all fair game. In other words,
attending and actively participating in the class discussions and tutorials as well as thorough preparation are
necessary to do well in the final exam.

Overige informatie

This course is part of the Minor E-Business and Online Commerce.

Toelichting Canvas

Modules will be added to the Course environment on Canvas on a weekly basis

Aanbevolen voorkennis

A basic understanding of marketing principles and business-related courses.

Contemporary Perspectives in Corporate Strategy

Vakcode E_HP1_CPCS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S.J. Ellis
Examinator dr. S.J. Ellis
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. T.P. Moliterno, dr. S.J. Ellis
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Understanding strategy is an important part of the business acumen for every educated manager. The overarching
objective of this course is to develop your understanding of strategy and strategic management. You will engage
with the course material through extensive in-class discussions, and team-based analyses of a major public
corporation.

After successfully completing this course, you will:

understand the different theoretical perspectives that have informed strategy research (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Knowledge)
develop competencies in the critical application of AI-generated material (Academic and Research Skills)
be able to communicate effectively their own informed ideas regarding the focus and purpose of corporate
strategy (Academic and Research Skills)
gain confidence in using evidence-based theoretical reasoning to evaluate a modern public corporation
(Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge & Application)
improve your skills in working with teammates from with diverse background (Academic and Research Skills)
gain competence in allocating tasks among team members under time pressure (Academic and Research
Skills)
develop critical thinking and creativity in your approach to problem-solving (Broadening your Horizon)
develop the critical thinking needed to analyze and evaluate complex organizational problems and make well-
reasoned decisions (Broadening your Horizon)

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 79 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Here’s a couple simple questions: why do some organizations outperform others? Why do some organizations
prosper and grow, while others in the same industry go out of business and die? It turns out that answering these
questions is not so simple ... and has motivated decades of scholarly research on strategic management.

This course will explore the core theoretical perspectives in the research that has examined these questions. We
begin from the premise that the organization’s strategy is its approach to achieving success in general, and
competitive advantage in particular. We then examine four theoretical perspectives that unpack this premise in very
different ways and come to very different conclusions about the role of the manager in formulating and executing
an organizational strategy. Developing a critical understanding of these different perspectives is important not only
for aspiring managers, but also for anyone who wants to be an informed consumer of the business press and an
active participant in today’s fast-paced global economy.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

The final grade will be composed of both individual (50%) and team-based (50%) components:

Individual components: quizzes, class participation and individual reflection paper

Team-based components: corporation analysis and living case studies

Vereiste voorkennis

A basic understanding and acquaintance with the current world of business and economics (or a great passion and
desire to understand and get acquainted) is expected of students in order to allow an in-depth discussion of the
selected topics.

Literatuur

Whittington, R. (2001). What is Strategy -- and does it matter? (2nd Edition) Hampshire, UK: Cengage
Learning EMEA. ISBN: 978-1-86152-377-8.
Other articles and readings will be posted on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Honours Program students: the course can be followed by a broad audience, but requires an interest in business
administration in general, and strategic management in particular.

Toelichting Canvas

Canvas will be used as the primary mode of communication outside the classroom.

Corporate Finance: a Sustainability Perspective

Vakcode E_IBA2_CFSP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. L.M. Capera-Romero
Examinator dr. L.M. Capera-Romero
Betrokken Docenten dr. L.M. Capera-Romero
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course aims to develop a framework that guides firms' investment and financial decisions, emphasizing
sustainability considerations. This framework combines a solid understanding of the most common corporate
finance theories with a sensible selection of the most suitable approach in practical situations.

Specifically the course objectives are as follows

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 80 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

After completing this course, the student can:

identify international differences in regulation and corporate governance;

understand which financial decisions create value;
distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information for corporate financing decisions.
understand how ethical, social, and environmental considerations influence the financial decisions of a firm in
different international contexts.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

Knowledge: (Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international
business administration)

After successfully completing this course, the student will have a working knowledge of the following:

relevant corporate governance mechanisms and international differences in CG;

capital structure and financing decisions;
agency conflicts within firms;
corporate payout policies;
the most common valuation methods (APV, WACC, FTE, and valuation multiples);
relevant concepts on sustainability and corporate social responsibility in finance.
quantify the value of a project/company taking financing decisions into account;
compute expected changes in stock prices relating to these financing decisions.

Application (Ability to propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies).

After completing this course, the student:

understands the relevance of our financing theories in practice;

understands the investment and financing decisions of firms discussed in financial media;
appreciates the importance of financial models and the guidance they on how financial decisions are
implemented in business by focusing on and simplifying the relevant aspects;
can identify the role of corporate governance in helping firms and society to achieve sustainability and social
responsibility goals.

BROADENING YOUR HORIZONS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can use a basic but comprehensive toolset to build valuation models for companies;
understand how the institutional environment can shape the capital structure of firms operating in developed
and emerging markets;
understand the opportunities and challenges of sustainable finance in different institutional environments.

Inhoud vak

This course discusses some of the firms' most important financing decisions. Throughout the course, we will
examine different business environments and their implications on the firms' optimal capital structure, payout
policies, and corporate valuation models.
The course will allow students to understand better the behavior of markets of corporate securities in emerging and
developed markets and the advancement of sustainable finance initiatives, departing from the historical, cultural,
and regulatory environments across countries.

After successfully attending this course, the student will be able to:

Discuss the implications of equity and debt financing;

Critically assess assumptions and outcomes of most common valuation models;
Understand how ethical, social, and environmental considerations influence the financial decisions of a firm in
different international contexts

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 81 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Written exam - Individual assessment

Practical assignment - Group assessment

Participation grade - Individual assessment

Literatuur

In this course, we use a book and case study materials:

1. Book: Berk and DeMarzo (2017), Corporate Finance, Pearson, 4th Global
Edition. Chapters 14-19, 23-27 and 29.
2. Additional discussion material will be posted on Canvas.
3. Cases: the case study material will be announced during the course.

Case materials can be purchased from Harvard Publishing. (A credit card may be required.)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course Corporate Finance: a Sustainability Perspective is an lective course of the second year of the IBA
program.

Students interested in specializing further in Financial Management can follow the specialization courses Financial
Modelling and Derivatives and International Financial Management. Students who would like to transfer to the MSc
Finance after this bachelor’s program also need to follow the Financial Markets & Institutions course on top of their
courses.

Overige informatie

The themes taught in this course are prerequisites for the MSc Finance and strongly recommended for the MSc
Financial Management.

Toelichting Canvas

The content covered during lectures and tutorials might be complemented with videoclips that will be posted on
Canvas if needed.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

2.2 Finance

Corporate Governance, Risk Management & Internal

Control
Vakcode EPG_A_CG
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. D.R. Sadal RA
Examinator prof. dr. O.C. van Leeuwen
Betrokken Docenten C.A. Filius RA, drs. C. de Kater MSc RA
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Dit vak heeft als doel bij te dragen aan het begrip van studenten van de volgende zaken:

Het belang, begrip en relaties tussen Corporate Governance, Internal Control en Risk Management;
Rollen en verantwoordelijkheden van de verschillende stakeholders bij private en publieke organisaties;
Inhoud van belangrijke Corporate Governance codes en belangrijke verschillen en overeenkomsten tussen
deze codes;
De manier waarop risk management kan worden geïmplementeerd in het internal control systeem van een

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 82 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

bedrijf;
Het belang van betrouwbare informatiesystemen in het internal control systeem;
Beperkingen van de Corporate Governance codes in relatie tot het borgen van adequaat management.

Inhoud vak

Corporate Governance omvat het proces en de structuur dat gebruikt wordt om de organisatie te managen zodat
de stakeholderswaarde wordt vergroot. Hieronder valt ook de financiële levensvatbarheid van het bedrijf.

Dit vak behandelt het gezichtspunt van de accountant/auditor op Corporate Governance. Dit is een bredere blik
dan alleen de juridische kijk op Corporate Governance. Om het proces en structuur te doorgronden wordt in het
vak stilgestaan bij hoofdoorzaken van scandalen. Verder gaat het vak in op de raamwerken van Enterprise Risk
Management en Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Een randvoorwaarde binnen het stelsel van Corporate
Governance is het waarborgen van ethisch gedrag.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Voor de meeste studenten zal dit de eerste keer dat ze te maken hebben met de begrippen van Corporate
Governance. In vijf lessen worden een variëteit van onderwerpen behandeld. Om het vak goed te kunnen
doorgronden wordt verwacht dat van te voren dat de weblectures en theorie zijn bestudeerd, dat studenten actief
participeren tijdens het werkcollege en dat de cases zijn voorbereid voor een behandeling in het werkcollege. Het
proefexamen wordt aangeboden om verder inzicht te verkrijgen in de examenvragen. De onderwerpen zijn
verdeeld in vijf lessen, die samenhangen met de collegeweken.

De behandeling van de stof per werkvorm is als volgt:

Werkcolleges: Het is de bedoeling dat studenten de theorie hebben gelezen en voorbereiding. In het
werkcollege kan dan verder worden ingegaan op de vraagpunten naar aanleiding van deze voorbereiding.
Weblectures: De reguliere hoorcolleges (in het Engels) zijn als videobestand beschikbaar op Canvas
Cases, opdrachten: De cases worden voor het werkcollege bestudeerd en voorbereid. Op een interactieve
wijze zal worden ingegaan op de vragen en antwoorden.
Actuele cases: aan de hand van recente berichtgeving zal in het werkcollege aandacht worden besteed aan
de corporate governance theorie en praktische uitwerking.

Toetsvorm

Beschreven toetsvorm.

Toelichting Canvas

Voor laatste inhoud en nieuws: zie Canvas.

Cross Cultural Marketing

Vakcode E_IBA1_CCM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. I.J.C. Leijen
Examinator dr. I.J.C. Leijen
Betrokken Docenten dr. I.J.C. Leijen
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The purpose of this course is to teach you to how examine marketing problems from different perspectives by
recognizing and understanding the fundamentals of cross-cultural marketing.

By the end of this course, you will learn how to apply fundamental principles of marketing to real life challenges.
You will be able to identify cultural differences in the marketing strategies of companies and apply it to the real
world. Specifically, you will have gained hands-on experience by working on a real business case in collaboration
with a company. As a result, you will accomplish the following skills:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 83 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

1. Academic and Research Skills

You will be able to read, understand, and interpret academic literature.

You will learn to recognize the theories, models, and concepts of cross-cultural marketing in real business
cases.
You will be able put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format.

2. Bridging Theory and Practice

You will understand the practical value of the concepts, theories, and models in marketing.
You will learn to analyse a brand and curate a marketing plan using a cross-cultural perspective.
You will acquire a set of tools and techniques for quantifying, analysing, and solving a specific problem.
You will be able to recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information.

3. Broadening your Horizon

You will be able to able frame your knowledge across various cultural markets and create connections
between theories and concepts.
You will be able to effectively manage different professional roles in a cross-cultural environment.

4. Social Skills

You will learn to work well with others in a team and collaborate on a marketing project.
You will be able to translate, communicate, and disseminate your findings to relevant stakeholders.

5. Self Awareness

You will have experience in giving and receiving constructive feedback about individual and team
performance.
You will be able to reflect on your personal development.

Inhoud vak

This course offers you a fundamental knowledge of the marketing field, while at the same time creating intercultural
sensitivity.

We start this course from an individual perspective, building on your understanding of cultural differences and
intercultural interactions. Specifically, we focus on consumer needs and wants and emphasize cultural differences.
Next, we identify how marketing is influenced by local and global factors. In other words, we point out how strategic
marketing decisions can be made more effectively by considering cross-cultural differences including political and
social influences, regulations, languages, religions, economic standards, etc. Finally, we take a practical point of
view to marketing across different cultures by working on a real business case in collaboration with a company.

In sum, in this course, we aim to increase the awareness of cross-cultural sensitivities when tackling marketing
challenges.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam (individual)

Group Assignments
Individual Assignments

Literatuur

Course book (to be announced)

6 scientific articles from top academic journals (to be announced)
Marketing Case (to be announced)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students are expected to attend the classes and tutorials. For a full learning experience, students should be ready
to engage in in-class discussions and take an active role in expressing their opinions. Anything we discuss during
the class discussions and tutorials, in addition to the required readings and slides, are a part of the exam
preparation.

Toelichting Canvas

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 84 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

All course-related information will be available on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

For this course a basic knowledge of business and statistics is strongly advised from the following courses:
1.1 People in Business and Society
1.1 Business Mathematics
1.4 Business Statistics

Current Issues
Vakcode R_Currissues
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator mr. M.J.L.G. Zweers
Examinator mr. M.J.L.G. Zweers
A.I. Carrozzini, prof. dr. G.N. Cornelisse, prof. dr. G.T. Davies, mr. M.J.L.G. Zweers, D.
Betrokken Docenten
de Bruijn
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

To learn to contextualise news about global issues within relevant international and/or European legal
frameworks and scholarly debates;
To practice writing a research paper on a current issue within the scope of the minor;
To practice peer review;
To learn to cooperate with a fellow student;

Inhoud vak

The course is part of the minor Law and Global Justice. This course introduces students to selected topics within
the scope of the minor which are of particular current importance or interest. Classes are interactive, involving
some lectures, but also discussions and exercises. The aim is to help students understand the kinds of law and
policy problems which are important at European and International level, and to critically evaluate the responses to
these. This prepares the students for advanced courses at masters level, where they may engage with these
problems in more detail. This course invites students to think critically and apply a combination of legal, social and
historical perspectives and it develops both writing and oral skills.

Previous current issue topic areas include: family reunification policies; space law; climate engineering and climate
litigation; integration policies; state surveillance; selling citizenship; fertility tourism and migrant smuggling.

Students will have to read and analyse academic literature and engage in active discussion of current issues, as
well as formulating problems and questions in a short essay and/or presentations. Oral and writing analytic abilities
are therefore the major skills advanced in this course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Interactive (guest-) lectures and seminars, in which discussion and problem-solving are involved; and
Student conference, during which students present their short paper, moot court or debate.

Toetsvorm

written exam, consisting of one essay question;

participation in the course, consisting of the submission of mini-podcast on one of the topics of the course.

Literatuur

Preliminary reading lists will be announced on Canvas for a range of current topics.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the minor Law and Global Society. Apart from regular students, the course is also available

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 85 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

for:

Students from other universities/faculties

Exchange students
Contractor (students who pay for one course)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Exchange students - basics of EU law and integration, good command of English.

Data Analytics and Privacy

Vakcode R_DAP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator mr. V.S. Djwalapersad LLM
Examinator mr. V.S. Djwalapersad LLM
Betrokken Docenten J.N. Levano, prof. mr. A.R. Lodder, mr. V.S. Djwalapersad LLM, mr. T.H.A. Wisman
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Leergroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Data Analytics and Privacy focuses on the role of European fundamental rights and legal principles in the
regulation of data analytics, with a general focus on the right to privacy and data protection. After this course:

1. The student will know and understand important legal aspects concerning data analytics and privacy.
2. The student will know, understand the basics of data protection law.
3. The student will know and understand the basics of data analytics.
4. The student will be able to apply the basics of data protection law to data analytics.

Inhoud vak

Data analytics has the ability to pose significant challenges to privacy, human autonomy, and dignity. The ability to
influence people in ways they can act against their own interests is what political scientists describe as power. Data
analytics as an instrument to develop knowledge and facilitate the exercise of power is a phenomenon that requires
regulation. Power in a constitutional democracy, whether exercised by the state or other parties, has to be subject
to the law. Law offers the option to mediate between conflicting interests guiding toward a legal solution to a
problem rather than one which is based on brute force.

Privacy is a societal norm that is codified in Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights. EU data
protection legislation in the form of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) regulates the processing of
personal data in EU member states. Privacy and data protection is a funny pair that have provoked many lawyers
to write relentless essays on. Gutwirth and De Hert, two prominent privacy and data protection lawyers from
Belgium, use an interesting distinction between the two. They refer to privacy as an opacity instrument, because it
protects a sphere in which the individual's behaviour is not being recorded. They refer to data protection as a
transparency instrument, because it makes the exercise of power knowledgeable for those who are on the
receiving end. Privacy and data protection laws offer rules that can be complied with by parties who want to use
data analytics in their strategies and policies.

In this course, the basics of privacy and data protection law are explained in the context of data analytics. The idea
is for students of computer science to understand the basics of the law and for students of law to understand the
basics of data analytics. An objective is to understand the interaction between data analytics and privacy laws. An
outcome is to understand how the laws of privacy and data protection apply to the development of computer
systems, platforms, apps, software, etc.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Exam - 35 Multiple choice questions.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 86 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Literatuur

Made available via Canvas.

Data Science: Visualization and Analytics in R

Vakcode S_DSVAR
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. A.M.J. van Hoof
Examinator dr. A.M.J. van Hoof
Betrokken Docenten dr. A.O. Dolinsky
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Computerpracticum

Doel vak

Upon completion of this course, the student is able to:

use various computational techniques in R: structuring digital data, visualization and systematic evaluation;
critically reflect on the implications of the selection, structuring and manipulation of data for the outcome of
their work;
evaluate results critically and in a systematic manner;
critically analyze other digital based research projects. They will be able to position their own work in the
existing field of digital humanities and social analytics.
collaborate in an advanced, interdisciplinary research groups;
present their work in an academically convincing and ethical way for an interdisciplinary audience.

Inhoud vak

The explosion of digital information and increasing efforts to digitize existing information sources has produced a
deluge of data, such as digitized historical news archives, literature, policy and legal documents, political debates
and millions of social media messages by politicians, journalists, and citizens. Graphs and charts let you explore
and learn about the structure of the information you have collected. Good data visualizations enable you to
communicate your ideas and findings.
This course will offer analytical and practical training in digital visualization techniques using the open-source
platform R. This course is placed in the broader scope of Digital Humanities and Social Analytics. In terms of
critical reflection and skills this is a more advanced course within the Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics.
An important part of the classes will entail practical training in the visualization of data: what are the "right
numbers" to present, how to present uncertainty in data, which ties in a network are important enough? The course
will teach you how to transform data to a visual: from a basic graphical display to animated and BBC-worthy
graphics (e.g. see [Link]
This course invites you to develop visuals from many data sources, such as numerical data, textual data,
networked data, etc. At the end of the course you will be able to use attractive visualizations to present your
research results in both oral and written communications. After completion of this course you will possess
knowledge of digital tools and opportunities of a field of research in order to continue to acquire computing skills
andpursue further studies and / or a career that entails interdisciplinary collaboration, work with many types of data
and media and involves high level critical and analytical skills.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and seminars

Toetsvorm

Individual and group assignments (40%), take-home exam (60%), both parts have to be evaluated with a sufficient
grade to pass the course.

Literatuur

Healy, K. (2018). Data visualization: a practical introduction. Princeton University Press. (online version freely
available)
Additional scientific articles and book chapters

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 87 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students who take the University Minor ‘Digital Humanities and Social Analytics’. As long as there are available
places, we welcome other students of all disciplines, including international exchange students. Please contact the
coordinator in advance.

Overige informatie

This course is part of the minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course is designed for students who take the minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics. For other students
it would be helpful to familiarize with the basics of digital data in advance. Please contact the instructors for more
information and advice.

Data-analyse van Gezondheids(zorg)

Vakcode E_MFGM_DAG
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade
Examinator dr. F.R.M. Portrait
drs. ing. C. Schouwenaar, drs. F. Amankour, dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade, dr.
Betrokken Docenten
F.R.M. Portrait, prof. dr. A.H.E. Koolman
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Doel van de cursus:

Ontdek de kracht van data in de gezondheidszorg!

Ben jij benieuwd hoe data de toekomst van de zorg verandert? In de cursus Data-analyse van de Gezondheidszorg
leer je hoe je met data écht impact maakt. Je duikt in de wereld van statistiek, machine learning en kunstmatige
intelligentie, en ontdekt hoe je gezondheidsdata – van klinische dossiers tot zorgprocessen – kunt gebruiken om
betere beleidskeuzes te onderbouwen, behandelingen te evalueren en gezondheidsuitkomsten te voorspellen.

Je ontwikkelt skills die je nodig hebt om zorgkosten te analyseren, de kwaliteit van zorg te verbeteren en slimme
interventies te ontwerpen. Of je nu geïnteresseerd bent in AI-toepassingen, big data of beleidsadvies: deze cursus
bereidt je voor op een toekomst waarin jij met data het verschil maakt.

Inhoud vak

Van data naar inzicht: gezondheidseconomie in actie

Elke week stap je in de rol van gezondheidseconoom. De week begint met de discussie van een recente paper die
de docenten gepubliceerd hebben. Tijdens het tweede college, verdiep je je in de methodologie die in de paper
gebruikt wordt – helder uitgelegd en direct toepasbaar. Daarna volgt het echte werk: in het computerpracticum ga
je zelf aan de slag in R. Je leert hoe je analyses uitvoert op gezondheidsdata en – nog belangrijker – hoe je de
uitkomsten kritisch interpreteert. Zo ontdek je stap voor stap hoe data-analyse krachtige inzichten kan opleveren
voor beleid en praktijk in de gezondheidszorg.

Leerdoelen:

Je begrijpt wat data-analyse inhoudt, waarom data-analyse van belang is voor de gezondheidszorg en hoe
verschillende soorten gezondheidsdata worden gebruikt voor beleidsbeslissingen en het verbeteren van de
kwaliteit van zorg.

1. Je ontwikkelt vaardigheden om gezondheidsdata te verzamelen, te schonen en geschikt te maken voor data-

analyse
2. Je leert hoe je enkelvoudige en multipele regressiemethoden toepast om relaties tussen variabelen te

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 88 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

analyseren.
3. Je leert hoe je paneldata-analyse en survivalmodellen inzet om trends in zorgkosten en
gezondheidsuitkomsten te bestuderen, en hoe je de effectiviteit van behandelingen over de tijd evalueert met
behulp van Kaplan-Meier-analyses.
4. Je leert hoe je de effectiviteit van zorginterventies beoordeelt met technieken zoals kosten-
effectiviteitsanalyse (CEA) en Markov-modellen.
5. Je krijgt een introductie in het gebruik van machine learning en kunstmatige intelligentie in de
gezondheidszorg.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges, werkcolleges en computerpractica (in R).

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk examen – individuele beoordeling.

Computeropdracht – groepsbeoordeling.
Verplichte aanwezigheid bij werkcolleges en computerpractica.

Vereiste voorkennis

Geen.

Literatuur

Wooldridge J. (2019). Introductory Econometrics. A Modern Approach. ISBN 9781337558860

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Dit vak wordt in het Nederlands gegeven.

Decolonizing Europe: History and Memory

Vakcode L_GCBAGES200
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands / Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator drs. W.C. Manuhutu
Examinator drs. W.C. Manuhutu
Betrokken Docenten drs. W.C. Manuhutu, prof. dr. G.R. Jones
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The course Decolonizing Europe. History and Memory has both historical and methodological learning objectives.

After the course, participants

1. understand the main approaches to the political history of the European nation-state and are able to situate
leading historians in the historiographic debate on decolonization, postcolonialism and decoloniality;
2. understand how the course themes of decolonization and national histories in Europe play out in the
institutional setting of museums and the construction of public and political discourse in present-day societies;
and will be able to write a critical appraisal of museum exhibitions and collections and their role in European
postcolonial society;
3. are able to critically review (in writing and speaking) a historical monograph, a work of fiction or a public/
political debate relevant to the course theme, and to develop an argued opinion about the issues at hand;
4. can reflect on their own ‘subject position’, and explore the course theme from various perspectives while
acknowledging different experiences with respect to European postcolonial society.

Inhoud vak

The course focuses on the impact of European imperialism on the dynamics of nation-state formation with an
emphasis on ‘postwar’ Europe. In 'Europe after Empire. Decolonization, Society and Culture' (first published in

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 89 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2016) Elizabeth Buettner investigates the impact of decolonization on Europe. After 1945 all around the globe
countries became independent, so what did that mean for Europe itself? How did these these events and
developments shape politics and how are they remembered in present-day European societies? Therefore, the
concept of multidirectional memory as developed by Michael Rothberg will be a point of departure in the course.

Students will come across key political developments that played a major role in the repositioning of Europe in the
international arena after colonialism such as:

the reordering of European nation-states after 1945 and the impact of the Cold War on decolonization;
the changes within Europe and between Europe and the ‘Third World’ as the result of decolonization;
the relationship between decolonization, the founding of the EU and gradual European integration and,
simultaneously, the emergence of major ambiguities within nation-states concerning the concept of
multicultural society.
How public memory and representation of the colonial pasts and the post-colonial presents is negotiated in
present-day Europe.

The course investigates how these developments interacted and can be traced in political and cultural
developments, with particular attention to a better understanding of colonialism as a history with a deep influence
on notions of belonging, inclusion and exclusion and with respect to citizenship at the national and European level.

The colonial past not only ‘happened’ in the colonies, far away from Europe, but was also part of European history
and still provides many different, contesting and opposing views and perspectives on the past and the making of
contemporary society. Against the backdrop of a political history, this course will discuss how historians,
philosophers, activists, politicians, writers, museum professionals and others approach this history within a national,
European or global frame of reference.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course will consist of weekly lectures and seminars in which the themes of the course will be discussed.
Students will present readings and lead discussions on topics they have prepared in small groups. A visit to a
museum or a historical site is part of the course. All lectures and seminars will be in English.

Toetsvorm

Class participation (10%); In class presentations and discussions (15%); museum report (25%); final written
assignment (50%)

Literatuur

The handbook used during this course is:

Elizabeth Buettner, Europe after empire. Decolonization, society, and culture (Cambridge 2015).
Additional literature will be posted on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is an elective for BA 2 students History and International Studies; Students enrolled in the minor
'History'; exchange students.

Toelichting Canvas

All Information on the course schedule, additional literature, quizzes, polls and assignments will be posted on
Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basic knowledge of modern history for those students outside the Geschiedenis and History and International
Studies program

Designing Interventions in Business and Society

Vakcode E_MFDM_DIBS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 90 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Faculteit School of Business and Economics

Vakcoördinator dr. Z.M. Seraj-Aksit
Examinator dr. Z.M. Seraj-Aksit
Betrokken Docenten dr. R.C. Ruehle, dr. Z.M. Seraj-Aksit
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Bridging Theory and Practice - knowledge:

You will obtain knowledge on the design of interventions aimed at influencing behavior as well as on the ethical
aspects when adopting influencing tactics. Moreover you will learn about theoretical basis of human happiness

Bridging Theory and Practice - application:

You will make use of theoretical knowledge and concepts with regard to happiness, understanding and influencing
human behavior, and apply these to real-world challenges, while focusing on the various stakeholders that are
involved (co-workers, other organizations, consumers & citizens).

Social Skills:
You will work in teams to plan and develop an intervention, which will help you develop many of the “soft skills” that
are needed to collaborate with others and achieve challenging goals.

Inhoud vak

This integrative project is the capstone course of the minor “Understanding and Influencing Decisions in Business
and Society”. The course evolves around the use of theories, tactics and insights in consumer behavior, nudging,
leadership and negotiations to design interventions that ultimately could make people more happy.

After a brief introduction in which you get acquainted with some of the methods for designing interventions, you
start working on an intervention that addresses one of the real-world challenges that will be selected for this course.
In this project, you will touch upon (1) design, (2) implementation, and (3) testing/evaluation phases by the
development of an action plan. Because this is an integrative course, your intervention will be a multi-disciplinary
project, combining for example the insights on leadership with those on judgment and decision making, or
combining nudges with negotiation skills. You will work in teams, and present your interventions, which will be
judged on both academic and managerial quality.

In the other courses of the minor you have acquired a lot of knowledge on strategies how people can be influenced.
As influencing people is surrounded with ethical dillema's we will also give attention to the ethical aspects of such
tactics.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and small-group tutorials

Toetsvorm

Team project – group assessment

Individual assessment and peer assessment of group project

Vereiste voorkennis

All courses of period 1 & 2 in the minor “Understanding and Influencing

Decisions in Business and Society"
- Nudge: Influencing Behavior
- Leadership: Mobilizing People
- Judgment and Decision Making
- Managing Negotiations: Getting to Yes

Literatuur

TBA, a literature list based on scientific articles will be provided on Canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is only meant for students of the Minor "Understanding and
Influencing Decisions in Business and Society"

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 91 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

All courses of period 1 & 2 in the minor “Understanding and Influencing

Decisions in Business and Society"
- Nudge: Influencing Behavior
- Leadership: Mobilizing People
- Judgment and Decision Making
- Managing Negotiations: Getting to Yes

Well-trained in academic method and thinking (i.e., with an academic bachelor).

Designing Solutions for Global Sustainability

Vakcode AB_1231
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Werthschulte
Examinator dr. M. Werthschulte
Betrokken Docenten dr. T. van Huyssteen, dr. M. Werthschulte
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course aims to guide the student in designing solutions to complex challenges in global sustainability, within
their own field of interest (e.g., energy, climate, water, waste, nature, food security, gender).

Inhoud vak

The course comprises interactive lectures and exercises and is assessed through an assignment. After this course
students:

Can meaningfully integrate People-Planet-Profit analyses into the design of innovative solutions for global
sustainability challenges in a systematic and creative manner;
Can characterize key components of the design creation process, namely analysis, synthesis and
conceptualization;
Identify and apply methods and processes to design sustainable solutions, including Morphological Matrix
development, SWOT analyses and persona creation;
Communicate results and the developed solution in a convincing and credible manner;
Reflect on personal strength and weaknesses in developing and conceptualizing global sustainable solutions.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course is organized in three thematic weeks and a fourth closing week, which follow the logic of a design
process, sequentially addressing:

1. Design analysis and design specification (week 1)

2. Ideation: going through the creative design process of innovation, development, and actualization (week 2)
3. Conceptualisation and evaluation, user empathising, and visualisation for product / service pitching (week 3)
4. Completion: preparing the final presentation and review of the sustainability solution, including a personal
reflection (week 4).

Each week starts with a main lecture on Monday followed by tutoring sessions on Thursday or Friday. The tutoring
sessions are designed to allow for both Peer-to-Peer exchange and Peer-to-Teacher interaction. The tutoring
sessions are highly interactive, for which there is a lot of space to discuss the progress on your assignment.

Toetsvorm

The final course grade is completely based on an individual assignment, consisting of a pitch, a final report and the
completion of a peer review. To pass the course, students must obtain an overall grade of at least 5.5 (out of 10)
and contribute to the compulsory activities.

Vereiste voorkennis

This course welcomes students of any background, as long as they have a strong affinity with sustainability

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 92 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

challenges.

Literatuur

Week 1:

Buhl, A., Schmidt-Keilich, M., Muster, V., Blazejewski, S., Schrader, U., Harrach, C., ... & Süßbauer, E.
(2019). Design thinking for sustainability: Why and how design thinking can foster sustainability-oriented
innovation development. Journal of cleaner production, 231, 1248-1257.
[Link]
Tim Brown and Jocelyn Wyatt (2010). Design Thinking for Social Innovation. Development Outreach 12(1):
29 – 43 [Link]
Rikke Friis Dam and Yu Siang Teo (2019) 5 Stages in the Design Thinking Process. Interaction Design
Foundation. [Link]
Video: Tim Brown at Ted Global (2009) [Link]

Week 2:

Tassoul, M, & Buijs, J. (2007). Clustering: An Essential Step from Diverging to Converging. Creativity and
innovation management 16(1): 16-26. DOI:10.1111/j.1467-8691.2007.00413.x. (focus on page 16 – 22)
[Link]
Tom Ritchey (2002 - revised 2013) General Morphological Analysis: A general method for non-quantified
modelling. Swedish Morphological Society. 1-10. [Link]
Shih-Wen Hsiao & Jyh-Rong Chou (2004). A creativity-based design process for innovative product design.
International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics 34(5), 421-443. [Link]

Week 3:

Pruit, J., & Grudin, J. (2003). Persona's, practice and theory. DUX '03 Proceedings of the 2003 conference on
Designing for user experiences: 1-15. [Link] us/research/wp-
content/uploads/2017/03/[Link]
Chiara Diana, Elena Pacenti, Roberta Tassi (2009). Visual'tiles', Communication tools for (service) design,
Conference Proceedings ServDes.2009; DeThinking Service; ReThinking Design; Oslo Norway 24-26
November 2009. [Link]
sSWOT: Eliot Metzger, Samantha Putt del Pino, Sally Prowitt, Jenna Goodward, Alexander Perera (2012).
sSWOT: a sustainability swot user’s guide. World Resources Institute (WRI). Washington DC.
[Link]
Nina Veflen & Antje Gonera (2023). Perceived usefulness of design thinking activities for transforming
research to impact. Food Control 143 (2023) 109264. [Link]

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is predominantly aimed at students that are following the ERM pre-master or the minor Sustainability:
Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions. These students already worked on their personal "Grand Challenge"
in the previous courses of this minor/pre-master and therefore have a head start in working on the solution to that
Grand Challenge in this course. However, the course also welcomes students that did not follow these programs,
although it may be more challenging for them as they need to catch up quickly in the first week of this condense
course.

Overige informatie

When students from other universities want to register for this course, they may be asked to which programme this
course/minor belongs. Kindly fill the BSc program "Aarde, Economie & Duurzaamheid".

Aanbevolen voorkennis

We strongly encourage students to take all courses of the minor "Sustainability, Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary
Solutions", as a personal "Grand Challenge" comes back in different assignments of the five minor courses. Work
in the preceding courses forms relevant input to the assignment of this course.

Digital Humanities and Social Analytics in Practice

Vakcode XB_0015
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 93 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen

Vakcoördinator dr. V. de Boer
Examinator dr. V. de Boer
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Jayasinghe Arachchige MSc, dr. V. de Boer
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

To gain knowledge of a specific Digital Humanities or Social analytics challenge and/or dataset.
To apply the previously acquired skills and knowledge to a specific DH/SA challenge.
To set up and execute a DH/SA project in a multi- and/or interdisciplinary team.
To write a DH/SA research paper and reflect on the work done from one's own background.

Inhoud vak

In the Course "Digital Humanities in Practice", you will be able to apply your Digital Humanities and Social Analytics
knowledge and skills to a real-world DH challenge . We have teamed up with respected researchers and renowned
institutes to present you with a number of possible projects.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Weekly lectures that take the form of interactive working groups and have feedback moments.

The main content of the course is the DH "internship" in small groups.

Toetsvorm

Assessment of the quality of the work done in the project (60%), which will be based on .
The quality of the project work, research and results.
The final research paper describing the project.
The presentations (20%), composed of the intermediate and final presentations (poster/video) scores, as well
as the peer reviews by other course groups.
A personal reflection (20%), listing the individual contribution of the student as well as the relation to previous
courses (both within the minor and to other courses).

Vereiste voorkennis

A significant number of VU Digital Humanities Minor courses need to have been passed.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Minor Digital Humanities

Digital Innovation and Virtual Organizing in a Global

Setting
Vakcode E_IBA2_DIVO
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator S. Kyratzi
Examinator S. Kyratzi
Betrokken Docenten dr. A. Bäker, S. Kyratzi
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH
ACADEMIC SKILLS

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 94 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

After successfully completing this course, the student ca:

analyze and demonstrate an understanding of the specific requirements of active, successful collaborations
and organizing in international environment based on the opportunities that digital technologies offer
(Analysis)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge
concerning the relevant areas in international business administration.
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

explain, contrast, and compare advanced theories, models and concepts related to the new business
environment and workplace practices enabled by digital technologies (Internet, mobile technologies, virtual
worlds).
explain how working, coordinating, and managing in this new business environment is different from
traditional workplace

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

actively apply these theories in real-life virtual environments in a global setting and resolve through
management and communication situations common due to the pervasive applications of digital innovation

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON - STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO REFLECT ON THE ETHICAL AND SOCIAL
IMPLICATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL AND GOVERNMENTAL DECISIONS:
After successfully completing this course, the student can:

explain a broad range of new organizing and working practices and related challenges of digital organizing in
a global environment

Inhoud vak

The courses in this semester centre around the international context of the international business environment.
Period 4 specifically introduces you to the environment of developed economies and what this means for different
disciplines. Work is increasingly being done in a distributed fashion, technology mediates many work activities and
digital innovation becomes a central concern for many organizations. In addition, communication extends more and
more to social media, which calls for using expertise developed outside the formal boundaries. The introduction of
new digital technologies, such as robotics or algorithms radically challenge traditional work practices. The possible
consequences of these new digital are often predicted but not yet fully academically understood. In this course, you
will learn about the current state of knowledge about digital innovation, the practices of developing and using new
technologies and the complexity involved in understanding the implications of digitilization for organizing. Guest
speakers will introduce you to their world of working. You will also gain hands-on experience with working in
international student teams.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam – Individual assessment

Practical assignment – Group assessment

Participation assignments

Literatuur

Required readings consist of articles and will be announced before the start of the course (together with other
required materials)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

2.1 Business Information Systems

Digital Marketing and Metrics

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 95 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EBE3_DMM

Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator D.O. Ungureanu
Examinator D.O. Ungureanu
Betrokken Docenten D.O. Ungureanu
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

During this course, your will develop an in-depth understanding of digital marketing from a theoretical, analytical
and practical perspective (Academic and Research Skills). Going beyond the basics of digital marketing, this
course develops your knowledge on how to strategically design digital marketing activities, and also how to analyze
and evaluate the effectiveness of these digital marketing activities (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge,
Academic and Research Skills). Moreover, you will apply this knowledge and skills in a real-life setting and
secondary data, enabling you to translate and apply theoretical knowledge into practice (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Application).

By the end of this course you will be able to:

Examine and understand problems related to digital marketing strategies from different perspectives,
highlighting the impact of different marketing tools
Develop in-depth understanding of online marketing from a theoretical, analytical and practical perspective
Explain theoretical models and concepts related to digital marketing
Use theoretical framework together with metrics and data analysis to strategically design online marketing
activities and support your decisions
Present on substantive issues related to digital marketing metrics
Work in an international team and reflect on your own role in the team

Inhoud vak

In the past decades, the Internet has caused fundamental changes in the way we live, learn, and do business. The
intense use of digital media, the widespread adoption of smartphones, or the rise of digital platforms, they have all
revolutionized the practice of marketing. More than ever before, online word-of-mouth and social media are
considered important market forces that influence consumer decision-making all along the purchase process.
Moreover, companies are increasingly adopting a business logic based on co-creating value propositions with
customers.

Marketing, as a function that is closest to the consumer, plays a key role in giving shape to this new era in business
management. With today’s consumers continuously connected online, it is imperative for marketing managers to
understand and evaluate the customer journey online in order to fully understand the impact of their marketing
activities and plan successful new digital marketing strategies. However, in the era of big data, managers often do
not know which metrics to focus on and how to extract valuable information from the data at hand.

The course examines digital marketing activities through the lens of customer journeys, focusing on three key
moments: (1) Pre-purchase; (2) Purchase; (3) Post-purchase. For each moment, you will identify which factors play
a bigger role in influencing consumers’ attitude and behaviour, based on the literature and your own analyses. In
this course, you will use your theoretical understanding of concepts and frameworks together with quantitative
analysis of real-life data. You will be able to use the information obtained to evaluate the ROI of digital marketing
and social media campaigns and build a successful digital marketing strategy.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course follows an Active Blended Learning approach, incorporating a range of engaging activities to support
learning for the lectures and tutorials week by week.

Classes are interactive and designed to deepen students’ understanding of the course material, so students are
expected to prepare for class.

Toetsvorm

Group assignment(s)
Individual assignment(s)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 96 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Written exam

Literatuur

Academic articles will be available through the VU Reading Lists and will be listed on Canvas, along with other
online resources.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Marketing I and Marketing II (or equivalent courses in marketing).

Refreshing knowledge of basic statistics and the use of statistical software (e.g., R, SPSS, Jamovi) is also highly
recommended.

E-Commerce Supply Chain Management

Vakcode E_MFEO_ESCM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. A.S. Eruguz
Examinator dr. A.S. Eruguz
Betrokken Docenten dr. A.S. Eruguz
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, students can conduct a basic international research project from start to
finish.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE "Knowledge"

After successfully completing this course, students can:

demonstrate an understanding of fundamental structures of e-commerce supply chains.

explain, contrast, and compare theories, models, and concepts of e-commerce supply chains.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE "Application"

After successfully completing this course, students can:

develop practical solutions to a case and a real-life situation by applying theory from e-commerce supply
chains,
formulate management conclusions for improvements in the e-commerce supply chains.
discuss and apply methods to analyze the performance of e-commerce supply chains, design distribution
networks, and manage inventory.

SOCIAL SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, students can:

present (orally) about stylized case problems and solutions formulated.

Inhoud vak

E-commerce retail has shown a consistent double-digit growth over the last years. It is generally recognized that
the timely delivery of parcels to consumers is pivotal to customer satisfaction. COVID-19 has illustrated the impact
of demand and supply uncertainty. In addition, the EU wants to be climate neutral by 2050. These factors provide
enormous challenges to e-commerce.

In this course, we address key themes in managing e-commerce supply chains. These include consumer delivery
preferences, distribution network design, inventory management, and sustainability considerations.

Students will analyze (stylized) cases and experience industry exposure via possible guest lectures.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 97 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam - Individual assessment

Assignments - Group assessment

Literatuur

Readings for this course consists of scientific papers and book chapters.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students who does not have a good command of mathematical notations are kindly requested to contact the
course coordinator prior to enrollment.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Good command of mathematical notations.

Business Mathematics; Business Processes; Introductory supply chain management course similar to the SBE
BSc course (Global) Supply Chain Management (book: Chopra, S., 2019. Supply Chain Management: Strategy,
Planning, and Operation. Global edition. Pearson Higher Education.)

Econometrics I
Vakcode E_EOR2_TR1
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J.M.A. Telg
Examinator dr. J.M.A. Telg
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.M.A. Telg
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course covers the most important concepts, theory, methods and techniques related to the linear regression
model and forms a basis for future econometrics courses. You will develop a thorough understanding of linear
regression for cross-sectional data and study its use from both a theoretical and empirical point of view. We derive
various estimators (ordinary least squares, weighted least squares and maximum likelihood) in the context of linear
regression models and study their finite-sample and asymptotic properties. Moreover, you will learn how to assess
model fit based on different measures and how to perform prediction and inference in the linear regression model.
Period 1 mostly focuses on the simple linear regression model (i.e. only one explanatory variable). In Period 2, we
exploit the strength of matrix algebra and study the multiple linear regression model.

Inhoud vak

The course focuses on linear regression models for cross-sectional data. In Period 1 of the course, we study the
simple linear regression model using standard notation (specifying quantities per cross-sectional unit). We deviate
from this in Period 2 and study the multiple linear regression model in matrix form, which leads to compact
formulas for estimators and tests statistics. We cover the following topics throughout the course:

Estimation: ordinary least squares, weighted least squares and maximum likelihood
Assumptions on the linear regression model (why are they important, how could we check/test their validity)
Inference: hypothesis and diagnostic testing using t-tests and F-tests, confidence intervals
Finite-sample and asymptotic properties of estimators and tests
Prediction: making point predictions and setting up prediction intervals

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

2 x 2 hours of classes per week: one lecture and one tutorial.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 98 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Individual assignment - Individual assessment (part 1)

Intermediate exam – Individual assessment (part 1)
Group assignment - Group assessment (part 2)
Final exam – Individual assessment (part 2)

Literatuur

The mandatory literature for this course is given below.

Period 1

J.H. Stock and M.W. Watson (2019). Introduction to Econometrics. 4th edition. (The 3rd updated edition of
2015 is also fine).

Period 2

J.R. Magnus (2017). Introduction to the Theory of Econometrics. VU University Press. (From sixth printing
onwards, the book has video links).
J.R. Magnus and S. Telg (2021). Mastering Econometrics: Exercises and Solutions. VU University Press.

Overige informatie

Please note that this course is part of an entry requirement for Integrative Practical (part of BSc Econometrics and
Operations Research) and Data Science Practical (part of BSc Econometrics and Data Science).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Linear Algebra, Analysis I & II, Statistics

Econometrics II
Vakcode E_EOR2_TR2
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Examinator dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Betrokken Docenten dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

De student vertrouwd maken met misspecificaties in het lineaire regressiemodel en uitbreidingen van het lineaire
regressiemodel.

Inhoud vak

Onderwerpen zijn onder meer:

Heteroskedasticiteit
Instrumentele variabelen en endogeniteit
Misspecificatie: niet-lineariteit en dummyvariabelen
Regressiemodellen met tijdreeksgegevens en seriële correlatie in de fouten
Strikte en gelijktijdige exogeniteit
Binaire gegevens: logit/probit-modellen
Multinomiale gegevens: geordend logit/probit-model, multinomial logit-model.
Gecensureerde/ingekorte gegevens: tobit-modellen
Niet-normaliteit

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 99 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2 x 2 uur les per week.

Toetsvorm

Tussenexamen – Individuele beoordeling

Eindexamen – Individuele beoordeling
Groepsopdracht - Groepsbeoordeling

Literatuur

Wooldridge (2013), Introductory Econometrics, A Modern Approach, 5th international edition.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Econometrics I, Linear Algebra, Analysis II.

Econometrics III
Vakcode E_EOR3_TR3
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. S.J. Koopman
Examinator prof. dr. S.J. Koopman
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. S.J. Koopman
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Computerpracticum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Obtaining basic understanding of multivariate econometric methods including seemingly unrelated regressions,
panel data methods, difference-in-differences, vector autoregressive models, impulse responses, cointegration,
and vector error correction models. The theory, practice and empirical aspects are equally important.

Inhoud vak

Econometrics III provides a thorough introduction to multivariate econometrics including panel data models and
multivariate time series models. In particular, we will discuss fixed effects, random effects, one- and two-error
component panel models, vector autoregressive models, impulse responses, cointegration, vector error correction
models, including model properties, estimation, and implementation for real data.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

3-4 hours per week of lectures, 2-3 hours per week of tutorials, (online) support for assignments

Toetsvorm

Exam (50%) and practical assignments (50%)

Vereiste voorkennis

There are no formal entry requirements but please take a look at the recommended background knowledge.

Literatuur

Literature references:

H. Lütkepohl, New Introduction to Multiple Time Series Analysis (2006), Springer

J.D. Hamilton, Time Series Analysis (1994), Princeton University Press
B.H. Baltagi, Econometric Analysis of Panel Data (5th Edition, 2013), Wiley

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is targeted at students in the Bachelor Econometrics and Operations Research (EOR) and in the

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 100 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Bachelor Econometrics and Data Science (EDS).

It is also recommended for students who are not enrolled in the Bachelor EOR and EDS, but who are interested in
pursuing a [Link]. in Econometrics.

Overige informatie

The course is suitable to be taken in an exchange program.

Toelichting Canvas

All course materials will be made available on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course is open to all students; it is the responsibility of the student to have obtained the necessary background
for this technical and challenging course. A strong recommendation is to have successfully completed the main
courses in Year 1 and the Year 2 course Econometrics I. It is further strongly recommended to have completed the
Year 2 courses Econometrics II. Generally, we require the student to master an intermediate level in algebra,
calculus, computer science (programming in R, Matlab or Python), probability, statistics and econometrics.

Economic Assessment of Health Care

Vakcode E_MFHC_EAHC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J.M. van Dongen
Examinator dr. J.M. van Dongen
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

This course will not be lectured anymore. One extra sweep exam will be offered in p1 for students that participated
the course last year, but not succeeded. Take a look at [Link] for the exact exam date.

Inhoud vak

Consult the study guide 2024-2025 for the course description (incl. literature).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

n/a

Toetsvorm

sweep exam p1. See Canvas, [Link] or contact the lecturer.

Literatuur

Consult the study guide 2024-2025 for the course description (incl. literature).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Third year BSc students doing the minor Health Care Management

Economic Challenges for Minor Students

Vakcode E_MUE_ECMS
Studiepunten 6

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 101 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. R.I. Luttens
Examinator dr. R.I. Luttens
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot, dr. R.I. Luttens
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course provides an overview of the development of economic thought as well as an insight into the relevance
of economic theories for important current economic issues.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

Academic Skills:

explain the economic way of thinking;

identify fundamental questions in economics;
place economics as a discipline in relation to other social sciences.

Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge:

describe the most important economic concepts;

explain the role of different institutions in the economic process;
identify the main differences and similarities between various economic schools;
appoint the different fields of study of the program.

Bridging Theory and Practice - Application:

understand various forms of market and government failure;

analyze current policy proposals from an economic perspective.

Broadening Your Horizon:

name the most important works of prominent thinkers in economic science;

situate economic theories in a social, political and historical context.

Self Awareness:

define their own position and attitude with regards to different economic schools of thought;
constructively engage with positions and attitudes that differ from their own.

Inhoud vak

Economic theories do not come out of thin air. Crucial for this course is the insight that economists, both in the
present and in the past, respond to the social, political and economic circumstances of their time. Their theories
and policy proposals are not always in agreement with each other, which gives rise to the emergence of different
paradigms and competing schools of thought. Studying the development of economic thought in its historical
context is an excellent way to appreciate the richness of economics as a scientific tradition.

Each lecture starts with the discussion of an important period in economic history, starting from classical antiquity
up to modern times. Each lecture ends with the discussion of a current 'economic challenge'. The following topics
will be discussed: climate change, markets and morality, economic protectionism, limits on growth, sweatshops,
market failures, influence of advertising, the Great Recession, Covid-19 pandemic, robotisation, nuclear threat and
big data.

The relevance of the theory to the contemporary debate is always demonstrated. Along the way, we introduce the
most important works of leading thinkers in economics such as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, Alfred Marshall and John
Maynard Keynes. The fact that their ideas about the correct way of research and policy-making differed greatly
from each other underlines the philosophy of this course that tackling important social questions from different
angles promotes the understanding of what economics is all about.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, tutorials, and Q&A lecture at the end of the course

Toetsvorm
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 102 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Exam and weekly tutorial assignments

Literatuur

Robert L. Heilbroner, The Worldly Philosophers: The Lives, Times And Ideas Of The Great Economic
Thinkers, Touchstone 7th Revised edition (August 1999)
Selection of original texts via Canvas
Lecture slides via Canvas
Glossary via Canvas

Economic Principles in a Global Era

Vakcode E_IBA2_EPGE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. P.A. Gautier
Examinator prof. dr. P.A. Gautier
Betrokken Docenten T.D. Rozsos BA, C. Campana MSc, L. Klein, prof. dr. P.A. Gautier
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student can

analyze and demonstrate an understanding of economic problems from different perspectives (Analysis)
recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE – Student can demonstrate theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning
the relevant areas in international business administration

KNOWLEDGE

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

explain the basic theories, models and concepts of economics in a global context
make connections between those theories, models, and concepts

APPLICATION

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

provide practical solutions to a case by applying theory from economics

select the correct method and / or technique for quantifying, analyzing and solving a specific problem in
economics

Inhoud vak

What are the economic fundamentals underlying the modern world economy?
How is the world economy organized? During this subject you are invited to look at the world with the eye of the
economist: seeing the world as the outcome of many possible alternative outcomes, recognizing the pervasiveness
of choice at every level from micro to macro. This course will introduce you to the fundamentals and basic tools of
economic analysis. It will teach you the perspective of the economist: viewing reality as the result of choices and
the trade-offs that these choices reflect. Using problem sets you will further develop your skills in using
mathematical and graphical tools by applying them to stylized and real-world situations. Cases are an important
part of the course, for illustrating economic principles but also to challenge you to use your newly acquired
knowledge for better understanding.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 103 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam
Practical assignments – group
Participation assignments

Literatuur

Acemoglu, Laibson and List (2018), Economics, 1st or 2nd edition with myeconlab access code, ISBN-13:
9780134492063.
Additional (required) materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.2 Business Mathematics

High-school economics
Basic computer skills

Economics of Globalization: A Transaction Cost

Perspective
Vakcode E_HP1_EGTC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Examinator prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course, you will:

be familiar with the concept of transaction costs (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge)
be able to show the relevance of transaction costs for understanding several of the empirical phenomena
(Bridging Theory and Practice - Application)
be able to apply the insights in a paper on a topic of your own choice that links to the broad topic of
transaction costs (Academic and Research Skills)
will be able to present your paper and contribute to discussion on the papers of others (Academic and
Research Skills)

Inhoud vak

Globalization is an important source of welfare, but at the same time heavily contested in modern societies. This
course elaborates on the costs and benefits of globalization introducing modern non-mainstream theories that at
points challenge the traditional wisdom regarding the benefits of globalization and helps to understand the
prevailing sentiments against globalization. We will heavily rely on insights from transaction cost theory which
challenges the neglect in traditional neoclassical theory of transaction costs. The (oftentimes implicit) reliance in
mainstream trade theory on frictionless trade is surprising for theories in which exchange is at the heart of the
matter. This course aims to familiarize you with the concept of transaction costs and to show the relevance of
transaction costs for understanding several of the empirical phenomena that are impossible to understand without
relying on such costs.

Insights are particularly relevant to appreciate current discussions on the impact of globalization on a small open
economy such as the Netherlands. Think, for example, about recent discussions on reshoring and the impact of
globalization on wage inequality and unemployment. The course will focus on four main areas of research in which
transaction costs are dominant, viz. (i) international trade with a focus on the multiple dimensions of transaction
costs distinguishing between transport costs, institutional costs and cultural costs of exchange, (ii) foreign direct
investments with a focus on outsourcing and the organization of the firm in a globalizing world, (iii) industrial

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 104 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

organization with a focus on the determinants of the boundaries of the firm, and (iv) networks with a focus on the
role of social and regional networks, and on standards as institutionalized settings that facilitate exchange of goods,
ideas, etc.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Interactive lectures.

Toetsvorm

Individual paper and presentation, and optional assignments.

Literatuur

An extensive reading list is made available at the start of the course.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Second and third year participants in the honours program.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

SBE rules and dates apply for this SBE HP course.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basic familiarity with the principles of economics and statistics.

Economie van de Nederlandse Gezondheidszorg

Vakcode E_MFGM_ENG
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. F. Amankour
Examinator dr. F.R.M. Portrait
dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade, drs. F. Amankour, drs. ing. C. Schouwenaar, dr.
Betrokken Docenten
F.R.M. Portrait, prof. dr. A.H.E. Koolman
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Aan het einde van deze cursus kun je:

de trends in de uitgaven voor gezondheidszorg in Nederland verklaren aan de hand van relevante
economische theorieën en concepten (Verbinding tussen Theorie en Praktijk - Toepassing);
economische theorieën en concepten toepassen om de werking van de Nederlandse markten voor curatieve
zorg (“cure”), langdurige zorg (“care”) en arbeidsongeschiktheidsverzekering te analyseren en evalueren
(Verbinding tussen Theorie en Praktijk - Kennis en Toepassing);
per thema actuele beleidsvraagstukken analyseren aan de hand van economische benaderingen zoals moral
hazard, adverse selection, marktfalen en regulering (Academische vaardigheden - Analyseren en
Redeneren);
de rol van de overheid in de zorgsector analyseren en evalueren, inclusief overwegingen rondom
toegankelijkheid, betaalbaarheid en kwaliteit (Verbinding tussen Theorie en Praktijk - Evaluatie);
kritisch reflecteren op beleidsmaatregelen in de Nederlandse gezondheidszorg, met aandacht voor
maatschappelijke, ethische en economische implicaties (Horizon Verbreden; Kritisch Denken).

Inhoud vak

De economie van de gezondheidszorg houdt zich bezig met de levering van en vraag naar zorg, en de keuzes die
individuen en overheden hierin maken. In deze cursus behandelen we economische theorieën en concepten die
nodig zijn om het functioneren van de Nederlandse gezondheidszorgmarkten te begrijpen.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 105 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

De cursus is thematisch opgebouwd. Per week behandelen we een specifiek thema, gekoppeld aan actuele
vraagstukken in de Nederlandse zorg. We bespreken hoe beleidsmakers proberen de doelen van goede,
toegankelijke en betaalbare zorg te realiseren. Hierbij maken we gebruik van economische concepten, theoretische
kaders en beleidsvoorbeelden. Ook worden de rollen van marktwerking, regulering en overheidsinterventie
besproken.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges
Werkgroepen
Computerpractica

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk tentamen (individueel, summatief)

Formatieve opdrachten gericht op toepassing van de stof (bijvoorbeeld computerpractica): deze zijn verplicht
om het vak succesvol af te kunnen ronden, maar tellen niet mee voor het eindcijfer.

Vereiste voorkennis

Er zijn geen specifieke ingangseisen.

Literatuur

Benodigde literatuur en materialen worden beschikbaar gesteld via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Let op! De cursus wordt in het Nederlands gegeven.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Van studenten wordt verwacht dat zij basiskennis hebben van economie, bij voorkeur (gezondheids)economie op
inleidend niveau.

Educatieve Minor Didactiek 1

Vakcode O_EMDID1
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator C.L. Geraedts
Examinator C.L. Geraedts
dr. C.D.P. van Oeveren, dr. S. Donszelmann, dr. B. de Vries, drs. N.H. Ypenburg, drs.
J.K.W. Riksen, prof. dr. M. Meeter, drs. R. Cornelisse MSc, drs. A.J.C. Monquil, dr.
H.B. Westbroek, drs. E.D. van Noort, M. Beukering, drs. L.J. van Well-van Grootheest,
Betrokken Docenten
dr. O.P.M. van Buuren, D.S. Hoefakker-Laanstra, drs. M.A. Huijskes MA, drs. Y.G.
Meindersma, dr. S.M. Calor, drs. M.M. Bout, drs. H.R. Goudsmit, N. el Abdellaoui
MSc, dr. I. Pauw, prof. dr. ir. F.F.J. Hermans, C.L. Geraedts
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afloop van dit vak beschikt de student over de basale pedagogische, algemeen-didactische en vakdidactische
kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het handelen als leraar in simpele en overzichtelijke situaties
(bijvoorbeeld op het niveau van één les met aandacht voor de klas als groep).

Inhoud vak

De cursus Didactiek 1 is onderdeel van de eerste fase (fase I) van de Universitaire Lerarenopleidingen (ULO) van
de VU Lerarenacademie waarin didactiek en praktijk samenkomen. Het vak loopt dan ook parallel aan de cursus
Praktijk 1 (stage). Tijdens Didactiek 1 worden de onderdelen peergroup (PG), algemene didactiek en pedagogiek

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 106 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

(AD) en vakdidactiek (VD) in samenhang aangeboden. Hierbij wordt nadrukkelijk aangesloten bij de
ontwikkelingsfase waarin de leraar-in-opleiding (lio) zich bevindt.

De cursus is geordend rondom zogeheten kernpraktijken die fundamenteel zijn voor het beroep van leraar. Bij
Didactiek 1 staan de volgende kernpraktijken centraal: (1) Contact maken, (2) De les starten, (3) Krediet opbouwen
en uitgeven, (4) De les voorbereiden, (5) Orde houden, en (6) Uitleggen, instructie geven en de les afsluiten. De
reikwijdte van het didactisch denken en handelen is in deze eerste fase meestal nog beperkt tot één les. De
ervaring leert dat deze zes kernpraktijken voor de meeste lio’s vrijwel direct aan de orde komen in het eerste deel
van de praktijkstage en daardoor een goede basis vormen.

Het fysieke onderwijs van Didactiek 1 concentreert zich op de maandag (de instituutsdag). De dag begint met een
peergroupsessie (PG) waarin lio’s werken aan professionele vaardigheden (reflecteren op het eigen leerproces,
kritisch onderbouwen van de eigen praktijk, etc.). Vervolgens komen bij AD genoemde kernpraktijken expliciet aan
de orde. In de middag komen bij VD verschillende belangrijke onderwerpen en werkwijzen aan bod die bij het leren
van het eigen schoolvak van belang zijn. Tijdens deze sessies wordt zo veel mogelijk aangesloten bij de
kernpraktijken. Alle inhoudscomponenten uit deze cursus worden tijdens de bijeenkomsten en in de verwerking
verbonden met de lespraktijk van de lio. De lio en de werkplekbegeleider krijgen ook suggesties voor
(observatie)opdrachten die kunnen bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling van de competenties die bij deze kernpraktijken
horen.

Het onderdeel AD in de cursus Didactiek 1 is vormgegeven volgens het principe van blended learning. Tijdens het
onderwijs op de maandag wordt voortgebouwd op een zelfstudiemodule die lio’s ter voorbereiding online hebben
doorlopen, en waarin één kernpraktijk centraal staat. Daarnaast is er nadrukkelijk ruimte voor differentiatie: alle
ruim 20 kernpraktijken die samen de leerlijn AD in de gehele eerstegraads opleiding vormen, zijn in de vorm van
deze zelfstudiemodules voor lio’s toegankelijk. Op deze manier kunnen lio’s gemakkelijk teruggrijpen naar een
kernpraktijk die al eerder aan bod kwam, of vooruitwerken als de eigen lespraktijk daarom vraagt.

De colleges en workshops AD en PG worden verzorgd door een vast team van docenten (algemeen didactici,
pedagogen, vakdidactici). Lio’s volgen deze onderdelen met peers van verschillende schoolvakken. Het
werkcollege VD in de middag is onder begeleiding van de eigen vakdidacticus. Deze werkcolleges worden samen
met lio’s van hetzelfde (school)vak gevolgd.

Bij alle colleges wordt een actieve houding van de student gevraagd, zowel tijdens de bijeenkomsten als
daarbuiten. Regelmatig worden verwerkingsopdrachten gegeven, waar individueel of in groepsverband aan wordt
gewerkt. Deze opdrachten worden formatief geëvalueerd, onder andere door middel van (peer)feedback.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges, werkcolleges en zelfstudiemodules

Toetsvorm

Didactiek 1 wordt afgesloten met een (geschreven) startproef, bestaande uit een lesontwerp, een verantwoording
op basis van theorie, en een uitwerking van eigen leerdoelen.

Literatuur

De volgende twee boeken zijn verplicht voor het onderdeel algemene didactiek:

Blakemore, S. (2019). Inventing ourselves. The secret life of the teenage brain. London: Transworld
Publishers Ltd.
Ebbens, S. & Ettekoven, S. (2020). Effectief leren. Groningen: Noordhoff Uitgevers, B.V.

Schaf deze boeken aan vóór de start van de opleiding. Twee opmerkingen daarbij: de ervaring leert dat je met een
(tweedehands) exemplaar van een oudere editie van Effectief leren over het algemeen behoorlijk uit de voeten
kunt. Ten tweede, het boek Inventing ourselves is ook in het Nederlands vertaald. Als je dat prettiger vindt mag je
natuurlijk gebruik maken van de vertaalde editie.

Daarnaast zijn wij enthousiast over de volgende boeken:

Horeweg, A. (2015). Gedragsproblemen in de klas in het voortgezet onderwijs. Amsterdam: Lannoo Campus.
Teitler, P. (2017). Lessen in orde. Bussum: Coutinho.

Deze laatste twee boeken zijn niet verplicht. Tijdens de eerste colleges zullen we kort iets over deze boeken
vertellen, en is er gelegenheid om ze even door te bladeren, zodat je zelf te zijner tijd de keuze kunt maken om
(één van) deze boeken aan te schaffen.

Behalve van bovenstaande handboeken wordt veelvuldig gebruik gemaakt van wetenschappelijke literatuur. De
desbetreffende artikelen worden tijdens de cursus ter beschikking gesteld via Canvas. De literatuur die bij VD
gebruikt wordt is afhankelijk van het schoolvak waarvoor wordt opgeleid.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 107 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze cursus is onderdeel van de educatieve minor, de educatieve module, de (eenjarige) Master LVHO en de
(tweejarige) Master Educatie.

Educatieve Minor Didactiek 2

Vakcode O_EMDID2
Studiepunten 9
Periode P2+3
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator C.L. Geraedts
Examinator C.L. Geraedts
D.S. Hoefakker-Laanstra, drs. H.R. Goudsmit, drs. M.M. Bout, dr. C.D.P. van
Oeveren, dr. O.P.M. van Buuren, drs. A.J.C. Monquil, dr. S.M. Calor, dr. S.
Donszelmann, drs. J.K.W. Riksen, dr. H.B. Westbroek, drs. N.H. Ypenburg, drs. E.D.
Betrokken Docenten
van Noort, drs. R. Cornelisse MSc, M. Beukering, drs. M.A. Huijskes MA, drs. Y.G.
Meindersma, dr. I. Pauw, C.L. Geraedts, drs. L.J. van Well-van Grootheest, dr. B. de
Vries, prof. dr. ir. F.F.J. Hermans, prof. dr. M. Meeter, N. el Abdellaoui MSc
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afloop van dit vak beschikt de student over de basale pedagogische, algemeen-didactische en vakdidactische
kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het zelfstandig ontwerpen en uitvoeren van (korte) lessenreeksen.

Inhoud vak

De cursus Didactiek 2 is onderdeel van de tweede fase (fase II) van de Universitaire Lerarenopleidingen (ULO) van
de VU Lerarenacademie waarin didactiek en praktijk samenkomen. Het vak loopt dan ook parallel aan de cursus
Praktijk 2 (stage). Tijdens Didactiek 1 worden de onderdelen peergroup (PG), algemene didactiek en pedagogiek
(AD) en vakdidactiek (VD) in samenhang aangeboden. Hierbij wordt nadrukkelijk aangesloten bij de
ontwikkelingsfase waarin de leraar-in-opleiding (lio) zich bevindt.

Didactiek 2 is geordend rondom een aantal voor het beroep van leraar fundamentele kernpraktijken. Bij Didactiek 2
staan de volgende kernpraktijken centraal: (1) Zien wie er in je klas zit, (2) Leerprocessen bevorderen, (3)
Leerprocessen zichtbaar maken, (4) Leiding geven, (5) Een veilig leerklimaat creëren, en (6) Leerprocessen
toetsen. Ten opzichte van de cursus Didactiek 1 wordt de focus verlegd van de (individuele) les naar het leerproces
van de leerling. De reikwijdte van het didactisch denken en handelen wordt daarmee ook groter: er wordt een
begin gemaakt met het ontwerpen en uitvoeren van reeksen van lessen.

Het fysieke onderwijs van Didactiek 2 concentreert zich op de maandag (de instituutsdag). De dag begint met een
peergroupsessie (PG) waarin lio’s werken aan professionele vaardigheden (reflecteren op het eigen leerproces,
kritisch onderbouwen van de eigen praktijk, etc.). Vervolgens komen bij AD in periode 2 genoemde kernpraktijken
expliciet aan de orde. In de middag komen bij VD verschillende belangrijke onderwerpen en werkwijzen aan bod
die bij het leren van het eigen schoolvak van belang zijn. Tijdens deze sessies wordt zo veel mogelijk aangesloten
bij de kernpraktijken. Alle inhoudscomponenten uit deze cursus worden tijdens de bijeenkomsten en in de
verwerking verbonden met de lespraktijk van de lio. De lio en de werkplekbegeleider krijgen ook suggesties voor
(observatie)opdrachten die kunnen bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling van de competenties die bij deze kernpraktijken
horen. In periode 3 staan, na de peergroupsessies in de ochtend, een aantal grote onderwijsthema’s centraal.

Het onderdeel AD in de cursus Didactiek 2 is vormgegeven volgens het principe van blended learning. Tijdens het
onderwijs op de maandag wordt voortgebouwd op een zelfstudiemodule die lio’s ter voorbereiding online hebben
doorlopen, en waarin één kernpraktijk centraal staat. Daarnaast is er nadrukkelijk ruimte voor differentiatie: alle
ruim 20 kernpraktijken die samen de leerlijn AD in de gehele eerstegraads opleiding vormen, zijn in de vorm van
deze zelfstudiemodules voor lio’s toegankelijk. Op deze manier kunnen lio’s gemakkelijk teruggrijpen naar een
kernpraktijk die al eerder aan bod kwam, of vooruitwerken als de eigen lespraktijk daarom vraagt.

De colleges en workshops AD en PG worden verzorgd door een vast team van docenten (algemeen didactici,
pedagogen, vakdidactici). Lio’s volgen deze onderdelen met peers van verschillende schoolvakken. Het
werkcollege VD in de middag is onder begeleiding van de eigen vakdidacticus. Deze werkcolleges worden samen
met lio’s van hetzelfde (school)vak gevolgd.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 108 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Bij alle colleges wordt een actieve houding van de student gevraagd, zowel tijdens de bijeenkomsten als
daarbuiten. Regelmatig worden verwerkingsopdrachten gegeven, waar individueel of in groepsverband aan wordt
gewerkt. Deze opdrachten worden formatief geëvalueerd, onder andere door middel van (peer)feedback.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges, werkcolleges en zelfstudiemodules

Toetsvorm

Didactiek 2 wordt afgesloten met een (geschreven) basisproef, bestaande uit een ontwerp voor een reeks van drie
lessen, een verantwoording (op basis van visie, theorie, en praktijkervaringen), een videocompilatie, een evaluatie
en een terugblik.

Literatuur

De volgende twee boeken zijn verplicht voor het onderdeel algemene didactiek:

Blakemore, S. (2019). Inventing ourselves. The secret life of the teenage brain. London: Transworld
Publishers Ltd.
Ebbens, S. & Ettekoven, S. (2020). Effectief leren. Groningen: Noordhoff Uitgevers, B.V.

Schaf deze boeken aan vóór de start van de opleiding. Twee opmerkingen daarbij: de ervaring leert dat je met een
(tweedehands) exemplaar van een oudere editie van Effectief leren over het algemeen behoorlijk uit de voeten
kunt. Ten tweede, het boek Inventing ourselves is ook in het Nederlands vertaald. Als je dat prettiger vindt mag je
natuurlijk gebruik maken van de vertaalde editie.

Daarnaast zijn wij enthousiast over de volgende boeken:

Horeweg, A. (2015). Gedragsproblemen in de klas in het voortgezet onderwijs. Amsterdam: Lannoo Campus.
Teitler, P. (2017). Lessen in orde. Bussum: Coutinho.

Deze laatste twee boeken zijn niet verplicht. Tijdens de eerste colleges zullen we kort iets over deze boeken
vertellen, en is er gelegenheid om ze even door te bladeren, zodat je zelf te zijner tijd de keuze kunt maken om
(één van) deze boeken aan te schaffen.

Behalve van bovenstaande handboeken wordt veelvuldig gebruik gemaakt van wetenschappelijke literatuur. De
desbetreffende artikelen worden tijdens de cursus ter beschikking gesteld. De literatuur die bij VD gebruikt wordt is
afhankelijk van het schoolvak waarvoor wordt opgeleid.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze cursus is onderdeel van de educatieve minor, de educatieve module, de (eenjarige) Master LVHO en de
(tweejarige) Master Educatie

Overige informatie

Voorwaardelijk voor afronding van Didactiek 2: een voldoende beoordeling van Didactiek 1.

Educatieve Minor Praktijk 1

Vakcode O_EMPRAK1
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator drs. A.J.C. Monquil
Examinator drs. A.J.C. Monquil

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 109 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

drs. A.J.C. Monquil, prof. dr. ir. F.F.J. Hermans, drs. E.D. van Noort, drs. L.J. van
Well-van Grootheest, dr. S.M. Calor, dr. O.P.M. van Buuren, M. Beukering, dr. H.B.
Westbroek, prof. dr. M. Meeter, dr. B. de Vries, drs. R. Cornelisse MSc, drs. N.H.
Betrokken Docenten
Ypenburg, drs. M.M. Bout, dr. I. Pauw, drs. M.A. Huijskes MA, drs. Y.G. Meindersma,
drs. H.R. Goudsmit, D.S. Hoefakker-Laanstra, N. el Abdellaoui MSc, C.L. Geraedts,
dr. S. Donszelmann, drs. J.K.W. Riksen, dr. C.D.P. van Oeveren
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

Leservaring opdoen voor je eigen schoolvakspecialisatie in klassen vmbo-tl en/of onderbouw havo/vwo.

Inhoud vak

Tijdens Praktijk 1 doorloopt de lio het eerste deel van de praktijkstage onder begeleiding van een
werkplekbegeleider (wpb). De stage omvat minimaal 48 klassencontacturen in vmbo- tl en/of onderbouw havo/vwo
(de doelgroep voor een beperkte tweedegraads bevoegdheid). Tijdens de klassencontacturen observeert de
student lessen, geeft de student zelf lessen/lesonderdelen, of onderneemt andere leerlinggerichte activiteiten.
Binnen de in totaal 120 klassencontacturen die voor Praktijk 1 en Praktijk 2 gezamenlijk staan, worden ten minste
60 lesuren van 50 minuten door de student zelf verzorgd.

Op school wordt de aandacht in ieder geval ook gericht op de kernpraktijken en vakdidactische onderwerpen die op
het instituut aan bod komen. De werkplekbegeleider wordt per mail en via de wpb-website op de hoogte gesteld
van de kernpraktijken. De student bespreekt nieuwe inzichten opgedaan tijdens de instituutsdag en uit de literatuur
met de wpb.

Voor het in kaart brengen van de vorderingen en voor de beoordeling van lio's wordt gebruik gemaakt van
praktijkbeoordelingsrubrics. Deze rubrics vormen ook een mooi formatief instrument voor wpb en student om
ontwikkelpunten in kaart te brengen en te bespreken.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Onder begeleiding van de werkplekbegeleider nemen de studenten steeds meer en actiever deel aan het lesgeven
en werken in de school.

Toetsvorm

Voor de afronding van Praktijk 1 voert de student tegen het eind van de eerste fase op de (opleidings-)school de
opdracht ‘Presenteer jezelf’ uit. De student presenteert zichzelf als leraar in opleiding en voert daarbij
bewijsmateriaal aan over zijn/haar functioneren in de praktijk gedurende de eerste fase. Vervolgens beoordeelt de
werkplekbegeleider de student aan de hand van het Beoordelingsformulier Praktijk. Het functioneren van de
student gedurende de stage én de inbreng tijdens de presentatie vormen input voor de beoordeling.

Educatieve Minor Praktijk 2 Semester 1

Vakcode O_EMPRAK2
Studiepunten 9
Periode P2+3
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator drs. A.J.C. Monquil
Examinator drs. A.J.C. Monquil
D.S. Hoefakker-Laanstra, drs. M.A. Huijskes MA, N. el Abdellaoui MSc, drs. R.
Cornelisse MSc, drs. A.J.C. Monquil, drs. J.K.W. Riksen, drs. N.H. Ypenburg, drs.
H.R. Goudsmit, dr. H.B. Westbroek, dr. I. Pauw, drs. E.D. van Noort, prof. dr. ir. F.F.J.
Betrokken Docenten
Hermans, M. Beukering, drs. L.J. van Well-van Grootheest, dr. B. de Vries, dr. O.P.M.
van Buuren, dr. C.D.P. van Oeveren, drs. M.M. Bout, dr. S. Donszelmann, prof. dr. M.
Meeter, drs. Y.G. Meindersma, C.L. Geraedts, dr. S.M. Calor
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

Leservaring opdoen voor je eigen schoolvakspecialisatie in klassen vmbo-tl en/of onderbouw havo/vwo.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 110 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Inhoud vak

Tijdens Praktijk 2 ontwikkelen studenten zich als leraar-in-opleiding op pedagogisch, algemeen didactisch en
vakdidactisch vlak. De kernpraktijken, die op het instituut en tijdens de stage aan bod komen, spelen daarbij een
belangrijke rol. Deel 2 van de stage omvat minimaal 72 klassencontacturen in vmbo- tl en/of onderbouw havo/vwo
(de doelgroep voor een beperkte tweedegraads bevoegdheid). Tijdens de klassencontacturen observeert de
student lessen, verzorgt de student zelf lessen/lesonderdelen, of onderneemt andere leerlinggerichte activiteiten.
Binnen de in totaal 120 klassencontacturen die voor Praktijk 1 en Praktijk 2 gezamenlijk staan, worden ten minste
60 lesuren van 50 minuten door de student zelf verzorgd.

Voor het in kaart brengen van de vorderingen en voor de beoordeling van lio's wordt gebruik gemaakt van
praktijkbeoordelingsrubrics. Deze rubrics vormen ook een mooi formatief instrument voor wpb en student om
ontwikkelpunten te formuleren en te bespreken.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Onder begeleiding van de werkplekbegeleider nemen de studenten steeds meer en actiever deel aan het lesgeven
en werken in de school.

Toetsvorm

Voor de afronding van Praktijk 2 maakt de student in blok 2 of 3 een afspraak met zijn werkplekbegeleider en de
schoolopleider voor een afrondend lesbezoek. De werkplekbegeleider en de schoolopleider beoordelen de les aan
de hand van het Beoordelingsformulier Praktijk. De werkplekbegeleider en de schoolopleider komen samen tot een
oordeel (= cijfervoorstel). Ieder heeft daarbij zijn eigen rol. De werkplekbegeleider betrekt bij het oordeel het
complete traject dat de student doorlopen heeft en de lessen die hij gezien heeft; de schoolopleider baseert zijn
oordeel op deze ‘examenles’.

De student dient het beoordelingsformulier met toelichting van de wpb en eigen reactie te uploaden op Canvas bij
Praktijk 2. De vakdidacticus bekijkt de beoordeling. Naar aanleiding van het cijfervoorstel neemt de VU- mentor
contact op met de werkplekbegeleider en stelt hierna het cijfer vast. De VU-mentor is formeel eindverantwoordelijk
voor het cijfer voor de Praktijk. De student dient voor de verschillende onderdelen van de rubrics overwegend op
niveau 2 te functioneren.

Vereiste voorkennis

Voorwaardelijk voor afronding van Praktijk 2: een voldoende beoordeling van Praktijk 1 en Didactiek 1.

Educatieve Minor, Peergroep

Vakcode O_EMPEERGR
Studiepunten 0
Periode P1+2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator drs. A.J.C. Monquil
Examinator drs. H.R. Goudsmit
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Werkcollege

Doel vak

De student werkt in de sessies Peergroup (PG) aan twee leerlijnen: het onderzoekend leren kijken naar ervaringen
en het leren voeren van een professionele dialoog. De bijeenkomsten maken onderdeel uit van de vakken
Didactiek 1 en 2.

De student leert systematisch te reflecteren op de eigen onderwijspraktijk en hierover in gesprek te gaan. De

student gebruikt hierbij feedback van derden, beeldmateriaal van de eigen praktijkuitvoering, kennis uit de school,
opleiding en onderwijsonderzoek.

Subdoelen - de student kan:

de stappen in de reflectiecirkel van Korthagen onderscheiden en doorlopen;

student kan leerpunten en sterke kanten van het eigen functioneren als docent benoemen;

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 111 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

effectief feedback geven en ontvangen;

tijdens de intervisie en reflectie opgedane inzichten omzetten in concrete leerpunten en organiseert de
aanpak hiervan;
verschillende typen onderwijsonderzoek onderscheiden en op kwaliteit en praktische bruikbaarheid voor zijn
eigen praktijk beschouwen;
gebruik maken van bronnen (onderzoeksliteratuur en vakbladliteratuur) voor de analyse van praktijksituaties /
onderwijsontwikkelingen;
gebruik maken van bronnen voor een onderbouwde ontwikkeling van de eigen visie en lespraktijk.

Inhoud vak

In de peergroup staat het handelen als ‘professional’ centraal. Studenten leren de regie te nemen over hun eigen
leerproces. Ook ontwikkelen ze hun persoonlijke visie op onderwijs en een professionele identiteit, waarin ze de
eisen die het beroep van docent aan ze stelt verbinden met eigen kennis, waarden en motieven.

In werkgroepen op de maandagochtend (de instituutsdag) reflecteren studenten op hun handelen in de praktijk

(stage/werkplek), leiden daaruit ontwikkelpunten af, formuleren acties en evalueren deze. Ze leren hierbij op een
professionele wijze met elkaar in gesprek te gaan en ervaringen te delen.

Verschillende instrumenten en methodes worden gebruikt (logboek, reflectiecirkel, intervisie, videoreflectie, etc.)
om de student in staat te stellen de complexiteit van de onderwijspraktijk te doorgronden en hiervan te leren. In de
peergroups wordt literatuur bestudeerd over onderwijs en onderwijsonderzoek en er wordt onderzocht wat hiervan
de relevantie is voor de eigen onderwijspraktijk.

De colleges PG worden verzorgd door een vast team van docenten (algemeen didactici, pedagogen, vakdidactici).
Lio’s volgen deze onderdelen met peers van verschillende schoolvakken. Bij de indeling wordt getracht rekening te
houden met de voorkennis en ervaring van de verschillende studenten.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Werkgroepen. Aanwezigheid bij de peergroup is verplicht.

Toetsvorm

Onderdelen uit de peergroup worden getoetst in de startproef en de basisproef, en komen terug in de praktijk.

Literatuur

Literatuur wordt nader bepaald en via de Peergroup Canvaspagina gedeeld.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze cursus is onderdeel van de educatieve minor, de educatieve module, de (eenjarige) Master LVHO en de
(tweejarige) Master Educatie.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Hoewel Peergroup onderdeel uitmaakt van de vakken Didactiek 1 en 2 moeten studenten apart voor de
peergroupwerkgroepen ingeschreven staan.

Emerging Technologies for E-Business and Online

Commerce
Vakcode E_MFEO_ETEOC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator L.A. Falcke
Examinator L.A. Falcke
Betrokken Docenten L.A. Falcke
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 112 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Doel vak

Academic & research skills: Be able to critically assess the potential of emerging digital technologies for value
creation in today’s economy.

Knowledge: Knowledge of the technological, organizational, processual, and economic aspects of the digital
technology.

Bridging Theory and Practice: Ability to translate and apply theoretical knowledge into practice. After successfully
completing this course you will be able to apply the knowledge you obtain about this domain in analyzing business
cases related to emerging technologies in e-business and online commerce.

Professional social skills: Ability to work effectively in teams and communicate on project findings.

Self-awareness: Ability to reflect about the learning process itself, which enables students to take responsibility for
their learning and knowledge creation.

Inhoud vak

The digital age brings about many changes that challenge our understanding of how firms operate and create
value. This course thus focuses on the properties and potentials of emerging digital technologies for value creation
for businesses. It explores properties of digital technology, different types of digital innovations, different models of
organizing and creating value from digital innovation, as well as their implications for organizations and societies.
More specifically, in this course, we will focus on three key issues: First we will review some major “emerging”
digital technologies. Then we explore platforms and ecosystems as two important models for organizing & enabling
digital innovation. Finally, we dive into the broader implications of emerging technologies for organizations and
society, including their unintended consequences. In a course-long group project, students will devise platform- or
ecosystem-based digital initiatives that leverage an emerging technology to create value for a legacy firm or a start-
up.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Group Project
Individual Assignments

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor E-business and Online Commerce. Students should at least be familiar with the
content of 'Introduction to E-business and Online Commerce' and 'Consumer Science for Online Commerce'

Literatuur

Various resources that will be made available via Perusall.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This minor can be followed by all SBE bachelor students. In addition, advanced bachelor students (third year) from
other faculties are welcome to join. Particularly those with in an interest in Business and Organization Studies,
Digital Technology, Entrepreneurship, Economics. It is especially interesting for:

Future managers who want to understand how digital technologies can be implemented to transform existing
business
Entrepreneurs that want explore and exploit the opportunities of digital technologies
Future consultants in digital technology, strategic business consultants, or government policy consultants

Overige informatie

This course is part of the minor E-business and Online Commerce and Digital Business Innovation.

Toelichting Canvas

Students are expected to continually check Canvas and any Canvas-generated emails.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 113 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Courses in period 1 and 2 of the Minor E-business and Online Commerce

Empirical Economics
Vakcode E_MFAE_EEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. N. Ketel
Examinator dr. N. Ketel
Betrokken Docenten dr. N. Ketel
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In order for policy makers to make good decisions about which programs or policies to adopt, they must have a
strong understanding of how these interventions will affect the people that are targeted by the program or policy.
For a variety of reasons, though, measuring the causal effects of interventions remains a difficult challenge.
Fortunately, advances in both data collection and research methods provide opportunities to develop the type of
knowledge that can improve policy. This course aims to:

Help students recognize the need for high-quality evaluation research and to identify whether certain studies
meet these standards;
Help students understand the key elements and intuition behind a number of microeconometric techniques
used to empirically analyse economic models;
Help students develop a tool-kit of models - and familiarize them with a software package to apply them (R) -
so they can design and carry out their own quantitative research;
Learn how to interpret estimation results and translate these into policy conclusions;
Expose students to high-quality quantitative research on important policy questions.

Inhoud vak

In the course meetings we will discuss a range of approaches that are often used to empirically analyse economic
models, including instrumental variables, randomized controlled experiments, regression-discontinuity designs,
fixed effects models, differences-in-differences and an introduction to machine learning.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam, one individual writing assignment, one or two group data assignments

Literatuur

Stock, J.H. and M.M. Watson, "Introduction to econometrics", 4th edition, Pearson.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Introduction to econometrics (linear regression and maximum likelihood) and basic statistics (estimation and
hypothesis testing).

Empirical Finance
Vakcode E_MFAE_EFIN
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 114 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. N. Kessler
Examinator dr. N. Kessler
Betrokken Docenten J.B.C. Holman MPhil, dr. N. Kessler
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Computerpracticum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The objective of the course is to apply a set of econometric methods to empirical finance topics. Finance is a very
broad research field with a large number of applications. It can be divided broadly into the two areas of corporate
finance and asset pricing. We will cover topics from both areas with some more focus on asset pricing. The course
gives insight into a wide range of finance applications and every week a new topic is covered. In particular, the
course will cover topics such as financial data and its properties, volatility modeling, risk forecasting, model
comparison and backtesting, and portfolio optimization. We will investigate how characteristics of financial data
such as e.g. non-normality challenge the assumptions of econometric methods and how the methods can be
adapted to handle such data properties. A mixture of theoretical lectures and practical applications is used to study
how econometric methodology can facilitate financial decision making and extract information from financial market
data. A vital part of the course will be both theoretical and practical tutorial sessions in which students have to solve
problems that are topic-wise related to the theory discussed in class.

Inhoud vak

The course applies econometric methods to a broad range of finance topics. Topics covered are among others,
autoregressive processes, volatility modelling (e.g. GARCH), historical simulation, model comparison and back-
testing, and Monte Carlo simulation methods.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

For each topic, the course follows the following structure: in-class lecture(s), theoretical excerise sessions, practical
exercise session using Matlab.

Toetsvorm

Programming assignments – Group assessment: Two programming assignments need to be solved over the six
weeks of the course, which count for 20% each.

Final exam – Individual assessment: The exam is run digitally on a computer and counts for 60% of the final grade.

Literatuur

Danielsson (2011): Financial Risk Forecasting

Brooks (2014): Introductory Econometrics for Finance, 3rd

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course in the minor Applied Econometrics is targeted at both econometrics and non-econometrics students.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Programming pre-knowledge is helpful but by no means a guarantee to be able to solve the programming problems
sufficiently. At the beginning of the course a short introduction to the programming language is given, but students
need to be aware that an active constant work effort is needed during the course to successfully master the
programming part in the programming assignment.

The course focuses on making the connection between econometric methods and applications in finance using
real empirical data. Since we cover a wide variety of finance topics and there is no time to introduce finance theory,
a prerequisite of the course is finance knowledge on the level of at least a first-year bachelor finance course.
Concepts such as e.g. interest rate compounding, different forms of return calculation, basic understanding of
measuring risk in finance, different asset classes etc. need to be known already.

If that is not the case students are expected to prepare themselves for the course and classes by catching up on
their finance knowledge. Literature resources for brushing up this finance knowledge can be: Investments (2017) by
Bodie and Kane, and Corporate Finance (2016) by Berk and DeMarzo. Moreover, the courses of period 3.1 in the
Minor Applied Econometrics are assumed known background knowledge.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 115 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Empowering People for Societal Changes

Vakcode E_IBK3_EPSC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. R.B.L. Sijbom
Examinator dr. R.B.L. Sijbom
Betrokken Docenten dr. R.B.L. Sijbom
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic & Research Skills

After successfully accomplishing this, the student

Can design, conduct, and report on a practical societal-change related problem and come up with a plan of
action how HRM can be used to empower people
Is able to explain theoretical models and concepts in the field of HRM, particularly with regard how they may
empower people.

Bridging theory and practice

After successfully accomplishing this, the student

Is able to examine and understand how the different aspects of work influence employee performance and
well-being, and how HRM can be used to design them such that employees are empowered to face work-
related challenges.
Is able to recognize and discuss the practical problems associated with empowering people for changes in
business and society, and design work in such a way as to empower oneself and others.

Social skills
After successfully accomplishing this, the student

Developed own interpersonal skills and presentation skills

Is more self-aware of own self-efficacy in facing change, and about what kind of (HR) professional they want
to become.

Broadening your horizon

After successfully accomplishing this, the student

Is able to recognize and consider ethical dilemmas associated with the design of HRM in a diverse
workplace.
Is able to identify societal issues that challenge HR practices

Inhoud vak

Changes in business and society challenge us as individuals, with change in the world of work challenge us as
employees. Human Resource Management (HRM) is the business function concerned with ensuring employee
productivity and well-being. In this course, we will discuss how HRM professionals can design different aspects of
work to empower employees for current changes to the world of work. Specifically, considering how they will help
empower employees, we will discuss the design and effects of (1) Individual-Level Work Characteristics, (2)
Organizational and Group-level Factors, (3) Team characteristics, and (4) context and contingencies, referring also
to individual employees’ characteristics such as motivation, ability, gender or cultural background. For each of
these aspects, we will discuss their relevance for specific work-related societal changes. Examples of these
changes are (a) an enhanced focus on an ethical and sustainable use of human resources ensuring employees’
mental health and work-life balance, (b) an increased workplace diversity e.g. with respect to employees’ cultural
background and values and gender, and (c) the rise of artificial intelligence and new work arrangements such as
gig work and the implications for the future of work and careers.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 116 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Individual and group assignment

Vereiste voorkennis

None

Literatuur

To be provided in course manual

Toelichting Canvas

Students will upload their assignment to Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

BK: 1.5 HRM & Organisatiegedrag

IBA: 2.4 Managing People: a Global Perspective

English Language Test

Vakcode VU_ELT
Studiepunten 0
Periode P1
Vakniveau 0
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit
Vakcoördinator
Examinator
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

At VU Amsterdam, having a strong command of the language of your study programme is crucial to your academic
success. Therefore, all first-year Bachelor students must take a Dutch or English language proficiency test at the
beginning of their studies. The required test depends on the language of instruction for your Bachelor's
programme.

See also: Language Proficiency Test - Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam ([Link])

Inhoud vak

The test consists of multiplechoice and fill-in-the-blank questions on the following topics:

Grammar
Spelling and punctuation
Structuring
Vocabulary/usage
Phrasing
Reading comprehension
Pronunciation
Classroom English

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The language proficiency test will take place in September in the DigiTenT at the VU.

Toetsvorm

The language proficiency test is a digital test consisting of 200 closed questions.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 117 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Overige informatie

The VU English Language Test is linked to a first-year course. The final grade for this course is awarded only after
passing the English Language Test. Students who do not obtain a satisfactory result for the test have to take the
refresher course offered by the Taalloket.

For more information on the VU English Language Test, please see also:Language Proficiency Test - Vrije
Universiteit Amsterdam ([Link])

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

You do not need to register for the test. The Educational Office of your faculty will ensure your registration for the
language proficiency test. Once registered, you can find the test’s date and time on your personal timetable. If you
have not been registered by 8 September, please contact the student desk. You can also check the timetable of
your programme for the test schedule.

Ensure you know your VUnet ID and corresponding password, as you will need these details to log in to the
language test. Tip: change your password to something you can easily remember.

Enterprising Behavior
Vakcode E_MFEN_ENTB
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J.G.W.J. van Hugten
Examinator dr. J.G.W.J. van Hugten
Betrokken Docenten H.V. Nguyen, dr. J.G.W.J. van Hugten, G. Orlando
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

L1 Academic and Research Skills: The student is able to analyse an EB-related practical case, and provide a
theoretically sound advice.

L2 Bridging theory and practice - knowledge: Students gain a basic understanding of concepts in
Entrepreneurial Behaviour, and are able to analyse, compare, and apply these concepts.

L3 Bridging theory and Practice - application: The student is able to apply EB concepts to a practical
enterprising-related problem.

L4 Social Skills: The student is able to work in a small team, and is able to orally present a case assignment that
encompasses a theoretical analysis and practical advice based on an EB-related problem.

L5 Broadening your Horizon: The student further develops his/her communication skills in writing by actively
improving English writing skills.

L6 Self-Awareness: The student is able to critically reflect on his/her individual and team performance during the
course, and he/she is able to use EB concepts in order to illustrate reflection with theoretical arguments.

Inhoud vak

Students are given the opportunity to learn through acting, experiencing, watching, and conceptualizing, what it
means to create value, to validate, and to exchange value with stakeholders. This focus on value is a perspective
on entrepreneurship that focuses on a key phase of starting new ventures; in between ideating and scaling (which
are the focus of the forms and foundations of entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial strategy courses respectively).
With acting, experiencing, watching, and conceptualizing, this course emphasizes a full range of ways of learning.
The team assignment is about doing the behaviors of enterprising. The lectures focus on students watching and
experiencing enterprising behavior. The individual exam challenges students to engage critically with
conceptualizations of enterprising behavior

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 118 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The format of instruction is lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Assessment is based upon an individual exam and a team venture-building report.

Literatuur

The course canvas page provides the following literature that come back in the assessment:

Alchian AA, Demsetz H. Production, information costs, and economic organization. The American economic
review. 1972 Dec 1;62(5):777-95.
Freudenreich B, Lüdeke-Freund F, Schaltegger S. A stakeholder theory perspective on business models:
Value creation for sustainability. Journal of business ethics. 2020 Sep;166(1):3-18.
Mansoori Y, Lackéus M. Comparing effectuation to discovery-driven planning, prescriptive entrepreneurship,
business planning, lean startup, and design thinking. Small Business Economics. 2020 Mar;54:791-818.
McGee JE, Peterson M, Mueller SL, Sequeira JM. Entrepreneurial self–efficacy: Refining the measure.
Entrepreneurship theory and Practice. 2009 Jul;33(4):965-88.
O’Donohue W, Nelson L. Alienation: An old concept with contemporary relevance for human resource
management. International Journal of Organizational Analysis. 2014 Jul 8;22(3):301-16.
Rae D. Opportunity-centred entrepreneurship. Bloomsbury Publishing; 2014
Rolffs JL, Rogge RD, Wilson KG. Disentangling components of flexibility via the hexaflex model:
Development and validation of the Multidimensional Psychological Flexibility Inventory (MPFI). Assessment.
2018 Jun;25(4):458-82.
Soffia M, Wood AJ, Burchell B. Alienation is not ‘Bullshit’: An empirical critique of Graeber’s theory of BS
jobs. Work, Employment and Society. 2022 Oct;36(5):816-40.
Tantalo C, Priem RL. Value creation through stakeholder synergy. Strategic management journal. 2016
Feb;37(2):314-29.
Wessel M, Thies F, Benlian A. The role of prototype fidelity in technology crowdfunding. Journal of Business
Venturing. 2022 Jul 1;37(4):106220.

Overige informatie

The course is provided in English

Entrepreneurial Strategy
Vakcode E_MFEN_ES
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K. Becker
Examinator K. Becker
Betrokken Docenten K. Becker
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic skills:
Students are able to critically analyze the different core choices that entrepreneurs need to make in order to create
and capture value through a process of new venture design using insights from scientific knowledge. They can
provide theoretically sound recommendations for developing and implementing an entrepreneurial strategy
focusing on the questions which customers to target, what technologies and innovations to leverage, who to hire,
and how to commercialize the core idea in the face of potential competition.

Research skills:
Students are able to conduct a systematic assessment of real word cases revolving around existing startups trying
to operate in today’s entrepreneurial economy. In their analyses, students apply tools learned in class, focusing on
whether a focal startup can create a long-term competitive advantage, what are the critical choices that would allow
it to do so, and how can the startup navigate these choices in the face of large irreducible uncertainty in a new
market or industry. They can present their findings and recommendations in a systematic and structured way.

Knowledge:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 119 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Students understand the core theories and concepts in the field of entrepreneurial strategy, and they are able to
analyze, compare and apply these theories within a choice-centered framework. They understand the different
choices that are central to the founding and scaling of a growth venture, their interrelatedness, and the sequence of
choices a founding team needs to make to test specific value creation and capture hypotheses when
entrepreneurial experimentation requires partial commitment.

Bridging theory and practice:

Students are knowledgeable about the importance of a sound entrepreneurial strategy to create and capture value
through new venture creation when there are multiple alternative paths for a given idea, the entrepreneur cannot
pursue all paths at the same time, positive feedback induces additional search, and commitment-free information is
noisy. They are able to systematically identify and implement solutions for founding and growth challenges faced
by real world entrepreneurs.

Social skills:
Students are able to work effectively in teams and to present solutions to assignments that require them to make a
systematic assessment of a real business case applying the theoretical frameworks seen in class and to offer
practical recommendations regarding entrepreneurial strategy-related problems.

Inhoud vak

This course provides an integrated strategy framework for growth-oriented entrepreneurs. The course is structured
to provide a deep understanding of the core strategic choices facing startups, a framework for the development and
implementation of entrepreneurial strategy in dynamic environments, and the ability to scale those ventures over
time.

The course identifies the key choices entrepreneurs make to take advantage of an opportunity and how particular
strategic commitments and positions allow entrepreneurs to create a competitive advantage.

The course combines interactive lectures and case analyses focused on existing startups who are trying to operate
in today’s entrepreneurial economy. The course draws on a rapidly emerging body of research in entrepreneurial
strategy that moves beyond the “one size fits all” approach to start-ups and instead focuses on the key choices that
founders face as they start and scale their business.

The cases and assignments offer an opportunity to integrate and apply the entrepreneurial strategy framework in a
practical way, and draw from a diverse range of industries and settings.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Instruction Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Individual assignments and exam

Team assignments

Vereiste voorkennis

Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship

Literatuur

Textbook
Selection of articles and cases

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course builds on the knowledge provided in the Minor Entrepreneurship during Period 3.1: Foundations and
Forms of Entrepreneurship.

Environment and Development

Vakcode S_ED
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 120 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen

Vakcoördinator drs. W.A.M. Tuijp
Examinator drs. W.A.M. Tuijp
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.K. Maiyo, drs. W.A.M. Tuijp
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Excursie, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of the Environment & Development course is to enable you as a student to examine and critically reflect on
the relationships between economic and social development, and the environment.

After completion of the course you are able to:

recognise and describe the current and potential impacts of the major international environmental concerns;
recognise, analyse and explain the complexities of environmental issues related to development at a global
level;
distinguish, analyse and explain different perspectives on environmental problems and possible solutions;
recognise organisational and governance issues related to environment and development and be able to think
through their consequences for actual practices.

Moreover, as a student you learn to find, analyse and critically reflect on scientific literature within a relevant topic
and become a project team member in a research environment, presenting and discussing the researched topic to
an audience.

Inhoud vak

What do we mean by the concepts of environment and development and how are the two related? What are the
causes and consequences of global environmental change? How is the global community dealing with ecological
problems? How can the world adequately feed more than 9 Billion people by 2050? Is sustainable development,
with its notions of environmental 'friendliness', really achievable? During the course we will address these and other
critical and societally relevant questions.

Sustainable economic development and sustainable environmental management are two key challenges facing the
world today. The relationship between development problems and environmental issues is complex and
transboundary – it cuts across the globe. The way we, as a society, allocate financial, human and natural resources
directly influences how we manage local, national and global environments. The Environment & Development
course is about understanding the world we live in and questioning the sustainability of our choices as individuals
and as members of society.

The E&D course takes a multi- and interdisciplinary perspective and looks both at: (1) Global Issues - such as
environment-trade-poverty links; and (2) Local Issues - focusing on land degradation, deforestation, water scarcity
and how these have an impact on human development. The course comprises a series of lectures by both VU staff
as well as guest lecturers from academia, NGOs and the private sector.

By means of illustrated case studies from all over the world, students learn to appreciate the complexity and
interlinked nature of environmental and development issues at both global and local levels. Furthermore, we
encourage students to develop their own (critical) opinion regarding current (and potential) international
environmental challenges and their impacts.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Mandatory (guest) lectures and working groups. Exercises, field trip, tutorials.

Toetsvorm

A mix of group assignments (presentations) and individual assignments (research paper, discussion posts), as well
as peer reviewed assignments (trip report).

Literatuur

Each week, a selection of articles will be posted on Canvas to be studied in advance, check the course manual also
(on Canvas). We will discuss the literature via weekly discussions, both online and in smaller groups on campus.

For background reading on the key concepts in this class we will use "Paths to a Green World: the political
economy of the global environment" by Jennifer Clapp and Peter Dauvergne (2011) 2nd edition. Cambridge - MIT
Press.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 121 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The E&D course is open to third year VU bachelor students, including exchange students, who join the full Minor
Development & Global Challenges.

Overige informatie

Comments from former students on the group assignments:

"I enjoyed this class, I enjoyed the freedom we had with picking the topic and creating a group presentation, and I
enjoyed working with my peers in my group."

"We learned a lot from each other, our ideas, strengths and beliefs as well as how difficult it can be to address a
topic that not many studies have covered so far, and how important it is to narrow down and focus more on specific
topics to get relevant results".

"The group project was demanding and difficult at times, but it taught us a lot and made us realize how lucky we
were to be in a good group with members who all put a lot of effort to finish a project that we were happy with".

"It was an amazing experience to collaborate with students who have different backgrounds and mindsets. When
we finally introduced our presentation, all of us were delighted to see how the “tiny puzzle pieces” came together as
a whole. Personally, my biggest goal for my Erasmus semester is to step out of my comfort zone, engage in
situations that seem challenging at first, and gain skills and competencies that would be valuable in my future
career. Through this group project, I managed to fulfill all my initial goals, for which I am truly grateful."

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Interest in environmental issues and social questions

Environmental and Transport Economics

Vakcode E_EBE2_ETE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. G.C. van der Meijden
Examinator dr. G.C. van der Meijden
prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot, dr. G.C. van der Meijden, prof. dr. E.T. Verhoef, dr. V.A.C.
Betrokken Docenten
van den Berg
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The course aims to teach you to take market failures in the realm of environmental and transport economics
seriously. After taking this course, you are able to characterize the relationship between government and market
from an economic perspective. You learn why, and under what conditions, the free market does not lead to an
efficient allocation of goods, factors of production, and natural resource use. This course focuses on externalities
(pollution, congestion), natural monopoly (e.g., railways), oligopoly (e.g., aviation and fossil fuels), public goods
(e.g., environmental quality, infrastructure), and the management of renewable and non-renewable natural
resources (e.g., fossil fuels, rare-earth elements, fisheries and forests).

You learn to apply economic methods and techniques that are indispensable in this context for analysing market
failures and evaluating associated policies. This also includes mathematical models and methods for empirically
estimating the economic values of non-priced goods such as carbon emissions and time, and methods to judge the
value of investment projects through, in particular, cost-benefit analysis.

After completing this course:

Academic and Research Skills

You can critically analyse the functioning and failure of markets and develop government policies to combat
market failures.

Bridging Theory and Practice – Knowledge

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 122 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

You are able to explain how externalities can be "internalized" through Pigouvian taxation and tradable
permits, both in first-best and second-best situations.
You are able to describe the causes and consequences of tax competition between governments and of
market power in networks and to provide policy advice to combat this.
You are able to characterize the extraction path of natural resources in a market equilibrium and you are able
to explain why and how this path differs from the socially optimal one.

Bridging Theory and Practice - Application

You can apply economic methods and techniques to analyse market failures and evaluate associated
policies.
You are able to make cost-benefit calculations and you can use valuation methods (such as discrete choice
models and stated
preferences).

Social Professional Skills

You are able to present and discuss results from scientific articles in a comprehensible manner, both written
and orally, together with and in front of your fellow students.

Broadening your Horizon

You are aware of the various difficulties that may arise in regulating markets in reality, and you understand
that simple "recipes", while useful to illustrate the possibilities, cannot simply be applied in practice.

Inhoud vak

The premise that the free market automatically leads to an efficient allocation of goods and factors of production,
and that, as a result, the government should not intervene in the market process, is often too simple a
representation of reality. This course deals with the complex relationship between "market" and "government" from
the perspective of environmental and transport economics. In the course, general economic insights with regard to
the relationship between "market" and "government" are developed and elaborated on the basis of practical and
appealing examples.

At the core of the course is the concept of "externalities" as an economic cause of environmental problems such as
pollution and overexploitation of natural resources. Policy instruments to combat these problems are discussed in
the course. In addition, other forms of externalities are being investigated - in particular traffic jams and congestion
in road traffic. But the course also deals with market failures arising from market power on the railways ("natural
monopoly"), in aviation ("oligopoly" and contestable markets") and in energy supply ("cartels" such as OPEC); or
because of public goods such as infrastructure. Finally, methods to empirically estimate the economic values of
non-priced goods such as carbon emissions and time, and methods to make informed investment decisions (in
particular cost-benefit analysis) are discussed and applied.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures.
Instruction lectures.
Tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exam - individual assessment.

Assignments - group assessment.

Literatuur

- Transport Economics: Syllabus "Markets and Governments: Transport Economic Applications".

- Environmental Economics: Perman, P., Y. Ma, M. Common, D. Maddison, and J. McGilvray (2011), Natural
Resource and Environmental Economics. Addison Wesley, Longman Ltd, 4th edition.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Microeconomics I and II; Quantitative Research Methods I and II; Regional and Urban Economics; Public
Economics.

Ethics
Vakcode E_IBA3_ETH

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 123 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. G. Greco
Examinator dr. G. Greco
drs. S.J.L. Loop, A. De Domenico, prof. dr. K. Gërxhani, prof. dr. A.H.E. Koolman,
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. A. Palmigiano, dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade, dr. G.E. Morejón Cabrera MSc,
dr. G. Greco
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course discusses the ethical aspects of decision-making in business, both within organizations and in a
broader societal context (Academic and Research Skills). During this course you will ask yourself ethical questions
concerning society, the role of business in society (Broadening your Horizon) and your own role in society (Social
skills and Self awareness). We will stimulate you to do this by offering you introductions to great philosophers on
the foundations of society and business (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge), and during the tutorials you will
apply these insights to business decision-making situations (Bridging Theory and Practice - application). Students
will be encouraged to focus the discussions of the workgroups and the topic of their team assignments on
international aspects which are of particular relevance to the IBA curriculum. For instance, common ethical issues
multinational companies often face involve employment practices, human rights, environmental regulations, and
supply chain management.

After successfully completing the Ethics course you will have gained an accurate understanding of the major
philosophical and ethical ideas, and will be able to apply these ideas in the context of society and business.

In particular, you will be able to:

Academic and Research Skills

A1. Read philosophical and ethical literature (on an entry level) as part of literature research;
A2. Critically and emphatically analyse relevant societal and business issues by using philosophical and
ethical theories (on an entry level);
A3. Give an account of your analysis in both written and oral form.

Bridging Theory and Practice:

B1. Reach an accurate understanding of the major philosophical ideas in ethics;

B2. Apply ethical ideas in the business context and conduct an academic conversation focusing on
philosophical and moral arguments;
B3. Translate the conversation to concrete (policy) proposals and make the theoretical finding
comprehensible to a wide audience;
B4. Give an account of your analysis in written form.

Social Skills

C1. Argue and express yourself with regard to business and society issues by using these philosophical and
ethical ideas in an oral conversation and during a presentation;
C2. Plan and coordinate your work in a team towards a common goal.

Broadening your Horizons:

D1. Recognize the philosophical and moral issues that are inherent to human life, to the business context,
and to the study of society and business;
D2. Recognize the values underlying different positions and different goals and agendas at all levels: the
individual, the business and the societal.

Self-awareness:

E1. Critically assess your own commitments, values and norms;

E2. Critically asses your possible future role within an organization and/or business professional.

Inhoud vak

The course offers concepts and ethical theories to help you to understand, analyse and form a well thought-through
opinion on ethical dilemmas arising in business decision-making situations, both within organizations and in a

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 124 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

broader societal context.

Prototypical examples in an international context are the following:

Outsourcing production to developing countries with lower labor costs, while laying off long-term employees in
the home country, brings up ethical concerns.
Companies must decide whether to adhere to home country standards, host country standards, or a
compromise when the work conditions in the host nation are inferior.
Ethical challenges might arise because fundamental rights such as freedom of association, speech,
assembly, and movement are not upheld to the same extent worldwide.
Compared to the home nation, weaker environmental regulations in host nations can lead to ethical issues,
including the overuse and degradation of shared resources and common goods.
The growing perception that multinationals are responsible for managing a sustainable global supply chain
presents specific ethical challenges and calls for a more rigorous and accountable notion of corporate social
responsibility.

During the lectures the following topics will be discussed:

Moral and philosophical fundamentals of a (good) society;

Moral and philosophical fundamentals of the economy;
Moral and philosophical fundamentals of organising and organisations;
Moral and philosophical fundamentals for a better business world.

During the tutorials (WC) you will apply the ethical theories to analyse and assess an ethical dilemma you have
pre-selected with your tutorial lecturer.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (including pre-recorded knowledge clips)

Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Final written essay - Group assessment

Written Exam - Individual assessment
Participation in workgroup meetings - Individual assessment
Quizzes - Individual assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

No entry requirements.

Literatuur

Sandel, M. (2010), Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux. ISBN
9780374532505.
Additional readings are available on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

No recommended background.

Ethics
Vakcode W_BA_ETEN
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L. Bastian
Examinator dr. L. Bastian
Betrokken Docenten dr. L. Bastian
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 125 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Students can:

1. Remember and explain the most influential theories within the field of normative ethics, including
utilitarianism, deontology, and virtue ethics
2. Remember and explain the most influential theories within the field of meta-ethics, including relativism, moral
realism, skepticism and theories of moral responsibility
3. Analyse and evaluate the relative advantages and disadvantages of these theories
4. Apply these theories in normative ethics to analyze contemporary moral problems
5. Compose a case study based on this analysis

Inhoud vak

Ethics is a branch of philosophy that focuses on questions, such as

“In virtue of what are actions right or wrong (morally obligatory, morally permissible, or morally
impermissible)?”
“What makes a certain state of affairs good or bad?”
“What constitutes a good life?”

In this course, we will critically explore different theories that have been developed which offer answers to these
questions. Along the way spend time examining how these ethical theories apply to contemporary moral issues.
We also discuss several epistemic, metaphysical and semantic questions, such as whether we can know moral
claims, whether they are objectively rather than relatively true, and what their semantic features are.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course is six weeks long, with 2 lectures per week.

Toetsvorm

The final grade for 'Ethics' is determined by a weighted average of the following components:

Case-study (group assignment): 30% (assessment of learning objectives 4 & 5)

Final exam: 70% (assessment of learning objectives 1-3)

In order to pass the course, a passing grade needs to be achieved in both the case-study and the final exam.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

BA1-students Philosophy; students in the Minor Philosophy.

Toelichting Canvas

Students must check Canvas regularly: all updates, changes and recent information will be communicated there.

EU Governance in an International Context

Vakcode S_EUGIC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. H.J.E.M. Jongen
Examinator dr. H.J.E.M. Jongen
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.E. Rone, dr. H.J.E.M. Jongen
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course familiarizes students to the way the EU operates, its institutional architecture, its history, and its modes
of decision-making.

The learning outcomes are as follows:

Knowledge and understanding

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 126 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

the history of European integration and the main theories explaining the process of European unification;
the institutional structure of and politics within European Union and how it interacts with member states;
key aspects of EU policy making in the internal and external arena.

Skills

recognise the key historical milestones of European integration and the current challenges the EU faces
currently when it comes to its institutional and political make-up;
apply a variety of theoretical approaches to understand and explain past and current developments.

Attitude

critical reflection upon the European integration process, the EU's institutions and policies as well as the way
democracy functions at the EU level.

Inhoud vak

The course highlights how EU decision-making affects domestic politics, whilst at the same time is situated in a
broader, international context. It will introduce students to the key theoretical debates about the European
integration process (neo-functionalism, liberal intergovernmentalism, etc.), and it will pay special attention to the
main characteristics of EU decision-making.

The theoretical and practical insights will then be applied in a number of selected policy domains that involve both
policy making within the EU (e.g. monetary integration, regulation of the single market, making of common foreign
and security policy) and outside the EU, that is to say the EU's engagement in the global realm (e.g. enlargement,
trade, security).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Toetsvorm

Final exam

Literatuur

Cini M. & Perez-Solorzano Borragan, N. (2022). European Union Politics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Additional articles to be announced in the course manual (see CANVAS).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Second-year Bachelor students in Political Science (all tracks and/or specializations)

Second-year Bachelor students in Bestuurs- en Organisatieswetenschappen, specialization Besturen

European Cultural History

Vakcode L_GABAMKD103
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. J.O.W. Singerton
Examinator dr. J.O.W. Singerton
Betrokken Docenten dr. P.H. Moser, D.C.M. Ruizendaal MA, dr. J.O.W. Singerton
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course aims to provide MKDA students a framework for better understanding developments in European
cultural history. At the end of this course, students are expected to:

1. Knowledge Acquisition: Students will gain a foundational understanding of significant historical events and
core concepts in the cultural history of Europe via lectures, class participation, and reading core texts.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 127 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2. Knowledge Recall: Students will be assessed on their ability to accurately recall and explain key historical
events and concepts in European cultural history through written exams and quizzes.
3. Knowledge Relevance: Students will explore and discuss via debates and presentations the contemporary
relevance of European cultural history, developing insights into how historical events and cultural trends
continue to shape modern European society.

Inhoud vak

This course provides a critical and thematically structured introduction to European cultural history from the
mediaeval period to the current century. It examines the interplay between cultural production and historical
transformation, tracing how shifts in religious belief, political authority, scientific understanding, and artistic
expression redefined European societies from the Renaissance to the modern era. Key topics include the
Reformation and Counter-Reformation, Enlightenment thought, revolutionary ideologies, the rise of mass culture,
and the cultural consequences of industrialization, nationalism, and war. Drawing on a wide range of primary
sources—including visual art, literature, political treatises, and philosophical texts—students will explore the
evolving relationship between culture and power in European history. Special attention will be given to the role of
cultural institutions such as the church, court, academy, and museum, and to the evolving definitions of cultural
authority, taste, and legitimacy. Students will engage with the concept of "culture" in its broadest sense—
encompassing intellectual life, religious practice, visual and material expression, political ideology, and everyday
experience—while critically interrogating how these domains intersect with power, identity, and social change.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The sessions of this course are offered in English. Students following the Dutch (i.e. bilingual) track may in some
cases submit their written assignments in either English or Dutch. Exceptions are multiple-choice tests,
assignments with peer reviewers across language tracks, and group assignments (across language tracks).

Toetsvorm

Assessments include presentations, literature synopsis, knowledge quizzes, and a written examination. These
assignments correspond with the learning objectives (1, 2, 3) to a ) acquire an overview of European cultural
knowledge through digesting lecture and reading materials, b) being able to actively recall these details in written
and spoken form, and c) being able to explain the development and relevance of European cultural developments
over the centuries.

End terms BA MKDA: 1, 3

Literatuur

Texts provided in the syllabus/Canvas which form the core readings and topics in the course sessions.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is compulsory for all BA MKDA students in their first year.

Overige informatie

For attendance rules, see Teaching and Examination Regulations. Students should be aware that regular
attendance is necessary to pass the course.

Evolutionary Psychology
Vakcode P_BEVOLPS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M. van Vugt
Examinator prof. dr. M. van Vugt
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. M. van Vugt
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 128 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

De cursus zal studenten kennis laten maken met - en hen vertrouwd maken - met de belangrijkste theorieën,
concepten en onderzoeksresultaten in de opkomende wetenschappelijke discipline van de evolutionaire
psychologie. Het hoofddoel van de cursus is om studenten inzicht te geven in waarom mensen zich gedragen
zoals ze doen door ze te bekijken door een evolutionaire lens (zoals een bioloog naar een bepaalde diersoort zou
kijken). Centraal in deze cursus staat de vraag of bepaalde menselijke eigenschappen, eigenschappen en
gedragingen het product zijn van geëvolueerde psychologische mechanismen die onze voorouders in staat stelden
om verschillende problemen met betrekking tot hun overleving en voortplanting op te lossen. Voorbeelden zijn
psychologische aanpassingen voor het vinden van een partner, voor (groot)ouderschap, altruïsme, agressie,
werken, leiden, status en zelfverdediging.

Tijdens de cursus krijg je inzicht in enkele basisvragen over de menselijke natuur:

Waar evolueerde de mens?

Wat vertellen genen over ons gedrag?
Wat verklaart onze relatief grote hersenomvang?
Hoe verschillen mannen en vrouwen in hun seksuele strategieën?
Waarom geven we de voorkeur aan bepaalde voedingsmiddelen boven andere?
Wat is de evolutionaire logica achter oorlogsvoering?
Is religie een aanpassing of bijproduct?
Hoe werkt culturele evolutie?
Waarom praten, zingen, dansen, spelen en kijken we naar sport?

Inhoud vak

Deze cursus traint studenten in het verklaren van menselijke psychologie en gedrag vanuit een evolutionair
perspectief door gebruik te maken van inzichten uit de evolutionaire psychologie, biologie en antropologie. Tijdens
de cursus zullen we evolutionaire psychologie gebruiken om onderwerpen als menselijke seksualiteit, agressie,
samenwerking, ouderschap, religie en cultuur (onder andere) te begrijpen. De cursus bestaat uit frontale
hoorcolleges, opdrachten en een eindexamen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Colleges en essay-opdrachten

Toetsvorm

multiple choice examen en twee essay-opdrachten

Vereiste voorkennis

Nee

Literatuur

Buss, D. M. (2019). Evolutionary Psychology: The New Science of the Mind (sixth edition). Routledge.
Plus relevant scientific articles as conveyed by the teacher through Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

VU students

Overige informatie

50 studenten max van VU minor Psychology and Brain

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

NA

Toelichting Canvas

Op Canvas (vanaf Augustus)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basiskennis psychologie en kennis van statistiek en methoden in psychologisch onderzoek is aanbevolen

Finance
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 129 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_IBA2_FIN
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M.B.J. Schauten
Examinator dr. M.B.J. Schauten
Betrokken Docenten dr. M.B.J. Schauten
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

ACADEMIC SKILLS (THREE AS)

After successfully completing this course, the student

can analyze and demonstrate an understanding of problems in financial economics from different
perspectives (Analysis);
is able to recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction).

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international
business administration

After successfully completing this course, the student is:

able to apply the net present value method;

able to explain the the pros and cons of alternative investment selection methods;
able to explain the value of a security (share / bond);
able to determine the risk and return characteristic of a portfolio of securities;
able to designate efficient portfolios;
able to determine the cost of capital of a project on the basis of of the CAPM;
able to explain what is meant by the efficient market hypothesis and you understand what the implications of
an efficient market are;
able to explain and apply basic concepts in financial economics.

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, the student is:

able to apply theoretical knowledge into practice.

Inhoud vak

The performance of a corporation depends on how well managers succeed in creating shareholder value. We show
you how to use tools that are offered by financial theory and help you just doing that: creating value. In this course
we discuss three main issues in finance: capital budgeting, asset pricing and financial investments. The capital
budgeting decision involves how firms select projects that create value. The theoretically optimal decision rule—the
net present value method—is discussed, also in relation to other selection criteria that are applied in practice. The
asset pricing part concerns the way financial assets are priced by the market. The focus is on the pricing of shares
issued by firms and bonds issued by firms and governments. Questions raised are: How are the term structure of
interest rates and promised coupon payments related to bond prices? What is the influence of the expected stream
of dividends and the level of market risk of firm’s projects on the price of shares? The financial investment decision
is approached from a portfolio perspective and ends with a discussion of the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 130 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Exam(s) – Individual assessment

Assignments – Individual assessment

Literatuur

Required reading:

J. Berk en P. DeMarzo, Corporate Finance, Pearson, latest edition. (This book is also mandatory in the
elective Corporate Finance - A Sustainability Perspective - period 2.5).
Finance, Text- and Workbook, latest edition, this book is available through VU bookstore.
Additional (required) materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.2 Business Mathematics or equivalent

Financial Accounting
Vakcode E_EBE2_FAC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Zhu
Examinator dr. M. Zhu
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Zhu, dr. M. Liu
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course is the third course in the accounting learning line in the bachelor programmes Economics and Business
Economics; Business Administration and International Business Administration. In this course we focus on external
financial reporting, in particular by business enterprises. You learn about key issues in financial reporting from the
perspective of the reporting company, about the regulatory framework of financial reporting (Bridging theory and
Practice - Knowledge). You learn to apply your knowledge to specific issues derived from reporting practice
(Bridging Theory and Practice - Application). In doing so, you practice skills such as abstraction and reasoning
(Academic and Research Skills).

After following this course you can:

describe and explain the typical features of the regulatory framework of financial reporting in developed
economies;
describe common accounting practices for a selection of common transactions and events (e.g. income tax,
currency translation, intangible assets, investments in subsidiaries) discussed in this course;
for the selected transactions and events: solve a given issue in the form of a motivated choice for a specific
accounting treatment, journals entries and/or completed financial statements (balance sheet, income
statement, cash flow statement);
recognize and explain in a given fragment from published financial statements how an item or transaction has
been accounted for, or explain the reporting about such accounting in a news media item;
use and interpret selected regulatory texts to answer questions about mandatory or optional accounting and
reporting practices.

Inhoud vak

External financial reporting in the form of annual or quarterly financial statements is the basis of communication
between a company and financial stakeholders such as shareholders and other investors. Numbers from the
financial statements such as profit, cash flow and sales revenue play an important role in financial markets.
However, they also have legal significance, and are important in corporate governance. For larger enterprises,
preparing financial statements is a complex process.

This is not just because it is a challenge to properly represent the performance and economic position of complex
businesses, but also because there are significant interests at stake. Financial reporting can go spectacularly
wrong, as evidenced by major accounting scandals that happen from time to time. For that reason, an elaborate
institutional framework of regulations and standards, audit, supervision and enforcement has been built up around

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 131 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

the practice of financial reporting. This framework consists both of national elements (such as company law) and
international elements (such as International Financial Reporting Standards).

In this course, you do not just develop your technical 'how' skills (e.g. preparing consolidated financial statements,
or working out the effects of currency translation on reported numbers) but you also train yourself to ask the 'why'
question. Why does it matter to this company to account for this transaction in this way? Is there a rule that must be
followed? Or does it have a choice? Who decides? Why is the rule the way it is? Could it be improved?

Not everybody finds it easy to switch between accounting technique and the wider context of standards,
governance and economic interests in which this technique is applied, but it is an essential skill for everybody who
works in a professional way with financial reporting, whether as controller, auditor, financial analyst, manager,
investor, or supervisor. The fact that accounting always plays out in this wider context is what makes financial
reporting a fascinating discipline with a unique character.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exam (individual assessment), optional interim exam (individual assessment)

Literatuur

Textbook: Aerts, W. and P. Walton (2020). Global Financial Accounting and Reporting, Fifth Edition, Cengage
Learning.
Selected regulatory texts (public domain or accessible through [Link]).

Overige informatie

Prior knowledge of the contents of this course is assumed in the course Advanced Financial Reporting in the
Master Accounting and Control.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Accounting I and Accounting II (EBE and BK)

Accounting and Accounting in Multinational Enterprises (IBA)

Financial Econometrics
Vakcode E_EOR3_FTR
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. P. Gorgi
Examinator dr. P. Gorgi
Betrokken Docenten dr. P. Gorgi, K.J. Cecere Palazzo
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course introduces students to econometric methods in financial econometrics.

By the end of this course, participants will:

know how to design, code, estimate and analyze time-varying parameter models used in Finance;
understand the interplay between econometric techniques and modeling assumptions;
have used computational methods to solve econometric exercises;
have gained experience in working with real data.

Participation in this course is a worthwhile preparation for the master courses in the MSc Econometrics program.
The econometric techniques discussed will also be beneficial to everyone planning to write a Bachelor's thesis in
Financial Econometrics.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 132 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Inhoud vak

This course covers both theoretical and practical aspects of modern econometric models that are used for
measuring financial risk, volatility forecasting and portfolio optimization.

The students are introduced to financial econometrics models that feature nonlinearities, time-varying parameters
and latent variables. In particular, the students learn how to design, implement, estimate and analyze both
observation-driven and parameter-driven models.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (3 hrs per week) and tutorials (1.5 hrs per week).

Toetsvorm

Exam and group assignment.

Vereiste voorkennis

None

Literatuur

Lecture notes and other material provided by teacher.

Other reading material:

Francq and Zakoian, 2011, GARCH Models: Structure, Statistical Inference and Financial Applications. John
Wiley & Sons.
Tsay, 2010, Analysis of Financial Time Series. John Wiley & Sons.
Gourieroux and Monfort, 1996, Simulation-Based Econometric Methods. Oxford University Press.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is targeted at both econometrics and non-econometrics students that have an understanding of basic
probability theory, statistics, linear regression models, and time-series analysis.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course builds on introductory time-series concepts. Attending courses such as "Introduction to Time-Series" in
the minor of Applied Econometrics, or the third-year Bachelor course "Econometrics III", is not required, but
certainly provides an adequate background knowledge.

Financial Markets and Institutions

Vakcode E_EBE3_FMI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator E. Karmaziene
Examinator E. Karmaziene
Betrokken Docenten E. Karmaziene
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In the course students develop a deep understanding of financial markets and institutions. You learn to analyze
real-life applications using the concepts from the literature. You solve problem sets and form teams to work on case
studies.

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to:

Explain how financial markets and institutions affect everyday life as well as how they create value and why

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 133 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

this is the case (Bridging Theory and Practice - knowledge);

State stylized facts of the term structure of interest rates, the markets for stocks, bonds, ETFs and trading in
them (Bridging Theory and Practice - knowledge; Social Professional Skills);
Understand the differences between the European and American financial markets (Bridging Theory and
Practice – application; Academic and Research Skills);
Explain the need for regulation of the financial system (Bridging Theory and Practice – application);
Describe the recent developments in the regulatory framework and how they affect the financial system and
the economy (Bridging Theory and Practice – application).

Inhoud vak

Financial markets are playing an important role in a modern economy. This course gives students an overview on
how the financial system operates and where its weaknesses lie. It is an important building block for understanding
our economy and students can connect micro and macro theories to the concepts developed in this course. The
course also provides the necessary background for a future career in a financial institution or policy environment.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exam – individual assessment.

Interim Assignments – group assessment.

Literatuur

Frederic S. Mishkin (2019), The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets, 12th edition, Pearson.
ISBN 978-0-13-473382-1
Additional readings will be announced on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Finance I, Finance II and Corporate Finance.

Financieel Management van Zorginstellingen

Vakcode E_MFGM_FMZ
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade
Examinator dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade, dr. H.J. van Elten
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In Nederland bedroegen de uitgaven voor gezondheidszorg in 2021 11,2 procent van het bruto binnenlands
product (bbp) (StatLine CBS, 2021). Deze uitgaven zullen naar verwachting blijven stijgen vanwege factoren zoals
de vergrijzende bevolking, de beschikbaarheid van kostbare innovaties en een groeiend tekort aan professionals,
naast veranderende behoeften van patiënten. Als reactie hierop zoekt de overheid naar maatregelen om deze
opwaartse trend te beheersen, terwijl zorginstellingen zich inspannen om efficiënt te opereren binnen hun
financiële mogelijkheden en streven naar prestatieverbetering. Een financieel gezonde zorginstelling is essentieel
voor het leveren van kwalitatieve zorg. Daarom is het cruciaal dat financiële managers goed op de hoogte zijn van
de dynamiek van de zorgsector, zodat zij de benodigde interne controle kunnen uitvoeren op basis van
managementinformatie. Het vak Financieel Management van zorginstellingen, dat zowel als opzichzelfstaand vak
of als onderdeel van de minor Health Care Management kan worden gevolgd, biedt de benodigde tools en kennis
voor effectief financieel beheer binnen de organisatie.

Aan het einde van deze cursus beschik je over kennis en competenties op het gebied van financieel management
in de gezondheidszorg

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 134 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Je hebt kennis over de organisatie en besturing (management control) van zorginstellingen (Bridging theory
and knowledge) en kunt deze kennis toepassen in een gezondheidszorgcontext (Evaluate).
Je hebt kennis van de verschillende kostensoorten en van kostprijzen (Bridging theory and knowledge), en
kunt dit toepassen en analyseren binnen de gezondheidszorg (Evaluate).
Je hebt kennis over de bekostiging in de gezondheidszorg (Bridging theory and knowledge).
Je hebt kennis over methoden om investeringsvoorstellen te evalueren (Bridging theory and knowledge) en
kunt deze kennis toepassen binnen de gezondheidszorg (Evaluate).
Je hebt kennis over financiering en kunt deze kennis toepassen (Bridging theory and knowledge) binnen de
gezondheidszorg (Evaluate).
Je hebt kennis over financiële overzichten van zorginstellingen (Bridging theory and knowledge) en kunt de
financiële positie en prestaties van zorginstellingen beoordelen (Evaluate).

Tijdens dit vak zul je ook je sociale vaardigheden verder ontwikkelen door te werken aan een casus in een
multidisciplinair team en door een presentatie te geven die je samen met je team voorbereidt. (professional and
social skills).

Inhoud vak

Het vak financieel management van zorginstellingen is relevant voor SBE-studenten die hun financiële kennis en
vaardigheden willen toepassen in de gezondheidszorg. De cursus biedt ook geneeskundestudenten, studenten
gezondheidswetenschappen, gezondheid en leven, studenten sociale wetenschappen en andere studenten
relevante kennis en competenties op het gebied van financieel management om in een zorginstelling te gaan
werken. Meer specifiek richt deze cursus zich op het gebruik van managementinformatie, planning & control
systemen en financiële boekhoudkundige informatie om weloverwogen beslissingen te kunnen nemen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges, Werkgroepen, Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Multiple choice tentamen - individuele beoordeling

Multidisciplinaire casus - groepsbeoordeling
Verplichte aanwezigheid bij werkcolleges en tutorials

Vereiste voorkennis

Geen.

Literatuur

Zelman W.N., McCue M.J., Glick N.D., Thomas M.S. Financial Management of Health Care Organizations:
An Introduction to Fundamental Tools, Concepts and Applications, 5th Edition. John Wiley & Sons ISBN: 978-1-
119-55384-7

Verplicht studiemateriaal: artikelen (beschikbaar op Canvas)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Dit vak wordt gegeven in het Nederlands.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Geen.

Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship

Vakcode E_MFEN_FFE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator
prof. dr. W. Stam
Examinator prof. dr. W. Stam

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 135 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. W. Stam, prof. dr. E. Masurel, drs. E.A.H. Kleijn, dr. J.K. Verduijn
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic and research skills: Students are able to assess and conduct a feasibility study of a new
business idea that validates the proposed customer needs and market potential by both (1) rigorously using
generative AI tools to formulate business ideas or hypotheses, and (2) systematically collecting, analyzing,
and reporting data they collected themselves to validate emerging insights.
Bridging theory and practice: Students understand the core theories and concepts in the field of
entrepreneurship, as reflected by their ability to analyze, compare, and apply these theories and concepts to
analyze and solve the key management challenges faced by real-world entrepreneurs.
Social skills: Students are able to effectively pitch a new business idea to others, and can present the
results of their feasibility studies to a group of peers in a professional, engaging manner.

Inhoud vak

Entrepreneurship is the process in which individuals identify and exploit business opportunities. Although
entrepreneurship is commonly associated with creating new businesses, it also captures a distinct mindset that is
valuable across a wide range of contexts (including established firms and other types of organizations). Whether
you want to start a new venture, work for an entrepreneur, fund other entrepreneurs, or simply want to be more
entrepreneurial in your own career, Foundations and Forms of Entrepreneurship will help you familiarize yourself
with key concepts and tools that support the process of new business creation and growth. As an introductory
course for students who want to learn about entrepreneurship, its role and importance in our society, and the
process by which entrepreneurs transform new ideas into successful business ventures, Foundations and Forms of
Entrepreneurship is concerned with topics that relate to ideating, developing, and managing successful new
businesses. In this course, students learn to understand and apply fundamental theories from economics,
sociology, and psychology to study key topics in entrepreneurship. While most of the examples in class will be
drawn from new venture formation, the principles also apply to entrepreneurship in corporate settings and to non-
profit entrepreneurship. To facilitate learning and practical application of theories and principles explained during
class, the course includes a variety of teaching formats and materials, such as case studies, interactive
assignments, and group work.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course lasts 6 weeks and will earn you 6.00 credits, corresponding to 168 study load hours (a credit represents
28).

Toetsvorm

Group assignments and an individual written exam.

Literatuur

The mandatory study materials include a textbook, scientific articles, several case studies, and PowerPoint slides.

Overige informatie

This course is the first course of the SBE Minor in Entrepreneurship. However, even if you don't plan to take this
minor, you can follow this course.

Foundations of Strategic Management

Vakcode E_IBK3_FSM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. B.V. Tjemkes
Examinator prof. dr. B.V. Tjemkes
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. B.V. Tjemkes
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 136 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Doel vak

At the end of the course, students should be able to:

Academic & Research skills

Design, conduct, and report on a real-life strategic case analysis

Explain theoretical models and concepts in the field of strategic management, particularly with regard how the
field developed over time

Bridging theory and practice

Examine and understand strategic management challenges and issues from different perspectives as well as
explain theoretical models and concepts in the field of strategic management
Being able to recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information
Put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format
Apply theoretical knowledge about various strategic management theories in the context of strategic decision-
makers

Broadening your horizon

Think beyond contemporary and dominant strategic management perspective and engage on societal
relevant issues

Self awareness

Take responsibility for individual learning

Can reflect on his/her personal development

Inhoud vak

The course aims to familiarize students with a number of classical and influential debates in the strategic
management literature. This includes examining some of the “founding fathers” of strategy, such as Sun Tzu, as
well as the work of more contemporary management thinkers such as Michael Porter, Henry Mintzberg, and
Richard D’Aveni. Students will read both original texts as well as recent studies applying these perspectives, in
order to gain a better understanding how classical debates inform current strategic management research and
practice. Particular attention will be given to identifying and assessing different and potentially diverging positions in
these central debates in the field. In addition to acquiring knowledge about the development of the scientific field of
strategic management, the focus is on conducting a critical application of strategic management literature and on
conducting an empirical investigation of strategic management professionals. During the course students are
invited and challenged to develop their own opinion and adopt a genuinely scholarly attitude. This not only
contributes to a deeper understanding of central debates in strategic management, but also provides an important
basis for a students’ further development in this field.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Instruction lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam - Individual

Participation assignments - Individual and group
Practical assignments - Group

Literatuur

This course is article based.

Readings will be announced in course manual.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

BK:
1.1 Management & Organisatie; 1.3 Academische Vaardigheden; 2.1 Strategie; 2.5 Strategisch Ondernemerschap

IBA:
1.2 Organization Theory; 1.3 Academic Skills; 2.2 International Strategy; 2.4 BRM I - Quantitative

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 137 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Fundamentals of Time Series Econometrics

Vakcode E_MFAE_FTSE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. A. Borowska
Examinator dr. A. Borowska
Betrokken Docenten dr. A. Borowska
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course introduces students to time series analysis and dynamic econometric models for economics, business
and finance.

Inhoud vak

This course covers both theoretical and practical aspects of time series econometrics including the analysis of
stationary and non-stationary stochastic processes in economics, business and finance. The students are
introduced to well-known univariate time series models, such as autoregressive moving average (ARMA) models
and error correction models (ECM), and learn how to judge their appropriateness for modelling real-life data sets.
Moreover, the course provides both theoretical and practical insights into parameter estimation for time-series
models and the use of these models for tasks that are crucial for many practitioners: e.g., forecasting, testing for
Granger causality, and performing policy analysis using impulse response functions. Finally, students become
familiar with the fundamental problem of spurious regression in time-series analysis. We find a solution to this
problem by taking a journey into the theory and practice behind unit-root tests, cointegration tests and error-
correction representation theorems. In this way, students will be able to disentangle possible short-term and long-
term dynamics in time series data.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (4h per week) and tutorials (2h per week). The latter are used to discuss theoretical and practical
exercises.

Toetsvorm

Final written exam (85%) and practical assignment (15%)

Literatuur

All relevant material can be found in the lecture notes and slides and other study material provided by the teacher.

Recommended optional reading material:

J. Stock and M. Watson, 2011, Introduction to Econometrics. Prentice Hall. (all editions)
P. Brockwell and R. Davis, 2010, Introduction to Time Series and Forecasting. Springer.
C. Brooks, 2014, Introductory Econometrics for Finance. Cambridge University Press.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the regular track of the SBE faculty minor "Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for
All". It is targeted at students who are currently not enrolled in the Bachelor in Econometrics or a similar study
program.

Overige informatie

Participation in this course is a worthwhile preparation for the remaining courses of the Minor "Applied
Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All".

Toelichting Canvas

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 138 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

All materials (slides, theory exercises, practice exams, etc.) are provided on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course builds on the foundations laid either in the sequence of courses in 'Quantitative Research Methods' (in
the Economics programme) or in that of 'Business Statistics' and 'Business Mathematics' (in the Business
Administration programme). It assumes familiarity with probability and statistics, such as discrete and continuous
random variables, conditional expectations, hypothesis testing and central limit theorems. This material
corresponds more or less to Part I (Chapters 1-3) in Stock and Watson (2011), and students are recommended to
refresh their memory on this prior to the first lecture (see also Probability and Statistics: A Concise Review at link).

Genetics of Human Behavior

Vakcode AB_1328
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. R.M. Brouwer
Examinator dr. S. van der Sluis
Betrokken Docenten dr. S. van der Sluis, dr. R.M. Brouwer
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Computerpracticum, Practicum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Students learn how individual differences in human complex behavior can be explained. In this course, the
emphasis is placed on recent developments in human genetic research.

Inhoud vak

Humans vary in their behavior and in their vulnerability to disease. In the Genetics of Human Behavior course, the
influence of genes and of environmental factors on individual differences in human behavior will be discussed. The
course starts with an historical overview of the nature-versus-nurture debate, and describes how twin- and family
studies paved the way for current genetic research. The course specifically focuses on the rapid developments in
the field of complex trait genetics, that allow researchers to search the entire genome for parts of the DNA that are
predictive of human behavior and disease. We will examine how the research design and definition of phenotype
influences the outcome and interpretation of these studies. We will discuss recent large-scale gene-finding studies
and discuss how these translate to state-of-the-art neuroscience research, and how they inspire studies on
personalized treatments in medical practice. In addition, ethical aspects of current genetic research will be
discussed.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, discussion groups, presentations.

Toetsvorm

The final grade of Genetics of Human Behavior is based on weekly assignments, a group presentation on an
ethical aspect of genetic research, and a written exam (multiple choice and open questions). The course Genetics
of Human Behavior is successfully completed if both the exam grade and the final aggregate grade are 5.5 or
higher.

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Brain and Mind. University students need at least 90 ECTS to be eligible for
(courses in) this minor. HBO students can follow (courses in) this minor if they have at least 120 ETCS.

Literatuur

Lecture notes, scientific papers, TBA during course

Overige informatie

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 139 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In the academic years 2024-2025 and earlier, this course was named “Nature versus Nurture” (AB_1057). Students
that are retaking this course, please contact the coordinators before the course starts.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

This course is part of the minor "Brain and Mind". This minor is accessible to third year BSc students from alpha,
beta, and gamma sciences (e.g., Sociology, Psychology, Economics, Law, Artificial Intelligence, computer science,
criminology) and students from Life sciences (e.g., Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Medicine, Movement Science,
Nutrition) with a broad interest in neuroscience. Students of Biomedical Sciences and Health and Life Sciences as
well as students who plan to pursue a career in Neuroscience cannot follow this minor but are referred to the more
specialized minor "Biomolecular/Neurosciences".

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Broad interest in brain, behavior, psychology, genetics and neuroscience.

Geschiedenis in getallen
Vakcode L_GABAGES225
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands / Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. H.M.E.P. Kuijpers
Examinator dr. H.M.E.P. Kuijpers
Betrokken Docenten dr. H.M.E.P. Kuijpers
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Aan het einde van deze cursus hebben studenten:

Kennis en begrip van de traditionele kwantitatieve benaderingen in de geschiedschrijving, evenals nieuwe

tools en methoden voor data-analyse op het gebied van computationele geschiedenis
Kennis van recente ontwikkelingen op het gebied van digitalisering door archieven en in historisch onderzoek
Kennis en begrip van de statistische methoden en visualisatietechnieken die regelmatig worden gebruikt in
historisch onderzoek
Het vermogen om kritisch te reflecteren op hoe historici (kwantitatieve) data gebruiken en presenteren
Het vermogen om zelf numerieke data kritisch te selecteren, structureren en manipuleren: het maken van
draaitabellen en eenvoudige datavisualisaties zoals grafieken en kaarten, en deze te gebruiken voor analyse
in hun werkstukken en presentaties

Inhoud vak

Deze cursus heeft tot doel je bekend te maken met basale technieken van data-analyse voor historisch onderzoek.
Van oudsher werkten sociaal-economisch historici vaak met cijfers. Zij deden onderzoek naar bijvoorbeeld
demografische ontwikkelingen en de lonen en prijzen in het verleden, of ze analyseerden sociale kenmerken van
groepen mensen. In de afgelopen decennia zien we de opkomst van nieuwe kwantitatieve methoden dankzij de
sterk groeiende beschikbaarheid van gedigitaliseerde historische bronnen. Binnen het veld van de digital
humanities worden bijvoorbeeld ook kwantitatieve benaderingen gebruikt om grote tekstcorpora te analyseren.

In deze cursus leer je wat nodig is om dergelijk onderzoek te kunnen begrijpen, en hoe je zelf kritisch en
verantwoord kwantitatieve gegevens kunt beoordelen, visualiseren en interpreteren. Deze vaardigheden kun je
gebruiken in het vervolg van je studie, bij eigen onderzoek, maar ze zijn ook nuttig in allerlei andere
maatschappelijke werkvelden. Basale kennis van statistiek en digitale technologie helpt je ook om de waarde van
bepaalde claims (zowel in de academische literatuur als in bredere zin) beter te kunnen inschatten.

Studenten die de smaak te pakken krijgen en zich verder willen verdiepen in de Digital Humanities kunnen in hun
derde jaar kiezen voor de Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Seminars, practica, groepswerk, presentaties. 12 x 2 uur

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 140 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Portfolio met daarin verschillende kleine opdrachten 50%

Deelname aan discussies en presentaties 20%
Schriftelijk tentamen 30%

Literatuur

Hudson, Pat, and Mina Ishizu. History by Numbers: An Introduction to Quantitative Approaches. Second
edition. London ; Bloomsbury Academic, an imprint of Bloomsbury Publishing Plc, 2017. Dit boek is handig
om te hebben (te koop als paperback) maar is ook beschikbaar als e-book in de UB van de VU.
Andere literatuur zal beschikbaar worden gesteld via CANVAS

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

BA studenten Geschiedenis/History

Overige informatie

Voor deze cursus heb je een computer nodig met een werkende internetverbinding en MS Office

Global Development and Prosperity

Vakcode AB_1275
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Schaafsma
Examinator dr. M. Schaafsma
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Schaafsma
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of the course is to provide students with a profound understanding of how contemporary global challenges
are linked to socio-economic systems and how transformations in these systems can deliver just and sustainable
prosperity.

By the end of this course, students will be able to:

Discuss alternative measures of prosperity;

Examine alternative visions of prosperity and achieving just and sustainable futures;
Appraise the potential for transformations towards sustainable futures;
Debate and Illustrate transformations towards just and sustainable futures.

Inhoud vak

Over the last centuries, humankind has seen tremendous improvements in health, education and income, but at
the same time this drive for economic growth and consumerist lifestyles has caused serious and sometimes
irreparable damages to global biodiversity, climate systems and habitats, as well as major socio-economic
inequalities and injustices.

The course first explores growth-oriented visions of development relate to current global environmental and social
challenges. We review some of the dominant measures of prosperity and the assumptions on which they rest, as
well as alternative measures of prosperity, including happiness, quality of life and capabilities. Does it matter which
metric we use?

Next, we explore alternative ideas and visions of prosperity for the planet and respond to these global challenges.
What would a prosperous society focused on long-term well-being look like, and how do we get there? We will
discuss the underlying assumptions of some of the existing frameworks for sustainability and wellbeing, as well as
more radical proposals for transition and transformation towards prosperity. We will critically evaluate whether such
alternative paradigms will be sustainable and just, and how different stakeholders react to, and benefit from, these
transformations.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 141 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course consists of lectures, guest lectures, and seminars for discussions and group activities. The course runs
for 7 weeks during period 2. Each week, there will be a lecture addressing the main material (2 hours), a guest
lecture by VU researchers or external speakers illustrating the topic of the week (2 hour), and a working
group/seminar to explore the topic further (2 hours).

Some of the seminars will be dedicated to the development of the argument map (see below). This is an
opportunity to get feedback on the content and format of the argument map from peers and lecturers. Attendance in
all live sessions is mandatory, but will be checked irregularly. We assume students are sufficiently serious and will
show up at every class, barring unforeseen circumstances. Attending class is likely to increase your grade so
attending classes is in your own interest.

The course corresponds to 6 ECTS, equivalent to 168 hours of study time. Students can expect the following:

Attending/viewing lectures: 38 hours

Mandatory readings: 42 hours
Preparing for seminars / group discussions: 38 hours
Developing argument map: 50 hours
TOTAL: 168 hours

Toetsvorm

The overall mark for this course is based on two separate grades:

Argument map, accompanied by an annotated bibliography and 2 peer-reviews (50%)

Closed-book written exam (50%)

Students who take part in the minor Sustainability, Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions are recommended
to develop their argument map for their topic/case selected in course 1.

Further details on the assignments will be provided in the course manual.

Vereiste voorkennis

Students do not require a specific disciplinary background, but affinity with the natural environment and social-
economic development is desirable.

Literatuur

Each week, a selection of articles will be recommended to be studied in advance of the lectures and seminars.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the minor "Sustainability: Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary Solutions". We strongly
encourage students to take all courses of the minor.

This course is suitable for students with an interest in the link between the natural environment and social-
economic development.

This course can also be taken as:

Extra-curricular course for VU-students

Extra-curricular course for non-VU-students.

Toelichting Canvas

The course manual, as well as further course materials (e.g. lecture slides, reading materials), and course
announcements will be circulated through Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

We strongly encourage students to take all courses of the minor "Sustainability, Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary
Solutions", as a personal "Grand Challenge" comes back in different assignments of the five minor courses. Work
in the preceding courses forms relevant input to the assignment of this course.

Global English

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 142 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode L_ETBAETK209
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L.M. Rupp
Examinator dr. L.M. Rupp
Betrokken Docenten dr. L.M. Rupp
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

1. Knowledge
You are able to describe factors in the spread of English in the world and the ways in which varieties of English
have evolved world-wide. You are also able to describe some of the social consequences of Global English (e.g.
language loss, social inequality).

2. Skills
Within theories of language variation and change, you are able to analyse some of the major linguistic features of
varieties of English around the world.

3. Attitude
You are able to present a well-informed perspective of the nature of different Englishes and the impact of the global
spread of English on people in societies around the world.

4. Communication
You are able to report on topics in Global English in short oral presentations and in writing.

5. Competence
You are able to identify people’s needs regarding the English language, including your own, and you are able to
decide on the best way to act upon it.

Inhoud vak

In the lectures, we will examine the spread of the English language around the world. We will begin with regions in
the world where English is spoken as a first language (England, the Celtic countries, the U.S., Australia, etc.). We
will then move on to regions where English is spoken as a second language (Africa and Asia), and from there to
regions where English is used as a foreign language or a lingua franca (e.g. The Netherlands, Europe, Japan, and
so on).

We will explore a range of issues in the global spread of English. These include: linguistic issues (variation in
English, World Englishes), social issues ( language and identity, language and power, language death, linguistic
exclusion and discrimination), and literary concerns (the use of English in postcolonial literature).

Some of the lectures are presented by guest lecturers from Scotland, Australia, Uganda and Japan.

In the seminar, we will address questions that have arisen from the lectures or the reading and we will discuss
course work.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (2 hours per week) and seminars (2 hours per week)

Toetsvorm

Course work, marked in/complete. You will obtain the course objectives (1-5) by working with the course
work.
Exam, graded (100% of your grade for the course). Your attainment of course objectives (1-3) will be
assessed in the exam.
To successfully complete the course, you must obtain a grade of ≥5,5 for the exam and have submitted
mandatory course work by the set deadline.
1 absence from the seminars is allowed.

Vereiste voorkennis

Students must have passed Academic English CIS-L&S Writing and Academic English CIS-L&S: Grammar.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 143 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Students must also have participated in English: International Communication.

Literatuur

Schneider, E.W. 2020. English Around The World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Second edition.
Other literature and materials will be made available in Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

CIS students, Literature & Society students, students in the Minor 'English', History students, premaster- and
exchange students.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

This course has seminars, but you cannot self-register for a seminar in VU-net. If you want to know the days/times
at which the seminars have been scheduled, go to [Link]; click the 'Options' button at the right-hand side of
the course title and select ‘Choose groups’.
A couple of weeks before the start of the course, your course coordinator will invite you to sign up for a seminar via
Canvas.

Global Marketing Innovation

Vakcode E_IBA2_GMI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. Z.M. Seraj-Aksit
Examinator dr. Z.M. Seraj-Aksit
Betrokken Docenten dr. Z.M. Seraj-Aksit
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Inhoud vak

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Literatuur

Articles, which will be announced in the course manual

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.5 Cross-Cultural Marketing

Global Political Economy

Vakcode S_GPE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. E.B. van Apeldoorn

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 144 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Examinator prof. dr. E.B. van Apeldoorn

Betrokken Docenten I.T. Liu, prof. dr. E.B. van Apeldoorn
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course offers students an introduction to the subject of International Political Economy (IPE).

The learning outcomes are as follows:

Knowledge and understanding

the contemporary global political economy, in particular how the contradictory process of globalization
reshapes the relationship between states and markets;
rival concepts and theories within International Political Economy and their application to issues in
contemporary global political economy.

Inhoud vak

Throughout, the course will be guided by the question to which extent, and how, the current process of globalization
(and the possible prospect of de-globalization) is changing the relationship between states and markets, between
public regulation and the private economy, between state and capital. Traditionally, IPE studies the relationship
between ‘the economic’ and ‘political’ within the co-operation and conflict between national states. The global
financial and economic crisis of 2008 and the coronavirus pandemic of 2020 and the subsequent global health and
economic crisis only reaffirmed that this state-centric perspective is no longer adequate. With processes of
globalization and transnationalization that accelerated and deepened in the 1990s and 2000s, national economies
have become so much integrated, and their governance at various levels so much enmeshed, that what is properly
called the global political economy is about much more than just states and their interests, but also about private
actors such as transnational corporations, NGOs and all of their different relations across and transcending national
borders. At the same time the aforementioned crises have also shown that states are also crucial when it comes to
protecting the workings of global capitalism. This shows that indeed the relationship between states and markets is
not a one-way street. In other words, politics and policies are shaped by economic globalization, but the latter is
also driven by politics, and shaped (indeed enabled) by the policy choices that states make.

The more recent geopolitical and ‘geo-economic’ turn in the global political economy – manifested inter alia with the
rise of China and how it challenges US hegemony, America’s increasingly economic nationalist response (starting
under Trump 1.0)– only underline that the power and interests of (large) states still also very much matter within
global capitalism. While globalization is not yet unravelling, there are, reinforced by a populist backlash, mounting
pressures towards de-globalization. It is from this perspective that this course will examine the various theoretical
approaches within IPE and then analyse how the contemporary global political economy has evolved historically.
We will then proceed by analyzing the current (de)globalization of trade, production, and finance, as well as their
global. The financial crisis, the political economy of (under)development, the power shift to the East and the
relationship between the political economy of energy, of the environment, will complete our overview of the
contemporary global political economy.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Toetsvorm

Final exam

Literatuur

Balaam, D.N. & Dillman, B. (Eds). (2019). Introduction to International Political Economy. Pearson New
International Edition (Seventh edition). Harlow: Pearson Education.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Second-year Bachelor students in Political Science, track Global Politics and specialization Mondiale Politiek.
Students in the Minor Political Science.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Some introductory-level knowledge of political science and International Relations as well as of basic (macro-
)economics is recommended but relevant concepts will also be explained in class.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 145 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Global Supply Chain Management

Vakcode E_IBA1_GSCM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. Y. Ghiami
Examinator dr. Y. Ghiami
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y. Ghiami
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

After successfully completing this course, the student can

analyze and demonstrate an understanding of basic inventory- and global supply chain-related problems
(Analysis).
put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view related to global supply chain processes and their
contemporary challenges, both in spoken and written format (Argumentation).

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge
concerning the relevant areas in international business administration

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

explain the basic theories, models, and concepts of Global Supply Chain Management, and specifically
supplier relationships, operations improvement, procurement strategies, inventory control, logistics
operations, transportation networks, as well as contemporary issues affecting these areas.
make connections between these theories, models, and concepts.

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

provide practical solutions to a global supply chain-related case by identifying and applying the relevant tools
and techniques.
select the correct method and / or technique for quantifying, analyzing and solving a specific problem related
to global supply chain operations.

SOCIAL SKILLS – STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE DIFFERENT PROFESSIONAL ROLES
IN A CROSS-CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

present (both orally and in writing) basic global supply chain theories, models, and concepts.
work well in a team and reflect on his/her own role in the team.

Inhoud vak

Global Supply Chain Management (GSCM) is an exciting and focused course for preparing students in
implementing, coordinating and managing Supply Chains in global contexts. It will be valuable for students who
would like to pursue a career in consulting or take a position in GSCM. Its setup comprises issues relating to the
development of supplier relationships, operations improvement, procurement strategies, inventory control, logistics
operations, transportation networks as well as contemporary issues affecting these areas. Specifically, the course
will:

Explain and critically apply theories on logistics and supply chain management with a focus on global scales;
Integrate theories and appraise strategies on managing supply chain operations within the context of global
business management;
Understand the inter-relationship between supply chain management and global contemporary issues (e.g.,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 146 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

global sourcing);
Identify frameworks to manage risks and opportunities for competitive and economically sustainable supply
chain management in a global setup.

The course will be both qualitative and quantitative. From a qualitative point of view, cases will be analyzed to
derive best strategies and identify optimal policy. Qualitative sessions will inspire students’ interactions,
discussions and debates. The course of GSCM also consists of applications of quantitative devices. Decisions
undertaken and discussed in the qualitative sessions need robust and objective supports through quantitative
methods and models. These objectives are carried out at a course level by a solid review of the theory and the
methodological base associated with supply chain management, along with a discussion of advanced topics,
trends and directions. At a class level course topics are reviewed through a combination of lecture, discussion, and
student project work.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam - Individual assessment

Practical assignment(s) - Group assessment
Participation assignments - Individual assessment

Literatuur

Required materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.2 Business Mathematics

Global Sustainability
Vakcode E_IBA1_GSUS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. R. Heijungs
Examinator dr. R. Heijungs
Betrokken Docenten dr. R. Heijungs
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

Academic Skills (three As)

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

provide a concrete formulation of how sustainability should be taken up by society and business. Research
Skills

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

identify sustainability issues (such as water scarcity) and solutions (such as changing logistics) in concrete
cases.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE:

Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international business
administration

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 147 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

After successfully completing this course, the student:

knows the major issues in global sustainability, including environmental problems, social and economic
challenges.
knows the major paradigms and theories, such as the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals, eco-efficiency,
corporate social responsibility, extended producer responsibility, and circular economy.
can formulate a balanced opinion on wicked problems involving sustainability.

SOCIAL SKILLS – STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE DIFFERENT PROFESSIONAL ROLES
IN A CROSS-CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

After successfully completing this course, the student:

has actively engaged in discussions with fellow students from other cultures and social classes in discussing
issues of global sustainability.

Inhoud vak

This course addresses the interface between environmental challenges and business solutions to provide an
overview of the basic concepts of sustainability, sustainable business, and governance. It introduces students to
the background and key issues of sustainability and suggests ways in which these concepts can be applied in
business practice. Despite its business perspective, the course is interdisciplinary in its nature and draws on
knowledge from socio-economic, political, and environmental studies, thereby providing a practical and critical
understanding of sustainability in the changing paradigm of global business. It goes beyond the conventional
theories of sustainability and addresses critical issues concerned with population, consumption, and economic
growth. It discusses realistic ways forward, in particular the circular economy and Cradle to Cradle frameworks. It
also will emphasize quantitative sustainability, for instance measuring sustainability, calculating the impacts of
production and consumption (e.g., calculating carbon footprints), and using (big) data to optimize business
operations.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Case assignment – group assessment

Exam – individual assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

n/a

Literatuur

H. Kopnina & J. Blewitt. Sustainable Business. Key Issues. Second or Third Edition. Routledge, 2018/2023.
Additional documents via Canvas.

Overige informatie

For the tutorials, you are expected to bring a laptop with Microsoft Excel.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Academic skills
People in Business and Society
Organization Theory
Business Mathematics

Governance and Regulation of Emerging Technologies

Vakcode R_GRET
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 148 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator P.B. Cardozo Solano LLM
Examinator P.B. Cardozo Solano LLM
Betrokken Docenten prof. mr. A.R. Lodder, P.B. Cardozo Solano LLM
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Leergroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of this course is to explore strategies for regulating and governing societal changes caused by new
technological developments. By the end of the course, students will be able to identify regulatory and governance
instruments and understand how and when to apply them to emerging technologies.

Specifically, the course will achieve the following learning outcomes:

Students will familiarize themselves with recent technological advancements and their legal and societal
impact in increasingly digital societies.
Students will gain an understanding of laws, regulations, and governance mechanisms applicable to
technologies across various sectors and domains.
Students will demonstrate the ability to collaborate with peers while acknowledging and supporting an
inclusive and diverse environment.
Students will demonstrate the ability to clearly formulate legal arguments both verbally and in writing and to
resolve complex legal issues from multiple perspectives.

Inhoud vak

This introductory course in the Minor in Technology, Law, and Ethics offers an overview of the ways in which
technology can or should be regulated. Key concepts to be discussed include the influence of the economy (market
forces), the law, social norms, and the architecture (e.g., software) involved in regulating technology and its societal
implications.

The course examines the fundamentals of regulation from both legal and economic perspectives. It explores the
range of regulatory tools available and considers their advantages and disadvantages through practical examples.
As the course progresses, it delves into the modalities of regulation based on Lawrence Lessig's framework.
Students will analyze these regulatory approaches and discuss their strengths and weaknesses in the context of
emerging technologies.

Additionally, the course provides insight into the impact of regulation on key issues within the technology sector,
including monopoly control, the promotion of competition, quality standards, and navigating the increasingly
complex interplay between regulation, innovation, and the protection of fundamental rights.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course consists of both lectures and tutorials. Lectures are held weekly, while tutorials take place biweekly.

Toetsvorm

Written exam (individual; digital exam on campus).

Participation at tutorials.

Literatuur

Materials will be made available via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Apart from regular students, the course is also available for:

Students from other universities/faculties
Contractor (students who pay for one course)

Governance of Global Sustainability

Vakcode AB_1229
Studiepunten 6

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 149 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. J. Dell'Angelo
Examinator dr. J. Dell'Angelo
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Dell'Angelo
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The main objective of this course is for you to develop an understanding of the different modes and
multidimensional challenges of sustainability governance and the critical ways in which it is possible to think about
decisions that have impact on the environment. Collectively as a class, and individually, you will develop knowledge
in the politics of the environment by engaging with core scientific literature and discussing and tackling real world
socio-environmental problems. By the end of the course, you will have gained an understanding of the complexity
of the political dimension of the environment and the decisions that society
deals with that impact sustainability. You will develop theoretical knowledge that will give you the ability to think
critically and question mainstream societal decisions, politics and policies about the environment.

By the end of this course you will be able to:

Understand and describe different critical principles and theories about multilevel governance of sustainability
and the politics and policies of Sustainable Development
Apply different theories to think critically about and different sustainability problems, by analyzing them from
diverse and diverging perspectives
Characterize different modes of sustainability governance and identify their strengths and limitations in
relation to different types of socio-environmental problems
Formulate your own analysis and suggestions regarding societal decisions that impact local and global
sustainable development

Inhoud vak

Humanity deals with complex socio-environmental problems that impact the wellbeing of current and future
generations. Nature and ecosystems globally are threatened and under suffering increasing deterioration. It is
important to develop critical knowledge, understanding and perspectives about socio-environmental problems and
potential solutions.

Governance plays a key role in dealing with global sustainability issues. In this course we will study alternative
theories about the sustainability challenges that will allow you to think of socio-environmental problems critically
and we will learn about the different modes of governance that play a role in addressing issues of sustainability and
sustainable development. We will deal with the political dimension of the environment and learn about how different
theoretical perspective challenge the dominant paradigms. We will discuss and debate key sustainable
development and socio-environmental problems such as the FEW nexus, climate change, water challenges,
environmental conflicts etc.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

We will mix: frontal lectures, seminars, discussions and group activities.

The structure of the course consists of a mix of lectures and group discussions, activities and assignments. The
group activities in class will include simulations and team assignments. Readings will be assigned for each session
and it will be essential to be well prepared in order to successfully participate and address key questions that we
will tackle.

Participation: Due to the complexity of the issues addressed and the concentrated length of the course I highly
recommend attending every session. Of course, if you will have serious family or health reasons you can count on
my help for making up for your absence and catching up. The amount of the material that we will go through and
the very short time to prepare between the end of classes and the final exam will not allow you to be successful in
this course if you procrastinate reading and if you don’t participate.

I will lead group discussions on key questions related to the readings. To make the most of our time together, I will
call on students directly to address specific question during the group discussion. I will apply the “Socratic method”
and challenge you to defend your opinions. (This is a method that might seem a little intimidating but is particularly
useful to develop the capacity to debate publicly and defend your opinions – in line with the learning goals of the
course.)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 150 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Preparation advice: I can’t stress enough the importance to hit the ground and start running from day one, actively
participate and not fall behind. A critical aspect is that you make an effort to study the assigned readings before
class. If you don’t you will see pages adding up quickly and you not be as able to engage productively in
discussions and have less information and tools to understand the lectures. I look forward to work with you, so
please also take advantage of office hours.

Toetsvorm

Assessment is based on exam, presentations and written group assignments

Literatuur

For each week, a selection of articles will be made to be studied in advance.

Overige informatie

We strongly recommend that students interested in this course take all courses of the Minor Sustainability: Global
Challenges Interdisciplinary Solutions

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Interest in sustainability issues and social and environmental justice and politics

Grand Challenges for Sustainability

Vakcode E_MFS_GCS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. ir. J.H. Ansink
Examinator dr. ir. J.H. Ansink
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Werthschulte, dr. ir. J.H. Ansink
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The objective of this course is to characterize a path toward sustainable development and to identify the Grand
Challenges the world faces in making the transition from the business-as-usual path to the sustainable
development path.

ACADEMIC SKILLS / KNOWLEDGE

The biophysics behind global environmental problems such as climate change and biodiversity loss;
The importance of the 17 Sustainable Development Goals for achieving sustainable development;
The relation between economic growth and development and why the management of natural resources
cannot be left to the free market;
The importance of good governance for achieving sustainable development;
Whether the government can and should intervene to obtain sustainable development and combat poverty,
climate change, biodiversity loss, and resource depletion.

RESEARCH SKILLS / QUANTITATIVE SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, you will be acquainted with theoretical and empirical methods for
studying economic growth, the effects of market failures, the management of natural resources, and the effects of
different policy interventions.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to select, frame and qualitatively describe a challenge in
the context of sustainability that is urgent, multidisciplinary, and linked to your personal interest. You will also be
able to present a well-founded research proposal in an online pitch that is embedded in the academic literature.

SOCIAL SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, you will be able to present and actively discuss themes relevant to this
course.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 151 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to explain:

The interactions of the world economy, global society, and the natural environment that are important for
sustainable development;
Why sustainable development calls for socially inclusive and environmentally sustainable economic growth.

Inhoud vak

Sustainable development is the central challenge of our time. Today, the Earth is inhabited by more than 8 billion
people. This is 10 times more than at the start of the Industrial Revolution in the 18th century. Every year, these
people produce more than 100 trillion US dollars of output or 200 times more than at the start of the Industrial
Revolution. Both population and output are projected to keep growing in the 21st century. Although global
economic development has brought widespread prosperity, about 700 million people still live in extreme poverty,
and human activities may plunge the world into a gigantic environmental crisis caused by climate change and
biodiversity loss. We live in the Anthropocene where human activity has become a dominant influence on the
Earth’s climate and natural environment. To eradicate poverty and prevent environmental catastrophes, a transition
needs to be made from the business-as-usual path to the sustainable development path. Making this transition
requires good governance by governments, citizens, and businesses.

The course is organized around the Sustainable Development Goals as adopted by the UN in 2015. The first week
will start with a general introduction that sketches several important sustainability issues, illustrated by empirical
evidence. During the course, we pay attention to the scientific as well as to the economic and societal dimensions
of the identified challenges for sustainability. Furthermore, both analytical side (i.e., how to make sense of the
interactions of the economy, society and the environment?) and the normative or ethical side (i.e., what should be
the objectives of a well-functioning society?) of sustainable development will be discussed during the course.

The topics that will be dealt with during the course are, among others:

1. Growth and development and links to resource use, pollution, and technological change;
2. Ending global poverty, improving education, and providing basic health care;
3. Management of natural resources and planetary boundaries;
4. Climate change including climate science and environmental policies;
5. Biodiversity and land-use change;
6. Global governance.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (with interactive elements); Tutorials (including presentation and discussion sessions).

Toetsvorm

Written exam – Individual assessment

Interim Assignments – Individual and group assessment

Literatuur

Ritchie, Hannah, Not the End of the World: How We Can Be the First Generation to Build a Sustainable Planet,
2024, Little, Brown Spark, New York.
[Link]

Collection of articles.

Great Minds I
Vakcode W_BA_MND1
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L.W. Lee
Examinator prof. dr. M. Martijn
Betrokken Docenten dr. L.W. Lee
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 152 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Doel vak

The objective of this course is to acquire critical understanding of some of the highlights of the ancient and
medieval philosophy time periods. After this course you will have

1. knowledge of some of key thinkers from philosophy in the ancient and medieval philosophy time periods;
2. understanding of the main questions this philosophy seeks to answer.
After this course you are able to
3. interpret philosophical texts from the ancient and medieval philosophy time periods;
4. use and apply some of the core concepts of philosophy;
5. outline some strands of development in the ancient and medieval philosophy time periods in your own words.

Inhoud vak

This course largely focuses on Western philosophy from 6th century BCE to 15th century CE. It introduces you to
Ancient and Medieval philosophy, by studying the theories of a number of well-known thinkers: Plato, Aristotle,
Augustine, and Thomas Aquinas, while also attending to the theories of those who are less well-known, such as
Mengzi [Mencius], Laozi, Ibn Rushd [Averroes], and Christine de Pizan.
We will focus on the relation between world, knowledge and goodness (i.e., metaphysics, epistemology, and
ethics).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Interactive lecture; seminar; text analysis

Toetsvorm

Weekly assignments (pass/fail, assessment of learning objective 3, 4); final exam (100%, assessment of learning
objectives 1, 2, 4, 5). The assignments need to be sufficient (i.e. 'pass'), the final exam determines the grade.

Literatuur

A selection of primary sources, to be distributed through Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Minor students Philosophy

Great Minds II
Vakcode W_BA_MND2
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. C.H. Krijnen
Examinator dr. C.H. Krijnen
Betrokken Docenten dr. C.H. Krijnen
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The student acquires the ability:

1. To recognize and interpret the fundamental questions within modern and contemporary philosophy;
2. To identify and explain the basic ideas and concepts of some important philosophers from the 17th-20th
century;
3. to make connections, and to differentiate between these concepts and ideas;
4. to read, analyze, and interpret primary philosophical texts;
5. to further develop argumentative skills, orally and in writing.

Inhoud vak

In this course the most important thinkers from the philosophical history of the 17th until the 20th century will be

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 153 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

discussed. It concerns philosophers who have had an ineffaceable influence on philosophical thinking in general
and thinking about science and culture in particular. The following philosophers are discussed: Descartes, Hume,
Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Horkheimer, Foucault.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures to introduce the philosophical movement and philosopher's work; text reading seminars in which a
text(fragment) of a philosopher is discussed. Attendance of 80% of the text reading seminars in the classes on
Modern Philosophy and in the classes on Contemporary Philosophy is mandatory.

Toetsvorm

Assigments about the primary texts (complete/incomplete) (assessment of learning objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5);
Midterm test on Modern Philosophy with essay questions (50%) (assessment of learning objectives 1, 2, 3, 4,
5);
Final test on Contemporary Philosophy with essay questions (50%)(assessment of learning objectives 1, 2, 3,
4, 5) .
There is a mandatory attendance of 80% in the lectures in part I and 80% in the lectures in part II in order to
achieve learning objectives 4 and 5.

Literatuur

The literature list will be published at Canvas two weeks before the start of the course.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the minor Philosophy.

Toelichting Canvas

Two weeks before the start of the course, a detailed program will be made available through Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Great Minds I

Hadith-wetenschappen
Vakcode G_BATRSAL026
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie
Vakcoördinator dr. Y. Ellethy
Examinator dr. Y. Ellethy
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y. Ellethy
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afronding van deze module:

kan de student de terminologie op het gebied van de hadithwetenschappen benoemen, definiëren, uitleggen,
analyseren, en toepassen;
kan de student vergelijkingen maken tussen westerse historische methodologie en Hadithmethodologie, de
hadithwetenschappen integreren in en confronteren met bestaande historische theorieën en eigen
theoretische positiebepaling verwoorden;
kan de student de niet-islamitische en islamitische kritiek tegen de autoriteit van de Soenna en de
betrouwbaarheid van de Hadithmethodologie weergeven, bediscussiëren en hierover argumenteren;
kan de student uitleg geven over de belangrijkste concepten van de principes van de hadithwetenschappen
[uṣūl al-ḥadīth];
kan de student de inhoud van een aantal in het college behandelde Koran- en Hadithteksten weergeven en
deze teksten analyseren en uitleggen volgens de methode van de Koran- en hadithwetenschappen blijkend
uit presentaties en werkcollege discussies;

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 154 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

kan de student in hoofdlijnen iets vertellen over de hedendaagse discussies en problematiek van de hadith in
de moderne tijd, het belang van dit vakgebied uiteenzetten in een bredere maatschappelijke of
wetenschappelijke context.
kan de student de belangrijke Soenna-hadithliteratuur benoemen en hierover uitleg geven en
literatuuronderzoek doen blijkend uit schrijfopdrachten en presentaties;
kan de student de hadiths classificeren en toeschrijven aan een bepaalde autoriteit en deze classificeren;
kan de student enkele hadithteksten vanuit een eigen perspectief toelichten, verwoorden, in verband brengen
met andere posities, en het belang hiervan uiteenzetten in een bredere maatschappelijke en
wetenschappelijke context;
kan de student hermeneutische competenties gebruiken, achtergrondinformatie bij actuele kwesties
aanleveren en de opgedane kennis in link met de praktijk toepassen.

Inhoud vak

Hadith-wetenschappen is een vervolg op en verdieping van Inleiding in de Koran en Soenna. De inhoud wordt
verdiept met meer aandacht voor: hadithwetenschappen/methodologie, terminologie van de hadithwetenschappen
usul/mustalah al-hadith, en de hedendaagse discussies over de autoriteit van de Soenna. Het gaat dus om:
geschiedenis van usul al-hadith, classificatie van de hadiths, analyse van isnâd/sanad en matn, relatie tussen
Koran en Soenna, deconstructie en beoordeling van een sanad, leeswijze van een sanad, criteria van
betrouwbaarheid van een overlevering/overleveraar, aanvaardbaarheid en onaanvaardbaarheid van een hadith,
aantasting van een isnâd of matn, hadith commentaar (sharh) en methodes van takhrij van een hadith.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoor- en werkcolleges met schriftelijke opdrachten en tussentijdse papers. Een klassieke bron-tekst (matn) van de
hadithmethodologie wordt uitgelegd en ganalyseerd; een aantal relevante artikelen, boekhoofdstukken en hadith
teksten worden behandeld. Er wordt aandacht gegeven aan de interactieve deelname van de studenten. Vragen
worden aan het begin van het college beantwoord en besproken. Aan het eind van de serie hoorcolleges wordt een
werkstuk gepresenteerd, in werkgroep besproken en beoordeeld.

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk tentamen (80%)

Schrijfopdracht (20%)

Literatuur

Verplicht:

Azami, M., Studies in Hadith Methodology and Literature, Indianapolis: American Trust publications, 1977
Brown J., "The rules of Matn criticism:There are no rules", Islamic Law and Society 19 (2012), pp. 356-396
(Canvas)
Ibn Al-Salah, An Introduction to the Science of the Hadith, trans. Dickinson E., Reading: Garnet Publishing
Ltd, 2006.

Aanbevolen:

Kamali M., A Textbook of Hadith Studies, Leicestershire: The Islamic Foundation, 2009
Maloush T., Early Hadith Literature and the Theory of Ignaz Goldziher, Phd thesis, University of Edinburgh,
2000
Siddiqi, M., Hadith for Beginners, New Delhi : Goodword Books, 2000 (VU Bibliotheek)

Overige informatie

Voor deze module geldt een aanwezigheidsplicht van 80%.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Je kunt je alleen intekenen voor dit vak als je bent ingetekend op deminor Arabisch en bronnen van de Islam of de
minor Islam, of als je de track Islam (onderdeel van de bachelor Theology and Religious Studies) of de track Vrije
Keuze (onderdeel van de bachelor Theology and Religious Studies) volgt.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Inleiding in de Koran Soenna (G_BATRSPC123) [Note: n.v.t. voor minor-studenten]

Arabisch IV (G_BATRSPC202) [Note: n.v.t. voor minor-studenten]
Geschiedenis van de Islam tot 1800 (G_BATRSPC106) [Note: n.v.t. voor minor-studenten]

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 155 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Health Economics
Vakcode E_MFHC_HEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. W. Janssens
Examinator prof. dr. W. Janssens
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Aguiar Palma, prof. dr. W. Janssens
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In this course students learn to:

Apply micro-economic theory to the study of health policy and healthcare financing;
Understand and address the drivers of individual health-related behavior;
Explain the origins of inequalities in health outcomes over the life cycle, and within and between countries;
Formulate economic requirements for effective healthcare systems;
Identify healthcare market failures and explain how/why governments may intervene;
Evaluate the impact and effectiveness of healthcare policies using economic theory;
Perform longitudinal analyses of developments in healthcare;
Collect and synthesize empirical evidence to communicate on matters of healthcare.

Inhoud vak

The central theme of this course is the economic optimization of healthcare systems, investigating both the
demand- and the supply-side. This course provides students the necessary economic knowledge to analyze
healthcare policies and individual health-related behavior, and to examine the economic effects of healthcare
policies and interventions.
The following topics will be addressed:

healthcare systems' main objectives;

market imperfections and principal-agent relationships in healthcare;
methods to evaluate the economic performance of healthcare policies;
health financing and health insurance;
benefit-incidence analyses of healthcare programs;
socioeconomic and life cycle inequalities in health outcomes;
prevention, treatment and (socioeconomic) impact of infectious diseases (such as COVID19, HIV/AIDS,
malaria);
the growing burden of non-communicable diseases;
individual behavior and lifestyle choices that affect health outcomes;
the link between mental health, depression and socioeconomic outcomes.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Two lectures per week (on-campus)

One tutorial meeting per week (on-campus)

Toetsvorm

Written exam (individual assessment)

Weekly written tutorial assignments (group assessment)

Vereiste voorkennis

None.

Literatuur

Selection of chapters from Bhattacharya, J., T. Hyde and T. Tu (2014), "Health Economics", Palgrave
McMillan.
Papers, as listed in the course manual and published on Canvas.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 156 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanbevolen voorkennis

None.

History and Ethnography

Vakcode L_AABAGES222
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. Y. Saramifar
Examinator dr. Y. Saramifar
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y. Saramifar
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

This course is designed from an interdisciplinary perspective so that students learn how empirical qualitative
method such as ethnography contributes to history and researching history:

1. Students gain familiarity with ethnographic methods and use of objects in ethnography.
2. Students will be able to differentiate Emic and Etic
3. Students learn to illustrate how objects are ethnographic components and expose socio-historical complexity.

Inhoud vak

This course introduces ethnography as a method of data collection and empirical research which helps to
understand the idea of history and how histories inform the present. The course highlights the value of
interdisciplinary knowledge production by combining conventional research methods of historians with creative
ethnography and material culture from anthropological perspectives. By discussing ethnography, students will learn
social scientists look at phenomena by following perceptions of people while historians look through them by
rethinking what was perceived. This course, as a skill-learning course, introduces students to ethnography, its
interdisciplinary use, and how ethnography can be included in historians' toolboxes.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Twice every week (interactive lectures/seminars)

Student-led classes

Toetsvorm

Active Participation
Group presentation and Reports
Ethnography of Histories

Overige informatie

The basic knowledge about social sciences is NOT required!

Human Rights and Citizenship

Vakcode R_HumRC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator dr. K.J. Swider

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 157 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Examinator dr. K.J. Swider

Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. G.R. Jones, dr. K.J. Swider

Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Leergroep

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course you will be able to:

Understand how the concept of citizenship operates in national and international legal systems;
Gain an insight into the role of citizenship policies in the formation of statehood in (post-)colonial and state
succession contexts;
Understand international and regional legal norms on statelessness and multiple nationalities;
Critically evaluate the relationship between the status of citizenship and the concept of human rights;
Critically engage with the concept of ‘integration’ and analyse the assimilationist shift of mandatory integration
measures;
Understand the hierarchical function and racialized instability of citizenship and rights in colonial and
postcolonial contexts;
Apply the knowledge of core concepts and theories acquired in this course to analyse your chosen citizenship
regime;
Gain a comparative perspective on how various states across the globe regulate acquisition and loss of their
citizenships.

The course contributes to achieving the following end objectives of the Bachelor degree:

2&3 - Interconnectedness between different legal orders: national, European, international; 4 - understanding of
legal terminology in English; 5 - understanding that the law develops and manifests itself in social contexts; 7 -
reading, understanding and analysing legal sources; 9 - critical reflection on laws from historical and philosophical
perspectives; 10 - reflection on one's own position in society where the relevant laws function; 16 - conducting
research into a legal problem and writing down the findings; 21 - finding legal sources.

The course also contributes to the objectives of the Law in Action by asking students to apply the theoretical
knowledge acquired to a concrete citizenship context of their choosing, reflecting on the political, societal, historical
and anthropological relevance of the legal category of citizenship worldwide.

Inhoud vak

Citizenship is an important concept for national and international legal systems, but also a core notion in political
science, sociology, and anthropology, as well as a salient political issue in many states. This course offers a cross-
disciplinary insight into the seemingly omnipresent yet poorly defined phenomenon of citizenship. Together we will
attempt to understand core legal terminology surrounding citizenship, and engage with national and international
laws that regulate how citizenship ought to be acquired and lost by individuals. We will look at how states assert
their statehood and sovereignty through the law and politics of citizenship in different contexts of state formation,
including state succession and (post-)colonialism. Finally, we will study the nexus between citizenship, migration
and human rights through a critical look at integration policies, as well as the hierarchical function and racialised
instabilities of citizenship. We approach the topic with awareness of how we are situated within it, and reflect on
how our own relation with our (lack of) citizenship(s) shape our perspectives on the topic.

At the start of the course each student chooses any citizenship regime they want to explore, and applies the
knowledge acquired in the course to analyse their chosen regime. In class we exchange findings about different
citizenship regimes and gain a comparative perspective from each other. At the end of the course each student
puts together a Portfolio based on the work they have done during the course, which forms the basis for the
assessment.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Weekly interactive lectures, obligatory weekly assignments.

Toetsvorm

The course is graded on the basis of a written Portfolio, which can be written individually or in pairs, and a brief
interview where students answer questions about their Portfolios.
Submission of compulsory weekly assignments is required for passing the course. The Assignments are designed
as building blocks for the Portfolio.
The format for the re-examination is determined based on the number of students needing re-examination. It may
take the form of an oral re-examination, or a written assignment equivalent to a Portfolio.

Vereiste voorkennis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 158 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Successful completion of university-level courses at 2nd year Bachelor level, and ability to engage with
interdisciplinary academic literature, is essential. Legal skills, such as ability to read and understand national and
international legal documents and judgments, is desirable. Background in either law, anthropology, sociology or
political science is desirable.

Literatuur

Will be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Apart from law students of the VU, the course is also available for:

Students from other universities/faculties

Exchange students
Contractor (students who pay for one course)

Human Rights and the Border

Vakcode R_HumRB
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. mr. B. de Hart
Examinator prof. dr. mr. B. de Hart
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. mr. B. de Hart, mr. dr. Y. Arbaoui
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Leergroep

Doel vak

The overall aim of the course is to increase knowledge of the law concerning borders and to understand the
changing meanings of borders. Hence, in this course, we consider borders as legal constructs, using the concept of
bordering, to emphasize that borders are not something static; rather, they are constantly created and recreated
legally, socially and politically. The course invites students to approach borders from a (global) legal and
sociological perspective. The specific learning goals of this course are:

1. To develop some insight into the relationship between relevant international, regional and domestic laws;
2. To understand the ways in which the law develops and manifests itself in a social context;
3. To read and analyse legal and socio-legal texts, including case law and legislation;
4. To develop a sound and substantiated argument in a socio-legal debate on migrants, families, migration and
borders;
5. To be able to reflect on migration law issues involving different perspectives.

Inhoud vak

How borders work in theory and how they operate in practice may differ significantly. This course explores the law
on borders in connection with their societal reality. It examines the emerging tensions between the state’s interest
to control its borders and migrants’ enjoyment of their fundamental human rights. It provides an opportunity to study
the laws regulating people’s mobility and how these create different categories of ‘migrants’. We will explore the
meaning of borders by focussing on the family and how they are affected by borders. After all, migrants are not
isolated individuals, but always part of families. The overall aim of the course is to increase knowledge of the law
concerning borders and to understand the changing meanings of borders. Hence, in this course, we consider
borders as legal constructs, using the concept of bordering, to emphasize that borders are not something static;
rather, they are constantly created and recreated legally, socially and politically. The course invites students to
approach borders from a (global) legal and sociological perspective.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course basically consists of (interactive) lectures.

Toetsvorm

The course will be concluded with a written exam and/or a paper.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 159 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Literatuur

Will be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is open to students of various disciplines who have completed their first year of their Bachelor program,
including exchange students.

Overige informatie

This course is part of the minor ‘Law and Global Society: Internet, Migration and Climate Change’ and of the minor
‘Migration Studies’.

IBA Exchange Programme

Vakcode E_IBA3_EXCH
Studiepunten 0
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. A. Bäker
Examinator dr. A. Bäker
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. ir. F. Deken, dr. Y. Ghiami
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

The IBA exchange, supports the IBA programme objectives, such that students can select and participate in
courses at a foreign university. Thus, in general the exchange enables students to:

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

Enhance understanding and application of design and conducting research projects in an international
environment.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

Demonstrate theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international business
administration (KNOWLEDGE)
Propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and
methodologies (APPLICATION)

SOCIAL SKILLS

Enhance their cross-cultural communication and social skills necessary for working in a variety of
professional organizations

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON

Better understand the international implications of professional and governmental decisions

SELF-AWARENESS

To enhance their ability to evaluate own learning, knowledge and actions (in a cross-cultural context).

Inhoud vak

The IBA exchange constitutes a mandatory part of the third year (i.e. semester 1). Students will have an
opportunity to go abroad and immerse themselves in a foreign culture, both personally and professionally. Students
select the country and university themselves, and through an application procedure students will make known their
preference. And upon acceptance, the adventure can begin.

The IBA exchange programme is arranged by VU International Office (in collaboration with IBA programme
management, and SBE study advisors). The International Office can provide you with detailed information on the

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 160 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

possibilities to study abroad, the requirements and the courses on offer abroad. The team will also assist you
during your application at the host university and will inform you about what to arrange before you go on exchange.
If you want to know if courses abroad meet the entry requirements for SBE Master's programmes, it is advisable to
contact an academic advisor. All courses chosen must be approved of by the examination board before you leave.
In preparation for the IBA exchange, information sessions will be organized and students are invited to participate
in the 'Study Abroad Weeks'. For more information, see Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Each student participates in an individually chosen set of courses at a partner university

Toetsvorm

Each student participates in an individually chosen set of courses at a partner university

Vereiste voorkennis

The deadline for applying for an exchange programme with the International Office is at the beginning of January
(check

[Link] for precise dates). Remember also that you can only go abroad if, at the start of your third year, you have at
least 90 EC. This means that you must have at least 60 EC when applying in order to be eligible for exchange.

Literatuur

Each student participates in an individually chosen set of courses at a partner university

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

For more information please consult Canvas. In addition:

Information about our partner universities can be found at Mobility-Online Portal ([Link])
Information about exchange can be found at [Link]
orientation

Toelichting Canvas

Relevant information will be available on Canvas.

IBA LAB I
Vakcode E_IBA2_LABI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. A.C. Guldemond
Examinator drs. A.C. Guldemond
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Loh, drs. A.C. Guldemond
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

"The purpose of an organization is to enable ordinary humans beings to do extraordinary things."

— Peter Drucker

This course is an experimental and experiential learning lab. It is aiming at a collaborative, hands-on learning
experience to develop an entrepreneurial attitude. It is also aiming at creating a concrete business result. At the
end of the course, students should be able to:

Academic & Research skills:

do applied research and experiments and report out on the results of the experiments
Show a critical mastery of important and state-of-the art theoretical models in the areas of strategic

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 161 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

management, innovation, and social entrepreneurship (theoretical knowledge) with a focus on co-creation
and design thinking.

Bridging theory and practice

apply the right theoretical models to real-life problems in order to be better equipped for your future position in
society.
new ways of working and with new perspectives on your field of studies, on problems in society and your own
role in it. Its about daring to colour outside the lines in productive ways

Broadening your horizon

develop a view on problems in society and how they can be solved by venturing, organising and innovating
create solutions that fit the criteria of being impactful, of being socially relevant and of helping people.

Self-awareness

show self directed learning and be a reflective practitioner, using reflection to course correct
learn to intervene in a process, in a group and in a system

Inhoud vak

"Real growth comes through intense, difficult, and challenging situations"

― Kamal Ravikant

Creating like your life depends on it.

Design thinking will be taught so students can apply this way of working to their business idea where curiosity and
asking questions are central. The first part of the course will involve an on site design thinking workshop to help an
organization solve their problem. This is the practice round before the students start working on their own business
to create something new with impact. This business idea should result in a concrete entity with impact on society,
with funding, with a business plan and with people running the business.

Asking questions like your life depends on it.

The students will learn test their ideas by doing experiments and to analyse and report on the experimental results.
Applied research and doing experiments will be part of the methods approach to this course supporting the
development of the business idea. Organising like your life depends on it. Students will learn about systems
thinking and intervening in a group or a system. Students will learn to make decisions and protecting the downside
of their decision while focusing on the upside. Students will learn about co-creative processes and idea generation
in order to build their business.

Reflecting like your life depends on it.

On the personal side the course will challenge students to learn to use their faculties to rapidly adapt and reflect. In
this course your personal development is placed central, with you as the project leader. Through self-directed and
continuous learning, you will take charge of the development you need to go through to be able to actually set up
the business. Guiding you throughout will be your personal development plan that you set up at the start of this
course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

“If at first the idea is not absurd, then there is no hope for it.”
― Albert Einstein

When you look around in society what problems do you observe that you would want to address? From the threat
of war, social inequalities, the lack of safe spaces to sustainability, there are so many issues we face. Your focus in
this course is on developing (and in Learning Lab II implementing) a social entrepreneurial solution to a real-life
problem in a free format.

The student will be supported in developing innovative and impactful business ideas in a collaborative way by
teaching, tutoring, coaching and training. During this course students will be pushed to leave the hypothetical
behind and get your hands dirty in a safe learning environment. This we will achieve in part through a series of field
trips we will take during this course, initiated by both us as well as you and your fellow students.

Go through a one-week design sprint at a local organisation

Be present in an inspiring co-creation space for 2 days a week
Teamwork and coaching on the job
Field trips organized by the students
Presentations your work to a combination of experts, students, and academics

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 162 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Practical assignment - Individual assessment

Practical assignment - Group assessment

Participation assignments

Literatuur

“There is Nothing More Practical Than A Good Theory”

—Kurt Lewin

Literature will be made available through Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

"Are you taking over or are you taking orders? Are you going backwards or are you going forward?"
― Joe Strummer of The Clash

The course is aimed at self-propelling and entrepreneurial students with an experimental mindset. The student is
interested in having an impact on society and wants to learn how to be useful and helpful The student wants to
learn how to work together with others in achieving this goal.

IBA LAB II
Vakcode E_IBA2_LBII
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E.W. Hafermalz
Examinator dr. E.W. Hafermalz
Betrokken Docenten dr. E.W. Hafermalz
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course is an experimental and experiential learning lab. You will focus on implementing the impactful business
idea that you have developed in IBA Lab I.

Bridging Theory & Practice

After successfully completing this course, the student:

Understands the myriad tensions and challenges entrepreneurs face when blending social and economic
aims (Knowledge)
Can use innovation and design thinking techniques to discover new ways to overcome entrepreneurial
challenges (Application)

Social Professional Skills:

After successfully completing this course, the student:

Has developed social skills to collaborate across boundaries within diverse ecosystems

Broadening Your Horizon.

After successfully completing this course, the student:

Has a strong orientation towards ethical and responsible entrepreneurship

Self-Awareness.
After successfully completing this course, the student:

Can reflect upon individual capacity to manage complex demands and reflectively adapt entrepreneurial goals

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 163 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Unsolved societal challenges are an untapped source of new business opportunities. In this course, you will learn
through first-hand experience how to become an empowered and socially-minded entrepreneur by developing your
own business that combines economic and social goals. Building on the fundamentals of the entrepreneurial
mindset acquired from IBA Lab I, this course will further underscore that socially-minded entrepreneurs rarely
operate as individual “lone wolves,” but rather are reflective practitioners who skilfully navigate and leverage
network and ecosystem relationships to effect systemic change.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials
On-site visits
Coaching and training sessions

Toetsvorm

Practical assignments - Group assessment

Practical assignments - Individual assessment
Participation assignments

Vereiste voorkennis

2.4 IBA Lab I

Identity, Diversity and Inclusion

Vakcode S_IDI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. I.E. Waldring
Examinator dr. I.E. Waldring
Betrokken Docenten dr. I.E. Waldring, drs. E.S. Waterberg MSc, dr. M.C. de Regt
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course is designed to introduce students to the various issues concerning diversity and inclusion in an
increasingly globalizing world. The course focuses in particular on contemporary issues concerning processes of
inclusion and exclusion in the Dutch/European context.

The central questions in this course are:

How and why are identities based on ethnicity, gender, class and sexuality constructed by both insiders and
outsiders?
How do (groups within) European/Dutch societies respond to diversity?
What are the relevant mechanisms of inclusion or exclusion?

How should we contextualize current debates and practices related to inclusion/exclusion processes in relation to
Dutch/European historical developments?

Learning outcomes:

Knowledge and understanding - The student has acquired knowledge and understanding of:

the relevant forms and dimensions of social identities;

theories of identity construction, inclusion and exclusion;
the questions, debates and policies on diversity in contemporary Western societies, and the differences
between societies thereof;
the challenges of contemporary developments - such as globalization and individualization - on contemporary
forms of diversity.

Application - The student has acquired the competences to:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 164 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

apply acquired knowledge in the analysis of contemporary forms of diversity.

Making judgements - The student is able to demonstrate:

a critical stance in contemporary debates over identity, diversity and inclusion.

Inhoud vak

Identity issues have become very prominent in our globalizing world. While migration is often presented as one of
the main causes of the increasing emphasis on identity, other developments, such as those related to (cultural)
globalization and economic transformations, have had a strong impact as well. In addition to ethnic and religious
diversity, gender inequalities, class differences and issues related to sexual diversity have changed The
Netherlands and other European societies. Ethnicity, gender, class and sexuality are markers of identity, but have
also become axes of inclusion and exclusion in contemporary European societies.

This course discusses how ethnic diversity intersects with other forms of diversity. While historical constructions of
the nation were already gendered, in contemporary discourses on national identity, gender and sexuality have
become more prominent as markers of national inclusion and exclusion. Or, as in Europe ethnic diversity largely
coincides with class distinctions, how does this affect feelings of belonging and inclusion?

Various identity aspects will be studied in relation to possible reactions to experienced threats to identity and/or
social exclusion. The course will also zoom in on cases of local conflict and on contemporary debates related to the
subject, like the one on feminist solidarity in an age of diversity.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures.

Toetsvorm

Digital exam.

Literatuur

Various articles including texts by Cooper (2015), Crul (2016), Young (1990), Woodward (2003), and others (see
CANVAS).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students in the Minor Sociology and the Minor Gender & Diversity.
Also open as an elective course for Exchange Students.

Overige informatie

Please beware that the resit of the exam takes place in the second semester of the academic year (usually mid-
February). And please beware that for taking the exam as well as the resit your physical presence at VU is
required.

Imagining the Dutch: themes in Dutch History

Vakcode L_GCBAALG003
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands / Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator drs. W.C. Manuhutu
Examinator dr. P.H. Moser
Betrokken Docenten dr. P.H. Moser, prof. dr. P.J.E.M. van Dam, drs. W.C. Manuhutu, dr. H.M.E.P. Kuijpers
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The main goal of this course is to familiarize diverse group of students coming from different countries and
educational backgrounds with some core aspects of the history of the Netherlands and of the way the Netherlands

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 165 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

is imagined.

Students will also learn how to connect Dutch history with a number of present-day academic as well as public
debates on issues such as national identity, tolerance, environment, colonialism, World War II, democracy and
multiculturalism. They will learn how to critically connect these themes to different representations of Dutch history
in the media, in museums and the internet.

As this course is open to non-history students, it will also introduce several concepts of history as an academic
discipline, by discussing subfields of history such as political history, colonial history, environmental history and
national history.

After taking this course, students will be able to recognize normative thinking in academic literature and in the work
of historians, to read and summarize academic writing, to use scientific literature in debates and to critically
addresses historical information and images.

Inhoud vak

Often, the perception of the Netherlands at home and abroad is ridden with stereotypes. It is a country of cheese,
herring and coffeeshops. Canals, clogs, windmills and a very liberal attitude to life choices are also elements in this
imagery. The struggle against water is yet another recurring theme in the way the Dutch are perceived and see
themselves.

The course will cover a period of over 500 years from 1500 until the present, giving an overview of the multiple
histories of the Netherlands. Besides written texts, audio-visual sources will also be employed in order to illuminate
the themes that will be discussed. Breaking away from the Spanish Habsburg Empire in the late sixteenth century,
the Dutch Republic became a world power in the course of the seventeenth century. As a republic it was an
exception in an age of kingdoms and empires. The seventeenth century was marked by economic, scientific and
cultural success. The foundations for a large colonial empire were laid in the seventeenth century. This period has
been coined the ‘Golden Age’, a term that has come under scrutiny and debate in recent years. In the course the
emergence of the Dutch Republic and the way the ‘Golden Age’ came into being and is remembered will be
discussed. Several characteristics that are considered ‘typically Dutch’ such as a pragmatic, entrepreneurial
mentality are linked to this period The merchant and the minister are two other images that are often used in
characterizing the Dutch. As a country dependent on trade, international relations have always been of the utmost
importance. As a small nation the Netherlands also has a tradition in international law as well as a tendency to
imagine itself as holding the moral high-ground and a guide to the world.

During the course among others the following themes will be discussed:

The emergence of the Netherlands as an independent political nation and its development as a Republic in
the seventeenth century
Notions of tolerance and religious diversity
The economic, scientific and cultural developments in the Netherlands (Rembrandt, Hugio Grotius)
The Dutch and water: a maritime power at sea, managing water at home
The Dutch as a colonial power and a post-colonial society
The transition from a Republic to a Kingdom
Pillarrized consensus democracy and present-day Dutch politics
The Dutch and the World Wars
Migration, diversity and race In the Netherlands

Discussion among students about the content of the lectures and the course literature is part of this course, which
is specifically designed to connect history with contemporary issues. Quizzes and polls will be employed to
stimulate class engagement.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

In period 1,each week there will be two lectures All the thematic lectures will be given by various lectures, primarily
from the History Department of the VU. Presence in class is mandatory. Students who have a reason to be absent
have to inform the course coordinator in time of their absence, which is limited to a maximum of two times, after
which the student can be penalized with exclusion from participating in the exams.

Toetsvorm

There is one written assignments (25%), as well as a written exam (75%).

Literatuur

Handbook: Kennedy, J. C. (2017). A concise history of the Netherlands. Cambridge University Press.

Students will also be asked to read additional articles or book chapters related to each theme, which will be posted

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 166 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

on Canvas in due time.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is open to students taking part in the minor programme 'History' or the programme 'A Semester in
Amsterdam'; other exchange students and Dutch students interested in Dutch History.

Overige informatie

This course will be provided two times during the academic year in period 1 (L_GCBAALG003) and in periods 4&5
(L_GCBAALG004).
All the lectures will be in English. Students who follow a Dutch language program can make their assignments in
Dutch.

Inclusive Growth and Sustainability

Vakcode E_EBE3_IGS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator A.I. Gomes Figueiredo
Examinator A.I. Gomes Figueiredo
Betrokken Docenten A.I. Gomes Figueiredo, prof. dr. M.W. Hofkes
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to:

describe facts about economic growth that theoretical frameworks should hope to explain (Bridging Theory
and Practice - Application)
understand the drivers of economic growth, both theoretically and empirically (Bridging Theory and Practice -
Knowledge & Application)
analyze the effect of shocks on economic growth using formal economic modeling (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Knowledge)
apply economic growth models to practical policy problems (Bridging Theory and Practice - Application)
communicate effectively and discuss key findings from academic journals (Academic and Research Skills)
work collaboratively with others in a team towards a common goal (Academic and Research Skills)
develop (and defend) a position on a policy issue (Bridging Theory and Practice - Application)

Inhoud vak

Why are people in the richest countries of the world so much richer today than 100 years ago? And why are some
countries so much richer than others? Is growth inclusive? Questions like these are at the heart of this course.

The course starts with an overview of stylized facts about economic growth. Next, we introduce students to the
workhorse models of economic growth, emphasizing their theoretical foundations and empirical relevance. We also
study the role of misallocation. Drawing upon empirical evidence from the literature, we then seek to understand the
fundamental causes of growth, focusing on the role played by geography, institutions and trade. Next, we examine
the disparities that often accompany economic growth, with a particular emphasis on the concept of inclusive
growth from a labor market perspective. Finally, we introduce students to green growth and the role of natural
resources in the process of economic growth.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Assignments
Exam

Vereiste voorkennis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 167 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Quantitative Research Methods I, Macroeconomics I, Microeconomics I.

Literatuur

Main textbook: Introduction to Economic Growth (3rd Edition) by Charles I Jones and Dietrich Vollrath.
For some topics, the textbook is complemented with papers from academic journals.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Some mathematical tools are necessary to study growth. Students taking this course are expected to have a good
grasp of algebra and basic calculus (derivatives, growth rates, and simple differential equations), and be
comfortable with how logs and exponentials work.

Information Systems in E-Business and Online

Commerce
Vakcode E_MFEO_ISEOC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J. van Angeren
Examinator dr. J. van Angeren
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. van Angeren, dr. E. Elshan
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC SKILLS:
Develop the ability to understand and critically examine technological developments as they relate to the domain of
e-business and online commerce.
Students should be able to:

understand and critically reflect on the role of information systems and technology in facilitating e-business,
online commerce, and social commerce;
examine the relationship between technological developments and e-business and online commerce.

KNOWLEDGE:
Acquire a fundamental understanding of information systems usage in the context of e-business and online
commerce, and the main technological trends and issues that permeate it. More specifically, students will gain
knowledge concerning the following:

the information systems landscape of e-business and online commerce organizations;

important technological and infrastructural developments such as application programming interfaces (APIs),
cloud and serverless computing, digital platforms, no-code and low-code platforms, and service-oriented
architectures, and how they relate to e-business and online commerce;
the challenges that changing trends in e-business and online commerce pose for the information systems
landscape of and technology in use at the organization

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE:

Apply received knowledge to business problems at hand. Specifically:

apply theoretical knowledge relating to information systems to the practice of conducting business online;
conceive of and develop applications using no-code or low-code platforms;
translate business needs to technological solutions and vice versa.

SOCIAL SKILLS:
Be able to effectively work in project teams on business problems and communicate on project results both through
presentation and writing.

Inhoud vak

Information systems and technology lie at the very heart of e-business and online commerce. Innovations in those

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 168 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

technologies have made it possible to conduct business over the Internet, through mobile apps, and via social
media platforms. Technology also enables streamlining interactions with suppliers, business partners, and
customers, and collecting and analyzing data from digital transactions to predict what customers might be
interested in. At the same time, conceived business innovations in e-business and online commerce activities often
also have to be supported by new technology.

It is on this nexus between business and technology needs that this course resides, as it addresses the
fundamental role of information systems and technology in e-business and online commerce. Our focus is on
recent technological developments such as application programming interfaces (APIs), cloud and serverless
computing, digital platforms, no-code and low-code platforms, service-oriented architectures, and others. Students
will develop an essential understanding of these technological developments as well as what new business
activities they enable and how they are applied. Moreover, students will consider the challenges that come with
these technological developments and conducting business over the Internet more generally.

Students will apply their acquired knowledge through their work on developing an app to solve a business problem.
In groups, students will use a low-code platform, Mendix, to develop their own application and reflect on the design
choices that they have made. This way, students gain first-hand experience of the challenges that arise when
aligning business and technology. While working with Mendix, students have the opportunity to obtain formal
certification as a Mendix Rapid Application Developer as a natural extension of the coursework.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Knowledge clips
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Final exam - Individual assessment

Low-code app assignment - Group assessment

Literatuur

The readings for this course consist of a collection of academic and practitioner-oriented papers. The (links to)
those papers will be distributed via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the minor in E-Business and Online Commerce. The course is open to other interested
students as well.

Inleiding in de Koran en Soenna

Vakcode G_BATRSPC123
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie
Vakcoördinator dr. Y. Ellethy
Examinator dr. Y. Ellethy
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y. Ellethy
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afronding van deze module:

kent de student op hoofdlijnen de ontstaansgeschiedenis, de indeling en de thematiek van de Koran en de

Hadith;
kan de student beknopt uitleg geven over visies op de geschiedenis van de Goddelijke openbaring in het
algemeen en de openbaring van de Koran aan de profeet Mohammed in het bijzonder;
kent de student de ontstaansgeschiedenis, de verzameling en de verspreiding van de Koranische tekst in
hoofdlijnen;
kent de student de westerse discussies en kritiek i.v.m de historische ontwikkeling van de tekst van de Koran

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 169 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

en kan hierop reageren op een wetenschappelijke manier;

kent de student de algemene kenmerken, inhoud, stijl en historische context van de Koran in hoofdlijnen;
heeft de student fundamentele kennis omtrent de terminologie van de Koranwetenschappen (en basiskennis
van de Soenna en Hadith terminologie);
kent de student de geschiedenis en de ontwikkeling van de Koran- en Hadithwetenschappen en de
betreffende klassieke en moderne literatuur in grote lijnen;
kan de student een werkstuk van enkele pagina’s schrijven over de positie van de Koran en de Soenna
binnen de Islam.

Inhoud vak

In deze cursus (met meer focus op de Koranwetenschappen) worden gezaghebbende visies op de geschiedenis
van de openbaring, de verzameling en de ontstaansgeschiedenis van de Korantekst, de betreffende kritiek, en de
belangrijkste kernpunten en terminologie binnen de Koranwetenschappen ʿulūm al-Qur'ān behandeld. De student
krijgt ook basiskennis van de positie van de Soenna binnen de Islam, het ontstaan en de ontwikkeling van de
Hadith wetenschappen, terminologie en klassieke literatuur. In de module Hadith-wetenschappen zal meer nadruk
worden gelegd op de Soenna en Hadithmethodologie.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoor- en werkcolleges met schriftelijke opdrachten en tussentijdse papers. Er wordt aandacht gegeven aan de
interactieve deelname van de studenten. Vragen worden aan het begin van het college besproken. In aansluiting
op elk hoorcollege-onderdeel wordt een werkstuk geschreven en in werkgroepen besproken en beoordeeld.

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk tentamen (80%)

Schrijfopdracht (20%)

Literatuur

Verplichte literatuur:

Al-A'ẓami, M., The History of the Quranic Text from Revelation to Compilation, Leicester: UK Islamic
Academy, 2003.
Leemhuis, F. "Koran"; "Soenna", in J. Waardenburg (ed.), Islam: Norm, Ideaal en Werkelijkheid. Houten:
Fibula, 20005 , pp. 54-74; 75-79.

(Canvas)

Ljamai, A., Inleiding tot de Studie van de Koran, Zoetermeer: Meinema, 2005, hoofdstukken 1, 2, 3 en 4 t/m
p. 71.
Motzki, H., The Collection of the Qur'an: A Reconsideration of Western Views in Light of Recent
Methodological Developments, Der Islam 78 (2001), pp. 1-34.
Watt, M. (et al.), Bells Inleiding tot de Koran, Utrecht: de Ploeg, 1986, hoofdstukken 1 en 2 t/m p. 39.
Nederlandse Koranvertaling.

Aanbevolen literatuur:

Ali, M., Sirat Al-Nabi and the Orientalists, Madinah: King Fahd complex for the Printing of the Quran, 1997
(Section IV: Receipt of Way).
Hamidullah, M., An Introduction to the Conservation of Hadith in the Light of the Sahifah of Hammam ibn
Munabbih, Kuala Lumpur: Islamic Book Trust, 2003.

Verdere literatuur wordt voor aanvang van het college bekend gemaakt via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze module maakt onderdeel uit van de bachelor Theology and Religious Studies - Islam, de universiteitsminor
Islam en de minor Arabisch en Bronnen van de Islam.

Overige informatie

Aanwezigheid 80%

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Je kunt je alleen intekenen voor dit vak als je bent ingetekend op deminor Arabisch en bronnen van de Islam of de
minor Islam, of als je de track Islam (onderdeel van de bachelor Theology and Religious Studies) of de track Vrije

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 170 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Keuze (onderdeel van de bachelor Theology and Religious Studies) volgt.

Inleiding Inspanningsfysiologie
Vakcode B_IF
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. J.J. de Koning
Examinator dr. J.J. de Koning
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.J. de Koning
Onderwijsvormen Practicum, Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Doel van dit vak is het verkrijgen van kennis van de bouw en werking van organen en orgaansystemen die een rol
spelen bij het bewegen en de energiehuishouding. Na afloop van de cursus kan de student de belangrijkste
onderdelen van deze organen en orgaansystemen benoemen, de bouw en werking van deze onderdelen
benoemen en de werkingsmechanismen beschrijven. Daarnaast kan de student deze kennis toepassen tijdens het
meten van verschillende variabelen tijdens rust en inspanning. Ten slotte is de student in staat de uitkomsten van
de metingen te interpreteren en te verwerken.

Inhoud vak

Tijdens de cursus wordt, na een inleiding, de bouw en de werking van de voor het bewegen belangrijkste
fysiologische systemen, zoals de bloedsomloop, de ademhaling, de energievoorziening, de spieren en de
hormoonhuishouding besproken. Daarbij wordt zowel het functioneren tijdens rust als tijdens fysieke inspanning
besproken. Bij de practica wordt de theoretische kennis verder uitgebreid en toegepast bij het registreren van de
stofwisseling in rust, het ECG en de bloeddruk, de verschillende longvolumina en ademhalingsparameters, de
hartfrequentie tijdens fysieke inspanning, het lichamelijk prestatievermogen, het dagelijkse energieverbruik en de
dagelijkse voedselopname.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

De cursus is opgebouwd rond 6 thema's (Meten is weten; Zuurstof van atmosfeer naar bloed; Zuurstofcirulatie in
het lichaam; Zuurstofgebruik in de spier; Energie voor de spieren; Limitaties van het systeem en training). Ieder
thema heeft een themadocument met daarin de leerdoelen van ieder thema. Ieder thema heeft een aantal 'Meet
Ups', welke dienen ter verduidelijking van de leerstof. Deze Meet Ups zijn gestructureerd rond vragen van
studenten ('Flipped Classroom Approach') en behulpzaam voor de bestudering van de grote hoeveelheid leerstof.
Door middel van vraagstukken en opdrachten wordt verder inzicht in de leerstof verkregen. Daarnaast volgt iedere
student een aantal werkgroepen en practica. De practica zijn verplicht en dienen ter aanvulling op de leerstof en
bieden bovendien de gelegenheid om de kennis van de leerstof toe te passen en te verdiepen. Voorwaarde voor
deelname aan het practicum is dat de student voor elke bijeenkomst steeds de betreffende stof in het boek en de
cursushandleiding bestudeerd heeft. Na elke practicumbijeenkomst wordt het practicum door iedere student
uitgewerkt aan de hand van opdrachten (inhoud en tijdstip van inleveren volgens de richtlijnen in de
cursushandleiding). Inschrijving voor de practica gaat via Canvas.

40 uur/ Meet Ups

12 uur/ practica en werkgroepen
20 uur / uitwerking practicum
3 uur / tussentoets
3 uur/ eindtoets
90 uur / zelfstudie

Toetsvorm

De tentamenstof beslaat de hoofdstukken van het boek ("Exercise Physiology: nutrition, energy, and human
performance") zoals beschreven in de zes thema's, de themadocumenten en besproken tijdens de Meet Ups, de
diverse practica en de studiehandleiding. Het tentamencijfer zal bestaan uit een gemiddelde van de eerste en
tweede deeltoets. De eerste deeltoets (thema 1-3) wordt halverwege de cursus gehouden en de tweede deeltoets
(thema 4-6) aan het einde va de cursus. Beide toetsen worden schriftelijk afgenomen en bestaan uit meerkeuze en
open vragen. Om een cijfer voor het tentamen te krijgen dient men aan de practicumverplichtingen te hebben
voldaan. Deze verplichtingen zijn: alle practicumbijeenkomsten (actief) volgen en de bijbehorende opdrachten

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 171 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

(voldoende) maken.

Literatuur

De verplichte literatuur bestaat uit:

- W.D. McArdle, F.I. Katch, V.L. Katch: Exercise Physiology: nutrition, energy, and human performance , 9th edition
(2022). International edition.
- De cursushandleiding en (thema)documenten via Canvas

Overige informatie

De practica zijn verplicht. Het tentamencijfer is alleen geldig als alle practicumbijeenkomsten zijn gevolgd en de
betreffende opdrachten zijn ingeleverd. Bij het eventuele missen van een practicumbijeenkomst of opdracht met
een geldige reden dient zo spoedig mogelijk contact opgenomen te worden met de practicumbegeleiders voor het
plannen van een inhaalbijeenkomst.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

De indeling van werkgroepen/practica/tutorgroepen etc. vindt plaats via Canvas.

Toelichting Canvas

De beschrijving van de zes thema's (themadocumenten) zijn te vinden op Canvas.

Inleiding Psychologie (UM)

Vakcode P_UINLPSY
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. W. Donk
Examinator dr. W. Donk
Betrokken Docenten dr. W. Donk
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Kennis en begrip hebben van het vakgebied psychologie

Het kunnen toepassen van deze kennis zoals blijkt uit de vaardigheid basisvragen te kunnen beantwoorden
op het gebied van de psychologie

Inhoud vak

Het vak geeft een overzicht van de psychologie. Wat is de genetische en biologische basis van gedrag? Wat is
bewustzijn? Hoe zien we, leren we, onthouden we en denken we? Waarom gedragen we ons zoals we doen?
Naast deze fundamentele vragen zullen o.a. ook de volgende onderwerpen aan bod komen: intelligentie, sociale
psychologie, de ontwikkeling, persoonlijkheidsleer, psychopathologie en psychologische behandelmethoden.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

-14 hoorcolleges Contacturen: 168 (26 college, 3 examen, 139 zelfstudie)

Toetsvorm

Multiple choice tentamen

Literatuur

Phelps, E.A., Berkman, E.T., & Gazzaniga, M.S. (2022). Psychological Science (7th edition). Norton.

Overige informatie

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 172 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

De cursus wordt Engelstalig aangeboden.

Integrative Research Project

Vakcode E_IBA2_IRP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P6
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J. Sieweke
Examinator dr. J. Sieweke
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Loh, I. Chatterjee, dr. J. Sieweke
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

ACADEMIC SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student can

recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction)

put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view based on empirical evidence (Argumentation)

RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student

is able to develop an academically relevant research question

can find relevant literature for the purpose of developing hypotheses
is able to develop and argue for a hypothesis
can design a survey
can design an interview guideline
can analyze qualitative and quantitative data
is able to translate research outcomes into practically relevant outcomes
is able to select the correct method and / or technique for quantifying, analyzing and solving a specific
problem (building on the learnings of Business Statistics and Business Research Methods: quantitative)
masters specialized quantitative and qualitative methods and techniques that are commonly used in the field
(academic and business)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE APPLICATION:

After successfully completing this course, the student

can propose a solution to a real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and methodologies.
is able to provide practical solutions to a business problem through application of a range of research skills

SOCIAL SKILLS – STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE DIFFERENT PROFESSIONAL ROLES
IN A CROSS-CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

After successfully completing this course, the student

is able to convincingly present a set of evidence-based recommendations

is able to translate, communicate, and disseminate empirical results (qualitative and quantitative) to relevant
stakeholders

SELF-AWARENESS – STUDENTS CAN EVALUATE OWN LEARNING, KNOWLEDGE AND ACTIONS

After successfully completing this course, the student is able to

recognize the results of his/her own actions

make well-founded decisions and can support those choices

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 173 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Inhoud vak

During the Integrative Research Project, students will work on a business problem. To do so, they need to build on,
integrate, and apply the content knowledge gained from previous courses, such as International Strategy, HRM, as
well as use the research techniques learned during Quantitative and Qualitative Business Research Methods.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Assignment - Group assessment

Assignment - Individual assessment

Literatuur

All materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.1 Academic Skills

1.4 Business Statistics
2.3 International Strategy
2.4 BRM I
2.5 BRM II

International Business Law

Vakcode E_IBA2_IBL
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator mr. dr. B.H.A. van Leeuwen
Examinator mr. dr. B.H.A. van Leeuwen
Betrokken Docenten mr. dr. B.H.A. van Leeuwen, mr. P.G. Vertin
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge
concerning
the relevant areas in international business law (IBL)

After successfully completing IBL you can

recognize and appreciate the regulatory environment of the businesses' international operations;
analyze commercial business issues and business concepts in legal terms in order to enhance and protect
commercial value;
understand and appreciate the design and functionalities of contractual relations and business organizations;

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant legal
theories and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course you can:

apply major legal concepts to strategic and practical business issues in relation to commercial activities of
internationally operating companies in order to reduce business risk;
formulate the legal opportunities involved in doing business internationally;

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON: Can reflect on the international implications of professional and governmental
decisions.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 174 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

After successfully completing this course the student can:

reflect about the role of law and legal institutions in international commercial relations
reflect about applying processes and procedures to solve legal issues and disputes, combining theories and
reasoning skills.

Inhoud vak

This course introduces the student to the core areas of law relevant for the world of business. Businesses have to
deal with regulation in their operations, which usually restricts their behaviour: for example: environmental
restrictions, restrictions in the processing of personal data and prohibition of anti-competitive behaviour. But law
also offers opportunities for businesses to get a grip on their business environment by making use of business
organizations (companies) and contractual arrangements (for example contractual relations in the supply chain and
contracts for marketing and sales). You will learn the various ways in which you encounter law and regulation in
business activities in an international business environment.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Weekly practical assignment - Group assessment

Weekly assignment - Individual assessment
Exam - Individual assessment

Literatuur

Reading material will be shared via Canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Regular VU students, Exchange students.

Toelichting Canvas

Canvas provides the platform for general announcements

International Financial Management

Vakcode E_IBK3_IFM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. W.F.C. Verschoor
Examinator prof. dr. W.F.C. Verschoor
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. W.F.C. Verschoor
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course covers the most important concepts, theory, and methods related to international financial
management and international finance. The objectives are as follows:

Academic and Research Skills

Develop skills in reading and understanding academic papers on the topics of international finance.
Foster critical thinking on economic events with a focus on the financial aspects of managerial decisions.
Train students to improve analytical thinking abilities.

Bridging Theory and Practice

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 175 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Acquaint students with developments in international financial markets from a managerial decision-making
perspective.
Provide students with an understanding of fundamental concepts and tools necessary for effective global
management.
Offer an understanding of concepts and techniques used in risk management.

Broadening the Horizon

Foster thinking beyond the boundaries of economics and finance theories.

Inhoud vak

During the course, we will mainly discuss the structure of financial markets (foreign exchange, fixed income and
equity markets) and explore the issues that are encountered by international financial intermediaries and
multinational enterprises, with an emphasis on risk management. When having completed this course, students will
have a clear understanding how financial markets, central banks, and international currencies work and how the
multinational firm interacts with other market participants. In particular, students will:

understand the development of the international monetary system and other financial institutions,
be acquainted with different financial instruments used to manage foreign exchange rate risk (forwards,
futures, options)
be acquainted with the specifics of various financial markets (money, bond, equity)
learn how to manage foreign exchange risk and interest risk in a multinational firm

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Individual and group assessment

Literatuur

Eun & Resnick: International Financial Management, International Edition. McGraw-Hill.

Additional articles and/or cases (announced at the start of the course)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Third-year

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

None

Aanbevolen voorkennis

BK: 2.2 Financieel Management; 3.4 Financial Modelling and Derivatives; 2.5 Financieel Management II

IBA: 2.2 Finance; 2.5 Corporate Finance in Emerging Economies; 3.4 Financial Modelling and Derivatives

International Relations and Global Governance

Vakcode S_IRGG
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. J. Hogan
Examinator dr. J. Hogan
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Hogan
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 176 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Doel vak

This course offers a comprehensive overview of the discipline and subject of International Relations (IR) and its
main concepts and theories and approaches.

The learning outcomes are as follows:

Knowledge and understanding

the rival theories and approaches within the discipline of International Relations (IR) and their meta-theoretical
foundations, such as Realism, Liberalism, Constructivism, Marxism, Postcolonialism, Poststructuralism and
Feminism;
the most important characteristics of these different theoretical perspectives and are able to relate them to
key thinkers within these approaches;
how and why interstate relations and global governance - within the context of ongoing globalization - affects
nation states and societies, and how different actors, such as states, governments, international
organisations, multinational corporations (MNCs), and NGOs, collaborate and conflict within these
transnational processes;
contemporary world politics and pertinent themes such as democracy, security, the rise of emerging powers,
gender, neo-colonialism, the global political economy and (under)development, and can apply and contrast
the different theoretical perspectives of IR (e.g., Realism, Liberalism, Constructivism, Marxism, see above) to
case studies and questions related to these contemporary issues.

Skills

apply their knowledge of the conceptual and theoretical toolbox of IR, and of contemporary developments, to
issues such as war, humanitarian intervention, democracy, development cooperation, international
negotiations and international political economy.

Attitude

an ability to critically reflect upon the rival theoretical approaches in the discipline of IR.

Inhoud vak

Throughout, the course will be guided by the question to what extent, and how, the current process of globalization
is changing the nature and content of world politics, approaching this question from the various competing
theoretical perspectives that IR has to offer.

Traditionally, the object of study for IR has been the conflict between and co-operation of sovereign states. This
model is, however, increasingly regarded as outdated inasmuch as more and more non-state actors such as
multinationals, NGOs and transnational social movements appear to play a prominent role in world politics. In
addition, we can also observe transnational forms of regulation through international organizations and emerging
structures of what is called ‘global governance’.

The question has been raised whether in the face of these processes of globalization and transnationalisation,
states have lost the sovereignty that used to be the basis of the international system. On the other hand, there are
still many instances where state power is very visible. Indeed, recent geopolitical developments and events, such
as the rise of China or Russia's invasion of Ukraine, have highlighted that classical themes of interstate rivalry and
international security may not have lost their relevance.

In this course the focus will be on seeking to understand these issues from various theoretical lenses. Students will
learn how different perspectives highlight different structures and different actors and processes, and how a deeper
knowledge of these theories and their main concepts allows for a deeper understanding of the richness of IR and its
relation to the rest of the social sciences, and of the complexity of today’s globalized world politics.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Toetsvorm

Election observation report (pass/fail); International negotiation simulation; Final exam

Literatuur

Baylis, J., Smith, S., & Owens, P. (Eds.). (2023). The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to
International Relations (9th edition). Oxford University Press.
Various journal articles, all available through the VU library website or Google Scholar.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 177 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Second-year Bachelor students in Political Science, track Global Politics and specialization Mondiale Politiek.
Students in the Minor Political Science

International Strategy
Vakcode E_IBA2_IS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. A.K. McCaleb
Examinator dr. A.K. McCaleb
dr. D.A. Laubengaier, dr. Y. Zhou, dr. V. Fani, dr. V. Duplat, dr. N. Telg, dr. A.K.
Betrokken Docenten
McCaleb
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can analyze and demonstrate an understanding of the theoretical frameworks and concepts developed about
the internationalization of MNEs (Analysis)
can recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction)
can put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format
(Argumentation)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE: KNOWLEDGE

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can explain, contrast and compare basic theories, models and concepts of international strategy
can demonstrate theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international business
administration

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE: APPLICATION

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and
methodologies

SOCIAL PROFESSIONAL SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can present (both orally and in writing) on substantive issues in international strategy and to provide business
recommendations
has a thorough understanding of roles and needs of specific stakeholders
can work well in a team and reflect on his/her own role in the team
is sensitive to cross-cultural differences, understands how these translate into social contexts and can deal
with those differences in social interactions

Inhoud vak

This course provides students with a better understanding of the core strategic choices that firms must make when
they expand abroad. The fast-changing dynamics of industries caused by globalization pressures have made it
essential for organizations to understand the global competitive environment and adapt quickly. As a result of these
pressures’ intensification, it is vital that (future) managers understand how organizations internationalize and which
consecutive strategic choices firms must make. The course aims to provide (future) managers with a better
understanding of how firms can create and sustain competitive advantage in an international environment and how
organizations expand abroad. The course has a theoretical component as well as a practical component.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 178 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials
Case-study day(s)

Toetsvorm

Written exam
Practical assignment - Group assessment
Practical assignment - Individual assessment

Literatuur

Mandatory course book will be specified in the course manual.

In addition to the mandatory course book, a selection of non-mandatory scientific articles will be provided.

Tutorials are based on cases specified in the course manual.

Toelichting Canvas

Please keep attuned with the FAQ page on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course builds explicitly on the student’s current understanding of 1.2 Organizational Theory, 2.1 Economics
Principles in a Global Era, 1.1 People in Business and Society, 2.1 Business Information Systems.

Internet Governance
Vakcode R_InternGov
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator mr. T.H.A. Wisman
Examinator mr. T.H.A. Wisman
Betrokken Docenten mr. T.H.A. Wisman
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

At the end of this course students:

Understand the basics of the Internet and the basics of governance;

Understand what Internet governance is, both in the broad and the narrow sense, are able to explain how
they relate and are capable of applying them to real-world phenomena;
Understand and are able to apply the modalities of Lessig;
Understand and are able to apply the models of Solum;
Know and understand European law and case law regarding topics such as privacy, freedom of expression
and copyright, and are able to apply to this Lessig’s modalities and Solum’s models;
Are able to analyse text (policy documents, law, case law) and reflect on the relation between technology
(internet), law and power;
Are able to reflect on internet governance phenomena and the underlying dynamics of regulation.

Inhoud vak

In the first half of this course the focus is on models and modalities which are used to analyse issues of internet
governance. These can be used to determine which parties are involved (the question WHO => stakeholders) and
how they (attempt to) promote or defend their interests (the question HOW => the things that
regulate/modalities/models) in internet governance issues. The answers to these questions are not always clear-
cut. Interests can intertwine and Machiavellian politics may be lurking beneath everyday facades. Governance is a
term which can be used to conceal the fact that power struggles occur in particular areas, so the name 'internet

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 179 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

politics' could be more suitable.

Armed with these analytical models the emphasis of the second half of this course will shift to applying them to
different phenomena. This half of the course deals with specific legal subjects and the concomitant case law of the
Court of Justice of the European Union. In this second half Solum's models of internet governance will be used
together with Lessig’s modalities to establish how stakeholders seek to pursue their interests and how this impacts
various fundamental rights, such as the right to freedom of expression and the right to privacy. Students will attain
insight in the opaque processes which can spur lawmaking and critically reflect on why some laws are in action and
the inaction of other laws.

This course is a required part of the minor Law and Global Society. The transnational nature of the internet in
conjunction with its technical features, make internet governance a suitable area for students to verse themselves
in matters of transnational law, power and technology. This course has no prerequisites.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Exam

Vereiste voorkennis

None.

Literatuur

Amongst others:

L. Lessig, Code and Other Laws of Cyberspace (Basic Books, New York 2006)
L.B. Solum, Models of Internet Governance
Material will be made available on Canvas before the start of the course.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Apart from regular students, the course is also available for:

Students from other universities/faculties
Exchange students
Contractor (students who pay for one course)

Internship Minor Applied Econometrics: A Big Data

Experience for All
Vakcode E_MFAE_IMAE
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Examinator dr. L.F. Hoogerheide
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Academische vaardigheden

Vermogen om problemen vanuit verschillende perspectieven te onderzoeken en te begrijpen;

Vermogen om gefundeerde en onderbouwde standpunten naar voren te brengen, zowel mondeling als
schriftelijk;
Vermogen om verworven kennis toe te passen op andere problemen en in andere contexten.

Onderzoeksvaardigheden

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 180 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vermogen om praktisch relevante problemen te vertalen naar (academisch) relevante onderzoeksvragen;

Vermogen om een ​project te ontwerpen en uit te voeren met behulp van een systematische, analytische
aanpak in een echte zakelijke omgeving (van organisaties met of zonder winstoogmerk).

Kennis

Beschikken over gespecialiseerde, diepgaande kennis en inzichten over het minorthema;

Vermogen om verbanden te leggen tussen theorieën, modellen en concepten van dat specifieke
minorthema/discipline.

Het overbruggen van theorie en praktijk

Vermogen om theoretische kennis toe te passen in een specifieke organisatorische context;

Vermogen om relevante aanbevelingen voor de praktijk te formuleren op basis van de opgedane kennis;
Beter inzicht hebben in wat de verwachtingen van het academische en professionele veld zijn in termen van
benodigde kennis en vaardigheden;
Bewust zijn van de verschillende carrièremogelijkheden die het vakgebied biedt.

Sociale vaardigheden

Een beter begrip hebben van de rollen en behoeften van verschillende soorten belanghebbenden waarmee u
als professional moet communiceren;
Goed kunnen werken in teamverband en kunnen reflecteren op je eigen rol in het team.

Zelfbewustzijn

Vermogen om na te denken over zowel uw eigen verantwoordelijkheden als die van anderen;
Vermogen om te reflecteren op je persoonlijke ontwikkeling;
Vermogen om feedback van anderen te ontvangen en ermee om te gaan.

Inhoud vak

Organisaties (misschien zelfs uw toekomstige werkgever) zijn steeds meer op zoek naar zowel ervaring als
academische referenties. De School raadt aan om stage te lopen, omdat dit een uitstekende manier is om de
kennis en (academische) vaardigheden die je tijdens je studie hebt verworven toe te passen. Je belangrijkste
leerdoel als student-stagiaire is om jezelf vertrouwd te maken met professionele en marktgerelateerde
vaardigheden in een echte en nieuwe organisatieomgeving. Nu de arbeidsmarkt steeds competitiever wordt, zal
het opdoen van relevante ervaring u een goede start van uw professionele carrière geven.

Bedrijven bieden een ruim aanbod aan stages in diverse disciplines. Cruciaal bij het verkrijgen van goedkeuring
voor je stage en het uiteindelijk behalen van je studiepunten, is dat er sprake is van een duidelijk omschreven
project waarmee je de leerdoelen kunt verwezenlijken. Ook moet het project een individuele beoordeling mogelijk
maken.

Let er ten slotte op dat om je stagepunten te behalen, je stage vooraf moet worden goedgekeurd door de
minorcoördinator.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Stage op locatie

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk rapport – Individuele beoordeling

Literatuur

Literature relevant to the theme of the minor and internship should be used to develop a solution to the problem
that is investigated during the internship project.

Overige informatie

READ THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION CAREFULLY:

Subscription to the internship through Student Portal ([Link]) is not possible.

CONTACT THE MINOR COORDINATOR as soon as you have an INITIAL proposal for the internship.
Approval of the minor coordinator is essential in order to be able to do a minor internship.
The general internship manual can be found here:Internships Faculty SBE - Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
([Link]). It includes more details on a time plan and practical [Link] READ THE MANUAL, as it

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 181 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

provide more insights in what is exactly expected in terms of your internship proposal, the concrete
requirements, and the related time line of activities.
After completing the internship the subscription to the course as well as the registration of the result will be
done by the back office.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The courses in period 3.1 of the minor Applied Econometrics.

Internship Minor Decision Making in Business and

Society
Vakcode E_MFDM_IMDM
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. K.M.T. Millet
Examinator prof. dr. K.M.T. Millet
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Academic & research skills

Ability to examine and understand problems from different perspectives;

Ability to put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format;
Ability to apply acquired knowledge to other problems and in other contexts.
Ability to translate practically relevant problems into (academically) relevant research questions;
Ability to design and execute a project using a systematic, analytical approach in a real business environment
(of profit or not-for-profit organizations).

Bridging theory and practice - knowledge

Have specialized, in-depth knowledge and insights about the minor theme;

Bridging theory and practice - practice

Ability to make connections between theories, models, and concepts of that specific minor theme / discipline.
Ability to apply theoretical knowledge in a specific organizational context;
Ability to formulate relevant recommendations for practice based on your knowledge acquired;

Social skills

Have a better understanding of roles and needs of different types of stakeholders that you need to interact
with as a professional;
Ability to work well in a team and reflect on your own role in the team.

Broadening your horizon

Have a better understanding of what the expectations of the academic and professional field are in terms of
knowledge and skills needed;
Have awareness of the various career opportunities the field offers.

Self-awareness

Ability to reflect on your own responsibilities as well as others;

Ability to reflect on your personal development;
Ability to receive and are able to deal with feedback from others.

Inhoud vak

Increasingly organizations and maybe even your future employer are looking for experience as well as academic

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 182 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

credentials. The School recommends doing an internship, because it is an excellent way to apply the knowledge
and (academic) skills which you acquired during your studies. Your most important learning goal as a student-intern
is to familiarize yourself with professional and market-related skills in a real and new organizational environment.
With the job market becoming increasingly competitive, gaining relevant experience will give you a good start into
your professional career.

Companies offer a wide range of internships in various disciplines. What is crucial in obtaining approval for your
internship and eventually obtaining your study credits, is that there is a clearly defined project that allows you to
fulfill the learning objectives. Also, the project needs to allow for an individual assessment.

Finally, note that in order to obtain your internship credits, your internship has to be pre-approved by the minor
coordinator and supervised by a School member that is assigned to you by either the minor coordinator.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

On-site Internship

Toetsvorm

Written report – Individual assessment

Literatuur

Literature relevant to the theme of the minor and internship should be used to develop a solution to the problem
that is investigated with the internship project.

Overige informatie

IMPORTANT:

Subscription to the internship through [Link] is not possible.

CONTACT THE MINOR COORDINATOR as soon as you have an INITIAL proposal for the internship.
Approval of the minor coordinator is essential in order to be able to do a minor internship.
The general internship manual will be available through [Link] (including more details on a time plan and
practical matters). CAREFULLY READ THE MANUAL ON [Link] (go to Services > Degree programme >
Internship, or Serviceplein > Opleidingsprogrmma > Stage). The manual will provide more insights in what is
exactly expected in terms of your internship proposal, the concrete requirements, and the related time line of
activities.
After completing the internship the subscription to the course as well as the registration of the result will be
done by the back office.

Internship Minor E-business and Online Commerce

Vakcode E_MFEO_IMEOC
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J. van Angeren
Examinator dr. J. van Angeren
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

The student can conduct a basic international research project from start to finish.

ACADEMIC SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

can analyze and demonstrate an understanding of problems from different perspectives (Analysis);
is able to recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction);

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 183 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

is able to put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format
(Argumentation).

RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

is able to translate academic research into practically relevant outcomes;

is able to translate practically relevant problems into academically relevant research questions;
can apply all the research skills needed to complete a research process in a real business environment, be it
a for-profit or not-for-profit organization.

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE

Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international business
administration pertaining to the internship.
After successfully completing this course, the student:

has specialized, in-depth knowledge and insights about the minor theme pertaining to the internship;
is able to make connections between theories, models, and concepts of the specific minor theme pertaining
to the internship;
has a clear, distinctive profile through the choice of the minor and internship.

APPLICATION:

The student can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories and
methodologies.
After successfully completing this course, the student:

is able to apply theoretical knowledge in a specific business situation;

has actively experienced the chosen field in real-life;
knows what the expectations of the academic and business field are in terms of knowledge and skills needed;
is aware of the career opportunities the field (both academic and business) offers.

SOCIAL SKILLS

Students are able to effectively manage different professional roles in a (cross-cultural_ environment.
After successfully completing this course, the student:

excels at presenting (both orally and in writing) on substantive aspects of the minor theme in a business
context;
has a thorough understanding of roles and needs of different types of stakeholders;
can work well in a team and reflect on his/her own role in the team.

SELF-AWARENESS

Student can evaluate their own learning, knowledge, and actions.

After successfully completing this course, the student:

has made well-founded decisions and can support those choices;

can reflect on his/her personal development;
can open up to and deal with feedback from others.

Inhoud vak

Increasingly organizations and maybe even your future employer are looking for experience as well as academic
credentials. The School recommends doing an internship, because it is an excellent way to apply the knowledge
and (academic) skills which you acquired during your studies. Your most important learning goal as a student-intern
is to familiarize yourself with professional and market-related skills in a real and new organizational environment.
With the job market becoming increasingly competitive, gaining relevant experience will give you a good start to
your professional career.

Companies offer a wide range of internships in various disciplines. What is crucial in obtaining approval for your
internship and eventually obtaining your study credits, is that there is a clearly defined project that allows you to
fulfill the learning objectives and that relates to the subject of the minor. Moreover, the project needs to allow for an
individual assessment.

In order to be eligible to obtain your internship credits, your internship has to be pre-approved by the minor
coordinator and supervised by a School member that is assigned to you by the minor coordinator.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 184 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

On-site Internship in a business environment.

Toetsvorm

Written report – Individual assessment

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is open only to students of the minor E-business and Online Commerce.
The internship lasts for two periods (either period 1 and period 2 or period 2 and period 3) and replaces two minor
courses. Students are free to choose themselves which courses they want to replace with an internship, though this
requires pre-approval by the minor coordinator. The focus of the Internship should be aligned with a topics
addressed in the minor. Internships are always initiated by students. Proposals for an internship require formal
approval by the minor coordinator.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Internships are initiated by students and require formal approval by the minor coordinator. This means that you
cannot register for an internship directly through VUweb.

CONTACT THE MINOR COORDINATOR as soon as you have an INITIAL proposal for the internship.
Approval of the minor coordinator is essential in order to be able to do a minor internship.
The general internship manual will be available through VUnet (including more details on a time plan and
practical matters). CAREFULLY READ THE MANUAL ON VUNET (go to Services > Degree programme >
Internship, or Serviceplein > Opleidingsprogrmma > Stage). The manual will provide more insights in what is
exactly expected in terms of your internship proposal, the concrete requirements, and the related time line of
activities.
After completing the internship, course registration and result registration will be taken care of.

Internship Minor Entrepreneurship

Vakcode E_MFEN_IMENT
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator A.M. van Erkelens
Examinator A.M. van Erkelens
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Academic and research skills: Students are able to translate a practically relevant problem related to
entrepreneurship into (academically) relevant research questions, and demonstrate that they can design and
execute a research project using a systematic, analytical approach that delivers new theoretical and practical
insights into the problem.

Bridging Theory and Practice: Students are able to synthesize and apply concepts, models and theories in the
field of entrepreneurship in order to analyze and solve an entrepreneurial challenge and/or opportunity faced by an
existing organization.

Social Skills: Students demonstrate understanding of roles and needs of different types of stakeholders that they
need to interact with as a professional, and are able to work well with others.

Self-awareness: Students are able to reflect on their own responsibilities, learnings and personal development
during their internship.

Inhoud vak

Increasingly organizations and maybe even your future employer are looking for experience as well as academic
credentials. Doing an internship is an excellent way to apply the knowledge and (academic) skills which you

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 185 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

acquired during your studies. Your most important learning goal as a student-intern is to familiarize yourself with
professional and market-related skills in a real and new organizational environment. With the job market becoming
increasingly competitive, gaining relevant experience will give you a good start into your professional career.

Companies offer a wide range of internships in various disciplines. What is crucial in obtaining approval for your
internship and eventually obtaining your study credits, is that there is a clearly defined project that allows you to
fulfill the learning objectives. Also, the project needs to allow for an individual assessment. Doing an internship at
your own startup is not allowed; it needs to be an existing organization that can provide internship supervision.

It is possible to replace two of the courses in the Minor Entrepreneurship by an internship that will be supervised by
one of the lecturers of the courses. An internship counts for 12 EC: it replaces one out of the two courses
“Enterprising Behavior” and “Entrepreneurial Strategy” (both in period 2) in combination with the course “New
Venture Creation” (in period 3). Internships should be aligned with the topics of the minor and should be initiated by
students.

Finally, note that in order to obtain your internship credits, your internship has to be pre-approved by the minor
coordinator and supervised by a School member that is assigned to you by either the minor coordinator.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

On-site Internship

Toetsvorm

Internship report - Individual assessment

Overige informatie

IMPORTANT:

Subscription to the internship through [Link] is not possible.

CONTACT THE MINOR COORDINATOR as soon as you have an INITIAL proposal for the internship.
Approval of the minor coordinator is essential in order to be able to do a minor internship.
The general internship manual will be available through [Link] (including more details on a time plan and
practical matters). CAREFULLY READ THE MANUAL ON [Link] (go to Services > Degree programme >
Internship, or Serviceplein > Opleidingsprogrmma > Stage). The manual will provide more insights in what is
exactly expected in terms of your internship proposal, the concrete requirements, and the related time line of
activities.
After completing the internship the subscription to the course as well as the registration of the result will be
done by the back office.

Internship Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance

Vakcode E_MFRE_IMRE
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Examinator prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

The internship should enable the student (i) to participate in the functioning of the real estate industry, for instance
by being involved in a real estate development project undertaken by the company providing the internship and (ii)
to collect knowledge of a real estate related topic of the student's choice that is collected in a written report.

Inhoud vak

The purpose of the internship is to provide a bridge between academic education (the minor courses) and the
functioning of the real estate industry.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 186 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The internship proposal should make clear how the student participates in the business and what will be the topic
of the report.

Toetsvorm

In additional to the report, the student should prepare a brief report on the activities carried out.

Vereiste voorkennis

Literatuur

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The internship provides an exemption for the Research Project and one of the courses offered in periods 1 and 1.

Internship Minor Risk Management for Financial

Institutions
Vakcode E_MFRM_IMRM
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator
Examinator
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Academic Skills: To excel in Analysis, Abstraction, Argumentation, and Application (the four A's). After
successfully completing your internship you...

are able to examine and understand problems from different perspectives;

are able to put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format;
are able to apply acquired knowledge to other problems and in other contexts.

Research Skills: Understanding and capable of performing all the elements of the research process. After
successfully completing your internship, you...

are able to translate practically relevant problems into (academically) relevant research questions;
are able to design and execute a project using a systematic, analytical approach in a real business
environment (of profit or not-for-profit organizations).

Knowledge: Attaining thorough fundamental knowledge and being distinctive by specialization in a specific
discipline. After successfully completing your internship you...

have specialized, in-depth knowledge and insights about the minor theme/ specific discipline in which you
completed the internship;
are able to make connections between theories, models, and concepts of that specific minor theme/discipline.

Bridging Theory and Practice: Ability to translate and apply theoretical knowledge into practice. After successfully
completing your internship, you...

are able to apply theoretical knowledge in a specific organizational context;

are able to formulate relevant recommendations for practice based on your knowledge acquired;
have a better understanding of what the expectations of the academic and professional field are in terms of

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 187 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

knowledge and skills needed;

are more aware of the various career opportunities in the field (both academic and business) offered.

Social Skills: Having empathy and successfully interacting with others. After successfully completing an internship,
you...

have a better understanding of the roles and needs of different types of stakeholders that you need to interact
with as a professional;
are able to work well in a team and reflect on your own role in the team.

Self-awareness: Reflecting upon yourself and taking responsibility for your own actions. After successfully
completing an internship, you...

are able to reflect on your own responsibilities as well as others;

are able to reflect on your personal development;
can receive and are able to deal with feedback from others.

Inhoud vak

Increasingly organizations and maybe even your future employers are looking for experience as well as academic
credentials. The School recommends doing an internship because it is an excellent way to apply the knowledge
and (academic) skills that you acquired during your studies. Your most important learning goal as a student-intern
is to familiarize yourself with professional and market-related skills in a real and new organizational environment.
With the job market becoming increasingly competitive, gaining relevant experience will give you a good start into
your professional career.

Companies offer a wide range of internships in various disciplines. What is crucial in obtaining approval for your
internship and eventually obtaining your study credits, is that there is a clearly defined project that allows you to
fulfill the learning objectives. Also, the project needs to allow for an individual assessment.

Finally, note that in order to obtain your internship credits, your internship has to be pre-approved by the minor
coordinator and supervised by a School member that is assigned to you by the minor coordinator.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

On-site Internship

Toetsvorm

Written report - individual assessment

Literatuur

Literature relevant to the theme of the minor and internship should be used to develop a solution to the problem
that is investigated with the internship project.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students of the Minor Risk Management for Financial institutions. It is possible to replace two of the courses for an
internship that will be supervised by one of the lecturers of the courses or a specialised SBE supervisor.

It is advised to follow at least one of the courses Risk Management in Banking or Risk Management for Financial
Institutions (both in period 1) ensuring a good basis knowledge of risk management. Internships should be aligned
with a topic addressed in the minor and should be initiated by students. Proposals for an internship need approval
from the minor coordinator.

Overige informatie

The general internship manual will be available through VUnet (including more details on a time plan and practical
matters). please refer to this link: [Link] The manual will
provide more insights into what is exactly expected in terms of your internship proposal, the concrete requirements,
and the related timeline of activities.

After completing the internship the subscription to the course as well as the registration of the result will be done by
the back office.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Enrollment via the normal administration. You have to enroll the course "internship Minor Risk Management for

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 188 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Financial Institutions".

Toelichting Canvas

There will be a Canvas course available, but communication will be individually

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Courses related to the minor, specifically those in period 1

Internship Minor Sustainability and Innovation

Vakcode E_MFS_IMSI
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator L.A. Falcke
Examinator L.A. Falcke
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Academic Skills: To excel in Analysis, Abstraction, Argumentation, and Application (the four A's). After
successfully completing your internship you...

are able to examine and understand problems from different perspectives;

are able to put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format;
are able to apply acquired knowledge to other problems and in other contexts.

Research Skills: Understanding and capable of performing all the elements of the research process. After
successfully completing your internship, you...

are able to translate practically relevant problems into (academically) relevant research questions;
are able to design and execute a project using a systematic, analytical approach in a real business
environment (of profit or not-for-profit organizations).

Knowledge: Attaining thorough fundamental knowledge and being distinctive by specialization in a specific
discipline. After successfully completing your internship you...

have specialized, in-depth knowledge and insights about the minor theme/ specific discipline in which you
completed the internship;
are able to make connections between theories, models, and concepts of that specific minor theme/discipline.

Bridging Theory and Practice: Ability to translate and apply theoretical knowledge into practice. After successfully
completing your internship, you...

are able to apply theoretical knowledge in a specific organizational context;

are able to formulate relevant recommendations for practice based on your knowledge acquired;
have a better understanding of what the expectations of the academic and professional field are in terms of
knowledge and skills needed;
are more aware of the various career opportunities in the field (both academic and business) offered.

Social Skills: Having empathy and successfully interacting with others. After successfully completing an internship,
you...

have a better understanding of the roles and needs of different types of stakeholders that you need to interact
with as a professional;
are able to work well in a team and reflect on your own role in the team.

Inhoud vak

Increasingly organizations and maybe even your future employers are looking for experience as well as academic
credentials. The School recommends doing an internship because it is an excellent way to apply the knowledge

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 189 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

and (academic) skills that you acquired during your studies. Your most important learning goal as a student-intern
is to familiarize yourself with professional and market-related skills in a real and new organizational environment.
With the job market becoming increasingly competitive, gaining relevant experience will give you a good start into
your professional career.

Companies offer a wide range of internships in various disciplines. What is crucial in obtaining approval for your
internship and eventually obtaining your study credits, is that there is a clearly defined project that allows you to
fulfill the learning objectives. Also, the project needs to allow for an individual assessment.

Finally, note that in order to obtain your internship credits, your internship has to be pre-approved by the minor
coordinator and supervised by a School member that is assigned to you by the minor coordinator.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

On-site Internship

Toetsvorm

Written report – Individual assessment

Literatuur

Literature relevant to the theme of the minor and internship should be used to develop a solution to the problem
that is investigated with the internship project.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students of the Minor Sustainability & Innovation. It is possible to replace two of the courses for an internship that
will be supervised by one of the lecturers of the courses. The courses to be replaced are one out of the two
courses “Organizing Sustainable Innovation” and “Sustainable Business Processes” (both in period 2) in
combination with “Marketing Sustainable Innovations” (in period 3). Internships should be aligned with a topic
addressed in the minor and should be initiated by students. Proposals for an internship need approval from the
minor coordinator.

Overige informatie

The general internship manual will be available through VUnet (including more details on a time plan and
practical matters). CAREFULLY READ THE MANUAL ON VUNET (go to Services > Degree programme >
Internship, or Serviceplein > Opleidingsprogrmma > Stage). The manual will provide more insights into what
is exactly expected in terms of your internship proposal, the concrete requirements, and the related timeline
of activities.
After completing the internship the subscription to the course as well as the registration of the result will be
done by the back office.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

IMPORTANT:

Enrollment for the internship through VUnet is not possible.

CONTACT THE MINOR COORDINATOR as soon as you have an INITIAL proposal for the internship.
Approval by the minor coordinator is essential in order to be able to do a minor internship.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Courses related to the minor, specifically those of period 1.

Interpreting Information in Text by Humans and Machines

Vakcode L_PABAALG005
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. E. Maks
Examinator dr. E. Maks

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 190 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Betrokken Docenten dr. E. Maks

Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In this course, students are trained in the computational analysis of texts. In particular, we explore the process of
identifying and annotating information in historic and contemporaneous texts such as novels, lyrics, letters,
newspaper articles, movie scripts, blogs and other social media texts using manual and automatic methods.

By the end of the course :

students are able to formulate a humanities or social analytics research question that can be answered by the
information found in a (set of) texts of their choice
students are able to make the relevant information explicit by carrying out a linguistic annotations task.
students are able to understand and apply text mining techniques such as rule-based techniques, machine
learming approaches and prompt engoineeriong technogues with Large Language Models to find the relevant
information automatically.
students are able to reflect on the results of the automatic analysis by performing a qualitative and
quantitative error analysis.
students are able to present their findings in a research paper.

Inhoud vak

This module addresses the process of systematic text analysis through (1) human annotation and (2) automatic
analysis using text mining techniques.

Human annotations make information that is implicit in data explicit, allowing researchers to explore their data,
identify patterns and answer various research questions in a methodologically sound way. It also requires the use
of some type of interpretation model and it results in an analysis that can be compared across annotators. The
degree to which annotators agree or disagree (the so-called Inter Annotator Agreement) tells us something about
the reproducibility of the interpretation process, the matureness of theoretical notions and the criteria used to apply
them to real data.

Text mining techniques can be used to automatically find the same or similar information in text. Some of these
techniques are off the shelf software, but most of them need to be built or fine-tuned to carry out a specific task.
How do these techniques work? Can a machine do better than humans? Is it possible to use the automatic
annotations to extract useful informations from the text and to answer research questions?

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, Work groups (2 * 1,5 hrs each week)

Toetsvorm

Weekly assignments and a final research paper.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students in the VU Minor Digital Humanities and Social Analytics.

NB. If you want to follow this course while not being enrolled in this minor, please contact the coordinator.

Overige informatie

attendance is mandatory

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basic Programming Skills (Python)

Introduction to Digital Humanities and Social Analytics

Vakcode L_AABAALG076
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 191 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L. Viola
Examinator dr. L. Viola
Betrokken Docenten dr. L. Viola
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

Understand and articulate the key issues and debates in digital humanities, especially concerning cultural
heritage, digital methods, and the reliability of digital research;
Critically evaluate digital tools, data, and methodologies used in DH and Social Science research;
Apply digital tools to analyze humanities and social data, acknowledging the potential for bias and error;
Demonstrate an ability to manage digital projects and create a digital humanities workflow, from data
acquisition to dissemination of results;
Collaborate effectively in interdisciplinary teams to conduct digital humanities research.

Inhoud vak

This course gets students acquainted with Digital Humanities (DH), a field that explores the intersection of digital
technology and the humanities, and Social Analytics, a field that interprets digital interactions and relationships of
people, topics, ideas, and content. The course provides students with the theory, tools, and methods needed to
analyze and interpret digital data of interest to the humanities and social sciences. It focuses on three main themes:

1. Debates in Digital Humanities

2. Computation & the Humanities: components and workflows
3. Digital methods

Students will engage in critical discussions and hands-on projects that expose them to the practical challenges and
opportunities of building a digital humanities workflow as well as theoretical questions within the fields of Digital
Humanities and Social Science.

In this course, students’ diversity is a resource that gives them a chance to learn from and with each other.
Students mostly work in groups; in this way, they develop understanding of the value of collaboration in a DH
research setting whilst becoming acquainted with DH professional practices where collaboration is the norm. This
is added to the intrinsic highly multi-disciplinary nature of the Minor which can be chosen by students from any
discipline.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Classes will consist of a combination of bi-weekly lectures, discussion, interdisciplinary group work and hands-on
practicals. Students are required to attend at least 80% of the classes. Students who fail to do so without a valid
reason will be excluded from the course.

Toetsvorm

Project portfolio (40%) and critical skills, engagement & participation (60%)

Literatuur

Readings will be announced through CANVAS

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students who take the University Minor ‘Digital Humanities and Social Data Analytics’. As long as there are
available places, we welcome other students of all disciplines, including international exchange students.

Introduction to E-Business and Online Commerce

Vakcode E_MFEO_IEOC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 192 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E. Elshan
Examinator dr. E. Elshan
Betrokken Docenten dr. E. Elshan
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Learning Outcomes

By the end of this course, students will have developed foundational skills to analyze, design, and manage e-
commerce operations effectively, utilizing digital tools to innovate and compete in the evolving online marketplace.

Bridging Theory & Practice

Knowledge: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning relevant areas in international business
administration.

After successfully completing this course, students can:

Explain current e-business practices, developments, and challenges.

Understand relevant e‐business theories from information systems.

Application: Can propose solutions to international real-life business problems by applying relevant theories and
methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, students can:

Apply theories to e‐business challenges and decision-making.

Explain the impact of e‐business on traditional business practices and the creation of new business models.

Inhoud vak

Course Overview

This course provides an in-depth understanding of the dynamics of e-business and online commerce, emphasizing
strategic and operational insights through structured lectures.

Course Content

1) Foundations of Digital Commerce:

Core definitions: e-commerce vs. e-business

Technological foundations: cloud computing, APIs, digital platforms, security technologies
Market dynamics and trends: mobile commerce, social commerce, emerging tech impacts
Challenges and opportunities in e-commerce

2) Service Design:

Core concepts of service design

Service blueprint methodology
Principles of designing effective digital services

3) Digital Platforms:

Definition and types of digital platforms (innovation, transaction, information platforms)

Mechanisms driving platform success: network effects, scalability
Key considerations in platform governance and monetization

4) Business Models & Revenue Models:

Components of business models: customer segments, value propositions, revenue streams, channels
Revenue model types: subscription, freemium, transaction-based, advertising-based
Analyzing real-world examples (e.g., Spotify, Instagram)

5) Marketing & Gen Z:

Key marketing concepts: digital marketing channels, consumer decision-making process

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 193 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Gen Z marketing strategies: micro-influencers, user-generated content, ethical marketing

Creating a digital marketing strategy

6) Data, Privacy, Security & Ethics:

Types of data used in e-commerce (behavioral, transactional, PII)

Core concepts of data privacy and security (GDPR, CCPA)
Ethical considerations in handling customer data and preventing breaches

7) Emerging Technologies:

Characteristics and business impact of emerging technologies

The Metaverse and its e-commerce implications
Artificial Intelligence and automation in e-commerce: personalization, predictive analytics, operational
efficiencies

8) Multi-Level Marketing & Influencers:

MLM structure, benefits, risks, and ethical concerns

Influencer marketing: roles of micro and macro-influencers, ethical implications, regulatory considerations

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures:

Contact Hours: 2 hours per week

Attendance: Highly recommended
Details: Lectures will provide theoretical frameworks, real-world examples, and guest speakers from industry
when applicable.

Tutorials/Workshops/Group project:

Contact Hours: 20-minute individual consultation slots within a blocked timeframe per week
Attendance: Mandatory (minimum of three sessions required)
Details: Individual consultations to support students in their group projects and provide tailored guidance.

Toetsvorm

Individual Assessment: Reflection and Video

Students will find a relevant TikTok/reel/YouTube short aligned with lecture content, reflect on the chosen content,
and create a "learning nugget" to demonstrate understanding and analytical capability.

Group Assessment: Presentation

Students collaboratively develop a digital business idea for either

a) Start-up concept
b) Sustainable cause aligned with an SDG

Groups will deliver a comprehensive proposal through:

Market research
Service design (user journey, wireframes/mockups)
Revenue model justification
Marketing strategy including digital channels

Final deliverable: a 10-minute voice-over PowerPoint and a 3-minute pitch video

Vereiste voorkennis

None

Literatuur

Readings will be announced via Canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Course Registration

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 194 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Tutorial Enrolment: Tutorials will require signing up on an individual basis. Students will have a block of a 2-hour
slot in their schedule but will attend only a 20-minute personalized consultation. Specific details will be provided
during class sessions.

Introduction to Python for Humanities and Social

Sciences
Vakcode L_AABAALG075
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L.G. de Passos Morgado da Costa BA
Examinator dr. L.G. de Passos Morgado da Costa BA
Betrokken Docenten dr. L.G. de Passos Morgado da Costa BA, dr. P.J.M. Sommerauer
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

This course is meant to introduce you to the basics of the Python programming language. There is a lot to discover
about Python and programming in general, and you will probably learn something new every day if you continue
programming after this course. In the master-level version of the course, our goal for you is to become an
independent programmer who is able to find solutions to new problems.

Knowledge and comprehension: in the first half of the course, you will:

Become familiar with the basics of python syntax and the basic data types in python
Learn how to use basic python tools to work with and manipulate the basic data types in the Python Standard
Library

Application: In the second half of the course, you will:

Learn how to apply your knowledge to deal with different file types (e.g., plain text, CSV/TSV, JSON)
Learn how to use external libraries for text analysis
Learn how to explain your code and results to others by documenting it so it can be shared

Analysis: Throughout the entire course, you will develop the following skills:

Learn how to analyze (and debug) your own code and other people’s code
Learn how to divide a problem into small and manageable sub-problems
Learn how to structure your code around small, self-contained, and understandable modules

Synthesis: At the end of the course, you will:

Be able to follow a suggested structure to work on small programming projects

Be ready to learn how to work with new libraries we have not covered in the course
Be able to continue to develop as a programmer in an independent and self-guided manner

We will focus on readability and understandability so that you will be able to share your code and results with
others, and re-use your code in the future. This is a practical course, in which you will get a lot of hands-on
experience. Due to the nature of this course, active participation is required.

Inhoud vak

During this course, you will learn how to analyze text data using the Python programming language. No
programming knowledge is required; we believe that anyone can learn how to program. You will learn how to
extract information from text corpora; deal with different file types (plain text, CSV, JSON). We will focus on
readability and understandability of your code so that you will be able to share it with others, and reuse your code in
the future.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course is organized in blocks. Blocks typically follow this routine: - Lecture 1: introduction of concepts in the
form of an (interactive) lecture. Students are expected to have worked through preparatory exercises and ask

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 195 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

questions in class. - Lecture 2: The lecturer focuses on dedicating time to more difficult concepts from the block. If
there is enough time, students can already start working on the assignment. Students will have the opportunity to
ask for help and clarification. The deadline for an assignment is typically soon after this lecture. - Lecture 3: this
lecture is a feedback session. The lecturer provides general feedback about the submitted assignments.

Toetsvorm

Assessment has three components:

1. Mid-term Exam (25%): This exam tests basic concepts concepts in blocks 1 and 2. These concepts are the
foundation of blocks 3 and 4. To pass this course, you need a passing grade (at least 5.5).
2. Auto-graded Assignments (pass/fail): three assignments that will be auto-graded using CodeGrade. To pass
this course, student must pass all three assignments. The assignments are designed to practice your
programming and problem-solving skills. Moreover, they allow us to keep track of your progress, and identify
topics that require more attention in class.
3. One graded individual assignments (25%): This is an advanced assignment that tests the course content
comprehensively. To pass this course, each assignments needs a passing grade (at least 5.5).
4. Final exam (50%): The final exam is designed to test your knowledge of Python. To pass this course, you
need a passing grade (at least 5.5).

Literatuur

To be announced on Canvas. All materials are freely available online ([Link]

analysis/tree/master).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

All bachelor students who want to get acquainted with programming in Python.

Overige informatie

Students need a working computer (or laptop) with access to the command line to complete this course. Any
working laptop is sufficient. Note that tablets, phones and netbooks are usually not sufficient.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

There are no prerequisites to take this course but an interest in text analysis is recommended.

Introductory Econometrics for Business and Economics

Vakcode E_MFAE_IEBE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator J.O. Bauer
Examinator J.O. Bauer
Betrokken Docenten J.O. Bauer
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

By the end of this course students will have had an introduction to modern econometric techniques, that will enable
them to conduct an empirical study on their own. In particular, students will be familiar with econometric methods
for cross-sectional data, and apply them to real-world applications in macroeconomics, finance and business.

Inhoud vak

First, a review is given of least squares estimation and testing in the simple linear cross-sectional regression
model. We study the classical assumptions, and the consequences arising when these assumptions are not
fulfilled. The linear model with multiple regressors is discussed using matrix notation. In addition, we cover
maximum likelihood estimation, and models that are nonlinear in variables.

Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on developing an intuitive understanding of key econometric concepts.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 196 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

A balance is maintained between theoretical derivations and empirical applications. The programming language R
is used extensively for in-class demonstrations and hands-on exercises.

Key concepts of probability theory and statistics relevant to the course will be reviewed, with some prior knowledge
assumed (see 'Recommended background knowledge').

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (4h per week) and tutorials (2h per week). The latter are used to discuss and deepen theoretical
concepts.

Toetsvorm

Written exam and one individual assignment.

Literatuur

Main reference: Stock and Watson (2011), "Introduction to Econometrics", Pearson, 3rd edition or newer.
Supplementary literature: Wooldridge (2013), "Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach", Cengage
Learning, Inc. 4th edition or newer.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the regular track of the SBE faculty minor "Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for
All". It is targeted at students who are currently not enrolled in the Bachelor in Econometrics or a similar study
program.

Overige informatie

Participation in this course is a worthwhile preparation for the remaining courses in the regular track of the Minor
"Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All".

Toelichting Canvas

All materials (slides, exercises, practice exams, etc.) are provided on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course assumes familiarity with probabilistic concepts such as discrete and continuous random variables,
conditional expectations, hypothesis testing, law of large numbers, and central limit theorems, with basics of matrix
calculus. This material, excluding matrix calculus, corresponds more or less to chapters 1-5 in the book by Stock
and Watson (see 'Literature') and students are recommended to refresh their memory prior to the first lecture.

Investments
Vakcode E_EBE3_INVES
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. G.U. Weitzel
Examinator prof. G.U. Weitzel
Betrokken Docenten prof. G.U. Weitzel
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course offers a comprehensive introduction to the world of investments. The key objective of this course is to
provide understanding of the pricing of different asset classes and insights into the principles of investment
analysis.

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to:

understand and apply various approaches to price financial assets, such as equity and derivatives (Academic

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 197 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

and Research Skills, Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge, and Bridging Theory and Practice -
Application)
understand and apply optimal asset allocations and fundamental risk-management techniques (Academic
and Research Skills, Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge, and Bridging Theory and Practice -
Application)
understand the determinants and implications of market efficiency and financial decision making (Academic
and Research Skills, Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge, and Bridging Theory and Practice -
Application)
acquire a critical attitude towards competing theories in investments (Academic and Research Skills, Bridging
Theory and Practice - Knowledge, and Bridging Theory and Practice - Application)
be able to do advanced analyses on data sets with real data in in R and RStudio (Academic and Research
Skills, Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge, and Bridging Theory and Practice - Application)

Inhoud vak

Investment decisions take a prominent role in everyday life and are regularly taken by individual households
(additional pension savings, savings for children education, buying a house, etc.), and by institutional investors
(banks and corporate firms, insurance companies, investment funds). By extending and deepening prior
(undergraduate) Finance knowledge, this course, covers several areas of investments, including, Portfolio Theory
and Asset Pricing, Portfolio Management, Risk Management, Security Valuation, and Derivatives. Throughout the
course, students will not only learn theoretical concepts, but also apply the theory with real data in R. The course
therefore builds on a combination of theory and empirics. Students will work on data assignments in which they can
directly apply their newly acquired theoretical knowledge and experience the real-life issues associated with
investing. The methods taught will also be helpful for analyses for bachelor and master theses.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exam
Online data assignments
Online quizzes

Vereiste voorkennis

Finance I or equivalent. Knowledge of Finance II or equivalent, of econometrics, and of R is highly recommended

(also see below).

Literatuur

Zvi Bodie, Alex Kane and Alan J. Marcus: Investments, McGraw Hill (Latest Global Edition).
Additional readings and knowledge clips may be posted on Canvas.

Overige informatie

This course provides theoretical and applied investments knowledge for students aiming at an MSc in Finance and
a career in the financial sector.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course relies on prior knowledge on linear algebra, statistics and econometrics (as covered in QRM I, QRM II,
and QRM III). Even though the course offers a brief introduction to the concepts and tools in these fields, students
are strongly advised to review this material from relevant courses in the first two years of studies. We expect
students to have a good understanding of the material covered in Finance I and Finance II (and/or equivalent
courses) and we recommend that students refresh/acquire basic R skills.

Islam en Europese cultuur

Vakcode G_BATRSAL005
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 198 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie

Vakcoördinator dr. W. Boender
Examinator dr. W. Boender
Betrokken Docenten dr. W. Boender, dr. ing. H. Quadir
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afronding van deze module:

heeft de student een grondig inzicht verworven in de geschiedenis van islam en moslims in Europa;
heeft de student kennis opgedaan van beeldvorming over islam en moslims in Europa in verleden en heden;
heeft de student analytische vaardigheden verworven om deze geschiedenis kritisch te bestuderen;
heeft de student inzicht verworven in hedendaagse sociaal-religieuze vraagstukken in Europese context;
heeft de student inzicht verworven in manieren waarop islamitische jurisprudentie (fiqh) wordt uitgewerkt en
toegepast in de context van Europa.

Inhoud vak

Maurits Berger, de auteur van het tekstboek dat we in deze cursus gaan doornemen, stelt dat "the topic of 'Islam in
Europe' is more than a story told by stringing together historical events. It is a story about us, Europeans, whether
Muslim or non-Muslim, of native or foreign origin, and how we struggle with our past and present in the continent
called Europe, how we shape our identity and, particularly, the uneasy relationship between who we are and who
we want to be" (2014:17). Om deze 'story' te begrijpen, gaan we in deze cursus diep in op de geschiedenis van
engagement, vanaf het vroegste begin tot aan de meest recente tijd. We volgen enerzijds de verhaallijn van
Berger, die vooral het perspectief vanuit Europa op islam en moslims belicht. Anderzijds gaan we in op
verschillende manieren waarop moslims islam vormgeven in de Europese context. We belichten daartoe o.a. de
ontwikkeling van fiqh al-aqalliyāt (islamitische jurisprudentie voor minderheden), institutionele mogelijkheden
binnen de scheiding tussen religie en staat voor bijvoorbeeld ritueel slachten, en we bespreken enkele studies over
'identity politics'.

De cursus sluit aan bij de historische leerlijn van de Bachelor Theologie en Religiewetenschap, in het bijzonder
delen 4, 5 en 6, alsook de empirische leerlijn, in het bijzonder 1, 2 en 3.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Voor de colleges (maandag en woensdag) geldt een aanwezigheidsplicht van 80%.

Al het ingeleverde werk dient het eigen werk van de student te zijn, dus niet gegenereerd door AI. Een student
moet in staat zijn om diens ingeleverde werk tijdens de cursus aan de docent en/of medestudenten toe te lichten.
Plagiaatregels zijn van toepassing. Bij vermoeden van plagiaat en/of fraude legt de docent dit ter beoordeling voor
aan de Examencommissie.

Toetsvorm

Wekelijkse verwerkingsopdrachten (voldaan)

Tussenopdracht t.b.v. essay-paper (voldaan)
Eindopdracht: essay-paper (100%)

Literatuur

Aanschaffen: Maurits S. Berger, 2014, A Brief History of Islam in Europe. Thirteen Centuries of Creed,
Conflict and Coexistence, Leiden: Leiden University Press
Aanvullende literatuur wordt aangegeven op Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

De module is een verplicht onderdeel van de Bachelor TRS profiel Islam en van de universiteitsminor Islam. Het is
tevens toegankelijk als keuzevak.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Er is geen voorkennis vereist.

Islamitische ethiek

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 199 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode G_BATRSAL049
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie
Vakcoördinator dr. ing. H. Quadir
Examinator dr. ing. H. Quadir
Betrokken Docenten dr. ing. H. Quadir
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afronding van deze module:

heeft de student kennis over hoe islamitische ethiek wordt gedefinieerd en hoe het zich verhoudt tot het
concept van akhlāq (morele waarden) en ãdāb (manieren);
Heeft de student kennis hoe islamitische ethiek gegrond is in juridische methodologie (uṣūl al-fiqh) en de
maqāṣid al-sharīʿa (doeleinden van de sharia);
Heeft de student kennis hoe islamitische ethiek zich historisch heeft ontwikkelt;
beheerst de student de centrale islamitische terminologie m.b.t. islamitische ethiek;
heeft de student zicht op hoe islamitisch ethiek zich verhoudt tot geestelijke verzorging, hedendaagse politiek
en openbaar beleid;
heeft de student zicht op de spanningen die vernieuwingen in het islamitisch ethisch redeneren in de
moderniteit veroorzaken.

Inhoud vak

In deze module wordt nagegaan hoe islamitische ethiek wordt gedefinieerd en welke implicaties en implementaties
het heeft tot:

Uṣūl al-fiqh en de maqāṣid al-sharīʿa.

Biomedische ethische kwesties en uitdagende vraagstukken in geestelijke verzorging.
Economische en financiële kwesties.
Vrijheid van meningsuiting in de islam en liberale democratie.
Mensenrechten.

Ethiek is een denksysteem of theorie dat probeert antwoord te geven op wat het juiste handelen is. In deze module
zullen we nagaan hoe dit in de islam is geregeld. Hiertoe zullen we eerst onderzoeken hoe islamitische ethiek is
gedefinieerd en gegrond in de Schriftuurlijke bronnen van de islam en ook andere erkende bronnen.

In de colleges zullen diverse artikelen en hoofdstukken worden besproken die ingaan biomedische kwesties zoals
abortus en palliatieve zorg. Ook zullen diverse maatschappelijk en politieke ethische kwesties de revue passeren.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Werkcolleges gedurende drie weken. In de vierde week maken de studenten het tentamen en maken zij de
schrijfopdracht. De student bereidt ieder college voor d.m.v. het lezen van verplichte literatuur. Er geldt een
aanwezigheidsplicht.

Toetsvorm

Schrijfopdracht (20%) (minimum cijfer 5,5)

Presentatie (10%) (minimum cijfer 5,5)
Tentamen (70%) (minimum cijfer 5,5)

[Note: De deeltoetsen moeten ieder met minimaal 5,5 behaald zijn; indien dit niet het geval is, dan dient dit
onderdeel herkanst te worden.]

Het gebruik van AI tools (zoals ChatGPT) om je schrijfopdracht te schrijven is expliciet niet toegestaan en wordt
beschouwd als plagiaat en wordt gemeld bij de examencommissie.

Literatuur

Draz, M. A., The Moral World of the Qur'an, transl. D. Robinson and R. Masterton, London: I.B. Tauris, 2008.
Mohiuddin, A., Mehrunisha Suleman, M., Shoaib Rasheed, S. & Aasim I. Padela, A.I., When can Muslims
withdraw or withhold life support? A narrative review of Islamic juridical rulings, Global Bioethics, 31:1, 29-46,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 200 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2020. DOI: 10.1080/11287462.2020.1736243

Kevin, R.A., “Islamic Law as Islamic Ethics.” The Journal of Religious Ethics 186–203. 1983.
Sachedina, A., Islamic Ethics. Fundamental Aspects of Human Conduct, New York: Oxford University Press,
2022.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze module maakt deel uit van het traject Islam van de Bachelor Theology and Religious Studies en van de
universiteitsminor Islam.

Islamitische theologie/Kalam
Vakcode G_BATRSAL027
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Ajouaou
Examinator dr. M. Ajouaou
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Ajouaou
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afronding van deze module:

kan de student het ontstaan en de ontwikkeling van Kalām scholen (Islamitische theologie) beschrijven;
kan de student tenminste 5 discussiepunten onder de belangrijkste moslimtheologen uit de klassieke periode
(700-1200) van islamitische theologie/ Kalām weergeven;
kan de student de algemene principes van de islam en de principes van de mu‘tazila en de repliek van
Ash‘ariyya benoemen en uitleggen;
kan de student het verschil tussen islamitische scholen weergeven;
kan de student de theologische uitgangspunten van verschillende oude en nieuwe islamitische stromingen
vergelijken en analyseren;
leert de student aan de hand van casuïstiek methodieken (kennen) om de toepassing van Kalām te
vergemakkelijken;
is de student vertrouwd met het brede spectrum en de verschillende dimensies (leer, praxis, zingeving,
ethiek. ideologie) van de islamitische religiositeit en de plaats van Kalām daarin;
kan de student daarnaast het voorgaande in de huidige context plaatsen.

Inhoud vak

Dit vak behandelt centrale thema's uit de islamitische theologie/kalam: de definities van de islamitische godsdienst,
betekenis van de islamitische geloofsbelijdenis, enkele belangrijke islamitische begrippen, de zes geloofspunten en
de zuilen van de islam, het begrip God en goddelijke eigenschappen, profeetschap in de islam, hiernamaals, de
predestinatieleer en de vrije wil, goed en kwaad (ethiek), het begrip ‘majeure zonden’ en de meetlat van geloof en
secularisatie. In de module komen de belangrijkste principes van de pre-Kalām scholen aan de orde (Khawāridj en
Mardji’a, Quadarriya en Djabriyya) en Kalām scholen (Mu‘tazila, Asj’ariyya en Maturdiyya). De studenten passen de
opgedane inzichten toe op de hedendaagse religiositeit van moslims. Dit geschiedt middels casuïstiek, opdrachten
en discussie in werkgroepen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges en werkcolleges

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk tentamen (50%)

Tussentijdse opdrachten (schriftelijke opdrachten en een presentatie) (50%).

Voor het schriftelijke tentamen (eindtoets) dient de student minimaal een 5 behaald te worden.

Aanwezigheidsplicht: 80%. Raadpleeg begin van de module de studiehandleiding voor meer informatie over het
succesvol afronden van het vak.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 201 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Het gebruik van AI (zoals ChatPT) om de schrijfopdrachten te maken is niet toegestaan. Het wordt beschouwd als
vorm van plagiaat.

Literatuur

Winter, Tim (ed.). Classical Islamic Theology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008. [Note: Deze
bron is te raadplegen via de universiteitsbibliotheek.]
Ajouaou, Mohamed. Wie is moslim? Geloof en Secularisatie onder Westerse Moslims. Zoetermeer:
Meinema, 2014. [Note: Deze bron is te raadplegen via Canvas.]
Syllabus.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Alle doelgroepen

Judgment and Decision Making

Vakcode E_MFDM_JDM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. K.M.T. Millet
Examinator prof. dr. K.M.T. Millet
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. K.M.T. Millet, F. Krywuczky
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic & Research Skills:

After successfully completing this course you will be able to analyze and reflect on existing literature on judgment
and decision making and apply this knowledge to examples and problems from business and public policy.

Bridging Theory & Practice - knowledge:

After successfully completing this course you will be able to understand theories, methodology (experiments and
field studies) and findings on heuristics and biases in the area of judgment and decision making, from psychology
and behavioral economics.

Bridging Theory & Practice - application:

After successfully completing this course you will be able to make use of theoretical knowledge and concepts such
as biases, decision processes, risk perception to understand and analyze human decision making in practical
settings (business and policy decisions, but also settings).

Inhoud vak

This course provides an overview of scientific research on judgment & decision making, where psychology and
economics collide and collaborate to understand human behavior. It provides you with the basic knowledge of
theories, concepts and methods that is necessary to understand how decisions are made. The course is inspired by
the groundbreaking, nobel-prize winning work of Tversky and Kahneman (Nobel prize 2002), Thaler (Nobel prize
2017) as well as other seminal work and research programmes of other leading thinkers in the field (and society).
One of the main topics of the course will be the question of how and when humans deviate from rational thinking.
This is captured by a well-documented array of heuristics and biases, that help us to make reasonable and
accurate decisions in some areas, but may crucially misguide us in others. We will discuss eye-opening research
that documents several well-known biases as well as focus on mental accounting, loss/gain framing, forecasting,
visceral influences, motivated reasoning and (dis)honesty.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

written exam – individual assessment

(interim) assignment – group assessment

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 202 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Literatuur

a set of academic articles (tba)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Well-trained in academic method and thinking (i.e., completed the first two years of an academic bachelor).

Law and Ethics of Reproductive Technologies

Vakcode R_LERT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. mr. B.C. van Beers
Examinator prof. dr. mr. B.C. van Beers
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. mr. B.C. van Beers
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This interdisciplinary course explores the bioethical, biolegal and biopolitical dilemmas that are raised by
technological developments at the intersection of reproductive medicine and genetics.

This course will enable the student to critically reflect upon legal and ethical dimensions of current public debates
on the regulation of assisted reproductive technologies. This course will teach the student to come to an
understanding of the key concepts and categories within legal regulation of reproductive technologies, and to
connect these with various normative ethical theories.

Through an examination of the existing legal frameworks surrounding reproductive and genetic technologies from
the perspectives of law and bioethics against the background of ongoing contemporary political and societal
discussions, the student will be trained to integrate ethical reasoning, daily practices and legal rules and regulations
into a normative evaluation of these technologies. In this process the student will be encouraged to take a legally
and ethically argued position in scientific debates on current developments in the field of assisted reproductive
technologies through written and oral presentations of a legal and philosophical nature.

Inhoud vak

Technologies at the intersection of reproductive medicine and genetics offer news ways of creating human life.
These technologies make it possible to assemble, genetically screen, choose and, possibly, even design one’s
future children. How can societies decide who may access these technologies to create which kinds of children?
Which rights, whose rights and which public values should be taken into account within the regulation of this
complex field? And what are the legal and ethical limits to these currently emerging forms of 'liberal eugenics'?

The general focus in this course will be on the role and meaning of human rights and human dignity for the
regulation of assisted reproductive technologies.

Topics in this course include:

law and ethics of prenatal testing

selective reproduction and ‘designer babies’
reproductive markets and reproductive tourism
reproductive rights
gestational and commercial surrogacy
wrongful life claims
the welfare of future children
sperm and egg cell donation/selling
eugenics and human enhancement
the status of embryos and gametes

As students in this course are invited to discuss recent reproductive technologies and trends against the
background of legal, ethical and societal approaches, this course fits in very well with the VU law school's focus on
'law in action'.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 203 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

This 3 week course will be taught through interactive tutorials and lectures.

Toetsvorm

Written open-book exam on the computer.

Literatuur

The mandatory literature consists of mainly two small books. All other literature will be made available on Canvas,
and will include legal and philosophical academic literature, legal and political documents, policy reports, news
articles and audiovisual materials.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Because this course is also part of a university minor (Technology, Law and Ethics), it is open to students from
various academic backgrounds.

Apart from regular students, the course is also available for:

Students from other universities/faculties

Exchange students
Contractor (students who pay for one course)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

No special knowledge of law, philosophy or bioethics is required to be able to participate in this course. A basic
knowledge of human rights and a keen interest in the contemporary dilemmas surrounding reproductive
technologies are a plus.

Leadership: Mobilizing People

Vakcode E_MFDM_LMP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. R. Wilms
Examinator dr. R. Wilms
Betrokken Docenten dr. E.P. Graamans, dr. R. Wilms
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The term “leadership” often connotes images of powerful, dynamic individuals who direct corporate empires or
shape the course of nations. However, we are also more directly confronted with leadership in our workaday world:
in class, at our jobs, in our sports teams, during group assignments, and so forth. Leadership can take many forms.
It can be shared, for example, and (organizational) change can be initiated bottom-up. Leadership, after all, is as
much about the leader as it is about the people they are trying to mobilize.

After successfully completing this course, participants:

can analyze and critically reflect on existing literature on leadership and related areas, and translate this
knowledge to different settings.
understand the theoretical and methodological domain of leadership research;
are able to structure and solve practical issues in the area of leadership and management by applying
relevant theoretical and methodological concepts;
can reflect on their own leadership in practice.

Inhoud vak

Leadership is a subject that has long excited interest among scholars and practitioners alike. Whether it concerns a
business corporation, an athletic team, or a team project in class, there seems to be a persistent assumption that

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 204 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

the leader has a crucial role in the organization’s or team’s success. This course on leadership, which combines
and integrates leadership theories and research, will help you understand both historical and everyday examples of
leadership.

Leaders must be able to manage information, diagnose problems, negotiate with others, and make effective
decisions, as well as coordinate and motivate the human and social capital of their organizational members. They
are held accountable for the organizational outcomes, but increasingly also for 'their' organizational cultures. This
course aims to prepare you to understand and meet these challenges by familiarizing you with leadership theories,
and providing you with practical experiences through case studies and experiential activities.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

individual assessment
Group assessment

Literatuur

To be announced

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

N/A

Leading Organizational Change

Vakcode E_IBK3_LOC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. K.A. Stephenson
Examinator dr. K.A. Stephenson
Betrokken Docenten dr. K.A. Stephenson
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Leading organizational change 3.4 is an introductory guide for future change agents in organizations.
Organizational transformations are events where leadership and change management are key to success. Through
this course, students will engage with the most recent scientific knowledge on change management as well as
develop the skills that they will need “on the ground’” as a leader of change. This course’s unique focus on
leadership of change will help you navigate yourself and others through uncertainty.

After successfully accomplishing Leading Organizational Change you will be able to...

Academic and Research Skills

systematically analyze a practical change-related problem and come up with a plan of action, and develop the
sensitivity necessary to use the right arguments for different audiences.

Bridging theory and practice

Knowledge

be familiar with the generative processes that give rise to leadership, planned organizational change, and the
connection between these two.

Application

be familiar with the practical problems which business leaders and change consultants face when managing
organizational change.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 205 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

recognize and deal with the unique challenges and contingencies that come with different types of
organizational change.

Social skills

work in a new team, ‘read’ the social environment, and have the skills to give a presentation in a simulated
business environment, where different stakeholders hold different values and beliefs and have different
interests

Self-awareness

be more aware of one’s tendencies as a leader and follower in different organizational change situations.

Inhoud vak

After completing this module you will have a basic understanding of the challenges organizational changes pose for
leaders, as well as how to continue developing yourself as a future leader of change.

We cover topics of different perspectives on organizational change, leading change, change communication, and
resistance.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Each week we have multiple meetings designed to help you develop yourself as a change leader in different ways.
During theoretical lectures, you will engage with theories of organizational change and leadership. On during
practical lectures you will learn and tinker with tools for diagnosing, planning, implementing, and reflecting on
change. During the tutorials, you take the wheel and practice leading the class’s learning.

Toetsvorm

Individual and team assessments.

Literatuur

Textbook:
Sveningsson, S., & Sörgärde, N. (2019). Managing Change in Organizations: How, what and why?. SAGE
Publications Limited.

Weekly 2 academic articles (to be announced!)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

BK: 1.5 HRM & Organisatiegedrag; 2.5 KWANO IBA: 2.1 HRM & OB; 2.4 HRM Practices – A Global Perspective;
2.4 BRM I – Quantitative

Management Accounting
Vakcode E_EBE2_MANAC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. Q. Ruan
Examinator dr. Q. Ruan
Betrokken Docenten dr. P.C.M. Claes, dr. Q. Ruan
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

During this course you will learn how to use the academic literature to understand how companies use
management accounting methods and how research is conducted in this discipline (Academic and Research Skills,
Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge). You will learn how to set up your own research for your bachelor and
master thesis and how to reflect critically on management accounting research (Academic and Research Skills).
You will gain insight into various management accounting techniques and the influence of these techniques on the

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 206 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

behavior and decisions of managers (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge).

More specifically you will learn:

reasons why companies choose particular management accounting techniques;

how management accounting techniques influence human behavior and decision making;
that management accounting techniques are designed on the basis of different economic and behavioral
theories;
that management accounting is a dynamic discipline in which published research constantly generates new
insights;
that management accounting is an evidence-based discipline;
how to translate insights from the scientific literature into the way in which management accounting
techniques are applied in practice.

Furthermore you get:

Insight into a wide range of topics that you could examine during your bachelor and master thesis;
by presenting and commenting on articles you understand the strengths and weaknesses of published
research.

Inhoud vak

During Accounting I and Accounting II you have mastered the operation of all accounting methods. In this course
we will (i) analyze why companies choose certain management accounting methods and (ii) examine how
individual managers and employees react to accounting information. We do this by discussing empirical accounting
literature.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

(Online) Lectures, Working groups and Q&A sessions.

Toetsvorm

Presentation/discussion/review papers (group assessment);

Interim test (individual assessment);
Written examination (individual assessment).

Literatuur

Syllabus Management Control and a set of articles. In addition to the syllabus (which can be downloaded via
Canvas), 6 articles from the scientific literature are discussed each week. See Canvas for a file with links. Via these
links you can download the articles, via [Link], electronic journals.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Accounting I and II, Academic Skills, Quantitative Research Methods I and II.

Management Consulting and Strategic Change

Vakcode E_IBK3_MCSC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. van Baarle
Examinator dr. S. van Baarle
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. van Grinsven, dr. S. van Baarle
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The goal of this course is to help you critically understand the role of management consultants in processes of
strategic change. In a world where change is constant—from digital disruption and economic shifts to climate
urgency—organizations must continuously adapt, often with the help of consultants. Rather than training you to

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 207 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

become a consultant, the course invites you to examine the field itself: how consulting is practiced, how it is framed
in academic debates, and how it is questioned and defended. You will develop the analytical and reflective skills
needed to evaluate different viewpoints, connect theory with real-world cases, and position yourself in ongoing
conversations about strategy and change. These skills are valuable for academic work, including your thesis, as
well as for any future advisory role.

The course focuses on the following learning goals:

Bridging theory and practice (knowledge):

Develop your own position and argumentation in relation to the topics discussed during the course.
Critically reflect on the key underlying assumptions and arguments developed in the literature and position
them in relation with each other.

Bridging theory and practice (application):

Critically examine the connection between the themes discussed in the lectures and how these appear in
real-life change and consulting projects.

Social skills:

Contact, interview and engage with consultants in the field.

Organize your work in a team

Inhoud vak

This course combines conceptual analysis with practical engagement. You'll work with contemporary themes that
shape how consulting and strategic change are understood—such as the dynamics between consultants and
clients, ethical tensions, resistance to change, and the diffusion of popular management models. These themes are
explored through academic literature, case-based discussions, and interactive assignments. Central to the course
is a team-based project in which you'll investigate a real consulting case, conduct an interview, and analyze how
change is enacted in practice. Throughout the course, you will engage with both scholarly perspectives and the
lived realities of consultants, offering a grounded and critical understanding of the field.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and seminars

Toetsvorm

Individual assignments and group assignments and exam.

Literatuur

A selection of articles, announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is very useful for students BK/IBA who are interested in following the bachelor specialization
Management Consulting. Moreover, looking ahead at your master, the course is an excellent starting point for
those of you who next year want to pursue further studies in the domains of Management Consulting, Leadership &
Change Management or Strategy & Organization. Moreover, the course is relevant for anyone (also beyond
BK/IBA) who is interested in change processes and for those who wonder whether one of the most popular careers
among business administration students, namely that of a consultant, can be a good start for you!

Aanbevolen voorkennis

For BK: Management & Organisatie; Academische Vaardigheden; Integratieperiode; Strategie; Onderzoek &
Advies; Foundations of Strategic Management.
For IBA: Organization Theory; Academic Skills; International Strategy; Integrative Research Project; Foundations of
Strategic Management.

Managing and Improving Quality

Vakcode E_IBK3_MIQ
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 208 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakniveau 300

Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. ir. D. van Goubergen
Examinator dr. ir. D. van Goubergen
Betrokken Docenten dr. ir. D. van Goubergen, dr. ir. M. Karimi Mamaghan
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic and research skills

Student is able to understand the role of quality management in organizations and how it can reduce quality
costs, improve productivity, and operational performance in order to satisify customer needs and engage all
employees to deliver according to the customer requirements.
Student can critically reflect on techniques and methods introduced in the literature of quality management
and process improvement.

Bridging theory and practice

Student is able to analyse shortcomings in a process that may happen in different stages and investigate the
main sources of such problems.
Student can identify and describe quality issues of a production or service operation using standard methods.
Student is able to identify and select appropriate quality measures and management techniques with regard
to a quality issue in order to quantify, control, analyse, and improve the problem.

Social skills

Student is able to take on different roles in a team, cooperate and interact with other students.
Student can present and defend their analyses and findings of quality problems.

Inhoud vak

Quality problems usually are the outcome of uncontrolled or excessive variability in product, process or service
characteristics that are critical to the customer. These characteristics can be ‘technical’ related to the product (e.g.
dimensions), but also non-technical (e.g. cost, lead time). Total Quality Management offers a broad toolbox with
statistical tools and other (process) improvement methods in order to solve these problems, as well as a
management structure that will ensure success. We focus on both the management structure and the statistical
and analytical tools. We focus on the following aspects in the course:

Management aspects of quality

Link between Quality and Product/Service and process design
Improvement of processes in manufacturing and service
Statistical process control
Acceptance sampling
Quality Improvement as part of Lean as a business strategy
TBP (Toyota Business Practice) as an effective and structured methodology to address problems and
eliminate root causes

We will use real life practical examples to illustrate concepts and tools. With group assignments, stimulating team
work, students will learn how to apply some approaches that were covered in the lectures on realistic.

Students will learn to apply some statistical tools in Microsoft Excel

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (18h)
Tutorials (9h)

Toetsvorm

Individual and group assessment

Literatuur

Mandatory studying materials (essential part of the course content) will be announced and distributed via Canvas.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 209 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Optional background reading material:

Montgomery, D. C., Jennings, C. L., & Pfund, M. E. (2010) Managing, controlling, and improving quality. John
Wiley & Sons
Oakland, John, S. et al. (2020) Total Quality Management and Operational Excellence. (5th Edition). Taylor &
Francis
Ioppolo, Giuseppe, et al (2024) Total Quality Management and Lean Thinking 5.0. Taylor & Francis

Aanbevolen voorkennis

For BK:
1.1 Bedrijfsprocessen; 1.2 Wiskunde voor Bedrijfskunde; 1.4 Statistiek voor Bedrijfskunde; 1.5 Supply Chain
Management I; 2.4 Supply Chain Management II

For IBA:
1.1 Business Mathematics; 1.4 Global Supply Chain Management; 1.4 Business Statistics; 1.6 Business
Processes; 2.5 SCM in Emerging Economies

Managing Negotiations: Getting to Yes

Vakcode E_MFDM_MNGY
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J. Sieweke
Examinator dr. J. Sieweke
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Sieweke
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Students will enhance their analytical ability and be able to identify the need for negotiation skills in an
organizational context (Academic and Research Skills)
Students will learn (1) how to negotiate in a strategic and rational way, (2) which psychological aspects come
into play during negotiating and (3) what are the cross-cultural differences in negotiations (Bridging theory
and practice - Knowledge)
Students will apply the knowledge gained from the lectures in role play simulations during tutorials (Bridging
Theory and Practice - Application).
Students will work in teams and practice negotiation skills in tutorials (Social Skills).
Students will better understand how they can successfully negotiate in real-life situations (Self Awareness).

Inhoud vak

Negotiation is all around you, whether it concerns international disputes, labor agreement negotiations, or a
discussion at home about who does the grocery shopping. To solve these conflicts successfully, you have to
negotiate. Therefore, the overall theme of this course in the minor program, is to become an effective negotiator,
meaning that no money is left on the table. Throughout the course, we combine theoretical knowledge from the
lectures with practical exercises (role-play simulations). The three parts of the course are:

Part 1: How to negotiate in a strategic and rational way?

Part 2: Which psychological aspects come into play during negotiations?
Part 3: How does a cross-cultural setting affect negotiations?

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials incl. role-play simulations and team presentations

Toetsvorm

Individual assessment
Group assessment

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 210 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Literatuur

Book: Fisher, R., Ury, W. & Patton, B. (2012). Getting to Yes: negotiating an agreement without giving in.
Random House Business Books. ISBN 9781847940933.
Articles: To be announced via Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Academic Skills

Managing People: a Global Perspective

Vakcode E_IBA2_MPGP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S.E. Beijer
Examinator dr. S.E. Beijer
Betrokken Docenten R. Tavakoli, dr. S.E. Beijer, dr. J.B. Langerak
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC

INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

ACADEMIC SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, the student

can analyze and demonstrate an understanding of problems from different perspectives and is able to apply
HR/OB theories to understand a problem (Analysis)

RESEARCH SKILLS
After successfully completing this course, the student

is able to translate academic research into practically relevant outcomes, by analyzing data and relating the
findings to theory related to HR practices and their alignment with the context (e.g. organizational context,
national context, culture, institutions)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international
business administration.
After successfully completing this course, the student:

can describe the core theories and models that are used to explain the effects of these practices and systems
of practices on individual and organizational outcomes.
can describe theoretical models regarding the relationships between contextual factors and HR practices.
can explain, contrast, and compare advanced theories, models and concepts of key HR practices that are
fundamental to the HRM discipline.

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.
After successfully completing this course, the student:

Is able to provide practical solutions to a real-life HR case by applying theory, observing a real-life
organization and interviewing a stakeholder

SOCIAL SKILLS – STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE DIFFERENT PROFESSIONAL ROLES
IN A CROSS-CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
After successfully completing this course, the student:

is able to present (in writing) on substantive aspects of HR practices

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 211 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

can explain the role and need of a stakeholder in the firm

can work well in a team and reflect on his/her own role in the team
is sensitive to cross-cultural differences, understands how these translate into social contexts and is able to
deal with those differences in social interactions

BROADENING YOUR HORIZON - STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO REFLECT ON THE ETHICAL AND SOCIAL
IMPLICATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL AND GOVERNMENTAL DECISIONS
After successfully completing this course, the student:

is able to describe trends and challenges in organizational context

can identify national and international societal issues that impact HR practices.

Inhoud vak

The courses in this semester centre around the international context of the international business environment.
Period 4 specifically introduces you to the environment of developed economies and what this means for different
disciplines, in this case HRM. The course will provide you with in-depth knowledge on the key HR practices that are
used in contemporary organizations. Also, you will learn to examine these practices in their wider context. Attention
is not only paid to how practices fit the organizational context, but special attention is paid to examining practices
based on a global perspective by studying how practices differ across national contexts. The core practices
examined include training and development, performance management, participation and communication,
recruitment and selection, and compensation. Core models on how these HR practices relate to individual and
organizational outcomes are discussed. In addition to learning about the various individual practices, you will gain
insight in the interplay between practices to understand how bundles and systems of practices can be strategically
used to enhance organizational goals. Current world wide trends and challenges, such as the war for talent, will be
discussed and specific HR practices related to these challenges are examined. Factors in the national and
international context are studied and used to explain the use and effectiveness of certain HR practices.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Exam – Individual assessment

Assignment – Group assessment

Literatuur

Book: Brewster, C., Houldsworth, E., Sparrow, P, & Vernon, G. (2016). International Human Resource
Management. CIPD. 4th edition.

Selection of papers: See manual section 6. Study material

Aanbevolen voorkennis

2.2 Managing People: Psychological Foundations

Managing People: Psychological Foundations

Vakcode E_IBA2_MPPF
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E.I. Lysova
Examinator dr. E.I. Lysova
dr. E.I. Lysova, J. Hübner, dr. L.J. Knappert, drs. M. Bolhoven, dr. S.J. Ellis, dr. L.D.M.
Betrokken Docenten
de Schutter
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 212 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH ACADEMIC SKILLS (THREE AS)

After successfully completing this course, students:

can analyze problems of managing people in organisations from different perspectives (Analysis)
are able to recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction)
are able to put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format
(Argumentation)

RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, students:

are able to translate academic research in the fields of Organizational Behavior and Human Resource
Management into practically relevant questions and arguments

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE KNOWLEDGE

After successfully completing this course, students:

demonstrate theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning managing people in international business
can explain basic psychological theories, models and concepts relevant for managing people
are able to relate, contrast, and compare between theories, models, and concepts

APPLICATION

Can propose a solution to an international real-life problem of managing people by applying relevant theories and
methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, students:

are able to provide practical solutions to a case by applying psychological theory relevant for managing
people

SOCIAL SKILLS – STUDENTS ARE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE DIFFERENT PROFESSIONAL ROLES
IN A CROSS-CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

After successfully completing this course, students:

are able to debate about basic aspects of managing people based on scientific arguments.
can work well in a team and reflect on their own role in the team
are sensitive to cross-cultural differences and able to deal with those differences in social interactions

SELF-AWARENESS – STUDENTS CAN EVALUATE OWN LEARNING, KNOWLEDGE AND ACTIONS

After successfully completing this course, students:

are able to recognize the results of their own actions

can reflect on their personal learning goals and development

Inhoud vak

This course is about you. Managing People: Psychological Foundations deals with the human factor in
organizations. All business functions in the IBA curriculum, like Marketing, Supply Chain Management, and
Strategy, can impossibly exist without people executing them. This course introduces you to psychological concepts
and theories (e.g., motivation, leadership, and inclusion) and engages you in a critical discussion on their
application for managing people in organizations (e.g., how does motivation matter for employee performance
management?; what is good team leadership?; and how can organizations manage diversity through inclusion?).
We put particular emphasis on managing people in the international context. On the one hand, it is argued that a lot
of human behavior in organizations tends to be universal, for example, the ways in which people can be motivated,
the attitudes and emotions they bring to work, or people’s resistance to change. On the other hand, it is argued that
a lot of human behavior in organizations tends to be context-dependent, for example, how people deal with
conflicts and leadership or which values and beliefs they bring to work. Throughout this course we will shed light on
how the international context influences people’s behavior in organizations and will further explore this reciprocal
relationship between human behavior and the role of context.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (including guest lectures)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 213 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Tutorials

Knowledge clips

Podcasts

Toetsvorm

Individual and team assessments

Vereiste voorkennis

n/a

Literatuur

We will work with selected academic articles that will be announced well in advance to the course on CANVAS.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This is what students from last year said about this course:

"Great topics, great course!"

"I liked the different types of learning materials."

"Everything was clear and very structured and the tutorials were very useful to get feedback."

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course builds on the knowledge provided during 1.1 People in Business and Society, and 1.2 Organization
Theory. Furthermore, the skills obtained during 1.1 Academic Skills are crucial for the assignments during the
tutorials.

Managing Technology Processes

Vakcode E_IBK3_MTP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K.C. Cepa
Examinator K.C. Cepa
Betrokken Docenten K.C. Cepa
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic & research skills: In this course students learn to critically evaluate (digital) technology management
processes from academic literature and popular management press.

Knowledge: In this course, students gain theoretical understanding concerning:

innovation types and the external innovation environment including innovation trajectories, standards,
platforms, and ecosystems
the development of (digital) technology strategies and their operationalization in project selection,
collaboration, and protection
the product and (digital) technology development process

Bridging theory and practice: The course offers insight into the strategic importance of technological innovation
for firms and society and into recent developments in technology and innovation. Furthermore, through this course,
students will develop skills to analyze real-life cases.

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 214 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

This course focuses on the management of technology processes in organizations. Technology processes refer to
how organizations use (digital) technologies to develop and implement new products, services, processes and
business models and is crucial for business organizations to stay competitive in ever changing markets. In this
course, students expand their basic understanding of digital innovation, apply basic theories behind the processes
of technology-based innovation within organizations and their environments, learn about the management of
innovation trajectories, and the organizational implementation of technology development. Theoretical
understanding is applied in a simulation game and real-life cases focusing on managerial dilemmas in the
management of technology processes.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam - Individual assessment

Practical assignments - Group assessment

Practical assignment - Individual assessment

Marketing Sustainable Innovations

Vakcode E_MFS_MSI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K. Subrtova
Examinator K. Subrtova
Betrokken Docenten K. Subrtova, dr. M. Veltkamp
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Marketing sustainable innovations is a subject that is truly interdisciplinary in nature. Students will study various
perspectives of marketing, driven from an innovation, psychology, value and behavioral economics point of view
(Bridging Theory and Practice: Knowledge). As a result, this course will challenge students to examine and
understand sustainability issues from different perspectives, abstract those insights relevant to specific consumer-
related problems when marketing such innovations, and build a well-argued case for successfully launching
sustainable innovations (Academic Skills).

Being the last subject in the minor Sustainability: Management and Innovation, this course brings together insights
from previous courses, not just from a theoretical but also a practical point of view. Building upon the previous
period where students learned about developing and designing sustainable innovations, this course takes students
to the final stage in effectively launching that innovation into the market. Based on the insights learned in this
course, students will develop a marketing plan for a business case in collaboration with a company (Bridging
Theory and Practice: Application).

This assignment is completed in a boot camp-style setting, where you work intensively during a short time period in
a team setting (Social Skills). Such ‘pressure-cooker’ situations challenge you to source various skills to create not
only optimal content (a marketing plan) but also an effective team, where tasks and time are managed well and you
can constructively reflect on your own as well as your team members’ performance (Self-awareness).

Inhoud vak

Despite efforts involving consumers in the early stages of innovation, sustainable products and services often
struggle with limited take-off. As an (international) business professional, but also as a sustainability consultant or
policy maker, it is crucial to understand the mechanisms that drive the adoption of sustainable innovations.

Building on the preceding subjects in the minor Sustainability: Management and Innovation, this course analyzes
the final element in the value chain; bringing sustainable products and services to the market. The course starts
with a stakeholder marketing perspective, specifically focusing on the consumer and how that consumer acts within
a network of stakeholders. We further discuss relevant insights from innovation, psychology, behavioral economics,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 215 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

and consumer value research to gain a better understanding of what affects actual consumer behavior. The course
ends with a bootcamp in which, in collaboration with a company, students develop an attractive marketing plan that
takes all stakeholders into account. This will challenge students to connect and integrate knowledge and insights
from different subjects and help to recognize how various elements of the value chain and value network need to
be aligned to create a successful sustainable product or service.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Classroom discussions, tutorials, presentations on Friday last week (all in-person).

Toetsvorm

Group project assignment – Group assessment

Group and in-Class participation – Individual assessment

Literatuur

This course is articled based.

Readings will be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the Minor Sustainability and Innovation. This minor can be followed by all SBE bachelor
students. In addition, advanced bachelor students (third year) from other faculties, as well as other universities, are
welcome to join. Particularly those with an interest in Business and Organization Studies, Economics, Social
Sciences, Social Psychology, Healthcare, Media and Communication Studies, Engineering, Technology
Management, Operations Management and Education.

It is especially interesting for:

Future managers who want to understand how sustainability can be implemented in existing business
Entrepreneurs / intrapreneurs that want exploit the opportunities sustainability offers
Future consultants in sustainability, strategic business consultants, of government policy consultants
Students that want to be active in NGO’s or other societal organizations

Overige informatie

Students are expected to attend the classes and tutorials (mandatory) and take an active role as learners because
the exchange of ideas and discussions are core to the learning experience. As a student, you are expected to be
responsible and accountable not only for doing your individual work but also for contributing to the learning and
growth of your classmates. As instructors, we will create a safe, kind, warm and welcoming environment to foster
such connections and expect that you show up - physically, mentally, psychologically - to push the discussions
forward. This class is not suitable for those, who want to sit back and be a one-way recipient of information. Rather,
you are expected to bring and contribute to the knowledge and skills, deepen the collective thinking and move the
conversation forward.

We have designed the assessments to reflect this pedagogy. Anything we discuss during the class discussions and
tutorials (what is included in the slides as well as whatever we discuss that might not be included in the deck) as
well as any required preparation (e.g., readings, exercises, videos, surveys) are all fair game. In other words,
attending and actively participating in the class discussions and tutorials as well as thorough preparation are
necessary to do well in the final assessment.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course is part of the Minor Sustainability: Management and Innovation. This course builds on the courses of
the minor in period 1 and 2. Additionally, knowledge of basic marketing principles or marketing management is
recommended.

Microeconomics II
Vakcode E_EBE2_MICEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 216 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Faculteit School of Business and Economics

Vakcoördinator dr. H.G. Bloemen
Examinator dr. H.G. Bloemen
Betrokken Docenten L.I.A. Alajääskö, dr. H.G. Bloemen
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course, you:

Academic and Research Skills:

are able to apply economic theory using economic models;

understand how a problem can be formulated in terms of an abstract economic model and how the results
can be interpreted.

Bridging Theory and Practice - knowledge:

understand and are able to analyze economics theories and models in the field of (intermediate level)
microeconomics;
are able to apply graphical tools, mathematical methods, and computations;
understand and remember the concepts and theoretical mechanisms.

Inhoud vak

This is a course in Microeconomics at the intermediate level. The course addresses the general (competitive)
equilibrium. This includes a discussion of the concept of Pareto efficiency and the conditions under which efficiency
can be reached. In this context social welfare is considered. The concept of Pareto efficiency is being compared to
the concept of "fair" allocation. Externalities and public goods are reasons for missing markets and may cause
Pareto efficiency to be violated. Monopoly is a market structure that leads to absence of Pareto efficiency in the
equilibrium. Causes of monopoly, such as the natural monopoly, are considered. Monopolists can use their power
to conduct specific pricing strategies such as price discrimination. A market structure in between competition and
monopoly is monopolistic competition. Firms in such markets have market power, but free entry drives profits to
zero in the long run. In oligopolistic markets strategic interactions play an important role. Examples of such
interactions are the decision to cooperate or not, and to deter entry or not. Game-theoretic methods provide insight
in various aspects of the strategies. With the rise of information technology new structures emerged by which
suppliers offer their products. Some specific issues in these new markets are discussed. An auction is an allocation
mechanism with various applications, among which is the auctioning of radio frequencies. In auctions strategy
game-theoretic aspects play a role as well. Information is a very important aspect in the functioning of markets.
Information asymmetry can lead to market failure, but also induce agents to find mechanisms to signal information
and to find incentive payment schemes that function even if information is incomplete. The concept of revealed
preference will be explained during the course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures. Instruction tutorials. Tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Assignments - Individual assessment.

Exam - Individual assessment.

Literatuur

Hal R. Varian, "Intermediate Microeconomics", 9th edition.

Supplementary materials (journal articles, cases, assignments): to be announced.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The course is compulsory for students following the Economics track of the BSc programme Economics and
Business Economics (EBE) and builds on prior knowledge obtained in the courses Microeconomics I, Quantitative
Research Methods I, Quantitative Research Methods II, part of the programme EBE.

For students from outside the EBE programme:

The course builds on prior knowledge of

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 217 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Microeconomics, including topics as consumer theory (utility maximization), theory of the firm (production
functions, cost functions, profit maximization), market structure (competition, monopoly, oligopoly), present
value,elasticities, consumer and producer surplus, wefare, Pareto efficiency
Mathematical methods: optimization, Lagrange, differentiation, solving systems of equations
Statistical methods: uncertainty and the concept of expected value, t-values

Mind and Machine

Vakcode AB_1060
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L.N. Cornelisse
Examinator dr. L.N. Cornelisse
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. K. Linkenkaer-Hansen, dr. L.N. Cornelisse
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Excursie, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

To introduce the students to the basic principles of brain modelling, artificial intelligence, and brain computer
interfacing, discussing the practical applications as well as the ethical, moral, and philosophical aspects.

Specifically, at the end of the course the student should be able to:

1. explain the meaning of key concepts treated in the course and to give examples of where key concepts are
already applied (services or products).
2. describe most commonly used forms of, as well as recent trends in, brain modeling, AI and BCI as discussed
in the course.
3. reproduce the underlying principles of brain modelling, AI and BCI at the level discussed in the course.
4. develop, present and defend a business proposal, i.e., an idea for a product or service that exploits the
technologies and concepts presented in the course.
5. formulate a scientifically informed opinion about the ethical aspects of AI and BCI.

Inhoud vak

What is intelligence and what is unique about human intelligence? People have always been fascinated with the
idea to create intelligent computers and robots and to integrate computers in the brain to enhance its performance.
In recent years these technologies have become so advanced that they become more and more present in our
daily live, from the personal assistant in your smart phone, to smart software in self-driving cars, to portable EEG
headsets. Many see this as the start of a new era where smart machines will be completely integrated in our
society, taking over many tasks and services now still done by humans. More dystopian views on the integration of
human and machine are shown in science fiction films and series like Terminator 3 and Black Mirror. This has led
to the realization that intelligence is not unique to humans but can exist in machines, and forces us to reflect on
whether computers could ever reach or surpass human level intelligence, or merge with biological brains. , and if
the brain can be of inspiration to improve Artificial Intelligence (AI).

In this course, the basic principles of brain inspired artificial intelligence, realistic computer simulations of the brain,
and brain-computer interfacing (BCI) will be discussed. To investigate one of these topics in more detail students
work in groups to start their own virtual start-up company and prepare a business proposal in which they describe a
new commercial application of artificial intelligence or brain computer interfacing. The business project is presented
to peers and a reviewer during a poster session at the end of the course. In addition, students will gain hands-on
experience in computer practicals and an EEG-based neurofeedback competition, and discuss the ethical, moral,
and philosophical aspects of artificial intelligence and brain-computer-interfacing.

Disclamer: this course is aimed at students without a background in computer science or AI. It will cover general
concepts of AI and BCI, and their impact on society, rather than an in-depth discussion of all technological details.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures: 35 hrs
Practicals: 8 hrs
Business project: 60 hrs

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 218 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Toetsvorm

Exam: 50%
Business project: 40%
Discussion: 10%

For all three sub-grades a grade ≥ 5.5 must be obtained. It is not possible to compensate.

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Brain and Mind. University students need at least 90 ECTS to be eligible for
(courses in) this minor. HBO students can follow (courses in) this minor if they have at least 120 ETCS.

Literatuur

To be decided

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

All students with an interest in the computational abilities of the brain and brain-inspired technology, that do
not have a background in Artificial Intelligence or computer science.
Due to curriculum overlap, students from Biomedical Sciences and Health and Life Sciences from the VU
cannot follow this course.

Overige informatie

Part of minor Brain and Mind.

This minor course requires a minimum of 25 participants to take place.

Central Academic Skills: Creative thinking to apply learned knowledge in the design and development of a product
or service in the field of mind and machine. Reflecting on acquired knowledge during the course to discuss ethical
and philosophical implications.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Two years of study at bachelor’s level. Basic knowledge of neurobiology.

Minor English: English in my own Discipline

Vakcode L_ETBAALG008
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. G.A. Dreschler
Examinator dr. G.A. Dreschler
Betrokken Docenten dr. G.A. Dreschler
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

You gain insight into features of the English language as used in various text types which are common in your own
academic discipline and the professional domains associated with your specialization. After successfully
completing this course you will have

knowledge of the different types of texts written in your own discipline, either on an academic level or in the
professional domain;
insight into linguistic features related to structure, formality and stance in one or two text types in your
discipline; and
knowledge of several types of analysis and methods used in genre analysis and corpus linguistics. You will be
able to apply these methods independently to a selection of texts from your discipline and use the knowledge
gained from these analyses in your own writing.

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 219 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In the first couple of sessions, we will discuss different methods of analysis used in linguistics for analyzing
characteristics of texts and apply them to texts. You will then choose one of these methods and apply this in an
analysis of a collection of English texts in your own discipline, present the preliminary results of your analysis, and
write a final research article in which you report on the analysis, following conventions from linguistic papers.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

2 seminars of 2 hours per week in weeks 1 - 3.

Toetsvorm

The grade for this course will be based on the final report (75%) and the grade for the presentation (25%). In order
to pass the course, you need a 5.5 minimum for each component.

Literatuur

Materials will be made available or listed on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The Minor Engels/Minor in English as a whole is aimed at bachelor and premaster students across the university
who want to improve their written English in an academic context. The Minor is not open for students in the BA
programme CIW who are following the track in English Language and Communication Studies.

Overige informatie

Attendance is obligatory (80% minimum). If you miss more classes, you may still be allowed to finish the course if
you submit an alternative assignment, but only if you’ve attended 70% of the classes.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course is only available as part of the Minor Engels/Minor in English. Students must have completed Writing 2
before embarking on this course.

Minor English: Grammar and Writing 1

Vakcode L_ETBAALG007
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator A.J. Gambrel
Examinator A.J. Gambrel
Betrokken Docenten A.J. Gambrel, dr. A. Martonfi
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course you will have knowledge of and insight into

1. the language which typifies academic writing in English and English requirements of text structure, as well as
into how these aspects are different from other languages.
2. the most important aspects of English grammar, particularly those which typically cause students problems
when writing formal English.
3. the strengths and weaknesses of your own English writing skills.

After successfully completing this course you will be able to

1. write and edit well-structured text in clear, cohesive and formal academic English.
2. develop the strengths and reduce the weaknesses in your own writing.

Inhoud vak

The course consists of a writing and a grammar component. In the writing component of the course the emphasis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 220 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

is on (a) identifying the paragraph structures, sentence structures and kind of language used across a range of
academic texts in all kinds of disciplines, and (b) getting to grips with the basic problems involved in writing good,
formal English (e.g. differences between English and Dutch/other languages, the essentials of English punctuation,
formal style). The grammar component consists of a practical introduction to basic aspects of the grammar of
contemporary English, with special attention on the problems that students typically have when writing formal
English.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

For the writing component: 1 hr per week lecture; 2 hrs per week seminar.
For the grammar component: 1 hr per week lecture; 2 hrs per week seminar.

Toetsvorm

1. a series of writing assignments on a subject related to the student's own discipline (50%)--learning objectives
1, 3, 4, 5
2. a multiple choice computer test on grammar (50%)-learning objectives 2, 4, 5

In order to pass the course, you need a 5.5 minimum for each component.

Literatuur

For the writing component: Hannay, M. & J.L. Mackenzie (2017). Effective Writing in English. 3rd edition.
Bussum: Coutinho.
Materials for the grammar component will be announced at a later stage.
Additional materials will be made available on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor students across the university who want to improve their written English in an academic context; the
course is not open for students who have done academic English in their academic core. The course is part of the
Minor Engels/Minor in English but can also be followed separately.

Overige informatie

Attendance is obligatory (80% minimum). If you miss more classes, you may still be allowed to finish the
course if you submit an alternative assignment, but only if you’ve attended 70% of the classes.
Note that this is an English writing course rather than simply a writing skills course. The assumption is that
participants have already successfully completed an academic skills course in their first or second year of
university study.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

At least one year of university study, including experience in writing academic text; premaster students may also
follow this course as long as they have completed an academic skills course.

Minor English: Pronunciation and Presentation

Vakcode L_EABAALG006
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. L.M. Rupp
Examinator dr. L.M. Rupp
Betrokken Docenten A.J. Gambrel, dr. L.M. Rupp
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Regarding pronunciation:

1) You will be able to describe the most common difficulties in English pronunciation, as well as four major aspects
of speech fluency in English.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 221 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2) You will also be able to explain the effects of particular pronunciation features on the intelligibility and credibility
of spoken English.
3) You will be able to analyse and develop aspects of pronunciation and speech fluency in your own spoken
English, as well as in that of your peers whom you will support.
4) You are are able to present a well-informed view of the nature of of different English pronunciations showing
appreciation of diversity in English.

Regarding presentation:

1) You will be able to strategically apply structural elements, prosodic features and conversational patterns in such
a way that they will help you convey a clear message.
2) You will also be able to help and support others in presentation work.

By the end of the course, you will be able to adapt pronunciation features in the English pronunciation that you wish
to develop and you are able to confidently give an oral presentation.

Inhoud vak

Pronunciation:

1) We will set goals for the English pronunciation that you wish to develop both at a professional and at a personal
level.
2) We will analyse the most common difficulties in English pronunciation and the effects that these difficulties may
(inadvertently) have on the intelligibility and credibility of spoken English. We will also take account of the role of
pronunciation features in identity construction.
3) You will conduct exercises, practise ear-training and be given tools that help you analyse English pronunciation
features, as well as speech fluency.
4) You will work with features in your own spoken English accordingly.

Presentation:

1) Students give presentations on academic topics. During these presentations they will show awareness and
some mastery over the following elements:

structure that conveys an academic idea and its relevance and adheres to a time limit
prosodic features (intonation, voice, articulation, etc.)
body language (posture, eye-contact, etc.)
persuasive and conversational patterns (repetition, rhetorical questions, etc.)

2) Students engage in useful ways with their peers, offering feedback and working collaboratively
3) Students demonstrate awareness of their strengths and weakness with regards to the topics and skills
addressed in the course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Pronunciation: weekly interactive lectures (1,5 hour) and seminars (1,5 hours).

Presentation: weekly seminars (3 hours).

Toetsvorm

For pronunciation: course work (marked in/complete) and a recording of your own English pronunciation (graded,
50% of your course grade).

You will obtain the pronunciation course objectives (1-4) by working with the course work. Course objective (3) is
assessed in the recording.

For presentation (all graded for an average grade for presentation; 50% of your course grade):

A series of group and individual presentations (65%)

Peer review (25%)
Self-reflection paper (10%)

The presentation course objectives (1-2) will be attained through these components.

In order to successfully complete the course students must score a grade of ≥5.5 for Pronunciation and
Presentation each.

Course attendance and submission of the all of the course work by the set deadlines is conditional for being
awarded a grade for the pronunciation recording and the presentation components. 1 absence from the
Pronunciation and Presentation seminars each is allowed.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 222 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Literatuur

Literature and other materials will be made available in Canvas.

The pronunciation module is accompanied by online audio and video material ([Link]
[Link]).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students across the university who wish to work on their English pronunciation and presentation skills.

Minor English: Writing 2

Vakcode L_ETBAALG005
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. G.A. Dreschler
Examinator dr. G.A. Dreschler
Betrokken Docenten dr. G.A. Dreschler
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successful completion of the course students will feel confident that they can write a bachelor dissertation in
English and embark on a Master's degree where English is the language of tuition. Specifically, the course aims to
help students in:

getting more practice in writing formal, academic English;

developing reading skills which will allow them to note linguistic and structural features of relevant academic
text types in their own discipline;
gaining insight into how specific linguistic structures can contribute to text coherence and text cohesion;
acquiring greater knowledge of the stylistic and rhetorical aspects of written formal texts;
getting greater insight into the strengths and weaknesses of their English writing skills, and knowledge of how
to further develop strengths and reduce weaknesses.

Inhoud vak

For this course we focus on your position as a writer in the academic world, i.e. as someone who is engaged in
academic discourse. This means that you need to be aware of appropriate structures at sentence level as well as at
text level, of ways of using language to refer to other writers, and of ways of using academic language effectively.
The emphasis in this course is on (a) gaining more insight into the language and style of your own academic
discipline, (b) improving coherence, compactness and readability, and (c) expanding your grammatical repertoire.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

2 hrs per week lecture; 2 hrs per week seminar.

Toetsvorm

A series of shorter writing assignments (50% in total) and a final paper of 2000 words on a subject related to your
study (50% of the mark). In order to pass the course, you need a 5.5 minimum for each component

Literatuur

Hannay, M. & J.L. Mackenzie (2009). Effective Writing in English. 2nd edition. Bussum: Coutinho.
Separate materials available via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor and premaster students across the university who want to improve their written English in an academic
context, with the exception of students of CIS who are following the specialization in English Language and
Communication Studies and students of Literature & Society.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 223 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Overige informatie

Attendance is obligatory (80% minimum). If you miss more classes, you may still be allowed to finish the course if
you submit an alternative assignment, but only if you’ve attended 70% of the classes.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Students must have either (a) completed an introductory academic English course earlier in their university studies
or (b) already completed Minor English: Grammar and Writing 1.

Minor Seminar in Political Science

Vakcode S_MSPS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator drs. B. Slijper
Examinator drs. B. Slijper
Betrokken Docenten drs. B. Slijper
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep

Doel vak

This course in exclusively designed for the students in the Minor Political Science, ans complements the minor by
introducing the subfield of political theory/political philosophy.

The learning objectives of this course are as follows:

Knowledge and understanding

(1) the various branches of political science as a discipline, and that of (normative) political theory in
particular;
(2) the approaches towards normative questions in political theory;
(3) a number of key topics in (normative) political theory, and the positions and arguments taken on these
topics.

Skills

(4) apply normative political theories to concrete contemporary contested issues;

(5) write a short, theoretically embedded and informed position paper on a contemporary contentious issue.

Attitude(s)

(6) the willingness to critically (self-)reflect upon the normative dimension of contemporary contested issues.

Inhoud vak

Certainly in the European tradition, political science has been a broad, thematic “discipline” from its inception. In
addition to political science as an empirical social science, there is also political science in the tradition of the
behavioral sciences such as economics (political economy) and psychology (political psychology), as well as in that
of the arts and humanities such as law (constitutional law), history (political history) and philosophy and ethics
(political philosophy or political theory).

In the four other courses in this Minor Political Science, the student will predominantly be familiarized with political
science as an empirical social (and/or behavioral) science. There, the student will learn how to adequately describe
and explain political phenomena.

In this Minor Seminar, we will however engage with normative political theory. The central questions will therefore
not be descriptive or explanatory, but normative and evaluative, such as:

Is democracy the prefered model for the governance of societies? And why (not)?
How to understand the idea of individual freedom? And what -if at all- should be the limits of that freedom?
How to understand the idea of human equality? And how should that be translated into policies?
What is a just and fair distribution of resources, such as income and wealth?

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 224 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Is it possible the think in terms just and unjust wars? And if so: what determines the difference?

Students will read some seminal texts from political theorists on these topics, supported by additional introductory
texts. Moreover, the students are invited and stimulated to actively engage with these topics, position themselves
within the debate(s), and develop and enhance their skills to clarify and defend their position.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Seminars.

Please note that attendance is mandatory.

Toetsvorm

Participation (complete/incomplete and conditional for a passing grade)

Group presentation and discussion (40%)

Final position paper (60%).

Vereiste voorkennis

Being signed up for the courses S_CP and S_IRGG

Literatuur

To be announced in the course manual (see CANVAS)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students in the Minor Political Science

Nation and Migration

Vakcode S_NM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. P.I. Ampuero Ruiz MA
Examinator dr. P.I. Ampuero Ruiz MA
Betrokken Docenten dr. P.I. Ampuero Ruiz MA
Onderwijsvormen Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course introduces students to the study of international migration and how the phenomena, perceptions, and
policies towards migration reflect and shape the governance and self-perception of nation-states.

Learning outcomes

Knowledge and understanding. Students have acquired knowledge and understanding of:
(1) the key theories, concepts and methods for the study of migration in the social sciences.

Application. Students have acquired the competences to:

(2) apply these to analyse migration dynamics in selected case studies.

Attitude. Students are able to demonstrate:

(3) a critical perspective on current events surrounding migration.

Inhoud vak

Today’s debates on migration are often inseparable from nations’ perceptions of themselves and each other. This
course discusses the relevance of migration in today’s global world, particularly in relation to identity concerns
(diasporas, transnationalism, nationalism, multicultural societies), development (migration and development) and

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 225 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

international political issues (migration governance and ethnography of the state).

The course introduces students to major theories to understand migration, but privileges the adoption of
constructivist approaches. It invites students to look at migration from the perspectives of people engaging in
migration directly, of people encountering migrants as new neighbours, or of people tasked with the function of
controlling and governing migration. Through this perspective, students engage with processes of community
building and belonging, and with the power struggles associated with migration. They acquire a thorough
theoretical knowledge and critical view of these phenomena and key concepts that can help understand them. How
do migrants construct their identities on the move? How do transnational communities and diasporas develop? How
do national communities respond to migration and deal with the diversity that derives from it? How is migration
governed and controlled by state apparatuses in migrant countries of origin and destination? How do the
bureaucrats and professionals dealing with migration translate migration policies into everyday practices? What are
the implications of migration for development and social transformation in both origin and destination societies? We
will also consider how the relationship between nation and migration is affected by perceptions of gender and
sexuality.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course will be a combination of lectures and group work. Students should come prepared to discuss readings
assigned for each class and answer questions on them. Students will discuss questions in groups and then report
back to the plenary.

Toetsvorm

Combination of formative and summative assessments together with a final exam.

Literatuur

To be announced in the course manual (see CANVAS).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

2nd year bachelor students in Cultural Anthropology and Development Sociology;

Students in the Minor Anthropology and in the minor Development & Global Challenges.

Neuro- en Revalidatiepsychologie
Vakcode B_NEURREVPSY
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. A. Ledebt
Examinator dr. A. Ledebt
Betrokken Docenten dr. A. Ledebt, dr. T. Nandi
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na afloop van de cursus heeft de student een goed beeld van hoe neuropsychologische kennis, theorieën en
onderzoeksmethoden kunnen bijdragen aan het revalidatietraject van mensen met hersenletsel (met name CVA).
Ook zal de student in staat zijn wetenschappelijke artikelen over dit onderwerp kritisch te lezen en vragen over
deze artikelen te beantwoorden en te presenteren aan medestudenten.

Inhoud vak

Neuropsychologie onderzoekt de relatie tussen hersenen en gedrag, en in het bijzonder de gevolgen van
hersenschade op verschillende gedragsniveaus. Misschien de meest bekende en zichtbare gevolgen zijn
motorische problemen zoals de eenzijdige verlamming waardoor mensen moeite hebben om de balans te
handhaven, of zelfs niet meer kunnen lopen. Minder zichtbaar zijn stoornissen die cognitief van aard zijn (bv
geheugen, taal), emotioneel (bv de stressreacties) of gedragsmatig (bv vermoeidheid en motivatie). Het vakgebied
van de revalidatiepsychologie belicht de talrijke psychologische processen die inherent zijn aan de revalidatie van
mensen met een lichamelijke en/of neurocognitieve aandoening. Al deze psychologische facetten hebben grote
invloed op de kans van slagen van het traject van (neuro)revalidatie. De cursus beoogt een brug te slaan tussen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 226 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

enerzijds de theoretische inzichten uit de neuro- en revalidatiepsychologie, en anderzijds de uitdagingen die

optreden in de praktijk van de revalidatie. De nadruk zal liggen op hersenschade na CVA (wat abrupt optreedt) en
niet op neurodegeneratieve aandoeningen zoals dementie en PD. De bewegingswetenschapper die werkzaam zal
zijn in de revalidatie (bv als behandelaar of wetenschappelijk onderzoeker) zal na afloop van deze cursus
uitstekend in staat zijn om psychologische en neuropsychologische kennis en instrumenten in te zetten in dit
werkveld.

De cursus is opgedeeld in 3 onderwerpen, die elk in een afzonderlijke cursorische week worden besproken, als
volgt: (1) psychologische factoren in de (neuro)revalidatie, (2) cognitieve stoornissen in de (neuro)revalidatie, en (3)
motorisch (her)leren na beroerte.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

De cursus bestaat uit hoorcolleges en verplichte werkcolleges.

Toetsvorm

Het eindcijfer bestaat uit de score behaald op het schriftelijk tentamen (70%) en de punten behaald tijdens de
opdrachten (30%). Schriftelijk tentamen met open-eindvragen en/of gesloten vragen. Voor het schriftelijk tentamen
moet minimaal 5,5 behaald worden.

Literatuur

Losse artikelen. De literatuurlijst en de Cursushandleiding worden tzt online bekendgemaakt.

Overige informatie

Voor de werkcolleges geldt een aanwezigheidsplicht. Werkcolleges worden voorafgegaan door een aantal
opdrachten (bv vragen over literatuur) die op Canvas worden geplaatst. Alle studenten (werkzaam in groepjes)
moeten opdrachten maken en inleveren. Tijdens de werkcolleges moeten studenten hun antwoord presenteren
voor de groep.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Wegens de werkcolleges en bijhorende opdrachten is een maximum van 100 deelnemers mogelijk.

Toelichting Canvas

Studenten werken gedurende de cursus in tweetallen (soms drietallen) aan de groepsopdrachten. Studenten
mogen zelf aan het begin van de cursus groepjes vormen via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Van de deelnemers wordt verwacht dat zij globaal kennis hebben van neuroanatomie en neurofysiologie zoals
bijvoorbeeld behandeld in het boek “Neurowetenschappen, een overzicht” van Ben van Cranenburgh.

De cursus sluit wel aan bij een aantal cursussen die eerder in de Bachelor Bewegingswetenschappen worden
gegeven, te weten: Psychologie (BA1); Motorisch leren en ontwikkelen (BA2); Neurowetenschappen (BA2);
Revalidatie (BA3).

Neuropsychologie (UM)
Vakcode P_UNEUPSY
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. D.A. Crafa MSc
Examinator dr. D.A. Crafa MSc
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. A.C. Krabbendam, dr. D.A. Crafa MSc
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 227 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

To receive knowledge and insight on an introductory level on the consequences of brain damage on the behaviour
of people. Also to be introduced to the field of the clinical neuropsychologist.

Inhoud vak

Using our knowledge of the working of the brain we discuss the principles of neuropsychology. Neurological and
psychiatric disorders as agnosis, aphasia, and dementia. On the basis of patient examples that correspond as
closely as possible to the literature, the neuropsychological diagnostics, among others, are illustrated.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures

Toetsvorm

Exam (mc questions)

Vereiste voorkennis

Introduction to PSY and Biological PSY are required for this course.

Literatuur

Kolb, B. and I.Q. Whishaw, (2021, 8th Edition). Fundamentals of Human Neuropsychology. Worth Publishers.
This edition of the textbook differs significantly from past editions and cannot be substituted.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This is a UM course, but other students who meet the entry requirements may also enroll.

This course requires basic knowledge of psychology, but its contents may be too basic for psychology or medical
students.

New Developments in Risk Management

Vakcode E_MFRM_NDRM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M.R.C. van Oordt
Examinator prof. dr. M.R.C. van Oordt
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. M.R.C. van Oordt
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

New regulatory and technological developments cause many changes to risk management of financial institutions.
How should risk managers deal with topics such as cryptocurrencies, climate risk and bank resolution?

This course offers a comprehensive introduction to new developments in risk management. The course is
structured around various topics that cover important new developments and techniques that affect financial
institutions and financial markets. National and international experts will be invited to explain how financial
institutions deal with these new developments.

Upon successful completion of the course, you will be able to describe the opportunities and challenges related to
new developments for financial institutions. You will learn to think as a risk manager for a wide variety of financial
institutions.

Inhoud vak

The course is structured around various topics. The selected topics vary from year to year depending on recent
developments and availability of experts. Examples of topics are

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 228 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

1. Cryptocurrencies;
2. Compliance regulation;
3. Heavy-tailed distributions;
4. Operational resilience of fintechs;
5. Resolution of banks;
6. Climate risks and insurers.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Final written exam and assignments.

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions. The entry requirements for this minor
apply. Students should have followed (a) Risk Management in Banking and (b) Risk Management in Financial
Institutions (offered in period 1).

Literatuur

To be announced on canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The minor Risk Management for Financial Institutions is for students from all bachelor programmes (with some
exceptions, see the admission criteria) who want to acquire familiarity with Risk Management and Financial
Institutions.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basic courses in quantitative methods and finance are recommended (e.g., Finance I, Accounting I, and a basic
course in quantitative methods and/or statistics).

New Venture Creation

Vakcode E_MFEN_NVC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. A.C. Guldemond
Examinator drs. A.C. Guldemond
Betrokken Docenten drs. A.C. Guldemond
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Bridging theory and practice:

In this course students create a business plan for a start-up venture based on knowledge provided in the previous
courses of the Entrepreneurship minor.
The student will first learn to systematically identify and evaluate entrepreneurial opportunities. A business
opportunity is developed using the business model canvas. The student is able to use brainstorming and creativity
in the process.
The student teams will test the business idea by collecting and analysing data to support the idea in the business
plan and validate a possible investment in the business (quantitative skills). As part of the validation of the idea the
concepts of sustainability, valorisation and technology will be used to categorise and demonstrate the economic
feasibility of the idea. The course results in a business plan critical for successfully introducing a knowledge-driven
innovation to the market.

Social skills:
The student cooperates with others in a team and presents and defends the business idea. Interviews and

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 229 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

discussions with stakeholders of the business like investors, possible customers and partners gives insight in the
context and validity of the idea.

Self awareness:
The student will present the business plan to a panel of experts and entrepreneurs and learn to judge and evaluate
different business plans (bridging theory and practice). Reflection on the process of developing a plan at the end of
the course will result in feedback on what the student learned, what choices he/she made and how he/she was
learning in the group.
The course will challenge the student to use the skills and knowledge from previous courses and experiences. The
course expects the students to interact with professionals from the community of entrepreneurs and business
developers and society at large.

Inhoud vak

What is a startup? What does the entrepreneur do? And what characterizes good, structured and effective
business development?
In this course students work to create a business plan to validate a business idea in an iterative process. During
this process business- and entrepreneurial theories are used in a context specific application.
In order to invest in a plan (this investment can be time, energy, knowledge, network and money) an entrepreneur
needs to constantly learn and reflect and put this experience in his business and his business plan. A start-up will
go through iterations, get feedback and change course during its development. These iterations are part of the
course where feedback from professionals and coaches are integrated.
The Business Model Canvas is used to create a valid strategy to connect the needs of the customer with the value
proposition and the required resources.
Also the aspects of competition and sustainability are researched and connected to the overall aim of the business.
Students will use valorization of new technology and academic knowledge to bridge the gap between research and
practice. In the course students are challenged to think of alternative forms of financing such as crowd funding,
subsidies and business angels to finance the business.
As the investors expect the business to create a return on investment the students will generate market knowledge
about the customer needs, the product market fit and the growth potential. To make the business plan ready for
evaluation by investors and stakeholders Investment analysis is an essential part of the business plan
development.
The students will present to a panel of experts, entrepreneurs and investors. They will give feedback with a market
perspective and based on their experience.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Workshops, lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Individual assessment with an exam and participation assignments in class

Group assessment with participation assignments in class and weekly presentations of the team project.

Literatuur

Required Reading:

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J., & Kowitz, B. (2016). Sprint: How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five
days. Simon and Schuster.
Additional (required) materials will be announced via Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students of the minor in entrepreneurship and other third year students with an interest in building an idea to later
on start a business.

Toelichting Canvas

Canvas will be used as an interactive course manual and for handing in assignments.

Ms Teams will be used for cooperation in teams, in the class and for the sharing of information about the
teamprojects

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basics of business administration or economics.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 230 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Nudge: Influencing Behavior

Vakcode E_MFDM_NIB
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. L. Anik
Examinator dr. L. Anik
Betrokken Docenten dr. L. Anik
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Throughout this course, we will:

Practice what it means to be a behavioral scientist;

Develop the capacity to critically read and understand academic literature and translate academic research to
practically relevant outcomes;
Identify new trends and paradigms and explore key concepts, theories, tools and strategies to tackle different
business and societal issues;
Experiment with a range of levers that can influence consumer behavior in unexpected ways and at efficient
cost;
Design novel and impactful interventions to change and improve behavior;
Evaluate the ethicality of their ideas and interventions;
Design field experiments and evaluate their results to develop effective and novel business strategies;
Develop a deeper understanding of the human condition, including the forces that impact conscious and
unconscious decision-making and a livelier curiosity about how its irrationalities, sensitivities and deviations
can inform your actions;
Establish a competitive advantage: the ability to predict consumer responses and create value by making
more insightful societal and business decisions across different contexts and industries.

Inhoud vak

Can eating avocado toast set you back financially? What is one question you can ask on a first date to figure out if
they are the one for you? Could rain on Election Day change your vote? Can betting against yourself help you keep
your resolutions? Can trusting your gut improve your health? If questions like these about human behavior keep
you up at night or if you would like acquire a savvy about how asking such questions can help you develop and
evaluate strategies that will benefit consumers and citizens alike and enrich the marketplace and the society, join
me in Nudge: Influencing Behavior. Nudging is the art of subtly influencing people to change behaviors to serve
societal and commercial goals such as reducing the number of phone calls to helpdesks, cutting down on energy
use, reducing pollution, stimulating healthy behaviors and so on. In other to design and implement effective
nudges, we need to understand how people process information and make decisions, and identify how they deviate
from the “optimal” choices that they would make if they were fully rational and selfish. In this course, we will focus
on understanding the nature, causes and consequences of these deviations. We will discuss the systematic biases
in decision making and how they impact the citizens and business alike across a range of contexts. You will learn
about key theories, concepts, tools, frameworks and strategies to tackle theses biases and align societal and
business practices with human behaviors. This is a dynamic course that will offer creative challenges including but
not limited to developing a nudge to help a client, and designing and testing persuasion techniques to influence and
improve behaviors for the better (both for the individual as well as for organizations and communities).

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

(in-person) classroom discussions and (mandatory) tutorials (which need to be attended in-person) & (in-person
and online) assignments

Toetsvorm

Parts of the Course Assessment

Written exam – individual assessment (60%)

Group Assignment A (15%)
Group Assignment B (15%)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 231 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Participation (10%)

Important details:

Grade for each part needs to be equal to or higher than 5.0

Grade for the overall course needs to be equal to or higher than 5.5

Vereiste voorkennis

You need to have taken Judgment & Decision Making (course from same minor) Furthermore, this course is
designed for those interested in gaining a deeper understanding of new trends in the marketplace and aspiring to
change (nudge) consumer behavior in order to help customers lead healthier, happier and more productive lives.
Bring your intuitions to meet the latest paradigms, tools and strategies from consumer behavior, behavioral
economics, sociology and social psychology. My ultimate goal is to move, motivate and mobilize you through a rich,
pragmatic, thoughtful, and humane course. Course prerequisites include risk appetite, curiosity in the human
condition and willingness to believe in magic.

Literatuur

Academic articles, managerial articles, mini cases and other relevant materials

Specifically, you will need the following two books:

Thaler, R. H., & Sunstein, C. R. (2021). Nudge (The Final Edition). Yale University Press.
Cialdini, R. B. (2021). Influence, New and Expanded: The Psychology of Persuasion. HarperCollins.

Additional literature (e.g., research articles) will be communicated in the Course Manual and on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

IMPORTANT NOTE:

As a student, you are expected to attend the classes and tutorials (mandatory) and take an active role as learners
because the exchange of ideas and discussions are core to the learning experience. You are expected to be
responsible and accountable not only for doing your individual work but also for contributing to the learning and
growth of your classmates. As instructors, we will create a safe, kind, warm and welcoming environment to foster
such connections and expect that you show up - physically, mentally, psychologically - to push the discussions
forward. This class is not suitable for those, who want to sit back and be a one-way recipient of information. Rather,
you are expected to bring and contribute to the knowledge and skills, deepen the collective thinking, and move the
conversation forward.

We have designed the assessments to reflect this pedagogy. Anything we discuss during the class discussions and
tutorials (what is included in the slides as well as whatever we discuss that might not be included in the deck) as
well as any required preparation (e.g., readings, exercises, videos, surveys) are all fair game. In other words,
attending and actively participating in the class discussions and tutorials as well as thorough preparation are
necessary to do well in the final exam.

Overige informatie

Part of this course builds on the course Judgment & Decision Making.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Students can sign up for tutorials on Rooster but they can not choose their specific work groups/teams. The course
coordinator and teachers will make the final decision.

Toelichting Canvas

All course information will be on Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Course prerequisites include background knowledge on consumer behavior and more generally, academic method
and thinking as well as risk appetite, curiosity in the human condition and willingness to believe in magic.

Numerical Methods
Vakcode E_EOR2_NUME

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 232 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. I. De Vos
Examinator dr. I. De Vos
Betrokken Docenten dr. ir. T.S. Oosterwijk, dr. I. De Vos
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Acquainting the student with numerical methods and applications to econometric problems.

Inhoud vak

Several methods will be discussed for solving numerical problems in econometrics. Topics include:

floating point representation of numbers on computers

numerical differentiation
numerical integration: quadrature and Monte Carlo integration
interpolation methods
finding zeros of functions: bisection, Newton(-Raphson), Secant methods
univariate optimization: golden section search.
random number generation: inverse CDF, rejection sampling
multivariate optimization: Newton(-Raphson) and BFGS with linesearch, Nelder-Mead. Differential Evolution.
optimization under restrictions using transformations.
using optimization methods to compute Maximum Likelihood estimators in non-Gaussian/non-linear
econometric models
Power method for computing eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
solving a system of linear equations: Gaussian Elimination

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Classes and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Intermediate exam – Individual assessment

Final exam – Individual assessment
Assignment - Groups of 3-4 students

Literatuur

Cheney & Kincaid (2012), Numerical Mathematics and Computing. 7th edition.

Overige informatie

Please note that this course is part of an entry requirement for Data Science Practical (part of BSc Econometrics
and Data Science).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Programming, Linear Algebra, Analysis II, Probability Theory, Statistics

Operations Research I
Vakcode E_EOR2_OR1
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 233 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcoördinator dr. M.A. Estevez Fernandez

Examinator dr. M.A. Estevez Fernandez
Betrokken Docenten dr. M.A. Estevez Fernandez, dr. ir. S. Dabia
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Een introductie in optimalisatie, en in het bijzonder deterministische optimalisatie. Een doel is om te leren hoe een
praktisch optimalisatieprobleem om te zetten in de juiste wiskundige formulering. Het andere doel is om de theorie
en toepassing van oplossingsmethoden voor algemene klassen van optimalisatieproblemen te leren.

Inhoud vak

Dit is een inleidende cursus in deterministische optimalisatie. De optimalisatiemodellen die bestudeerd worden, zijn
onbegrensde niet-lineaire optimalisatie, begrensde niet-lineaire optimalisatie, convexe optimalisatie, lineaire
optimalisatie en gehele lineaire optimalisatie. Oplossingstechnieken voor deze klassen van optimalisatieproblemen
vormen het centrale thema van deze cursus. Een ander belangrijk element van de cursus is de wiskundige
formulering van (praktische) mondeling beschreven problemen als voorbeelden van de optimalisatiemodellen, en
de toepassing van de oplossingsmethoden om de resulterende problemen op te lossen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges: 2 uur per week.

Werkcolleges: 1 uur per week.

Toetsvorm

Aparte examens voor de eerste helft (periode 1) en de tweede helft (periode 2) van de cursus worden aan het
einde van elke periode gehouden. Het eindcijfer is het gemiddelde van deze twee deelexamens. Er is een
minimumcijfer vereist voor het eerste deelexamen om toegang te krijgen tot het tweede deelexamen. Individuele
opdrachten, zoals korte quizzen of schriftelijke feedback over aspecten van de cursus, zullen worden toegewezen
naarmate de cursus vordert. Een herkansing combineert de twee delen in één examen.

Literatuur

H.A. Taha: Operations Research: An Introduction, International Edition, 9th or 10th Ed., Pearson.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

2e-jaars studenten Econometrie en Operationele Research

Toegepaste Wiskunde studenten.

Overige informatie

De cursus is geschikt om te volgen in een uitwisselingsprogramma voor studenten die met succes cursussen in
Lineaire Algebra en Analyse hebben afgerond. Let op: deze cursus maakt deel uit van een toelatingseis voor
Integrative Practical (onderdeel van de BSc Econometrie en Operationele Research).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Linear Algebra en Analysis I en II

Operations Research II
Vakcode E_EOR2_OR2
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. D. Wozabal
Examinator prof. dr. D. Wozabal
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. D. Wozabal, dr. D.A. van der Laan

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 234 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

To understand the pitfalls of ignoring random data in decision making and the foundational ideas of decision
making under uncertainty. Students know about modeling techniques for translating relevant problems from EOR
practice into appropriate stochastic optimization models and be able to solve these problems using numerical
optimization approaches.

Inhoud vak

This is an introductory course in decision making under uncertainty. It builds upon the basic course in probability
theory and Operations Research 1. The first part of the course in Period 4 focuses on classic two-stage stochastic
optimization problems with applications in production, supply chain management, transport, and energy. In Period
5, the second part of the course transcends two-stage stochastic optimization and explores multi-stage stochastic
optimization in a dynamic programming framework with finite and infinite decision horizons. In particular, the
second part focuses on Markov decision processes and reinforced learning. The employed algorithms are dynamic
programming, value iteration, policy iteration, and Q-learning.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Combined lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

1. Case assignments
2. Midterm exam
3. Final exam

Literatuur

TBA

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Junior/Senior undergraduates in Applied Mathematics (e.g. Econometrics and Operations Research)

Overige informatie

The course is suitable to be taken in an exchange program.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Introductory courses on Probability Theory and Statistics. Courses on Optimization and Linear Algebra.

Oral History & Biography

Vakcode L_AABAGES208
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands / Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. D.G. Hondius
Examinator dr. D.G. Hondius
Betrokken Docenten dr. D.G. Hondius
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Aan het einde van de cursus zijn de studenten in staat om:

1. De kenmerken van oral history en biografie als bronnen en methoden van historisch onderzoek te begrijpen
en hun waarde voor historisch onderzoek te beoordelen.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 235 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2. Een oral history interview voor te bereiden, af te nemen en te interpreteren, en op te slaan in een digitaal
archief voor hergebruik.
3. Kritisch te reflecteren op oral history en de biografische methode en een eigen positie te onderbouwen en in
te nemen in (gevoelige) academische debatten over deze bronnen en methoden, inclusief hun digitale
hergebruik.

Inhoud vak

Dit is een intensieve methodologische cursus over oral history onderzoek en de biografische methode. In een
reeks werkcolleges leer je hoe je mondelinge geschiedenissen en biografische bronnen kunt beoordelen,
interpreteren en hergebruiken voor historisch onderzoek. Je leert ook oral history interviews af te nemen door
samen met je medestudenten een collectie over een vooraf bepaald onderwerp samen te stellen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Werkcolleges, 4 tot 6 uur per week. Aanwezigheid is verplicht.

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk tentamen
Oral history interview
Essay

Literatuur

Lynn Abrams, Oral History Theory (2016) en een selectie artikelen. De volledige leeslijst wordt bekendgemaakt bij
aanvang van de cursus.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze cursus staat open voor BA 2 studenten Geschiedenis en History & International Studies en studenten in de
minor History. Andere studenten van Geesteswetenschappen en Sociale Wetenschappen zijn welkom, maar
moeten al hun eerstejaars vakken hebben afgerond en moeten eerst contact opnemen met de coördinator om
toegelaten te worden tot de cursus.

Overige informatie

Dit vak maakt deel uit van de minor History.

Toelichting Canvas

Lesmateriaal, inclusief handouts en powerpoints, wordt na elk seminar online beschikbaar gemaakt op Canvas. Het
handboek en de gebruikte literatuur zijn digitaal beschikbaar via de universiteitsbibliotheek.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Studenten moeten eerstejaarsvakken academische vaardigheden succesvol hebben afgerond.

Organisatie en Management in de Zorg

Vakcode E_MFGM_MZI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M. van Wieringen
Examinator dr. M. van Wieringen
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade, dr. L.M. Glimmerveen, dr. M. van Wieringen
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Kennis:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 236 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In deze cursus maken studenten kennis met 1) theorieën op het gebied van management en organisatie die
relevant zijn voor zorgorganisaties; en 2) uitdagingen waar de (Nederlandse) zorgsector voor staat en wat deze
betekenen voor management- en organisatiepraktijken.

Vaardigheden:
Studenten oefenen met het toepassen van theoretische inzichten op concrete uitdagingen bij het organiseren van
zorg in zorgorganisaties. Daarbij ontwikkelen studenten het vermogen om inzicht te krijgen in (en effectief te
communiceren over):

diverse organisatiepraktijken binnen en tussen zorgorganisaties, en hoe deze zich door de tijd heen
ontwikkelen
de invloed van deze organisatiepraktijken op het werk van diverse actoren in de zorg (zoals managers en
zorgprofessionals)
de (machts)dynamiek tussen actoren bij het organiseren van zorg
de verschillende logica, inclusief perspectieven en belangen, die leidend zijn bij het organiseren van zorg,
hoe deze met elkaar in conflict kunnen staan, en hoe daarmee wordt omgegaan
hoe uitdagingen die hieruit voortkomen praktisch geadresseerd kunnen worden.

Inhoud vak

Organisatieprocessen in de zorg zijn vaak complex: vaak werken meerdere partijen vanuit diverse disciplines,
verschillende organisaties en uiteenlopende belangen hierbij (al dan niet) samen. Deze cursus helpt studenten om
meer grip te krijgen op die complexiteit, om zo bij te kunnen dragen aan het effectief functioneren van
zorgorganisaties. Dit vereist inzicht in de relaties en interacties van partijen binnen en tussen zorgorganisaties,
maar ook hoe deze beïnvloed worden door bredere ontwikkelingen in de sector en samenleving. In de cursus
passen we verschillende theoretische perspectieven uit de organisatie- en managementwetenschappen toe om
duiding te geven aan ontwikkelingen en uitdagingen in de zorgsector.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Hoorcolleges en werkgroepen

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk digitaal tentamen op de VU

Vereiste voorkennis

Geen

Literatuur

Wordt nader bekend gemaakt op de Canvas pagina.

Organization Theory
Vakcode E_IBA1_ORGT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. L. Glasbeek
Examinator dr. L. Glasbeek
dr. L. Glasbeek, dr. D.A. Laubengaier, D. Kushnir, S. Kingsuwankul, T.H.H. Nguyen
Betrokken Docenten
MSc, M. Tamontseva, prof. dr. ir. J.C. van Burg, dr. K.A. Stephenson
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student should have the ability to:

Analyze and demonstrate an understanding of organizational issues from different perspectives ("Analysis").

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 237 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Recognize and explicate conceptually important matters and leave out irrelevant information ("Abstraction").
Put forward theoretically-founded arguments that explain organizational practices, processes, and/or
structures as well as their linkages to organizational outcomes ("Argumentation").

RESEARCH SKILLS

After successfully completing this course, the student:

Is able to translate practically relevant problems into academically relevant problem statements and
questions.
Is able to find and use relevant and trustworthy information sources to address case study assignments.

BRIDGING THEORY & PRACTICE

Students can propose solutions to international real-life business problems by applying relevant theories. After
successfully completing this course, the student should be able to:

Explain basic theories, models, and concepts of Organization Theory.

Use organizational theories to understand and analyze international, real-life problems, situations, events, or
aspects of organizations.

Inhoud vak

During this introductory course on organization theory, we unpack theoretical tools that help understand how people
structure and manage organizations and what the core organizational processes are. We thereby cover various
foundational theories, models, and concepts of organization theory. They relate to, for example, decision-making,
innovation, and communication. To bring organization theories to life, we look at various contemporary and classic
examples. Although our focus is on general theories that are useful across different organizational and national
contexts, we explicitly discuss international business-related theories. Finally, and importantly, we continue
developing academic and research skills that students increasingly need throughout their studies.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Individual assessment
Participation assignments
Group assignment

Literatuur

Textbook: Clegg, Pitsis, and Mount. 2025. Managing & Organizations: An Introduction to Theory and Practice. 7th
edition. London: Sage Publications. ISBN 9781529683660.

Organizing Sustainable Innovation

Vakcode E_MFS_OSI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator L.A. Falcke
Examinator L.A. Falcke
Betrokken Docenten L.A. Falcke, prof. dr. P.R. Tuertscher
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Academic skills (Analysis, Abstraction, Argumentation, and Application):

Analysis – Critically evaluate innovations and innovation approaches from the perspective of sustainability
Abstraction – Recognize key principles and approaches for sustainable innovation that can be used as templates to

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 238 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

transform existing businesses into more sustainable products and services

Argumentation – Make a business case for sustainability, convincing decision-makers that sustainability can be a
valuable opportunity
Application – Develop strategies and plans for transforming existing products and services into innovative, more
sustainable ones

Knowledge:
Understand the concepts of the management of innovation processes and the specific challenges and approaches
for developing and adopting sustainable innovations

Bridging Theory and Practice:

Apply creative and analytical methods for new product, service, and business model development

Social Skills:
Working in teams for idea development

Inhoud vak

This course concerns the development and commercialization of sustainable innovations. Organizing for
sustainable innovation implies a shift away from a reactive approach (i.e. organizations responding to economic,
societal and regulatory pressure) to a pro-active system-oriented approach: by relying on creativity and a
systematic (re)design of their business processes and interaction with stakeholders, organizations are now
developing innovative products, services and business models that have sustainability at their core. Organizing for
sustainable innovation involves many of the general processes and methods for the development of new products
and services, yet also offers particular challenges and approaches, which this course addresses by building upon
the stakeholder perspective developed in the earlier courses.

The following topics will be covered:

The business case for sustainability, including why sustainability can be framed as an opportunity (as
opposed to a threat or disruption to current business), potential pitfalls and how these can be surmounted;
Innovation management for sustainability, including collaborative and digital innovation in an; types of
innovation (e.g. product, service, process, data, ecosystem, platform and business model innovation);
innovation processes;
The development of ideas into products, including co-creation with users and other partners, sustainability,
and the role of digitalization;
Sustainable innovations in collaborative partnerships, including the important role that various stakeholders
(e.g. suppliers, competitors, regulators, consumers) play in stimulating or inhibiting the adoption of
sustainable innovations such as renewable energy.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Individual assignments
Group assignments
Exam

Literatuur

Collection of academic articles (will be announced on Canvas).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

First two courses of the minor program “Sustainability and innovation.”

Peace and Conflict: From Theory to Practice

Vakcode S_PC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 239 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcoördinator dr. J. Hogan

Examinator dr. J. Hogan
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Hogan
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The primary objective of the course ‘Peace and Conflict: From Theory to Practice’ is to familiarise students with the
practical context of issues of peace and conflict.

When finalising the course, students will:

have knowledge and understanding of the practical context regarding peacebuilding as experienced by
practitioners;
be able to apply their knowledge, understanding and problem-solving abilities to specific cases within the
broader multi/interdisciplinary and multilevel context of peace and conflict;
be able to critically assess peacebuilding attempts (in the broadest form), using their knowledge base built
throughout the lectures;
be able to communicate the knowledge and rationale that underpin their conclusions to an audience of
specialists and non-specialists in a clear and unambiguous manner;
be able to analyse, synthesise and co-create potential solutions to complex problems in the domain of peace
and conflict;
be able to give and receive constructive feedback to and from their peers on a variety of products, including
oral presentations and written work, and use this feedback to revise and improve their work;
be able to work in multi-disciplinary student teams and to contribute to the functioning and productivity of the
group by sharing insights from their own disciplinary background.

Inhoud vak

Since the end of the First World War, the world has seen various waves of peacebuilding practices. During this
course, these waves will be critically analysed and as such the complexity of peacebuilding practices will be
presented. The approach that professionals adopt to deal with such complexities is central to the course ‘Peace
and Conflict: From Theory to Practice’. Whereas the other courses in the minor ‘Peace and Conflict Studies’ deal
with the philosophy and ethics of political violence, criminological and psychological approaches to violent
behaviour, international security, and intersectional perspectives on peacebuilding and reconciliation, this module
adopts a crucial focus of practical engagement. This course familiarizes students with a genealogy of
peacebuilding, demonstrating the ways in which peacebuilding practices have altered over the course of the last
centuries. This provides a backbone, and as such a critical analytical framework, to understanding the environment
that practitioners in the peace and conflict sector work in. It thereby aims to familiarise students with the very
practical complexities that governments, inter-governmental structures (e.g., European Union, United Nations),
non-governmental organisations (NGOs), or Civil Society Organizations (CSOs) face when working in the context
of peace and conflict.

Through a series of lectures and guest lectures by practitioners, and by working together in multidisciplinary student
teams, students in this course are invited to combine theoretical knowledge with insight into these practical
challenges, and to apply what they have learned throughout the Minor ‘Peace and Conflict Studies’ to complex,
real-world case studies of international responses to (political) violence and armed conflict. Working in this setting
will provide the students with a critical lens to understanding the complex and challenging work in peace and
conflict settings.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Weekly lectures in P1, P2 and P3.

Toetsvorm

Exam (40%); Final group project (40%); Guest-lecture assignment (20%); Film-assignment (pass/fail).
Students need to obtain a 4,5 minimum on each of the assignments in order to pass the course.

Vereiste voorkennis

Students must have earned 90 credits, including 60 of the first year.

Being registered for 'Political Violence and the Human Condition' and 'Philosophy and Ethics of Political
Violence: Peace, War and Terrorism' is required.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 240 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

This course is intended for students in the minor Peace and Conflict Studies. The course is also open as an
elective course to students from any Dutch university or other institution of higher education, and exchange
students.

Overige informatie

The minor is taught in English.

People in Business and Society

Vakcode E_IBA1_PBS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. C.E. Rott
Examinator dr. C.E. Rott
L.V. Elivanova, drs. G.J. Beekman MA, dr. C.E. Rott, D. Uslu, dr. L.D.M. de Schutter,
Betrokken Docenten
M. Tamontseva, dr. M.P. van de Wardt
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS – STUDENTS CAN CONDUCT A BASIC INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH
PROJECT FROM START TO FINISH

ACADEMIC SKILLS (THREE AS):

After successfully completing this course, the student can

analyze organizational and cultural challenges from different perspectives (Analysis)

reflect the main features of complex organizational setups in abstract strategic games and experiments
(Abstraction)
put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, for possible interventions that help overcome
problems in business and society (Argumentation)

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

KNOWLEDGE: Demonstrates theoretical and empirical knowledge concerning the relevant areas in international
business administration.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

explain, contrast, and compare theoretical predictions and experimental results with case studies of culture in
organizations
describe theory and related concepts on cross-cultural management and collaboration
describe basic theory on cross-cultural differences in a business related context

APPLICATION: Can propose a solution to an international real-life business problem by applying relevant theories
and methodologies.

After successfully completing this course, the student can:

provide practical solutions for shaping individuals' interactions with others in an inter-cultural workplace
apply theoretical knowledge by comparing theoretical predictions with experimental results and case studies
in a specific business situation

Inhoud vak

During this course you are invited to critically think about strategic situations in business and society, collaboration
across cultural boundaries, and the role that incentives, culture, and (intercultural) communication play. Raising
fundamental topics, you are encouraged to project yourself into the international and intercultural organization to
understand the complexities that come with working in a diverse environment. Reflecting on and discussing about
strategic games, experimental results, and business cases will help you to translate academic, abstract knowledge
into practice while developing your own critical view.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 241 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written Exam - individual assessment

Practical assignment - group assessment
Participation assignment - individual assessment

Literatuur

Dixit, A. K., & Nalebuff, B. (2008). The art of strategy: a game theorist's guide to success in business & life.
WW Norton & Company.
Sections from additional books, scientific articles, and Harvard Business Review articles.

Philosophy and Neuroethics

Vakcode W_BA_PNEU
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. C.B. Ranalli
Examinator dr. C.B. Ranalli
dr. S. Coninx, dr. G. Löhr, dr. C.B. Ranalli, drs. R. Ali, L.C. de Bruin, dr. S. Coninx, dr.
Betrokken Docenten
P. Robichaud
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Studenten maken kennis met de belangrijkste concepten en standpunten in filosofische debatten over de impact
van neurowetenschappen en neurotechnologieën op individuen en de samenleving.

Leerdoelen:

1. Begrijp het Mind-Body Probleem: Je hebt een basiskennis van de belangrijkste filosofische standpunten en
concepten met betrekking tot het geest-lichaam probleem en wat deze impliceren voor
neurowetenschappelijk onderzoek.
2. Ethische theorieën begrijpen en toepassen: Je hebt een basiskennis van de belangrijkste ethische systemen
en hoe deze de hedendaagse discussies over de impact van neurotechnologieën beïnvloeden.
3. Het debat over de vrije wil begrijpen: je kunt de belangrijkste filosofische standpunten over de vrije wil
beschrijven, uitleggen en erover nadenken en aangeven wat ze betekenen voor de neurowetenschappen en
ons zelfbegrip als mens.
4. Ethische en epistemische analyse van cognitieve beïnvloeding: Je bent in staat om de morele en
epistemologische implicaties van bepaalde soorten AI- en algoritmetechnologie op individueel en
maatschappelijk niveau te beoordelen, d.w.z. wat ze betekenen voor de vrijheid van denken, rationaliteit en
verantwoordelijkheid.
5. Hedendaagse ethische zorgen over neurotechnologie evalueren: Je bent in staat om filosofische aannames
in hedendaagse debatten over (neuro-)technologie te identificeren, uit te leggen en te evalueren; je hebt een
basiskennis van centrale onderwerpen in de neuro-ethiek en hun relevantie voor de samenleving en het
recht.

Inhoud vak

Neurowetenschappelijk onderzoek en opkomende neurotechnologieën leiden tot nieuwe sociale, juridische,

epistemologische en ethische vraagstukken. In deze cursus worden studenten vertrouwd gemaakt met de
belangrijkste concepten, standpunten en argumenten in filosofische debatten over deze onderwerpen, waaronder
(1) gemeenschappelijke benaderingen van het geest-lichaam probleem en hun implicaties voor de studie van de
geest; (2) filosofische onderbouwing van hedendaagse debatten over sociale en technologische invloed op denken
en geloven; (3) centrale ethische kaders en hun toepassingen; (4) actuele onderwerpen in de neuro-ethiek en hun
relevantie voor de samenleving; (5) filosofische implicaties van bepaalde ontwikkelingen in kunstmatige
intelligentie, en (6) de belangrijkste filosofische debatten over de vrijewil.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 242 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

(Interactieve) lezingen

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk examen:

Essayvragen (55%) (Leerdoelen 1-5)

Complexe meerkeuzevragen (45%) (Leerdoelen 1, 2, 3)

Discussievragen in de klas: (niet beoordeeld; Leerdoelen 4-5)

Literatuur

Course manual and literature will be published a few weeks ahead of the beginning of the course on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Deze cursus maakt deel uit van de Universiteitsminor Technology, Law and Ethics.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Filosofie vereist actief lezen en denken. Lees: 'How to read philosophy'.

Philosophy and the Ethics of Political Violence: Peace,

War and Terrorism
Vakcode S_PEV
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. A.F. Pacheco Lozano
Examinator prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. F. Enns, prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk

Doel vak

The aim of this course is to introduce students to the main philosophical and ethical concepts on violence and non-
violence, war and peace (-building), and the phenomenon of terrorism – in the context of a globalized world.
Special attention will be given to religiously motivated violence and the potential role of religion in peace-building,
including a postcolonial lens.

Learning Objectives

When finalizing the course, students will have knowledge and understanding of

The prospects and problems of the main political-philosophical and ethical concepts of war and peace;
The prospects and problems of violent and non-violent peacebuilding concepts;
The historical, cultural and economic contexts in which certain approaches concerning war and peace have
emerged and have been applied;
The prospects and problems of religion as one of the main contributors to violence (terrorism) as well as to
non-violent peace (-building) in a globalized world.
Becoming aware of the continued challenges of colonial mindsets and structures.

Inhoud vak

Philosophy Part

As far as we go back in history, we find traces of human violence. Does this mean that human nature is violent per
se? Or has violence other sources and causes? This type of questions has occupied philosophers, especially in

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 243 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

modern times, the times that are characterized both by a continuation of the high level of violence that we
encounter throughout human history and by an increasing moral denouncement of violence. So, in philosophy, key
questions that are raised with increasing intensity are: what is violence, how does it occur and can we overcome
violence and enter into a state of non-violence or even ‘eternal peace’? Is violence ‘selective’, i.e. does it affect
certain groups more than others, e.g. women? There is also an increasing focus on the aftermath of conflict and
oppression in history. How can we deal with a violent past? How can ‘restorative justice’ ever be just?

Ethics Part

For centuries, in the Western World the concepts of war and peace have been developed and discussed in the field
of philosophy linked to theology, due to the fact of the corpus christianum (the medieval concept of a unity of church
and state). The just-war-theory is the predominant model of reasoning in this tradition, challenged only by some
religious minorities who pronounced non-violence as the moral obligation within Christian ethics. During the
Enlightenment period, this societal unity of political and religious powers begins to fall apart, due to new ways of
thinking and reasoning. This has lead the (European) societies into violent (freedom-) struggles within, resulting in
a clear separation of “church and state”. This paved the way to secular states on the one hand and religious
plurality on the other. Yet, it also supported colonization.

Current phenomena like forms of terrorism, “New Wars” as well as the “Renaissance of the Just War theory”
demonstrate, that moral reasoning of religious communities still plays a major role in orienting people of faith – and
implicitly also people of no faith – in their ethical judgements. This is not only true for some ethical dilemmas (such
as collective self-defense, emergency assistance for populations at risk or violent struggles for political liberty and
independence) but also for concepts of non-violent resistance, peace-building, and reconciliation (see Mahatma
Gandhi, Martin Luther King, Nelson Mandela, World Council of Churches etc.). – In times of economic
globalization, cultural diversity, and religious plurality the discourse on war, (non-) violence and peace (-building)
finds itself in rapidly changing contexts – and new forums of analysis and engagement, including postcolonial
studies.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Seminar-style with presentations and discussions.

Attendance mandatory (80%)

Toetsvorm

For the Ethics part: Group assignments and final exam (50%)
For the Philosophy part: Reading Reports and final exam (50%)

Literatuur

The Ashgate Research Companion to Religion and Conflict Resolution, ed. by Lee Marsden (2012).
Additional articles will be provided.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor students in the minor Peace and Conflict Studies.

The course is also open as an elective course.

Philosophy of Science
Vakcode W_BA_SCIE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. J.S. de Boer
Examinator dr. J.S. de Boer
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.S. de Boer
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The student has achieved a broad knowledge of central debates in contemporary philosophy of science.
The student understands the key concepts and arguments employed in these debates.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 244 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The student is able to present his/her own well-argued views regarding the nature of scientific knowledge and
its role in today’s culture and society.
The student is able to apply the general philosophical analyses to concrete cases, and can explain the
relevance of these analyses to science practioners.

Inhoud vak

This course will address key-subjects in philosophy of science:

Classical philosophy of science;

Historical and sociological research in science;
Realism and the nature of scientific explanation;
Science and values;
Feminist's perspectives on science.
Philosophy of science issuues in various disciplines
Students also learn how to assess the value of resources according to the purpose they serve

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, assignments, debates

Toetsvorm

Exam with MPC questions and open questions (60)%: objectives 1, 2 and 4
Writing assignment (40%): objectives 3 and 4.
Quizzes: pass/fail.
Passing the quizzes is prerequisite for taking the exam.
There is a minimum requirement of 5.0 for both the exam and the writing assignment.

Literatuur

Kent W. Staley, An Introduction to the Philosophy of Science (Cambridge University Press, 2014).
Other required readings will be announced through Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

BA2-students Philosophy; students in the Minor Philosophy.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Recommended is a general familiarity with systematic or historical problems from philosophy.

Political Philosophy
Vakcode W_BA_PP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Examinator prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. G.J. Buijs
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

At the end of this course, the student has achieved the following goals:

Knowledge and understanding:

1. Knowledge and understanding of the contemporary political and political-philosophical landscape: you are able
to recognize the most important viewpoints/political ideologies within contemporary political philosophy and the
contemporary political landscape, you can indicate the core convictions of each of them and how each ideology
relates to the other ones.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 245 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2. Philosophical analysis: you can identify and understand the underlying presuppositions of the various schools of
thought and critically analyze these presuppositions.

3. Getting acquainted with "famous texts": for each movement you can indicate why a particular text fragment from
the tradition of political philosophy is typical or foundational for a particular political-philosophical movement.

4. Analysis of current ‘hot topics’ in the public-political sphere: you will study a number of current social themes and
learn to recognize how different schools of thought think about these issues. You will also learn to formulate and
argue your own point of view, in an interdisciplinary context with students from other VU-faculties.

Skills:
5. Learning to identify key points in the study material: every week you write a short reflection on readings.

6. Debating skills: a round of debates is held every week in which we try to determine the 'solving potential' of a
particular school of thought for an urgent social problem. You will make a brief analysis of this problem on the basis
of internet, newspapers and magazine articles and statistical data and you will learn to introduce the results of your
analysis briefly and (hopefully) convincingly in a debate.

7. Dialogue and reflection: In the VU-wide Broader Mind Course associated with this course you learn to approach
personal and social themes from various disciplinary perspectives, to reflect on them and to discuss these themes
with students from very different disciplinary and cultural backgrounds.

Inhoud vak

Political philosophy or political theory (often used interchangeably) deals with hot topics in today’s society.
Together we explore the ideas and visions that people use when designing, redesigning or assessing the way their
society is organized. In this course you get to know the most important past and contemporary ideologies within the
modern political spectrum, such as liberalism, socialism, feminism, ecological thinking. We also look - particularly
during the lectures - at the historical-cultural background of these ideologies: where do they come from, what are
the core ideas?

And we practice as well public debates, and reflecting on your own opinions, together with people from very
different backgrounds. Listening is as important as talking. This is partly done in the lectures, partly in the
university-wide Broader Mind Course, which is associated with this course.

We always try to do this in an informed, academic way: arguments are key. But in the selection of arguments
political ideologies are important maps for people. In the past, from Plato, but certainly in modern times, all kinds of
ideas and visions have been formed that inspire people and on which people rely on in dealing with issues in
society.

The course has two parts. The main part will be offered in Period 1. Next to this you will participate, with your
philosophical background acquired in Period 1, in the university-wide offered Broader Mind Course, which is
organized in the spring (period 4 and 5, in total 40 hours), in which you will meet students from all faculties of the
VU and together work on and discuss themes that focus on personal development and societal challenges (and the
relations between those). Through a smart mix of online assignments and carefully scheduled meet-ups is the
Broader MInd Course organized in such a way that it can be very well combined with other courses.

In the main course, we will study poltical ideologies and apply these already to current societal issues as well as to
some themes that will be discussed as well in the Broader Mind Course. What do the various political ideologies
have to say on inequality, on climate change, on abortion rights, on drugs use, on education? You may self choose
the topic that you want to explore and discuss. them. Discussions will take place as 'talkshows'.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

In Period 1: Watching videoclips on the main materials, class discussions and collective readings,
debates/talkshows. The Broader Mind part consists of 'blended learning': online assignments, to be fullfilled at a
time of your own choosing, and offline meetups in interdisciplinary groups of 25 students, working together on
experience-based learning assignments. In total the Broader MInd part will take about 40 hours, over 4 months, so
about 2,5 hours per week, no activities in exam periods.

If for certain reasons it really is not possible to take the Broader Mind Course in the Spring, there is a special
Autumn group that can take this course simultaneously the current couse in the first semester.

Toetsvorm

Written assignments and participation in talkshows (both: pass/ fail), meant to practice goals 4,5, 6
Written exam that will determine your grade (Goals 1,2,3)
Broader Mind certificate which will validate your grade (achieving goals 4,6,7)

Literatuur

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 246 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Key reading is Andrew Heywood, Political Ideologies. An Introduction. London: Palgrave Macmillan (7th
edition) - almost the entire book.
fragments of "classical" texts or source texts of a certain ideology. (on Canvas)

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

BA2-students Philosophy, track English

Overige informatie

If you want to have a preview of the Broader Mind Course, see [Link]
mind-course

Aanbevolen voorkennis

It may help when you have already taken the introductory Ethics Course and the course on social & cultural
philosophy but this is not a formal entry requirement.

Political Violence and the Human Condition

Vakcode S_PVHC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Weerdesteijn MSc
Examinator dr. M. Weerdesteijn MSc
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Weerdesteijn MSc, A. Nistor
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course aims to provide students with knowledge and understanding of the perpetrators and victims of political
violence. It will cover the reasons why, and the processes and mechanisms through which, people get involved in
political violence, as well as the impact this has on victims and their communities.

When finalizing the course, students will have knowledge and understanding of:

The driving forces of violent behaviour on an individual and group level;

The psychological foundations of violent behaviour;
The adverse psychosocial and intergenerational consequences of violence for victims and communities;
Effective strategies to hold perpetrators accountable and reduce the adverse psychological and psychosocial
consequences of violence for victims and communities;
The prospects and challenges of an interdisciplinary approach to violent behaviour that combines, amongst
other disciplines, psychology and criminology.

In addition, students will be able to:

Apply theories of multiple disciplines to understand the causes and consequences of violence as well as the
effectiveness of post-conflict interventions;
Critically evaluate the relevance of different theories from multiple disciplines to help understand
contemporary cases of political violence and their aftermath;
Critically appraise the literature on psychological and psychosocial interventions as well as transitional justice
mechanisms in the aftermath of political violence.

Inhoud vak

Mass atrocities are frequently perpetrated during wars and they have a devastating effect on the victims and their
communities. The perpetrators and the victims of this violence have been studied from numerous disciplines
including, but not limited to, criminology, (social) psychology and history. Studies across these different disciplines
have focused on elements and processes that influence the perpetrator and contribute to mass violence. In
addition, extensive scientific literature exists on the consequences of mass violence for the exposed society,
community and the individual, and how individuals, communities and countries may deal with the past.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 247 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

In this course, these perspectives will be integrated to provide an overview of the reasons why, and the processes
through which, individuals perpetrate mass atrocities. The hypothesis that these individuals are ordinary people in
extraordinary circumstances will be discussed by analysing theories as well as case studies. Furthermore, the
appropriateness of individual accountability for these collective manifestations of political violence will be
discussed, as well as potential alternatives. A second central focus of the course will be the psychological and
psychosocial consequences of political violence and war-related trauma for its victims; the affected individuals,
communities and societies. In this part of the course we will also focus on how to interfere with the development of
such adverse consequences, on an individual and societal level.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and seminars

Toetsvorm

Written assignments

Vereiste voorkennis

Being registered for 'Philosophy and Ethics of Political Violence: Peace, War and Terrorism' is required.

Literatuur

Selected articles and book chapters that are available on-line

Overige informatie

This course is only available for students who are also enrolled in the course Philosophy and the Ethics of Political
Violence: Peace, War and Terrorism

Practical Case Study: Real-life Modelling in Econometrics

and Data Science
Vakcode E_MFAE_PCS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. I. van de Werve
Examinator dr. I. van de Werve
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. S.J. Koopman, B.A. Spanjers MPhil, dr. I. van de Werve
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course serves as the final component of the Applied Econometrics minor and offers students the opportunity
to apply their econometric knowledge in a real-world setting. Working in groups of four, students spend one month
conducting empirical research on a case developed by one of our partners. These partners include companies,
research institutes, and departments within Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.

Before the course begins, students form groups and submit their preferences for available cases. Based on these
preferences, the student groups are matched with a case that aligns with their interests. While the topics of the
cases vary widely, they all require students to demonstrate the advanced econometric skills they have developed
throughout the minor.

The aim of the course is to produce a high-quality research report and presentation that reflects ability to conduct
applied econometric analysis.

Inhoud vak

To participate in this course, students are expected to have followed the courses offered in periods 3.1 and 3.2 of
the minor. These provide the foundational tools necessary to engage with any of the case topics. Some cases build
directly on material covered in earlier courses, while others introduce more complex methods that require students

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 248 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

to explore additional techniques through self-study. The course begins with an introductory lecture that outlines the
structure, expectations, and a suggested approach to planning the project.

The focus throughout is on applying methods to real data and interpreting results correctly. Rather than
emphasizing technical derivations, the course prioritizes well-reasoned model choices, justification of methodology,
interpretation of outcomes, and consideration of alternative approaches. Students are encouraged to think critically,
evaluate different modeling strategies, and present their findings in a clear and professional manner. Each case is
introduced through a detailed case description and a mandatory kick-off session at the partner's office.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course is structured around group work, supported by an introductory lecture, a mandatory case kick-off,
feedback moments, and office hours. Each group is expected to dedicate full-time effort across the four-week
period. Key contact moments include:

Introductory lecture (on campus, first course day, 1.5 hours): Provides guidance on the work plan, grading,
and expectations;
Case kick-off meeting (partner's office, first course week, approximately 2 hours): Mandatory session in which
the group meets with the case developer to clarify the assignment and project goals;
Feedback moments: Completion of two documents to discuss challenges and assess whether the group is on
track;
Office Hours (on campus, twice every week): Participation is optional, but students are encouraged to use
these sessions to discuss econometrics and coding questions.

In the final week, each group submits their written report and presents their findings.

Toetsvorm

The course includes two deliverables: a presentation and a report. Guidelines will be provided during the
introductory lecture.

To obtain a final grade, the following criteria must be met:

Active participation in the mandatory kick-off at the (online) office of the local supervisor during the first week
of the course;
Serious adherence to any additional agreements made with the local supervisor, if applicable;
Completion of the group work document in a sufficient manner;
Completion of the progress document in a sufficient manner;
Delivery of a presentation of sufficient quality;
Submission of the report, along with the code and presentation slides.

These criteria apply to all group members. If the above criteria are met by their respective deadlines, the final work
will be graded on a scale of 1 to 10. Failing to meet at least one of these criteria will result in the final course grade
being registered as "not sufficient". Peer evaluation is facilitated through FeedbackFruits – Group Member
Evaluation, which allows group members to reflect on team contributions and resolve any disputes transparently.

Toelichting Canvas

Canvas is used extensively throughout the course. Important moments include:

Early December: Case descriptions become available.

Mid-December: Deadline for submitting group case preferences.
Before Christmas: Case-group matches are announced.

During the course period, Canvas is used for all official communications, registering for office hours, and submitting
deliverables. Students are expected to monitor Canvas regularly for updates and announcements.

Probability Theory
Vakcode E_EOR1_PT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator B. van Os

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 249 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Examinator B. van Os
Betrokken Docenten B. van Os, dr. H. Karabiyik
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The learning objectives are as follows:

1. Knowledge and understanding of basic concepts of probability theory and probability distributions.
2. Selecting an appropriate method to solve typical problems in probability theory and applying these methods
correctly.
3. Translating verbally described problems in the language of probability theory to solve the problems.
4. Knowledge of probability distributions which occur most commonly in practice and being able to use the
known properties of these distributions to solve problems.

Inhoud vak

The mathematical foundation for both modelling decisions under uncertainty when performing statistics is
probability theory and probability theory therefore has a central role in the bachelor Econometrics and Operations
Research.
The structure of this course is as follows:

Introduction of basic elements of the probability theory (random experiment, outcomes space, eventuality and
opportunity) and fundamental calculation rules for combinations, permutations.
Discussion of axioms of probability, combinatorial probability models, conditional probabilities, the rule of
Bayes, and the law of total probability.
Introduction of the concept of a random variable, and concepts such as distribution function, probability mass
function, expectation and variance of a random variable.
Discussion of specific discrete probability distributions, such as the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, and
geometric distribution.
Introduction of continuous random variables and associated probability density and distribution functions.
Discussion of specific continuous probability distributions such as the uniform, normal, exponential and
gamma distribution. Relations between these continuous probability distributions and the previously
introduced discrete probability distributions are discussed.
Discussion of the concepts of bivariate and multivariate probability distributions and related concepts such as
joint and marginal distribution functions, conditional probability distribution, and independence of stochastic
variables.
Discussion of moment generating functions.
Introduction of the limit theorems such as laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and Work groups

Toetsvorm

Midterm exam - individual mark

Final exam - individual mark

Literatuur

Author: Saeed Ghahramani; Title: Fundamentals of Probability (with stochastic processes); Fourth Edition;
publication year: 2018; publisher: CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group; EAN: 9781498755092

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Good knowledge and skill of mathematics taught at VWO.

Procurement and Supply Management

Vakcode E_IBK3_PSM
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 250 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Faculteit School of Business and Economics

Vakcoördinator dr. A.S. Eruguz
Examinator dr. A.S. Eruguz
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. E.T. Verhoef, prof. dr. J.N. van Ommeren, dr. A.S. Eruguz
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

All organisations need inputs of goods or services from external suppliers or service providers. In this course, we
aim to discuss the management of purchasing, supply, and transport activities. Examples of topics we will address
are supplier and procurement management, supplier selection, cost models, and freight transport demand.

Building upon the knowledge you acquired previously in your bachelor through the first and second-year courses
(e.g., Business Mathematics, Business Processes, Supply Chain Management, …), we will analyze the most
crucial and difficult to solve problems arising in the procurement activities of a company, we will mathematically
formulate the decision making problems encountered in supply management, and draw and defend managerial
recommendations accordingly.
We will also investigate the strategic role of procurement in a company, learn how to differentiate among different
suppliers, explore how to design an innovative supply base to make a company successful.

To understand the market forces faced by transport and supply chain firms, and to grasp why policymakers try to
regulate these markets, we also focus on transport economics. Hence, we discuss the main concepts in transport
economics, explore the economics issues encountered in different types of freight markets – including the
maritime, inland shipping, and airline market – and address them by using basic statistical tools.

All topics will be addressed with a special emphasis on their practical aspects.

After successfully completing the course, students are able to:

Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge

Discuss the main functioning of transport markets from an economic perspective

Discuss the fundamentals of freight markets from an economic perspective

Bridging Theory and Practice - Application

Apply basic statistical tools to analyse transport issues

Discuss the main activities, goals, and steps in the procurement function, and apply network planning tools to
analyse a procurement project
Discuss and apply cost models (i.e., break-even, make-or-buy decision, total cost of ownership, and
probabilistic cost models)
Develop learning-curve and quantity discount analysis, and apply AHP models to supplier selection problems

Inhoud vak

In this course, we aim at discussing the management of purchasing, transport and supply activities. In particular,
we aim at lecturing the following topics:

economics of transport markets: external effects

economics of transport markets: market power
the structure of freight transport cost
freight transport demand
urban transport systems: congestion and reliability
procurement activities
management of the sourcing function
make-or-buy decisions
break-even analysis
total cost of ownership
learning-curve models
quantity discount analysis
supplier scoring, assessment, and selection

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 251 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Individual and group assessment

Literatuur

Literature: papers and book chapters communicated via Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

For BK:
Bedrijfsprocessen; Wiskunde voor Bedrijfskunde; Supply Chain Management I

For IBA:
Business Mathematics; Global Supply Chain Management; Business Processes

Public Economics
Vakcode E_EBE2_PE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Examinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Betrokken Docenten B. Bremer, dr. S. Hochguertel
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The government is by far the most important actor in modern economies. Typically, the share of government varies
between 25-50 percent of GDP. The government provides important public goods like education, health care and
police. The government aims to reduce inequality by redistributing income from rich to poor via progressive taxes
on income and wealth. The government insures risks of unemployment, sickness, disability and old age. The
government provides infrastructure such as roads, trains and dykes. The government corrects market failures and
aims to internalize externalities, such as with the environment. And the government uses spending, taxes and debt
to stabilize the business cycle. Understanding the effects of government intervention and the role that the
government should play in the economy is therefore of critical economic importance. The objective of this course is
to understand the effects of government policies and the optimal design of government policies, such as, taxes and
transfers, regulations, social insurance, public goods, public investments, and public debt. This course provides
problem sets and assignments to increase and deepen the understanding of the role of government policy.

After successfully completing this course, you:

understand the fundamental economic roles of the government and the economic effects of actual
government policy (Bridging Theory and Practice - Knowledge).
are able to analyze the welfare effects of policy measures using formal economic modeling (Academic and
Research Skills).
are able to think about the desirability of economic policy from a welfare-economic perspective (Academic and
Research Skills; Bridging Theory and Practice - Application).

Inhoud vak

Public economics studies the economic role of the government from a positive perspective (what are the effects of
government policies?) and a normative perspective (which policies should the government implement?). Public
economics is thus a branch of applied welfare economics. This course covers a number of topics out of the
following list:

1. Economic role of the state. A description of the most important roles governments play in modern economics
and their empirical importance.
2. Welfare analysis. A discussion of the economic foundations of government intervention and the theorems of
welfare economics.
3. Tax incidence. Who ultimately bears a tax after all maket responses played out?
4. Income taxation. Analyzing income taxes and the optimal design of tax and transfer system.
5. Participation and taxation. Analyzing subsidies on participation and the joint design of income taxes and
participation policies.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 252 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

6. Capital taxation. Analyzing taxes on capital income and wealth and the role they play in the tax-transfer
system.
7. Commodity taxation. Analyzing indirect taxes and the role they play in the tax-transfer system.
8. Education. Analyzing education policy, higher education finance, and the optimal design of education
subsidies.
9. Environment. Analyzing corrective taxes, designing green and fair environmental policies.
10. Corporate taxes. Analyzing corporate taxes, tax avoidance of multinationals, and tax competition.
11. Analysis of second best. The second-best nature of government policy and desirability of production
efficiency.
12. Stabilization policy. Analyzing the role of the government to stabilize the business cycle
13. Debt sustainability. Analyzing under which conditions public debt is sustainable and theories of optimal debt
management.
14. Social cost-benefit analysis. Analyzing when government projects should be implemented.
15. Political economy and public choice. Analyzing the role of the political system in shaping economic outcomes.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Written exams (midterm and final).

Assignments.

Literatuur

Textbooks and additional reading (articles) will be announced on Canvas and in the course manual. In addition,
journal and book-chapter articles or additional notes could be included in the reading list. The internet links or PDFs
are always posted on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students BSc Economics and Business Economics (Economics track), as well as students BSc IBA and Business
Administration (Economics track). The course design allows for students from other tracks and backgrounds to join,
but those might need to do additional preparation in terms of self-study. See Recommended Background
Knowledge.

Overige informatie

The course has important intersections with an array of economics courses in, for instance, microeconomics,
macroeconomics, development economics, environmental economics, and labor economics.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This is an advanced course and requires adequate preparation, irrespective of academic background (major). This
course relies on standard concepts from mathematics and microeconomics. Command of the following materials
from first-year Bachelor courses is expected:

differentiation of functions: partial and total differentiation,

the envelope theorem and the implicit function theorem,
maximization of functions with more than one variable, including the Lagrangian method of constrained
optimization,
neoclassical models of consumer choice and factor supply (consumption of various goods, labor supply, and
saving).

If necessary, students should refresh their background knowledge from the following courses in the BSc EBE:
Microeconomics I and Quantitative Research Methods I.

The following material is considered known to all students:

Goolsbee, Austan, Steven Levitt, and Chad Syverson (2020). Microeconomics, Third Edition,
MacMillan/Worth Publishers, Chapters, 2 – 8, 13 – 17.
Sydsaeter, Knut, and Peter Hammond (2008), Essential Mathematics for Economics Analysis, Third edition,
Prentice Hall, Chapters 1 – 2, 4 – 8, 11 – 14.

Quantitative Research Methods III - Economics and

Finance
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 253 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EBE3_QRMEF
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator A. Abate Bessomo
Examinator A. Abate Bessomo
Betrokken Docenten dr. P. Muller, A. Abate Bessomo
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course, you will be able to:

work with the linear regression model (univariate and multivariate), Probit model and interpret the outcomes
correctly by using R (Academic and Research skills)
identify and correctly deal with situations where the classical regression assumptions do not hold
(heteroskedasticity, multicollinearity, endogeneity) (Academic and Research skills)
translate a financial /economic case study into an empirical academic research question (Academic and
Research skills)
report your findings according to academic standards. (Social/Professional Skills)

Inhoud vak

First of all, students get to know and learn about different data sources and to summarize data in a number of
descriptive statistics. Second, they learn how to work with univariate and multivariate linear regression models. We
also pay attention to situations where the classical assumptions of the linear regression model do not hold: think
about problems such as multicollinearity, omitted variable bias, heteroskedasticity and endogeneity. Third, students
will learn to work with Probit models (in case the outcome variable is binary) and they get to know the basics of
time series and panel data models. Finally, students will apply the mentioned techniques with empirical data using
R.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam
Cases
Quizzes

Literatuur

TBA

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is designed for 3rd year students Economics and Business Economics

Overige informatie

Students who completed the complete minor 'Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All' may choose a
different course from the curriculum of BSc Economics and Business Economics instead of QRM III.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Quantitative Research Methods I and II.

Real Estate and Urban Planning

Vakcode E_MFRE_REUP
Studiepunten 6

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 254 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Examinator prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The course focuses on the way urban planners and economists think about urban development, why there points of
view sometimes differ and how they can fruitfully cooperate.

After taking this course students:

know the basic forces that determine the value of land in cities;
can explain the crucial role of the labour market in the functioning of cities;
understand the importance of job accessibility in urban areas;
can explain the importance and limitations of spatial planning;
can analyse the interaction between economic forces and planning measures;
know the essentials of real estate and urban land valuation;
understand why affordability of housing is often problematic in cities and are able to analyse the various
measures take to address this issue;
understand the determinants of real estate development at specific locations.

Inhoud vak

Cities have been described as the main human invention and their role in social and economic life is still
expanding. To a large extend, cities 'are' real estate. A large part of the national capital stock consists of urban real
estate. Within cities there is a concentration in a small number of centers and subcenters. The built environment is
extremely durable, it will often remain in place for decades or even centuries. Investment decisions with respect to
real estate are often taken by private actors, but planners often impose strong restrictions, The central theme of the
course is that planners and market forces both have an important role to play in creating a productive and attractive
urban environment. Their interaction can be synergetic, but this outcome is not guaranteed. In the course you learn
why good intentions do not automatically deliver good outcomes and how behaviour of self-interested actors can
have a detrimental impact on others. The course considers developed as well as developing countries.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

(Online) Lectures and Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam, 4 assignments on economic principles and an assignment on land use development.

Literatuur

Alain Bertaud, 'Order without design', MIT Press

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the minor 'Real Estate Economics and Finance'

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basic knowledge of (micro-)economics is helpful.

Real Estate Economics and Finance Research Project

Vakcode E_MFRE_REEFR
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 255 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. V.A.C. van den Berg
Examinator dr. V.A.C. van den Berg
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. J. Rouwendal, dr. V.A.C. van den Berg
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This project offers you the opportunity to apply the knowledge and skills obtained in the earlier courses of the minor
Real Estate Economics and Finance on a topic that you find interesting and important. This will make the material
come alive even further. The project also helps you to further develop your research skills (making a good research
question, choosing your method, literature review, analysis, and drawing conclusions), which are important skills for
your future job, for an internship and for your thesis.

Inhoud vak

In this course, you will identify a relevant research topic in real estate economics and finance, write a paper about it
and present your results. The research topic must be in the field of real estate economics and finance, broadly
defined so as to include urban economics, spatial planning and behavioural economics aspects of real estate
markets. The topic can be in any type of real estate including that used for commercial and non-profit purposes,
land and infrastructure. The choice of the topic can be based on current new items, large societal problems, a
specific interest of yourself, et cetera. The earlier courses in the minor may also provide inspiration. Further to help
you a list with potentially interesting topics will be provided. Thereafter, you have to formulate the main research
question and formulate a research strategy to find the answer. This can be a review of existing literature, but doing
some research yourself is encouraged. This may involve the use of techniques like regression analysis,
questionnaires, and interviews.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

An introductory meeting will be organized by the end of November. In December, you have to register as a group
or as a single student. Those registering as single students on related topics will be asked to make a group. You
will be appointed a supervisor who will advise you. There will be three tutorials, where groups present their
progress and provide constructive feedback on each other. In the first week of January, groups present their
research proposal. In the final week of the course, results will be presented.

Toetsvorm

Paper, final presentation and referee report are graded as a group.

Grades are individualized using the "feedbackfruits" feedback tool to prevent free-riding and reward hard work.

Vereiste voorkennis

Being a third-year bachelor and participation in the other courses within the minor.

Literatuur

Course manual, lecture sheets, literature on your topic to be independently found.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Third-year bachelor students that do the real-estate minor.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Research groups of max 4 students are formed via canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Understanding of (Quantitative) Research Methods (e.g. from Quantitative Research Methods I and II) and of
Academic Skills.

Real Estate Finance and Urban Development

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 256 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_MFRE_REFUD
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Examinator prof. dr. J. Rouwendal
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Please be aware that this course is lectured at UvA.

This course on real estate finance and urban development (Vastgoedkunde) deepens the knowledge of students
about real estate as an asset class. Students will study the developments on real estate markets and the
techniques to invest, develop, valuate and finance real estate. The course is a nice cross-over between an
academic view on real estate and a more practical view with many real world examples and know-how that is
normally not covered in plain academic text books. Students will get in touch with the people engaged in the real
estate industry through (guest) lectures and if possible visits.

Upon completing the course, students gain the following knowledge and skills:

Understanding which types of real estate are there.

Know how to value real estate (techniques) and how to make basic investment decisions.
Understanding how real estate connects to the broader environment (sustainability).
Understanding the key actors and considerations for project development.
Acquiring knowledge about how real estate is financed.

Inhoud vak

The course provides a general introduction to the real estate business. The following topics will be addressed:

what is real estate and how does it compare to other asset classes, which types are there, and the market for
real estate;
real estate valuation (why valuation?, different value concepts and appraisal methods) and real estate
investment (metrics, when to buy and sell);
the role and potential of sustainability in real estate;
introduction into project/urban development;
financing real estate.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Weekly one two-hour lecture and one two-hour tutorial.

Toetsvorm

The final mark will be:

a written exam (MC questions, two-hour exam, 100%);

To pass this course, your final mark should be at least a 5.5. There is a 2/3 attendance requirement of all course
meetings, without it you are not eligible to take the exam. Exceptions can be made when there is an appropriate
explanation (i.e. illness and related, going on vacation or having to work is not a valid reason, let the course
coordinator know when you are absent with a valid reason).

Literatuur

Brueggeman & Fisher (latest edition), Real Estate Finance and Investments. McGraw Hill, ISBN 978-1-260-
09194-6;
Lectures slides;
Other material (e.g. articles) to be provided.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students who are interested in the exciting and complex multi-disciplinary world of (international) real estate.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 257 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The course is useful for students who consider to specialize in real estate economics or finance in the master
phase.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

This course is lectured at UvA!

-The course is also part of the VU Minor Real Estate Economics and Finance but can be taken separately by UvA
students without doing the minor.
VU students have to register at UvA to be able to take this course. Details will be provided via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

No special knowledge is required. You need to have interest in understanding real estate. It would be useful if you
have some prior understanding about annuities, excel, economics and finance (equity, bonds, mortgages).

Religions and Gender

Vakcode G_BATRSAL054
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. C.A.M. van den Berg
Examinator prof. dr. C.A.M. van den Berg
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. C.A.M. van den Berg
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After finishing this course, the student is able to:

understand and apply with confidence key concepts from the study of religion and gender, such as: agency,
the politics of piety, hermeneutics of suspicion, biopolitics, intersectionality;
describe important shifts in the study of religion and gender, such as the post-secular turn, the corporeal turn,
the postcolonial turn, queering religion
describe analytically how certain aspects of gender have been or become an issue in religions;
articulate major parallels and differences between a number of religious traditions in their approaches to
gender issues in the past and present;
describe both religious insider views and academic outsider views;
link present-day debates and phenomena to historical patterns.

Inhoud vak

Within feminist movements and studies, religion and gender equality have often been seen as opposing, perhaps
even mutually exclusive categories. Institutionalized religion has been identified as one of the main actors in the
oppression of women and LGBTIQ+ people. And indeed, religion in past and present has formulated a gendered
ethics that has at times resulted in gender inequality, to say the least. As a result, in Western contexts in particular,
the emancipation of gendered and sexual minorities has automatically been linked to the process of secularization.
At the same time, the academic disciplines of religious studies and theology have not always been open to
incorporate feminist, queer and trans perspectives.

Over the past few decades, however, the study of religion and gender, as well as queer and trans perspectives on
religion, has been flourishing. Scholars have increasingly become aware of the fact that the majority of women (cis
and trans) as well as LGBTIQ+ people either identify as religious, have been brought up as believers, or live in a
country where the majority of the population are religious. Moreover, it has been pointed out that secularism has
not necessarily been beneficial to women and sexual minorities, either. And, finally, scholars have become more
attuned to the fact that the emancipation of women and LGBTIQ+ people has been misused in nationalistic rhetoric
in order to discredit and ‘other’ religious groups, most notably Muslims.

This course maps significant developments in the study of religion and gender, as well as related fields such as that
of queer and trans studies of religion. By discussing central themes, and by approaching these from both
contemporary as well as historical perspectives, the course shows how contemporary debates are rooted in
historical formations of religious narratives. Examples include contemporary and past religions (Buddhism,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 258 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, and ancient Greek religion).

Three four-hour sessions on Mondays plus three two-hours sessions on Wednesdays will focus on the following
themes:

1. Religion and gender: mapping the field (Monday)

2. Feminist hermeneutics and sacred texts (Monday)
3. Male and female role models and stereotypes in ancient narratives: mythological and legendary couples and
gender differences in Homer’s Odyssey epic (Odysseus and Penelope), Hindu Mahabharata epic (Nala and
Damayanti) and Ramayana epic (Rama and Sita) (Wednesday)
4. Religion and the body: the corporeal turn (Monday)
5. Queer perspectives on religion (Monday)
6. Religious rules and attitudes regarding homosexuality in Buddhism and in Islam (Wednesday)
7. Blasphemy, controversial art, and public debate (Monday)
8. Virginity and purity culture (Monday)
9. The image of Mary in Christianity and Islam: virgin, Madonna, mother, heroine, virtue, saint, queen
(Wednesday)

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (HC) and seminars (WC)

Toetsvorm

Written exam

Literatuur

Articles and book chapters will be available via Canvas or the VU library

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is intended for regular bachelor and minor students and exchange students.

The course is a module in the FSH (FSG) minor Religious Dimensions of Global Challenges and in the FSH (FSG)
minor Diversity and Gender.

Overige informatie

The course will be offered on campus-only, not online or hybrid; 75% attendance in class required (exceptions
considered on request).
Check in advance whether on the written exam date you will still be in the country, as the exam will take place at
the VU Amsterdam campus.

Toelichting Canvas

The course manual describing the programme and readings in detail will be put on Canvas.

Research Assistantship Honours Course

Vakcode E_HP2_RASS
Studiepunten 6
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. H.E.D. Houba
Examinator dr. H.E.D. Houba
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

The primary purpose of the Research Assistantship (RA) is to gain first-hand research experience and enhance
students’ research skills. It entails a tutored research project at one of the research groups at SBE, which may be

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 259 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

part of a larger research project/program of the group in which the student participates or may be set up as a
separate project specifically for the RA-ship.

Inhoud vak

SBE HP students can choose to substitute their elective course for a high-quality RA, preferably in their third
bachelor year. It entails a tutored research project at one of the research groups at SBE, which may be part of a
larger research project/program of the group in which the student participates or may be set up as a separate
project specifically for the RA-ship. Two general formats can be chosen to set up the RA-ship:

1. as an independent component of the honours program (6 credits),

2. a study combined with the BSc thesis, which allows to develop a research project of larger scale and/or
scope (12 + 6 credits). The output of the RA must be identifiable (as a separate section or appendix) and is
graded separately from the thesis.

The RA allows students to build on their skills developed during the programme and, if combined with the BSc
thesis, to extend this into a more complete research experience.

Research should be considered in a broad sense, and can involve different stages of research and different
research methods. Although typically the RA will include an empirical research component, it may also involve
extended literature research. Naturally, this should be reflected in the project design. The form of the RA that is
chosen is an important determinant of the expected output and criteria used for evaluation of the process and
output. Option 2 seems the ideal way to combine the regular BSc thesis work with a more in-depth empirical study
than is usually the case for the thesis.

In case of option 1 described above, expectations about output of the project need to be in line with the credits (6
EC) that are available for the RA-ship. When option 2 is chosen, the output of the RA can be integrated into the
BSc thesis, which results in a significant increase in expected output. However, the output of the RA must be
identifiable (f.e. a separate section or appendix) and is graded separately from the thesis. Note that the scope of
the RA-ship, expected output and evaluation should be proportional with the weights of the two components in the
programme (i.e. 6 + 12 EC).

Key for the evaluation of the RA is the provision of an independent piece of research output either in the form of a
research paper, or an identifiable part of the thesis (f.e. an extra chapter or appendix). The quality of the paper
should be such that it can be graded and preferably be submitted to an academic conference or perhaps even to an
academic journal. This paper can be complemented with other relevant project output as part of the evaluation such
as databases, measurement instruments and a reference list. These elements may also be part of the evaluation
and grading of the project. Evaluation of the RA is context dependent, since this depends on the nature of the
research and the tasks conducted by the RA.

General guidelines for evaluation and grading can, however, be provided and include the following aspects:

Quality, originality and relevance of the research question (or of extensions/refinement of existing questions
developed by the student);
Theory development;
Extent and quality of data collection and analysis;
Description of findings and results;
Development and discussion of inferences and conclusions;
Independence (e.g. in formulating/developing/extending research questions, theory development, data
collection and analysis and drawing of inferences);
Overall quality of the research report (quality of writing, appearance etc.).

Not all elements may be equally important for each RA-ship, and weights should be determined in accordance with
the nature of the project. When the RA is combined with the bachelor thesis, supervisors are recommended to take
these criteria in conjunction with the evaluation checklist for the thesis. In this case, the thesis and RA can be
evaluated and graded as if they are one study component, even though this grade will be registered separately for
the two components.

The possibility to engage in an RA and to gain hands-on experience in conducting research is dependent on the
availability of qualified researchers and projects within the different research groups. Interested honours students
are advised to actively explore possibilities through their contacts with School members in the BSc and honours
programme, and with their mentor in the honours programme. Research projects will usually be formulated close to
ongoing research projects at the department or research group, and depending on students’ interests, they can
apply at the appropriate research group and supervisor.

Research-assistantships can start any time during the academic year, although students are recommended to
engage in an RA after, and not before having completed their advanced methods course in the bachelor program.
Entry level requirement may also be set for specific projects, which require certain quantitative or qualitative
research skills. Typically, the second half of the last year in the honours programme may fit best when combining
this with the BSc thesis.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 260 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Students engaging in an RA are required to notify the programme coordinator up-front, and send a project proposal
for approval to [Link]@[Link].

This proposal, developed jointly with the prospective supervisor, should include:

1. Research problem;
2. Research question(s);
3. Research design;
4. Relevance;
5. Structure of the research paper;
6. Planning.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Conducting an independent research project under individual supervision.

Toetsvorm

Grading of the research paper and/or other research output by the supervisor.

Literatuur

To be decided by the supervisor.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Students who want to pursue a Research Assistantschip are required to notify the programme coordinator up-front,
and send a project proposal for approval to [Link]@[Link].

Research Participation I
Vakcode E_IBA1_RPR1
Studiepunten 0
Periode P1+2+3+4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K. Subrtova
Examinator K. Subrtova
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Research participation provides an opportunity to get involved in how research is organized and practiced, and to
incorporate those experiences in developing academic and research skills. The educational program links the
experiences to theories and research methods.

Inhoud vak

In the first and the second year of the bachelor program, students participate in different types of research (e.g.,
experiments, surveys, interviews) conducted by the different departments at SBE.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Participation in research sessions.

Toetsvorm

Students demonstrate their learning experience by gathering research credits (i.e., min. 2.5 and max. 7 hours of
active research participation). For first year students, research participation is an obligatory part of the course
Business Processes in period 6. First year students can participate in research sessions in period 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
Students only receive the EC for Business Processes once they have passed Research Participation I. However,
participation in (and the results of) both courses are independently registered. Students can enroll in Business
Processes even when they do not pass Research Participation I.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 261 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vereiste voorkennis

Not applicable

Literatuur

Not applicable

Overige informatie

Not applicable

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Students who have not finished Research Participation I in the first year, need to enroll themselves for the course
before the start of period 1 of the next academic year (or request late enrollment via the Educational Office) (unlike
the first time enrollment in the course, retake students are not enrolled automatically), and put their status to
"retake" students in the research platform.

Toelichting Canvas

All information about Research Participation I will be communicated via Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Not applicable

Research Participation II
Vakcode E_IBA2_RPR2
Studiepunten 0
Periode P2+3+4+5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K. Subrtova
Examinator K. Subrtova
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Research participation provides an opportunity to get involved in how research is organized and practiced, and to
incorporate those experiences in developing academic and research skills. The educational program links the
experiences to theories and research methods.

Inhoud vak

In the first and the second year of the bachelor program, students participate in different types of research (e.g.,
experiments, surveys, interviews) conducted by the different departments at SBE.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Participation in research sessions.

Toetsvorm

Second year students demonstrate their learning experience by collecting research credits through participation in
research sessions (i.e., min. 2.5 and max. 7 hours of active research participation), organized before the end of
period 5. Research Participation II is connected to the course Integrative Research Project. Students only receive
the credits for the course Integrative Research Project when they pass the course Research Participation II.
However, participation in (and the results of) both courses are independently registered. Students can enroll in the
course Integrative Research Project even if they do not pass Research Participation II. All research sessions take
place before the start of the course Integrative Research Project.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 262 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vereiste voorkennis

Not applicable

Literatuur

Not applicable

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Obligatory course for second year students International Business Administration. Even if students have not passed
the first year course Research Participation I yet, they can enroll in Research Participation II.

Overige informatie

This is an obligatory course, even if Research Participation I isn't finished yet. Enrolling for the course takes place
before the start of period 2.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Students who retake the course Research Participation II have to officially register for the course again.
Additionally, they have to put their status to "retake" in the online research platform to ensure that their grade will
be correctly passed on to the administration.

Revalidatie
Vakcode B_REVAL
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. T.W.J. Janssen
Examinator prof. dr. T.W.J. Janssen
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. T.W.J. Janssen, dr. S. de Groot
Onderwijsvormen Practicum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Na het volgen van deze cursus

Is de student bekend met relevante begrippen, concepten en modellen uit de revalidatie van mensen met een
fysieke beperking
Toont de student inzicht in de problematiek van speciale groepen in de context van revalidatie.
Is de student in staat tot een kritische analyse van een probleem uit de revalidatie, arbeidsreïntegratie of
hulpmiddelproblematiek.

Inhoud vak

Revalidatie is te omschrijven als 'het gecoördineerd en gecombineerd gebruik van maatregelen op medisch,
sociaal, arbeidstechnisch en onderwijskundig terrein die de persoon met een fysieke beperking op de voor
hem/haar optimale plaats in de samenleving moet helpen'. Bij uitstek een multidisciplinaire teamprestatie. In deze
cursus zullen verschillende aspecten van deze multidisciplinaire aanpak besproken worden, waarbij de
verschillende disciplines aan bod komen bij het revalidatieproces van o.a. mensen met een dwarslaesie, niet-
aangeboren hersenletsel, amputatie, neurodegeneratieve aandoening, of hartaandoening.

Daarnaast zal de vraag worden gesteld welke consequenties een fysieke beperking heeft voor o.a.
arbeidsparticipatie en hulpmiddelgebruik en komen onderwerpen zoals sport en bewegen, rolstoelmobiliteit en
gangbeeldanalyse aan bod. De (mogelijke) rol van de bewegingswetenschapper binnen de revalidatie zal ook
bediscussieerd worden.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Deze module bestaat uit twee onderdelen: enerzijds een reeks bijeenkomsten (hoorcolleges, een workshop en een
bezoek aan een revalidatiecentrum) anderzijds is er een groepsopdracht. De cursusomvang is 6 ects (168u),

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 263 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

waarvan de uren per student als volgt zijn verdeeld over beide onderdelen: collegebijeenkomsten (15x2u),
workshops en bezoek revalidatiecentrum (8u), tentamen (2u), de uitwerking van de groepsopdracht (82u), plus tot
slot de college- en tentamenvoorbereiding (44u). De groepsopdracht wordt uitgevoerd in viertallen, waarin gewerkt
wordt aan een casus in de context van de revalidatie en/of arbeidsreintegratie. De opdracht wordt afgerond met
een werkstuk en een referaat tijdens een reeks afsluitende colleges.

Toetsvorm

Toetsing vindt plaats aan de hand van de praktijkopdracht (werkwijze en verslag) en een afsluitend schriftelijk
meerkeuzetentamen. Beide onderdelen tellen voor 50% in het eindoordeel, waarbij de deelcijfers niet lager mogen
zijn dan een 5.0. De collegestof en hand-outs en een aantal hoofdstukken uit het boek Revalidatie voor
Volwassenen vormen het tentamenmateriaal.

Literatuur

J.H.B. Geertzen, S. Rietman, G.G. Vanderstraeten, R.J. Berduszek, K. Oostra, B. Fard. Revalidatie voor
volwassenen. Jaar 2022. ISBN 9789023258889.

Handouts en reader.

Overige informatie

Er wordt uitgegaan van latente kennis rond revalidatie op het nivo van het 1ste & 2 de jaar van de opleiding
bewegingswetenschappen (Inleiding Bewegen en Gezondheid, Pathologie van het Bewegen en de readers)

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

De indeling van werkgroepen vindt plaats via Canvas.

Risk Management for Financial Institutions

Vakcode E_MFRM_RMFI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. A.M.H. Slager
Examinator prof. dr. A.M.H. Slager
Betrokken Docenten dr. M.T. Tiniç, prof. dr. A.M.H. Slager
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course offers a comprehensive introduction in Risk Management, insurance companies and pension funds, as
well as an introduction to financial instability, complexity and scenario thinking. This course is structured in three
parts:

Part I: Insurance companies (Lectures 1-2):

1. The working of insurance and business model

2. Supervision and regulation
3. Different risk types such as Credit Risk, Market Risk and Operational Risk, Interest Rate Risk and Liquidity
Risk
4. Quantitative methods and techniques to identify, measure and monitor the risk types
5. Strategic and integrated risk management

Part II: Pension funds (Lectures 3-4)

1. The working of pensions and business model; balance sheet; liabilities; role in society
2. Managerial methods to identify and manage risk; i.e. risk management cycle
3. Quantitative methods to manage pension balance sheets; Asset Liability Management
4. Managing pension assets; illiquid, long-term investments, characteristics and risks

Part III: Instability, Complexity and Scenario Analysis (Lectures 5-6):

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 264 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

1. The concept of instability in financial markets

2. Scenario Thinking
3. Complexity Economics and financial systems

All parts and topics of the course are closely knitted to the learning goals of quantitative and qualitative skills,
academic skills, bridging theory and practice. You will learn to think as a risk manager and will be challenged to
have a holistic view.
By the end of the course students should be able to:

Explain and analyse the working of insurance companies, pension funds and their business models
Outline and interpret regulation and the impact on financial institutions
Explain, analyse, and evaluate different risk types
Identify and apply different quantitative risk measure techniques
Create and discuss a view on integrated risk management
Being able to differentiate between quantifiable risks and fundamental uncertainty
Understand the sources of fundamental uncertainty and the origin of complex systems
Understand different quantitative and qualitative risk management techniques including scenario thinking and
pre-mortem analysis.

Inhoud vak

Lectures 1-2:
You will learn the fundamentals of insurance companies and the working of these institutions in the financial
markets. What are the risks these institutions must deal with? How can you identify, monitor, and report the
different risk types using quantitative risks? How are they aligned with each other and how can you manage these
risks with all this knowledge? The course will also focus on how insurers manage their capital. How can you
optimize your capital and is there a future for Insurance companies?

Lectures 3-4:
You will learn the fundamentals of pension funds and the working of these institutions in the financial markets.
What are the risks these institutions must deal with? How can you identify, monitor, and report the different risk
types using quantitative and qualitative risks in risk management cycle? How are they aligned with each other and
how can you manage these risks with all this knowledge? The course will also focus on how pension funds manage
their investments vis-a-vis pension liabilities that stretch over decades. How can you optimize the investment
strategy, manage short-term as well as long-term risks at the same time, and what developments do pension funds
face?

Lectures 5-6:
You will learn the fundamental drivers underlying the dynamics of financial markets and how this leads to periods of
stability and instability. This includes the role of behavioural biases in the creation of financial instability. You will
discuss different theories to deal with the risks in financial markets and how to apply a diversity of tools to cope with
fundamental uncertainty. Specifically, you will focus on approaches related to scenario thinking and how to apply
them in practice.

Preparation:
Read the literature required of the relevant week and possible other material on Canvas. Additionally, study the
Audio PowerPoint presentation(s) before each lecture. They provide the content of the lecture (together with the
literature). During the interactive lecture hours there will be a Q&A regarding the audio PowerPoint course and
debate around specific topics. During the lecture no summary is given of the chapters or articles that you must read
in preparation. This preparation is applicable for all three parts of the programme.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Interactive lectures and Tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Final written exam and assignment.

Vereiste voorkennis

There is no formal entrance requirement for the Minor Risk.

Literatuur

Articles and papers will be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 265 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The minor Risk is for students from all bachelor programmes (with some exceptions, see recommended
background knowledge) who want to acquire familiarity with Risk Management and Financial Institutions.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Finance I, Accounting I and a basic course in quantitative methods and/or statistics is strongly recommended.

Risk Management in Banking

Vakcode E_MFRM_RMB
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. G. Tumer-Alkan
Examinator dr. G. Tumer-Alkan
Betrokken Docenten dr. G. Tumer-Alkan
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course offers a comprehensive introduction to risk management, especially related to the banking sector. It
covers the fundamentals of banking and to what risk types they are exposed including the working of banks and
business models; risk types such as credit risk; market risk and operational risk; supervision and banking
regulation; and recovery.

All parts of the course are closely knitted to the learning goals of Quantitative skills, Academic skills, Bridging
theory and practice. You will learn to think as a risk manager and will be challenged to have a holistic view.

Upon successful completion of the course, students can:

Explain and analyze the working of banks and their business models;
Outline and interpret regulation and the impact on banks;
Explain, analyze, and evaluate the different risk types;
Identify and apply different risk measure techniques;
Create and discuss a view on integrated risk management.

Inhoud vak

You will learn the fundamentals of banking and the working of banks in the financial markets. What are the risks
that banks must deal with? How can you identify, monitor, and report the different risk types? How are they aligned
with each other, and finally, how can you manage these risks with all this knowledge?

The course will cover balance sheet management and its impact on the business model. In addition, you will be
able to interpret banking regulations and have a good view of the supervisory authorities.

Upon completion, you will be challenged to have a holistic view of risk management and to participate in
discussions regarding instability and uncertainty.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Interactive lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

Final written exam and assignments.

Vereiste voorkennis

No formal entry requirements.

Literatuur

Richard Apostolik and Christopher Donohue (2015): Foundations of Financial Risk: An Overview of Financial

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 266 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Risk and Risk-based Financial Regulation, 2nd Edition, GARP (Global Association of Risk Professionals).
ISBN: 978-1-119-09805-8.
Additional readings might be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The minor Risk is for students from all bachelor programmes who want to acquire familiarity with Risk Management
and Financial Institutions.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Finance I; Accounting I; A basic course in quantitative methods and/or statistics is strongly recommended.

Robot Law and Artificial Intelligence

Vakcode R_RLAI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Rechtsgeleerdheid
Vakcoördinator Z.B. Cooper
Examinator Z.B. Cooper
Betrokken Docenten M. van der Werf, prof. mr. A.R. Lodder, Z.B. Cooper, mr. V.S. Djwalapersad LLM
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Leergroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Robot Law and Artificial Intelligence focuses on the societal impact of technological constructs such as intelligent
software and robots. The student will learn and understand the profound influence that the autonomous and
intelligent technological constructs may have on society, as well as the ethical consequences and legal implications
thereof. The student will be able to develop an academic, sound judgement on the future of a robotic society from
an ethical and legal perspective. The student will be able to analyze and critically evaluate the legal-ethical
dimensions of issues relating to the use of intelligent software and robots.

Course objectives:

At the end of the course, students are:

aware of the contextual demands (not to stifle technological development by enacting restrictive legislation,
while at the same time protecting fundamental rights and freedoms of a democratic society) law has to deal
with;
able to assess the legal and societal aspects of a problem in an integrated way and critically reflect on
possible approaches and solutions;
able to formulate their own well-founded opinion on the challenges posed by particular applications of robots
and AI.

Inhoud vak

Robots and Artificial Intelligence used to belong to science fiction movies and stories. Also, they were discussed in
theoretical academic and popular articles. In recent years both Robots and Artificial Intelligence gradually but
strongly are moving away from theory and entering our daily lives. This course focuses on those practical
developments, and what role law and ethics play. We do not limit ourselves to present technology, but include
prophecies on how society may change in the future and what we can and should do about it.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

Assignment/(group)presentation plus exam

Literatuur

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 267 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Made available via Canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Apart from regular students, the course is also available for:

Students from other universities/faculties
Contractor (students who pay for one course).

SAM Programme IBA

Vakcode E_IBA1_SAM
Studiepunten 0
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator K. Becker
Examinator K. Becker
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The SAM Programme is a Student Academic Mentor programme especially for first year students. Studying at a
university also means becoming part of the academic community and the SAM Programme will guide you in this.

The SAM Programme is designed to help you get off to a good start with your study. To achieve this, you will be
assigned a mentor. Your mentor is a second or third-year bachelor’s or master’s student, often from the same study
programme.

The main objective of the SAM programme is to help you on an individual basis. Your mentor can contribute to your
well-being as a student and can answer your questions. He/she will help you feel part of the university and can
advise you on this. You will therefore meet your mentor in person each period. Furthermore your SAM mentor
group can help you on a social level by getting to know your fellow students. Finally, with the SAM mentor group we
want to give you access to peer-to-peer advice from other students.

In week 2 of period 1 you will be assigned a mentor. Your name and email will be shared with your mentor. He/she
will contact you for the first meeting via Canvas.

Inhoud vak

n/a

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Individual meetings with mentor.

Toetsvorm

n/a

Seeing is Believing: Film and Religion and the

Construction of Sacredness Beyond the Limits of
Representation and Articulation.
Vakcode G_BATRSAL090
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit Religie en Theologie

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 268 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakcoördinator dr. S. Sremac

Examinator dr. S. Sremac
Betrokken Docenten dr. S. Sremac, dr. J.H. Roeland
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

Upon completion of the course, students can:

Denote the visual and imaginative instruments for revealing, producing and transmitting sacred and divine
realities and experiences in and through religion and film.
Is able to reflect critically on the practice of interpretation in film, especially in relation to religious themes and
representations.
Has insight into how religious assumptions shape the depiction of religion and the sacred in film.
Understands that interpreting religious elements in film differs from interpreting secular content, especially
given the symbolic and affective power of religious imagery.
Is able to apply different interpretive methods (e.g. symbolic, narrative, postcolonial, theological) to analyze
religious themes in film.
Describe and apply a ‘film as religion’ approach to film, with a specific focus on the dimensions of myth, ritual,
morality, transcendence and sacredness.
Can explain how filmmakers apply visual tools to deal with ‘the real’ and ‘the unspeakable’ and the limits of
articulation and representation.

Inhoud vak

This course explores the limits of truth-telling and representation. Semantic and text-based approaches have a
limited capacity to express the lived experience of people. This is perhaps most obvious when it comes to
individual or collective trauma; to the void of reality that is beyond expression (the ‘real’ in Lacanian thinking); and
to the experienced presence of sacred and divine realities - three experiences that are often referred to as the
‘unspeakable’, as something beyond articulation. In comparison to purely verbal representations of such
experiences, film offers a rich repertoire of audiovisual tools that offers many opportunities of representing realities
that are difficult to express in language. In this course, such filmic representations are explored by analyzing the
cinematographic and narrative elements of film. In addition, the course discusses the limits of filmic representation
as well, for film has its limits too when it comes to traumatic and sacred experiences: they can be not only
unspeakable, but also ‘unimaginable’. However, film can at the very least probe the boundaries of what can be
expressed; filmic methods and techniques can be mobilized to show what it means not to be able to imagine, not to
be able to speak. In the third place, this course not only explores the representation of the ‘unspeakable’; it also
applies a film as religion approach that enables students to understand the ‘religious work’ of film: how film may
mediate (reveal, produce and transmit) sacred and divine realities and experiences. Students learn to unravel the
representation and mediation of the unspeakable by carefully analyzing the cinematographic and narrative
elements of film.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, film analysis classes.

Toetsvorm

Individual assignments (20%). The course is concluded with team assignment (80%), namely a cinematographic
and narrative analysis of a film chosen by the team members.

Lecture preparations Pass/Fail

Students prepare questions based on the literature for at least three lectures of their choice and submit them on
Canvas by 9am on the day of class (Monday for lecture 1). Completing these assignments is a prerequisite for
taking part in the final paper and group presentations.

Attendance during the lectures is highly recommended, since these sessions will serve to discuss the literature and
questions of the students.

Individual assignments: position paper

Read John Lock’s After Method and reflect on academic knowledge production. In the position paper you should
write a two pager on the limits of your own discipline in the study of everyday life, the relationship between the
limits of language/articulation in your own discipline (max. 1000 words).

What other than academic ‘ways of knowing’ are you familiar with (think of religion, spirituality, tradition, art, etc.)?

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 269 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

What defines these ways of knowing and how are they different from academic ways of knowing?

Literatuur

Required Literature

Before every class, you will be provided with the reading material to help you prepare.

John Lock’s (2004). After Method: Mess in Social Science Research. Routledge. London.

S. Brent Plate (2017). Religion and Film: Cinema and the Re-Creation of the World. New York: Colombia University
Press.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is intended for students with a general interest in film, visual culture, and the use of film as a medium
for exploring complex social, political, and religious themes. It is open to students from various academic
backgrounds and is not limited to those within a specific programme. The course is particularly relevant for
students in the humanities and social sciences but welcomes anyone interested in critical film analysis and visual
storytelling.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

There are no deviations from the regular course registration process. Students can register for this course and its
teaching methods through the standard university registration system.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

No specific background knowledge is required. However, an interest in film, visual culture, religion, or conflict
studies will be beneficial for engaging with the course material.

Sensomotorische Coordinatie
Vakcode B_SENSOCOR
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. C.E. Peper
Examinator dr. C.E. Peper
Betrokken Docenten dr. C.E. Peper, dr. K. van der Kooij, prof. dr. J.E. Bos MSc
Onderwijsvormen Practicum, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Algemene doelstellingen:

Oriëntatie op het studieterrein van sensomotorische coördinatie: de student is bekend met het soort vragen
dat in het onderzoek op dit terrein wordt bestudeerd;
Aan het eind van de cursus heeft de student basale kennis van twee benaderingen op dit terrein (de
neurowetenschappen en de psychologie) en van feiten en begrippen die binnen deze benaderingen centraal
staan;
De student kan de verkregen kennis en inzicht van sensomotorische coördinatie toepassen op concrete
problemen, en kan hierbij samenwerken met medestudenten.

Specifieke doelstellingen:

De student heeft kennis van en inzicht in

fundamentele problemen in de studie van sensomotorische coördinatie;

neurofysiologische achtergronden van de sensomotorische coördinatie;
psychologische achtergronden van de sensomotorische coördinatie;
basisprincipes van de coördinatiedynamica.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 270 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Inhoud vak

Bij bewegen staan we zelden stil. We lopen, fietsen, spreken, schrijven, vangen, springen, slaan en schoppen alsof
het niets is. Toch gaat het hier, als je er even over nadenkt, om vrij opzienbarende prestaties. Het menselijk
lichaam telt meer dan 600 spieren en meer dan 100 gewrichten: daar kunnen heel wat bewegingen mee gemaakt
worden, maar hoe maken we juist die ene, gewenste beweging?

Dankzij het zenuwstelsel zijn onze bewegingen in de regel goed gestuurd en gecoördineerd, tenzij we te veel
hebben gedronken of lijden aan een ziekte die de motoriek ondermijnt. De vraag die in deze cursus centraal staat
is hoe de sturing en coördinatie van bewegingen tot stand komen, en welke rol onze sensorische systemen daarbij
spelen.

De cursus biedt een brede en gevarieerde inleiding in dit veelzijdige onderzoeksterrein. Naast een algemene
introductie in de centrale thema's, wordt met name aandacht besteed aan de neurofysiologische en psychologische
achtergronden van bewegingscoördinatie. Hierbij komt ook de relatie tussen waarnemen en bewegen ruimschoots
aan bod. De stof wordt geïllustreerd aan de hand van concrete voorbeelden van zowel alledaagse situaties als
bepaalde ziektebeelden.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

28 uur/ 14 hoorcolleges 2 uur / 1 vragenuurtje 10 uur/ 5 web-labs (incl. voorbereiding) 4 uur/ 2 werkcolleges 2 uur/
voorbereiding werkcolleges 95 uur/zelfstudie (incl. college- en tentamenvoorbereiding) 3 uur / tentamen 2 uur/ 1
practicum (alleen voor reguliere eerstejaars) 2 uur/ voorbereiding practicum (alleen voor reguliere eerstejaars) 20
uur/ werkstuk schrijven (alleen voor reguliere eerstejaars) 24 uur/ extra zelfstudie-opdracht, incl.
tentamenvoorbereiding (alleen voor recidivisten, minor- en bijvakstudenten) De contacturen bestaan uit 14
hoorcolleges, 1 practicum, 2 werkcolleges, 1 optioneel werkcollege en een vragenuurtje. Let op: Reguliere
eerstejaarsstudenten voeren andere extra opdrachten uit (practicum & werkstuk) dan recidivisten, minor- en
bijvakstudenten (zelfstudie-opdracht).

De hoorcolleges hebben tot doel de stof in de te bestuderen literatuur en kennisclips nader toe te lichten en
met o.a. voorbeelden en korte opdrachten tot leven te brengen. Aanwezigheid bij de hoorcolleges is niet
verplicht, maar de inhoud van de colleges maakt wel deel uit van de tentamenstof.
Tijdens de werkcolleges worden een aantal onderwerpen uit de collegestof nader besproken. De
werkcolleges worden uitgevoerd in groepjes van ca. 20 studenten.
Daarnaast wordt de student regelmatig uitgenodigd tot zelfwerkzaamheid aan de hand web-labs, die worden
uitgevoerd via Canvas. Deze opdrachten worden niet behandeld tijdens de colleges. Sommige web-labs
fungeren primair als een toets van de beheersing van de gedoceerde stof, terwijl in andere web-labs deze stof
verder wordt uitgediept. Iedere web-lab is gedurende ongeveer 1 week beschikbaar.
Reguliere eerstejaarsstudenten voeren als extra opdracht een practicum uit, waarbij zij een aantal
coördinatiefenomenen aan den lijve ondervinden en aan de hand van opdrachten bestuderen. Naar
aanleiding van dit practicum schrijven de studenten een werkstuk. Tijdens een optioneel werkcollege kunnen
zij feedback krijgen op een tussenversie van dit werkstuk.
Recidivisten, minor- en bijvakstudenten bestuderen zelfstandig extra leerstof, die met een aantal extra vragen
getoetst wordt tijdens het tentamen. Verplichte onderdelen voor reguliere eerstejaars: practicum, 2
werkcolleges, web-labs, werkstuk, tentamen. Verplichte onderdelen voor recidivisten, minor- en
bijvakstudenten: 2 werkcolleges, weblabs, zelfstudie-opdracht (incl. toetsing), tentamen.

Toetsvorm

Schriftelijk tentamen met ja/nee-vragen. Het eindcijfer wordt voor 85% bepaald door het cijfer op dit tentamen.
Reguliere eerstejaarsstudenten: De overige 15% wordt bepaald door het cijfer voor het werkstuk. Het cijfer voor het
werkstuk dient minimaal een 4,5 te zijn.
Daarnaast zijn uitvoering van de web-labs en actieve deelname aan het practicum en de werkcolleges een
voorwaarde om de cursus te kunnen afronden.

Recidivisten, minor- en bijvakstudenten: De zelfstudie-opdracht wordt getoetst d.m.v. aantal een aantal extra,
‘open’ vragen, waarop een kort antwoord moet worden gegeven. Het cijfer voor dit onderdeel van het tentamen
bepaalt voor 15% het eindcijfer. Daarnaast zijn uitvoering van de web-labs en actieve deelname aan de
werkcolleges een voorwaarde om de cursus te kunnen afronden.

Literatuur

Verplichte literatuur:

J. Tresilian (2012). Sensorimotor control & learning. An introductionto the behavioral neuroscience of action.
Palgrave Macmillan: H1 t/m 4, §5.3, §7.1-2, §8.1, H9, H11, H12. Nadere specificatie van verplichte
paragrafen wordt aangegeven in de cursushandleiding.
Collegedictaat

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 271 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Extra verplichte literatuur voor recidivisten, minor- en bijvakstudenten (zelfstudie-opdracht): Hoofdstuk 8

(Locomotion on Legs) uit bovengenoemd boek.

Geadviseerde literatuur:
- Uit bovengenoemd boek: §5.4.2-3, §6.3, §7.3-5 (i.h.b. §7.5.4).

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

De indeling van de werkcollege- en practicumgroepen vindt plaats via Canvas.

Toelichting Canvas

Via Canvas worden de o.a. volgende zaken beschikbaar gesteld en/of geregeld:

cursushandleiding
collegedictaat
kennisclips (voorafgaand aan elk college)
college-slides (na afloop van elk college)
oefententamen & antwoorden (kort voor tentamendatum)
(her)tentamenantwoorden (na afloop van (her)tentamen)
web-labs (op de aangegeven momenten)
inschrijving werkcolleges en practicum
handleiding werkcolleges en practicum
formateisen werkstuk
inleveren werkstuk
werkstukcijfer
diverse mededelingen tijdens de cursus

Sexual Health: Threats and Opportunities for minor GAD

Vakcode AB_1294
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator S.E. Duijs
Examinator S.E. Duijs
Betrokken Docenten S.E. Duijs, dr. M.E. Muntinga, M. Overman
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of this interdisciplinary course is to address sexual health in its larger sociopolitical, medical and scientific
context, and to discuss ways in which public health research and policy can contribute to better sexual health of
populations, communities and individuals.
This involves learning objectives related to theory, research methodology, health outcomes and health services.
The course brings together insights from the field of public (global) health, medicine, and the social sciences.
Students who take this course should be motivated to collaborate with peers with various discpliniary backgrounds,
and to think beyond the boundaries of their own academic fields.
Learning objectives are:

1. Students can describe different theoretical perspectives historically used to understand and investigate
sexuality and sexual health, and identify these perspectives in sexual health research approaches and
practices;
2. Students can describe main sexual health outcomes and their patterns and trends; they can apply these
outcomes to (vulnerable) social groups such as sex workers, displaced populations, and gender and sexually
diverse people in their political-cultural context;
3. Students can critically reflect on the concept of sexual health and sexual health risk;
4. Students can discuss intervention strategies and priorities to promote sexual health of communities, and can
explain challenges researchers, policy makers and practitioners face in planning and implementing sexual
health programs;
5. Students can formulate a qualitative or quantitative research question into the field of sexual health,
systematically search scientific literature, write a literature review in which they answer their research
question, and present their findings to their peers;

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 272 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

6. Students can seek out and synthesize different sources of knowledge (scientific, cultural, experiential) to
describe current challenges in sexual health, en formulate recommendations for research, policy and practice.

Inhoud vak

We may or may not always notice, but we are surrounded by sexuality. Sex flashes at us from roadside billboards
and our television screens. We discuss our own sex lives and those of others in cafes, at sports courts and at work,
and sex jokes are part of the repertoire of many a comedian. In our modern, wired societies, sexually explicit
material can be easily accessed on the internet. Sexuality is a huge part of our shared social world.

Sexuality as an academic subject covers more than just the physical act of having sex. When we talk about
sexuality, we refer to a range of issues pertaining to, for instance, the body, sexual identities, orientations and
expressions, value systems, and knowledge-producing organisations and institutions. Within the institute of
science, the study of human sexual life and relationships is called sexology.

American scientist Alfred Kinsey (1895 - 1956) is considered a pioneer in the sexology field, and his work has
markedly contributed to our understanding of human sexuality – and how to research it. Now a familiar term to
many, sexual health as a discipline of study emerged only after Kinsey completed his most famous work ‘Sexual
behavior in the human male’ (1953).

Plenty of scientific studies teach us there is a firm connection between sexuality and (public) health. Some
individuals experience that consensual and pleasurable sex adds to their mental health, while others stay sexually
healthy by not having sex at all. But sex and health are not always positively correlated. Even sexual activity that is
pleasurable might lead to adverse health outcomes such as Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI’s) and unwanted
pregnancies. Individuals who experience limitations in expressing themselves sexually might receive the medical
diagnosis sexual dysfunction. Unfortunately, sexual violence is still a pervasive public health problem without an
easy solution. Because sex and sexuality are and remain important throughout the life course and across cultures,
sexual health is not confined to a particular life stage, for instance the reproductive years, or to certain sociocultural
groups or identities. The World Health Organisation (WHO) defines sexual health as a state of physical, mental and
social well-being in relation to sexuality. It requires a positive and respectful approach to sexuality and sexual
relationships, as well as the possibility of having pleasurable and safe sexual experiences, free of coercion,
discrimination and violence. This definition emphasizes a positive approach towards sexuality and sexual
behaviour, positioning sexual health as a fundamental aspect of human rights and highlighting the potential benefits
of sexual activity, such as emotional and physical pleasure, intimacy and individual expression. However,
definitions of sexual health that emerged during and after periods marked by the rapid spread of sexually
transmitted infections (STI’s) such as HIV/AIDS have highlighted the threats of sexuality, conceptualizing sexual
health as, for instance, the absence of disease and illness.

In this interdisciplinary course, sexual health and its themes will be mainly approached from a public health
perspective. Different topics related to sexual health will be discussed in more detail in order to come to a better
understanding of sexual health in its individual, societal and scientific context. In addition, we will address theories
and methodologies of research into sexual health, and examine implications of outcomes of such research for
public health policy.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course consists of lectures (on Wednesday morning), mentor/instructor sessions (on Monday morning), and
seminars (on Wednesday afternoon). A proactive attitude toward group participation, reading and writing will
enhance your course experience!

Each week, a new theme is introduced that corresponds to the textbook chapters (i.e. Sexual Health. A Public
Health Perspective (2012)). Students are encouraged to actively participate in group discussions and exchange
scientific, cultural and individual perspectives. When discussing sexuality, mutual respect and deep listening skills
are key. We will work in a non-hierarchical setting, in which each individual’s contribution is valued, and learning
from each other is considered an essential classroom asset. Lectures center on sexual health topics in the context
of a textbook chapter. For instance, a lecture on sexual violence in the week about sexual health outcomes, or a
lecture on research bias in the week about sexual health methodology. The seminars center on elaboration and in-
depth analysis of the theme within its scientific, societal and individual context. In the Monday sessions, students
work on their course assignments. In the Wednesday sessions, students discuss current sexual health topics from
a research and policy perspective, elaborate on the information presented in the textbook, and apply their
knowledge to public health challenges. We will end the course with a debate on a current sexual health challenge.

Attendance: Lecture attendance is recommended. Mentor session and seminar attendance is obligatory. If a
student is absolutely unable to attend, and alternative assignment should be made and handed in before the end of
the course.

Toetsvorm

The assessment of the course consists of four parts:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 273 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

1. Writing assignment – group grade (40%)

2. Written exam in week 8 (open questions) – individual grade (60%)

To complete the course, a minimum score of >5.5 for both the literature review and the exam is required. The
grades cannot be compensated. Paper writing assignment: Students collaborate in groups of 3-5 to write one paper
(appr. 5000 words) about a current sexual health theme. Writing tasks should be shared equally among group
members.

Literatuur

The literature for this course consists of:

1. The book Sexual Health. A Public Health Perspective (edited by Kaye Wellings, Kirstin Mitchell & Martine
Collumbien). ISBN: 9780335244812.
2. Scientific articles

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Target group for this interdisciplinary minor course are students from FALW, Biomedical Sciences and other
students eligible to participate in the minor Five Big issues in Health, as well as students participating in the minor
Gender & Diversity.

Overige informatie

Please note: This course will touch upon topics such as sexual assault, harassment and violence.

As course instructors, we value educational environments in which students’ learning can thrive. We are therefore
committed to considering different comfort levels with topics that might cause recollection of harmful events or
trigger feelings of unsafety. At the same time, we also believe those topics are worth discussing and investigating,
because they are essential for our collective understanding of individual and population sexual health and
wellbeing – and for developing effective interventions, so that we can move toward equitable health care systems
responsive to the needs of people at risk of victimization and survivors.

If you read the above and wonder whether this course is for you, feel free to reach out to one of the instructors.
Together, we can discuss your options.

Course instructors:

- Saskia Duijs, instructor and course coordinator

- Marik de Koning, instructor
- Instructor TBA

Examinator: Maaike Muntinga

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

You have to register for the Minor Five Big Issues of Health or the minor Gender and Diversity.

Shared Value Creation

Vakcode E_MFS_SVC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Examinator prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course the student:

can understand and apply theories related to shared value and sustainable development (Academic and

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 274 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Research Skills).
can explain the complex theoretical, empirical and societal debate on the relationship between organizations,
technological dynamics, society, and the natural environment and the implications for the transition in the
direction of sustainable development (Bridging Theory and Practice Knowledge)
can explain which stakeholders have which stakes, and how to act-react and on those. (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Knowledge)
has experienced how concepts (shared value, sustainability, circular economy) translate into concrete
actions, policies and products (integral accounting, innovation, adoption, lobby). (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Application)
has developed social skills and logic argumentation in debates. (Social Skills)

Inhoud vak

This course examines the fundamental technological and organizational transitions that are ahead of companies
and that are required to deal with the grand challenge of sustainable development. A shift from narrow profit
maximization to shared value creation seems eminent. But how is shared value created? With which stakeholders?

This course will give you insight into what strategic reorientation is needed to create shared value: what
technologies, products and markets to focus on and whom to work with. After completing the course, you will
understand which fundamental changes are needed in business operations, how governments can successfully
intervene to change firm behavior into a more sustainable direction, and how these changes are embedded within
the wider stakeholder network.

Part 1 of the course presents the theoretical and empirical framework that will be used to analyze innovation and
adoption behavior of firms. It includes a discussion of the context within which the company behaves and an
analysis of the effectiveness of policy instruments. How can companies create shared value? How does this
influence their strategy and performance? What are the challenges the firm and government face in the transition
towards a sustainable future? Also the transition from linear to circular production processes will receive ample
attention.

Part 2 focuses on how the paradigm shift from a shareholder to a stakeholder approach as shared value creation is
a multi-stakeholder challenge. Who are key stakeholders? What challenges do companies face in integrating
stakeholder knowledge? And how can the collaboration with stakeholders help the company succeed?

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam – Individual assessment

(Interim) Assignment(s) – Group assessment
Class participation

Literatuur

A collection of articles that will be announced at the start of the course.

Small Business Development

Vakcode E_IBK3_SBD
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. A.C. Guldemond
Examinator drs. A.C. Guldemond
Betrokken Docenten drs. A.C. Guldemond, drs. G.J. Beekman MA
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

SBD 3.5 specifically addresses the Small and Medium Sized Enterprise (SME) phenomenon.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 275 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

How are general trends and specific strategic issues and theories different (or: the same) when it comes to starting,
growing and managing small businesses. This starts naturally with the birth of a startup and the development
towards an established business and further growth, stagnation or demise as the business gets older. But the
context is also relevant being it a certain industry or a country like [Link] in the tech world and an electronics
store on a market in Dar es Salaam in Tanzania.

The course is part of the Bachelor Specialisation Entrepreneurship and could lead to a Masters in Business
Administration or a Masters in Entrepreneurshop. This shows in the topics covered, the papers used, the guest
lectures and the assignments. Essential papers of Entrepreneurship, Innovation, Strategy and Organization are
presented within the context of SME's.

Academic & research skills:

argumentation – being able to argue the topics involved.

application – applying acquired knowledge to business situations like starting a business
analysis – examining and understanding problems from different perspectives

Bridging theory and practice:

has fundamental knowledge about the those disciplines relevant to the fields of entrepreneurship, strategy
and organization
has specialised, in-depth knowledge and insights in the field of business development
is able to apply theoretical knowledge in a specific business situation
is encouraged to actively experience the chosen field in real-life during the study

Many students participating in this course want to start and own a business. Some others want to find out if running
a small business is for them, if that is a role they could take. They want to learn what makes a small business work
well and what it means for the owner/manager to run a small business. They especially want to know about the
factors that make a small business fail or succeed. They also Exchange students sometimes pick this course to
learn about business in one period.

With regards to theory this course builds upon courses like Organization Theory, International- Strategy,
Organisation Behaviour and Human Resource Management. With regards to the research and fieldwork to be
done, this course most specifically builds on Business Research Methods I (BK and IBA), Business Research
Methods II (BK and IBA) and uses the learnings and experience from the Integrative Research Project (BK and
IBA) in the second year. The students will employ previously learned qualitative research skills to research into
SME cases and their own startup case.

Inhoud vak

Small and Medium Sized Entreprises (SME's) are facing tremendous challenges, with the ongoing digitalization and
globalization today’s world of business is facing. Next to the distinction in terms of size, SME businesses can also
be distinguished on the basis of their qualitative characteristics, such as the crucial role of the owner-manager, the
strong local and regional focus and the presence of family in the business.

Topics covered:
The role of small business in the economy is covered. The theory and practice of the startup will also be covered.
Aspects of growth and development of small business to larger business will be covered such as planning,
organizing, strategizing and leading small organizations. Different aspects of innovation both in theory and practice
will be part of the course. Other topics to be covered are strategy, finance and culture in the context of a small
business. Teaching cases focussing on the different topics mentioned above will be part of the classes. This course
offers a balance between theory, research and practice within the frame of small business.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures with a focus on learning to apply the knowledge Instruction Lectures with teaching cases and
documentaries Tutorials with a focus on building a business and solving business problems.

Toetsvorm

Exam - Individual assessment

Reflection participation assignment - Individual assessment
Participation assignment - Group assessment

Literatuur

Scarborough, N., and Cornwall, J. (2015). Entrepreneurship and Effective Small Business Management (11th
Edition, Global Edition). London: Pearson Education Limited. A selection of chapters.
Deakins, D., & Freel, M. (2012). Entrepreneurship and small firms (6th ed.). London etc.: McGraw-Hill Higher

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 276 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Education. A selection of chapters.

Mintzberg, H., Ahlstrand, B., & Lampel, J. B. (2020). Strategy safari. Pearson UK. Chapter 5. Entrepreneurial
School.
Drucker, P. (1998). November. The Discipline of Innovation. Harvard Business Review, 98604(3).
Greiner, L. E. (1998). Evolution and revolution as organizations grow. Harvard business review, 76(3), 55-64.
Phelps, R., Adams, R., & Bessant, J. (2007). Life cycles of growing organizations: a review with implications
for knowledge and learning. International Journal of Management Reviews, 9(1), 1–30.
[Link]
Groysberg, B., Lee, J., Price, J., & Cheng, J. (2018). The leader’s guide to corporate culture. Harvard
business review, 96(1), 44-52.
Collins, J. C., & Porras, J. I. (1996). Building your company's vision. Harvard business review, 74(5), 65.
Bhide, A. (1996). The questions every entrepreneur must answer. Harvard business review, 74(6), 120.
Other papers and media items will be announced in the coursemanual.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students interested in the development of smaller organisations like startups, NGO's, SME's and familiy
businesses.
Students interested in starting or owning or taking over a business
Students interested in continuing their studies in business, strategy, organisation and entrepreneurship

Toelichting Canvas

Canvas is used as an interactive coursemanual.

MS Teams is used for the cooperation within teams and between teachers and students.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

BK:
1.1 Management & Organisatie; 2.1 Strategie; 2.4 KWALO; 2.5 KWANO ; 2.5 Strategisch Ondernemerschap;

IBA:
1.2 Organization Theory; 1.1 Academic Skills; 2.3 International Strategy; 2.4 BRM I; 2.5 BRM II.
Exchange students: A social sciences research methods course

Spatial Analysis in the Humanities and Social Sciences

Vakcode L_AABAALG096
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. D. Daems
Examinator dr. D. Daems
Betrokken Docenten dr. D. Daems
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course aims to equip students with the necessary theoretical and practical competencies in spatial analysis for
the Humanities and Social Sciences, using digital tools to implement spatial thinking and facilitate the study of
space, place, and geographic context. By the end of the course, students should be able to:

Understand the fundamental concepts and theories of spatial analysis in the Humanities and Social Sciences
and apply them to cultural, historical, and social questions.
Utilize Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and other spatial technologies to analyze and visualize spatial
data in basic ways
Develop spatial hypotheses and critically evaluate the application of certain spatial methods.
Communicate findings from spatial analysis clearly and effectively, both in written and visual forms.

Inhoud vak

The course explores how spatial thinking and spatial analysis techniques can be used to investigate and interpret
cultural, historical, and social questions. Students will be introduced to key concepts in spatial theory and will learn

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 277 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

practical methods for analyzing geographic data through tools like QGIS. Throughout the course, students will
learn to work with historical maps and spatial data compiled from analogue and digital sources, and apply these
skills to case studies in fields like heritage studies, history, archaeology, media studies, social sciences, political
science, etc. In addition, students will engage with critical evaluations of mapping and visualization techniques to
develop a deeper understanding of how spatial dimensions and connections shape our understanding and
experience of social life and our environs.

The course emphasizes a combination of theoretical and hands-on learning through weekly lectures, where
students will gain an understanding of fundamental concepts and theories of spatial analysis, and seminars where
students will gain practical experience using GIS and other software to conduct spatial analysis. Assignments and
projects will encourage students to apply these tools to real-world research questions, allowing them to create and
interpret maps, visualize data, and draw meaningful conclusions from spatial patterns. By the end of the course,
students will have developed the skills necessary to integrate spatial analysis into their own research, culminating
in a final portfolio where they will present their findings through a combination of maps, visualizations, analysis, and
a written report.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures: Weekly lectures provide theoretical grounding in spatial analysis concepts, including GIS principles,
critical spatial theory, and case study analysis from various disciplines within the Humanities and Social Sciences.
Lectures will also incorporate interactive group discussions focusing on the interpretation of spatial research and
case studies. Students will critique and analyze the use of spatial methodologies through selected readings.

Labs: Weekly hands-on sessions and seminars where students learn to use GIS and other software, analyze
spatial data, and create visualizations. Exercises will include working with real-world data sets and applying spatial
analysis techniques.

Toetsvorm

Group presentations and discussions with peer evaluation (10%)

Labs: assignments on various GIS tasks related to mapping and spatial analysis (30%)
Critical essay on the use of spatial theories in the Humanities and Social Sciences with peer evaluation (20%)
Final portfolio: Compilation of assignments, presentations, and critical essay developed throughout the
course, accompanied with reflection on course and learning trajectory (40%)

Vereiste voorkennis

Students who take the University Minor in Digital Humanities and Social Data Analytics. As long as there are
available places, we welcome other students of all disciplines, including international exchange students. No prior
knowledge of GIS or other software is required.

Literatuur

The relevant literature will contain scientific papers and books in English that will be listed on Canvas at the start of
the course. Additional readings will be provided through Canvas.

Sportpsychologie
Vakcode B_SPORTPSY
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator dr. Y. Hill
Examinator dr. Y. Hill
Betrokken Docenten dr. R.R.D. Oudejans, dr. Y. Hill
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Studenten beschikken over kennis van en inzicht in de belangrijkste onderwerpen,stromingen en theorieën van de
sportpsychologie.

Inhoud vak

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 278 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

De cursus beoogt de studenten te introduceren in het domein van de sportpsychologie en hen kennis te laten
maken met het gebied van de exercise psychology. Aan de hand van het boek ‘Sportpsychologie’ vindt
kennismaking plaats met de belangrijkste onderwerpen van de sportpsychologie. Aan de orde komen onder
andere:

sportpsychologie en de relatie van sportpsychologie met 'de' psychologie; de ontwikkeling van de

sportpsychologie;
motivatie, attributie en emotie en sport;
persoonlijkheid en sport;
mentale vaardigheden en mentale training;
coaching;
sportteams;
agressie, blessures, burn-out, verstoord eetgedrag en 10.000 uur oefenen.

Per hoofdstuk zal ook een wetenschappelijk artikel in het Engels bestudeerd moeten worden. Daarnaast wordt kort
stilgestaan bij mentale voorstellingen. Kennismaking met de exercise psychology vindt plaats aan de hand van het
hoofdstuk over "Exercise behavior and adherence" uit het boek ‘Foundations of sport and exercise psychology’ van
Weinberg & Gould, waarbij onder andere aandacht wordt gegeven aan verschillende modellen van
gedragsverandering.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

De cursus omvat 12 hoorcolleges van elk twee uur en wordt afgesloten met een tentamen. De resterende circa 144
uren zijn voor zelfstudie. Twee van de 12 colleges zijn gastcolleges verzorgd door sportpsychologen die in de
praktijk van de sport werkzaam zijn.

Toetsvorm

Tentamen (waar-onwaarvragen).

Literatuur

Bakker, F.C., & Oudejans, R.R.D. (2019). Sportpsychologie. Nieuwegein: Arko Sports Media, 5de herziene
druk; of 6de druk;
Weinberg, R.S. & Gould, D. (2015 of 2019). Foundations of sport and exercise psychology. Hieruit Hoofdstuk
18 (6de druk pp. 425-456) of Hoofdstuk 19 (7de druk pp.435-466), Exercise behavior and adherence.
Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Aanvullende literatuur wordt aan het begin van de cursus opgegeven en is opgenomen in de
cursushandleiding.

Stage Minor Gezondheidseconomie en Management

Vakcode E_MFGM_SMGM
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2, P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade
Examinator dr. Y.J.F.M. Krabbe-Alkemade
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Academische en onderzoeksvaardigheden

Je bent in staat om problemen vanuit verschillende perspectieven te onderzoeken en te begrijpen;

Je hebt het vermogen om goed gefundeerde, onderbouwde standpunten naar voren te brengen, zowel
mondeling als schriftelijk;
Je bent in staat om verworven kennis toe te passen op andere problemen en in andere contexten.
Je bent in staat om praktisch relevante problemen om te zetten in (academisch) relevante onderzoeksvragen;
Je bent in staat om een project te ontwerpen en uit te voeren met behulp van een systematische, analytische
aanpak in een echte zakelijke omgeving (van zorgorganisaties).

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 279 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Brug slaan tussen theorie en praktijk - kennis

Je hebt gespecialiseerde, diepgaande kennis en inzichten over het onderwerp van de minor;

Brug slaan tussen theorie en praktijk - praktijk

Je bent in staat om verbindingen te leggen tussen theorieën, modellen en concepten van dat specifieke
onderwerp/discipline van de minor.
Je bent in staat om theoretische kennis toe te passen in een specifieke organisatorische context;
Je bent in staat om relevante aanbevelingen voor de praktijk te formuleren op basis van de verworven kennis;

Sociale vaardigheden

Je hebt een beter begrip van de rollen en behoeften van verschillende soorten belanghebbenden waarmee je
als professional moet samenwerken;
Je bent in staat om goed te functioneren in een team en te reflecteren op je eigen rol in het team.

Je horizon verbreden

Je hebt een beter begrip van de verwachtingen van het academische en professionele veld op het gebied
van benodigde kennis en vaardigheden;
Je bent bewust van de verschillende carrièremogelijkheden die het vakgebied biedt.

Zelfbewustzijn

Je bent in staat om te reflecteren op je eigen verantwoordelijkheden en die van anderen;

Je bent in staat om te reflecteren op je persoonlijke ontwikkeling;
Je bent in staat om feedback van anderen te ontvangen en ermee om te gaan.

Inhoud vak

Steeds vaker zoeken organisaties, en misschien zelfs jouw toekomstige werkgever, naar ervaring naast
academische referenties. SBE raadt aan om een ​stage te doen, omdat dit een uitstekende manier is om de kennis
en (academische) vaardigheden die je tijdens je studie hebt verworven toe te passen. Jouw belangrijkste leerdoel
als student-stagiair is om jezelf vertrouwd te maken met professionele en marktgerelateerde vaardigheden in een
echt en nieuw organisatorische omgeving. Met de arbeidsmarkt die steeds competitiever wordt, zal het verkrijgen
van relevante ervaring je een goede start geven in je professionele carrière.

Bedrijven bieden een breed scala aan stages in verschillende disciplines. Wat cruciaal is bij het verkrijgen van
goedkeuring voor je stage en uiteindelijk het behalen van je studiepunten, is dat er een duidelijk gedefinieerd
project is dat je in staat stelt om aan de leerdoelen te voldoen. Bovendien moet het project een individuele
beoordeling mogelijk maken.

Tot slot, merk op dat om je stagepunten te verkrijgen, je stage vooraf moet worden goedgekeurd door de
coördinator van de minor en moet worden begeleid door een van de SBE begeleiders die aan jou is toegewezen
door de minor coördinator.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Stage bij een organisatie

Toetsvorm

Rapportage - individuele assessment

Literatuur

Literatuur die relevant is voor het thema van de minor en de stage moet worden gebruikt om een oplossing te
ontwikkelen voor het probleem dat wordt onderzocht met het stageproject.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Inschrijving voor de stage via [Link] is niet mogelijk.

NEEM CONTACT OP MET DE MINORCOÖRDINATOR zodra je een INITIEEL voorstel hebt voor de stage.
Goedkeuring van de minorcoördinator is essentieel om een stage in het kader van de minor te kunnen doen.
De algemene stagehandleiding zal beschikbaar zijn via [Link] (met meer details over een tijdsplanning en
praktische zaken). LEES DE HANDLEIDING OP [Link] ZORGVULDIG (ga naar Services > Opleiding >
Stage, of Serviceplein > Opleidingsprogramma > Stage). De handleiding geeft meer inzicht in wat er precies
verwacht wordt qua jouw stagevoorstel, de concrete vereisten, en de bijbehorende tijdslijn van activiteiten.
Na afronding van de stage zal de inschrijving voor de cursus, evenals de registratie van het resultaat, worden

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 280 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

verzorgd door het backoffice.

Statistics
Vakcode E_EOR1_STAT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator J.O. Bauer
Examinator J.O. Bauer
Betrokken Docenten dr. J. Cai, J.O. Bauer
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The course statistics is an introduction into the basic concepts of mathematical statistics. At the end of the course
the student can formulate statistical models, derive different types of estimators, check asymptotics, formulate and
execute various hypothesis tests, and construct confidence intervals.

Inhoud vak

In statistics one tries to make statements about the generating process behind observed data. The lectures include:
statistical models, point estimations, asymptotic statistics, hypothesis tests, and the construction of confidence
intervals; probability theory and classes of probability distributions are added to these topics when they are
needed. The material is illustrated on the basis of many (practical) examples. In this course, the emphasis is on
parametric statistics, in which the probability distribution is known up to a finite number of parameters.

Applications using software (R/Python) is discussed and students can develop and practice their programming
skills in statistical contexts.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures: 2 times 2 hours of lectures per week Tutorials: 1 time 2 hours of tutorial per week. The purpose of the
lectures is to gain new knowledge and insights from mathematics. As the course progresses so will the level of
abstractness. It is very helpful to prepare yourself by reading relevant sections in the book and/or lecture notes
before you come to the lecture or watch the lecture material.
In the tutorials we focus on solving statistical problems in the form of exercises. Most exercises are of an applied
nature although some will ask you to provide a theoretical result. Answers are important, but the route to the
answer is more important than the answer itself. Note that the tutorial exercises are a useful preparation for the
examination.

Toetsvorm

Assignment - individual assessment

Midterm - individual assessment
Final written exam - individual assessment

Literatuur

"Statistical Inference" by G. Casella and R.L. Berger (2008), International Edition of the 2nd revised edition,
Cengage Learning.
Lecture material

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

First year Bsc Econometrie & Operations Research and first year Bsc Econometrics and Data Science.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course presumes that students are familiar with abstract reasoning and calculus. In addition, knowledge of
probability theory as treated in the courses Probability Theory (E_EOR1_PT) or Introduction to Data Science
(E_EDS1_IDS) is required.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 281 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

It is not possible to replace this course with Statistics X_400004

Strategic Management from a Practice Perspective: A

Day in the Life of a CEO
Vakcode E_IBK3_SMPP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P5
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J.L.F. Schad
Examinator dr. J.L.F. Schad
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.L.F. Schad
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

At the end of the course, students should be able to:

Broadening your horizon: Get insight into the tasks and challenges that CEOs of multinational firms are facing
in their day-to-day work as a strategy maker;
Bridging theory and practice: Be able to relate popular management frameworks to strategic challenges that
company leaders experience;
Social skills: Act as an ‘executive board’ with fellow students, making a strategic plan for an existing
organization;
Self awareness: Be able to critically reflect on the decisions, actions and behavior of a CEO, put yourself in
his/her shoes and define personal learning goals.

Inhoud vak

The course aims to familiarize the student with the most important themes relevant for the strategic management of
a firm. It aims to put students into the position of a CEO and expose them to those issues a CEO needs to deal
with in a strategic manner. The lectures and tutorials will be focused on three strategic themes: 1) context analysis;
2) (competitive) strategy & business model; and 3) corporate strategy. Students will learn to take a birds-eye point
of view and learn how these strategic themes are interrelated, both in theory and in practice. Students will work as
an executive board on a strategic plan that deals with the context analysis and (competitive) strategy & business
model in a coherent manner. Students will further be asked to use the insights from this course to critically examine
the strategic decision making and behavior of a well-known CEO of their choice (such as Elon Musk, Mary Barra or
Daniel Zhang) based on publicly available data such as speeches and videos.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials

Toetsvorm

Individual and team assessment

Literatuur

This course is article based.

Readings will be announced in course manual.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

BK:
1.1 Management & Organisatie;
2.1 Strategie;
2.5 Strategisch Ondernemerschap;
3.4 Foundations of Strategic Management

IBA:

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 282 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

1.2 Organization Theory;

1.3 Academic Skills;
2.2 International Strategy;
3.4 Foundations of Strategic Management

Sub-Saharan Africa and the World, 1800-present

Vakcode L_GABAGES226
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. W. Mwatwara
Examinator dr. W. Mwatwara
Betrokken Docenten dr. W. Mwatwara
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

To give an intensive introduction to an unfamiliar period and/or approach to the study of history;
To offer experience in the history and debates about sub-Saharan Africa and the world since 1800;
To develop skills in analysing historiography; and
To develop core skills such as: bibliographical search techniques; source analysis; essay writing; giving
presentations; and, undertaking independent research.

Students who complete this module successfully will:

Acquire insight into the history, historiography, and debates about the historical relationship between sub-
Saharan Africa and the world since 1800;
Comprehend how incorporation into/ participation in global networks has shaped sub-Saharan African
societies over time.
Work with primary and secondary sources, applying appropriate concepts and (digital) methodological tools;
Effectively communicate their ideas in oral form, participating actively in class, preparing group presentations,
and coordinating class discussions;
Develop their academic writing skills, by preparing a book review, a primary source analysis, and a research
paper based on primary and secondary sources.

Inhoud vak

Africans and people for whom Africa has been a critical point of reference are actors on the world scene and have
been for a long time. For this reason, sub-Saharan African countries, institutions, people, and economies are
intertwined with the world in many ways. Its recent history has mostly been characterized by, among other things,
violent conflict, abject poverty and governmental mismanagement. Despite its long painful and tragic engagement
with the world, sub-Saharan Africa is probably one of the most misunderstood and misrepresented regions in the
modern world. This module utilizes sub-Saharan Africa as a starting point from which to explore the spatial,
technological, political and socio-economic location of Africa in global networks since 1800, and demonstrate how
this has had an impact on the African condition. It seeks to inculcate a productive understanding of Africa’s place
(past and present) in the world. Special attention is given to the dynamics that produced generations of African
facilitators, as Joseph Miller has argued, “from the suppliers of slaves through post-colonial “gatekeeping” elites
brokering flows of funds and commodities between national economies and international capital, often to their and
their clients’ personal advantage.” An understanding of the relationship between sub-Saharan Africa and the world
enriches understanding of both global connections and specific regional, sub-regional and local contexts. Crucially,
it encourages students to assess how Africans shaped as well as experienced such engagements.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

2 Seminars (4 hours per week) plus work in archives, independent and assisted by teachers (scheduled moments)

Toetsvorm

Participation in class (10%)

Research portfolio (40%), including
a book review (20%)
a primary source analysis (10%)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 283 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

a research pitch: an oral presentation of the research paper (10%)

Research paper (50%)

Format: The teacher will provide a list of texts that students can select. Students are also allowed to suggest their
own preferred texts. Within the broader theme, the reading list will be adapted to fit the interests and needs of the
students who participate.

Meetings: weekly, by appointment.

Reading list as discussed with students (ca. 600 pages)

Sustainability and Environmental Change

Vakcode AB_1230
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. N.A. Davis
Examinator dr. N.A. Davis
Betrokken Docenten dr. F. Riva MSc, dr. P. Scussolini
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In this course students learn about the environment’s pivotal role in achieving sustainable solutions for human
development, mainly focused on global environmental problems. After this course, students:

1. can explain key concepts from the natural sciences relevant for sustainability studies;
2. can characterize key components of the environment, namely water, land and atmosphere, and can explain
key processes affecting their characteristics;
3. can explain the role of the environment in socio-environmental systems;
4. can identify methods to quantify the state of the environment, and analyze environmental change;
5. are familiar with data and trends for relevant the environmental conditions for specific sustainability
challenges.

Inhoud vak

The environment plays a crucial role in supporting societies, for example by providing materials, energy, food,
clean air, and clean water. Environmental conditions change over space and time, influenced by both natural and
human factors. In this course, students learn about the environment’s pivotal role in achieving sustainable solutions
for human development. Starting from the key environmental components water, land and atmosphere, we
characterize environmental change and how that leads to other environmental and societal changes. Methods to
assess environmental change are addressed and students identify for their specific case studies what strengths,
opportunities, weaknesses, and threats are associated to the ‘planet dimension’. The course comprises interactive
lectures and exercises and is evaluated through an assignment and a written exam.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course is organized in thematic weeks, which provide students with an understanding of the specifics of the
dimensions water, land and atmosphere, how these can be studied and how they interact. Each week has 1 to 2
lectures, in parallel to which students develop their assignment. Lectures and assignment are supported by in-class
discussions, reading material, and exercises.

Toetsvorm

The course will be evaluated through

1. A 3-minute speed talk (presentation) describing a sustainability challenge in quantitative terms (30% of final
grade)
2. A closed-book written exam (70% of final grade).

Note:

An overall minimum grade of 5.5 is required to pass the course.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 284 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

A minimum grade of 5.0 for the exam is required to pass the course.
There is one resit opportunity for the exam (will be discussed, typically a few months after).
Assignments with a grade lower than 5.5 can be improved once, after which the maximum grade that can be
obtained for the assignment is 6.0.

Literatuur

The course builds on a series of selected articles, relative to the lecture content. Required and recommended
readings are listed at the learning environment. We make use of open data sources, educational software
packages, websites, videos etc and support open science principles.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is primarly aimed at students following the minor Sustainability: Global Challenges, Interdisciplinary
Solutions, but is open to all 3rd year BSc students.

Overige informatie

The course is coordinated by Dr. Federico Riva

Core lecturers:
- Dr. Federico Riva
- Dr. Paolo Scussolini

Sustainable Business Processes

Vakcode E_MFS_SBP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. ir. D.A.M. Inghels
Examinator dr. ir. D.A.M. Inghels
Betrokken Docenten S. Hülagü, dr. ir. D.A.M. Inghels
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing the course Sustainable Business Processes you are able to

Analyse business and societal problems taking into account the interests of different stakeholders (economic,
ecological, societal, and others)
Quantify the economic, ecological, and societal objectives for business process cases and find optima using
multi-objective linear optimization
Apply systems thinking using System Dynamics to examine the dynamic behaviour of business and societal
processes
Understand the transition from a linear to a circular economy and its implications for managing business
processes
We put emphasis on applying the methodologies to real-life cases

Inhoud vak

This course aims to introduce students to operationalizing sustainability in business and societal problems. We
define sustainability as the combined economic, environmental, and social optimum of business process
alternatives that take into account constraints, such as technological limits or legislation, also known as the triple
bottom line (TBL) approach of People-Planet-Profit optimization. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is presented as a
methodology to quantify the environmental impact of products and processes and Analytic Hierarchy Process
(AHP) to quantity social impact. Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis is introduced as a concept to operationalize the
TBL approach for practical business process problems.

Next, we discuss systems thinking using Systems Dynamics for understanding and evaluating the complex and
interactive behavior of systems, such as sustainable supply chains. Finally, the transition from a linear to a circular
economy and its effects on business processes is discussed.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 285 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

12 Lectures and 6 computer tutorials of each 2 hours

Toetsvorm

Written exam – Individual assessment;

Two written assignments – Group assessment that may be corrected
depending on the individual contribution

Vereiste voorkennis

Students should have a basic knowledge of business processes or operations management and business
mathematics. Students are expected to have a basic understanding of MS Excel before the start of the course.

Literatuur

Mandatory readings:

Inghels, D. (2020). Introduction to Modeling Sustainable Development in Business Processes - Theory and
Case Studies. Springer Nature Switzerland AG. Online:
[Link]
Fiksel, J. (2015). Resilient By Design: Creating Businesses That Adapt and Flourish 35 in a Changing World,
ISBN: 978-1-61091-684-4 (Print) 978-1-61091-588-5 (Online), Online: [Link]
[Link]/book/10.5822/978-1-61091-588

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is part of the Minor Sustainability and Innovation.

Overige informatie

During the course, models will be built using software tools. Students should be interested in applying mathematics
using software tools. Moreover, working out two written assignments in groups appeals to your commitment to
contributing to the success of the group result.

Sustainable Entrepreneurship
Vakcode E_MFEN_SE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. J.K. Verduijn
Examinator dr. J.K. Verduijn
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.K. Verduijn, I. Chatterjee, A.M. van Erkelens
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

L1 Academic and Research Skills: Students are able to understand how entrepreneurship can contribute to
sustainable development and are able to interpret sustainable business opportunities and sustainable business
models.

L2 Bridging theory and practice: Students gain a basic understanding of implementing sustainability
considerations into the entrepreneurial process, and are able to translate this knowledge into the understanding of
a sustainable business model.

L3 Social Skills: Students are able to work in a small team and further develop their communication skills.

L4 Broadening your Horizon: Students are able to consider environmental implications of a business model and
understand how entrepreneurship can contribute to sustainable development.

L5 Self-Awareness: Students are able to critically reflect on their individual and team performance during the

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 286 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

course, and the sustainable impact they could make as an entrepreneur.

Inhoud vak

This course inspires and enables students to become “sustainable changemakers” by providing them academic
knowledge and practical tools for understanding how entrepreneurship can contribute towards sustainable
development. It draws on a rapidly emerging body of research and business cases on sustainable entrepreneurship
that move towards an understanding of entrepreneurship as a vehicle for tackling the world’s existential
sustainability threats. Indeed, solving the sustainability challenges we are confronted with in the 21st century (as
captured by the UN Sustainable Development Goals) requires an ongoing stream of new, sustainable
entrepreneurial initiatives. In this course, students will learn about the needs and motivations for sustainable
entrepreneurship, the role of systems thinking in addressing sustainability issues, and different types of sustainable
business models, including circular and regenerative business models.

The course combines interactive lectures and practical tutorials and assignments that challenge students to
consider how they can personally identify and offer new and creative insights into solving sustainable development
challenges through entrepreneurial practices.

To appreciate sustainable entrepreneurship in practice, examples and case studies will be used throughout the
course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures (2 hours weekly) and tutorials (2 hours weekly, starting week 2)

Toetsvorm

Assessment consists of group assignments, individual assignments and an exam.

Literatuur

Selection of articles and cases to be announced on canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students from the minor Entrepreneurship

Sustainable Management of Global Supply Chains

Vakcode E_IBA2_SMG
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator S. Kraul
Examinator S. Kraul
Betrokken Docenten S. Kraul
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Society is putting increasing pressure on companies to re-evaluate their supply chains and realign decisions with
sustainability in mind. While the focus used to be exclusively on economic goals, environmental and social aspects
are becoming increasingly important. These new dimensions present global companies with new complex tasks.

The objectives of this course are to provide students with an overall framework for managing global supply chains
and developing strategies (Knowledge; Quantitative Skills), describe the developments, challenges, and
opportunities in the management of sustainable and global supply chains (Broadening your Horizon) and
showcase innovative approaches for success (Bridging Theory and Practice).

Academic & Research Skills

After successfully completing this course, you

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 287 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

can analyze decisions related to international procurement, production, and distribution networks and
evaluate their impact on coordination and pricing within a supply chain and sustainability;
are able to recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information, i.e., can create the
strategy, structure, and planning of a supply chain in a fact-based and structured manner;
can put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view.

Bridging Theory and Practice

After successfully completing this course, you

can explain contemporary concepts and theories on supply chain strategy and planning, specifically in the
context of sustainability;
can explain the topics of supply chain network design, outsourcing & sourcing strategies, contract design,
incentive alignment, pricing and revenue management, sustainability, and humanitarian logistics.
can apply your theoretical knowledge of supply chains to real-life problems;
make connections between the concepts discussed in order to operate in an international context
successfully;
can provide companies with recommendations about their processes and possibly conduct consultancy on
supply chain design and management;
can build models for (re) designing the physical flows while controlling the financial and information flows
within supply chains;
can analyze decisions related to international procurement, production, and distribution networks and
evaluate their impact on coordination and pricing within a supply chain and sustainability;
can create the strategy, structure, and planning of a supply chain in a fact-based and structured manner.

Broadening your Horizon

After successfully completing this course, you can

describe the developments, challenges, and opportunities in the management of sustainable and global
supply chains;
critically discuss the infrastructure constraints, the logistics inefficiencies, and limitations in service
operations;
discuss and formulate recommendations on how to create opportunities in (sustainable) supply chain
management with an emphasis on international aspects of global supply chains.

Inhoud vak

This course focuses on the effective design and execution of global supply chains, with an emphasis on the
opportunities and challenges that growing concerns about sustainability present. More specifically, this course
covers topics related to global supply chain strategies, global network optimization, outsourcing & sourcing
strategies, and contract design. Furthermore, the course tackles advanced supply chain concepts such as supply
chain coordination, incentive alignment, pricing and revenue management and discusses their relation to
sustainability. You are introduced to theoretical concepts with emphasis on key trade-offs and phenomena, as well
as best practice examples. You are also exposed to quantitative models and problem-solving tools (in Excel)
applicable to the design and planning of (sustainable) supply chains. Upon completion, you should be able to look
strategically at the full supply chain.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures
Tutorials
Participation

Toetsvorm

Written Exam - Individual assessment

Practical assignment(s) - Group assessment
Participation assignment(s) - Individual assessment

Vereiste voorkennis

n/a

Literatuur

Books:

Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2019). Supply chain management. Strategy, planning & operation. 7th Global Edition.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 288 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Prentice Hall, Pearson Higher Education.

The book introduces students to advanced supply chain theories, methodologies, concepts, necessary knowledge,
and quantitative skills to effectively design and operate international supply chains. Because the foundations of
SCM from this book were already addressed in the Global Supply Chain Management Course of year 1, these
more advanced topics are accessible to all students.

Additional readings:

From the book of Bouchery, J., Corbett, C. J., Fransoo, J. C., Tarkan, T. (Eds.). (2018) Sustainable Supply Chains:
A Research-Based Textbook on Operations and Strategy. Springer International Publishing. (available online)

The book outlines and illustrates the current state of affairs and future needs and trends in the sustainable
management of supply chains. It bridges theory and practice and broadens students' horizons related to the
environmental, economic, and social dimensions of sustainability.

Additional literature (exercises, case studies, professional and scientific articles) will be distributed via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

1.1 Business Mathematics

1.4 Global Supply Chain Management
1.6 Business Processes

Talent en talentidentificatie
Vakcode B_TALIDENT
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator T. de Joode
Examinator T. de Joode
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. P.J. Beek, T. de Joode
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Aan het einde van deze cursus is de student in staat is om met de verworven kennis een bassisysteem voor
talentidentificatie en talentontwikkeling te onderbouwen, ontwerpen en evalueren voor toepassing in een specifiek
domein (bijv. sport, dans of muziek).

De student zal dit doel bereiken door:

1. De relatieve bijdragen van 'nature' en 'nurture' in de ontwikkeling van talent te wegen;

2. Het ontwikkelingsstadium te bepalen waarin talenten kunnen of moeten worden geïdentificeerd door te
begrijpen hoe talent zich ontwikkelt;
3. De impact te onderkennen die persoonsgebonden factoren, zoals iemands geboortedatum of geboorteplaats,
kunnen hebben op de ontwikkeling van talent;
4. De beperkingen van bestaande metingen van talent kritisch te evalueren en nieuwe metingen voor te stellen
die deze beperkingen ondervangen;
5. De talentidentificatiesystemen die worden gebruikt door toegepaste sportorganisaties (zowel in Nederland als
daarbuiten) te evalueren in het licht van wetenschappelijke kennis en inzichten.

Inhoud vak

Het identificeren en ontwikkelen van talent is een belangrijke taak voor instructeurs, trainers en coaches in diverse
prestatiedomeinen, zoals sport, dans en muziek, waar bestuurders in die domeinen veel waarde aan hechten.
Nationale en professionele sportorganisaties investeren aanzienlijke hoeveelheden tijd en geld in het opzetten van
systemen om toekomstig talent te identificeren en te koesteren, maar er bestaan nog altijd veel twijfels over hoe
effectief deze systemen zijn en welke aanpak het meest succesvol is.

In deze cursus wordt nagegaan wat er nodig is om talent te identificeren en tot ontwikkeling te brengen in de sport
en andere prestatiedomeinen en welke omstandigheden daarbij ideaal zijn. De cursus focust zich op onderzoek dat
zich richt op het evalueren van bestaande systemen voor talentidentificatie en de totstandbrenging van op feiten

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 289 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

gebaseerde procedures voor het identificeren en ontwikkelen van talent. Daarnaast zullen gastsprekers van
professionele sportorganisaties de systemen toelichten die zij gebruiken om talent te identificeren en tot wasdom te
brengen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

De cursus bestaat uit drie onderdelen, te weten 12 colleges (totaal 18 uur), (minstens) één opdracht (totaal
ongeveer 10 uur) en een eindexamen (opdracht of tentamen), die elk de nodige zelfstudie vergen (ongeveer 114
uur). De cursus wordt in het Nederlands gegeven.

Toetsvorm

De beoordeling bestaat uit meerdere opdrachten en kan een eindexamen omvatten.

Literatuur

Textbook: Baker J., Cobley S., Schorer, J. (2020) Talent identification and development in sport. International
perspectives. Routledge: Abingdon, Oxon.
Textbook: Epstein, D. J. (2013). The sports gene: inside the science of extraordinary athletic performance.
Current.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

De cursus wordt verzorgd door de afdeling Bewegingswetenschappen maar kan worden gevolgd door studenten
van alle achtergronden met interesse in talentidentificatie in de sport en andere prestatiedomeinen.

The Developing Brain

Vakcode AB_1059
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. M.C. van den Oever
Examinator dr. M.C. van den Oever
B.M.W. Borgman, prof. dr. V.M. Heine, prof. dr. B.P.C. Kreukels, dr. L.N. Cornelisse,
Betrokken Docenten
prof. dr. R.E. van Kesteren, dr. L.R. van der Kallen, dr. M.C. van den Oever
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Computerpracticum, Practicum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Students will learn about molecular and cellular mechanisms in the brain that underlie normal and aberrant brain
development, shaping the life of individuals over time.

Inhoud vak

The focus of this course is on phases of brain development that shape the life of individuals over time. The brain
performs differently at various ages. Whereas the young brain is very plastic, the aging brain gradually loses its
adaptive capacity. Importantly, early and late brain development are affected by specific genetic factors and
vulnerable to changes induced by environmental stimuli. These alterations can result in neurodevelopmental and
neurodegenerative disorders.

The course consists of three modules (one week per module), each covering a critical phase of brain development.
In module 1, we will focus on early (prenatal) brain development and its relation to brain disorders such as autism.
In the second module, we will focus on postnatal brain development and how alterations contribute to issues during
childhood and adolescence, such as gender identity and schizophrenia. In the last module, we will discuss
cognitive decline associated with normal brain aging as well as specific diseases of aging, such as Alzheimer’s
disease. Notably, each module contains a keynote lecture related to the topic of the module. Keynote lectures are
given by renowned experts in their fields.

In addition, students will perform a Science in the Media assignment. Scientific findings are not always accurately
covered in main stream media due to various reasons. The goal of this assignment is that students learn to critically
read and evaluate a media coverage of a scientific study, and to present their evaluation of the flaws/strengths of a
media article.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 290 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures: 30 h Workgroups: 4 h Q&A sessions: 3 h Self study: ~60 - 120 h (in between lectures, students are
expected to spend time on reading of literature to prepare for next lectures/workgroups and to make assignments
on canvas).

Toetsvorm

Exam (E; multiple choice questions and open questions): 80%

Academic skills assignment (A): 20%
The grade of both tests has to be >5.5 to pass the course.

Students have the option to resit the exam (E).

Vereiste voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Brain and Mind. University students need at least 90 ECTS to be eligible for
(courses in) this minor. HBO students can follow (courses in) this minor if they have at least 120 ETCS.

Literatuur

Exam material: Slides of all lectures (will become available on Canvas).

Recommended reading material: will become available on Canvas.
No mandatory literature/books.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students of the minor Brain & Mind.

Third year bachelor students who are interested in the neurobiology of the brain during prenatal and postnatal
development, as well as aging. Due to curriculum overlap, students from Biomedical Sciences and Health and Life
Sciences from the VU cannot follow this course.

Overige informatie

This minor course requires a minimum of 20 participants.

Toelichting Canvas

Slides of the lectures and recommended reading material will become available on Canvas in three modules. Each
module ends with quiz questions about the lectures of that module. Quizes have to completed by the student to be
able to access the next module.

The quiz questions represent multiple choice questions of the exam. In addition, a test exam with open questions
will become available on Canvas.

Students have to upload their Science in the Media assignment to Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course is part of the minor Brain and Mind. A basic understanding of neurons, neurophysiology and molecular
biology (DNA and proteins) is essential and required. For this, we recommend to follow the courses 'Cognitive
Neuroscience' and 'Nature versus Nurture' of this minor.

The Economics of Crises

Vakcode E_MUE_TEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M. Mastrogiacomo
Examinator dr. M. Mastrogiacomo
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Mastrogiacomo

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 291 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The goal of the course is to help students understand the differences between various types of crises—for
example, recent crises in Europe, which are mostly caused by external factors such as the pandemic, wars,
inflation, or the threat of tariffs, as opposed to the 2008–2012 crisis, which was 'self-made' because it resulted from
a financial bubble.

To do so, we review theory and practice of macroeconomic, fiscal and monetary policy, including regulation of the
financial system.

Specific learning outcomes upon completion of this course are:

Ability to set the present economic situation caused by the threat of tariffs, pandemic, a war, and high
inflation, in a broader contest, evaluating policies to restore public health and economic activities.
Ability to apply macroeconomic concepts and theories to analyze problems of employment and inflation and
measurement of Business Cycles.
Capability to analyze the role of macroeconomic policymakers in managing money, banking and the business
cycles.
An understanding of the policy problems facing central banks, with a focus on monetary policy and financial
stability.
An understanding of the policy problems facing governments, with a focus on fiscal policy.
Understand the origin of economic crises, mostly if exogenous (corona crisis, aggression to Ukraine) or debt-
driven (financial crisis), and the effects of fiscal and monetary policy.

Inhoud vak

We investigate the origin and approach to the current economic swings and the previous (financial) crisis looking at
these issues from different perspectives. So, for the present crisis, we debate mostly the policy response of national
governments, the ECB and the EU, and the effect of the preset geopolitical crisis on inflation and growth. For the
previous crisis we discuss the common narrative (the banks were guilty) but also the micro view on the role of
indebtedness (we did it!). Which explanations will convince you the most? The course discusses Macroeconomic
policies intended to affect and dampen the business cycles linked to a crisis. We discuss the roles of different
authorities in conducting macroeconomic policies aimed at preventing a crisis or at restoring the economic activity
after a crisis hits. Relevant topics are for instance: economic activity after a pandemic, money creation, control of
the interest rates, central banking and the stabilizing role of fiscal policy with a specific focus on health care
expenditures.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

In this course the tutorials have COMPULSORY attendance. This course consists of a series of lectures and
tutorials in small groups. The lectures are all on campus (each week 2 lectures of 2 hours each) and aim at
informing students about the content of the course. The traditional set-up is interrupted by short discussions. The
tutorials (small size, each week 1 lecture of 2 hours each) aim at stimulating active participation of the students, in
group but also individually. These are typically arranged in the form of debates, round table discussions or the
simulation of an academic conference. Participation in the tutorial is compulsory. Students prepare individual
assignments; these are (partly) handed in before the tutorial (deadlines change depending on the tutorial, check on
Canvas). Group discussions on the reading material, as well as presentations in which insights are applied and
reflected on, are partly evaluated during tutorials. Solving problem sets, and discussing economic data are part of
the tutorials too.

Toetsvorm

Exams will take place around mid-December and a re-sit opportunity is offered in the second half of March. For
details, please check information disseminated on VUNet or posted on the website [Link]. Exams last
approximately 2 hours. Course grade is determined as follows: exam grade needs to be 5.0 or higher – in that
case: 30% from hand-in assignments, 70% from written exam; else: exam grade. To those who participate into less
than 4 (compulsory) tutorials and/or do not deliver their tutorial work, one point will be subtracted. Not attending the
tutorials makes it nearly impossible to pass this course.

Vereiste voorkennis

Textbook:
• Acemoglu, Daron, David Laibson and John A. List, 2016, Economics. Harlow, Essex: Pearson Education Ltd.
ISBN13: 978-1-292-07920-2 This book should be familiar from earlier Minor Economics courses on Fundamentals
of Microeconomics and Development of Macroeconomic Thought.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 292 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The Law and Politics of Fencing the Use of Force

Vakcode S_LPFUF
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. W.M. Wagner
Examinator prof. dr. W.M. Wagner
prof. dr. T.E. Aalberts, dr. T.E. Aalberts, prof. dr. W.G. Werner, prof. dr. S. Protschky,
Betrokken Docenten
prof. dr. W.M. Wagner
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

When finalizing the course, students will have knowledge and understanding of:

The prospects and problems of international law as an instrument of mitigating and overcoming inter-state
war;
The historical context in which certain approaches concerning fencing and the use of force have developed;
The prospects and problems of systems of collective security;
The prospects and problems of combining international law and political science in studying international
security.

Inhoud vak

The aim of this course is to introduce students to the changing international rules and regulations on the use of
armed force from the perspectives of international law, history and political science/international relations. Over the
course of human history, the nature of war and armed conflict has been changing frequently and dramatically. In
addition to technology, these developments have been driven by changing ideas about just causes and legitimate
ways of using armed force. Limiting the human costs of war has become an ever more powerful motive in
designing and modifying the rules governing the use of force. The prime instrument of constraining the use of
armed force has been international law.
The course discusses the most important developments in the laws of armed conflict since the late Middle Ages,
including just war theory, collective security and humanitarian interventions from an interdisciplinary perspective
that builds on Public International Law and Political Science/International Relations. This interdisciplinary
perspective allows a comprehensive understanding of the achievements and shortcomings in the laws and politics
of constraining the use of force. Milestones under discussion include early modern concepts of just war, the
balance of power system of the 19th century, colonial warfare, the League of Nations, the United Nations system
and wars of decolonization.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

This course will be taught in interactive seminars on campus.

Toetsvorm

Final exam

Literatuur

Articles and book chapters from a variety of authors.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

3rd year bachelor students in the minor Peace and Conflict Studies.

Toelichting Canvas

further information will be provided on canvas

The Personal is Political

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 293 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

The Personal is Political

Vakcode L_AABAALG068
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. Y. Saramifar
Examinator dr. Y. Saramifar
Betrokken Docenten dr. Y. Saramifar
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

Upon the completion of this course, students:

have engaged and learned with histories of feminist thoughts and intersectionality.
have reflected critically on the social construction of the individual from a feminist standpoint.
are able to demonstrate how personhood and individuality shape everyday life and political solidarity
are able to illustrate the relevance of feminist reading of identity politics.
have learned why the category called human must be abandoned.

Inhoud vak

This course engages students with the history of feminist thoughts and introduces them to debates in feminism by
unpacking the notion of the individual and how it informs being political and mobilized for and moved by social
justice. The course is designed and taught according to The Anti-Racist Writing Workshop by Felicia Rose Chavez
who encourages students and teachers to reflect on their positionality while learning. Therefore, the learning
outcomes are proposed in the form of a communal act and growth:

This course is designed for interactive dialogues between peers (including the teacher) as well as watching films,
documentaries, and YouTube channels, followed by writing and research assignments. Students are offered
different modes of Assessments

Group Writing (inducing media content such Vlog),

Individual Writing (Including media content such as Vlog),

The writing assessments are detailed in the course manual.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Classes (twice weekly)

Toetsvorm

Modes of assessment:

1. Individual/Group presentations
2. Conceptual/Theoretical Essay
3. Final Paper
4. Class participation

Literatuur

Literature: Please refer to the course manual on Canvas

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

BA 3 Students History (Geschiedenis), History and International Studies, Humanities, Social Sciences, Philosophy,
and Medical Studies;
Exchange students with a background or anyone with interest in Humanities

Overige informatie

This course is part of the Minor Gender and Diversity.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 294 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Academic skills course (ACVA) passed.

Theorizing Gender and Intersectionality

Vakcode W_TGI
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2+3
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Geesteswetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. J.M. Halsema
Examinator dr. J.M. Halsema
Betrokken Docenten dr. J.M. Halsema
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Students of this course will acquire the abilities:

1. to recognize and interpret the main theories, concepts and ideas in gender studies and intersectionality
theory;
2. to apply these theories, concepts and ideas to their major;
3. to critically question texts from the perspective of gender, race, and sexuality;
4. to perceive a problem from different disciplinary perspectives;
5. to define and defend an argument and to communicate the research conclusions verbally and in writing to an
educated audience of different disciplines.

Inhoud vak

This course introduces into the critical perspectives developed in gender studies and intersectionality theory. The
key themes and debates that form the backbone of the minor Gender and Diversity will be introduced: the
sex/gender debate, social constructivism, sexual difference, performativity, the intersection of race and gender, and
of gender and sexuality, the notion ‘intersectionality’.

The aim of the course is to gain an intersectional and multidisciplinary perspective on the themes discussed. In the
course we will focus upon the interrelations and divergences between gender, race and sexuality and discuss
these from the perspective of the various disciplines of the students.

The course does not only aim at introducing these debates theoretically, but at stimulating reflection upon their
disciplines by the students.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The main part of the course takes place in September and October (period 1), in the form of lectures and seminars.
In period 2 we will have a few meetings to discuss the setup of the final symposium. At the end of period 3 students
organize a final Gender and Diversity symposium, that closes of the course and the minor. Part of the program of
the symposium is the presentation of a poster in which they demonstrate to be able to analyze a
subject/text/film/book in their own field from the angle of gender and intersectionality.

Toetsvorm

Multidisciplinary group paper (group assignment, 40 % of your final grade) (assessment of learning objectives
2, 3, 4, 5) of 5000 words. Each student writes an individual chapter which is clearly marked. You will receive a
grade for your chapter and for the paper as a whole. Your grade is the average of the grade for the entire
paper and for the individual part.
Written exam about the texts (Individual assignment: 50%) (assessment of learning objective 1). You need at
least 5,5 points to pass the course.
Poster presentation at the final symposium (individual assignment: 10 %) (assessment of learning objective 2
and 5).

Literatuur

- Book "Gender Theory in Troubled Times," Kathleen Lennon & Rachel Alsop, Cambridge & Medford: Polity Press,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 295 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

2020 (Purchase yourself)

- Texts of: Sara Ahmed, Anne Fausto-Sterling, Simone de Beauvoir, Kimberle Crenshaw, Judith Butler, bell hooks,
Gloria Wekker, Raewyn Connell, and others. These texts will be made available through Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the university minor Gender and Diversity.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Required is a bachelor 2 level.

Thesis
Vakcode E_IBA3_THESI
Studiepunten 12
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. M.D. Bahlmann
Examinator dr. M.D. Bahlmann
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Being the last of your core IBA courses, this course both builds on and integrates previous courses. In this course,
you will individually design and perform a basic academic research and write your BSc Thesis under supervision.

Academic and Research Skills — students can conduct a basic international research project from start to finish

After successfully writing your BSC Thesis, you can:

analyze and demonstrate an understanding of problems from different perspectives (Analysis)

recognize fundamental structures and to leave out irrelevant information (Abstraction)
put forward well-founded, substantiated points of view, both in spoken and written format (Argumentation)
translate practically relevant problems into academically relevant research questions
critically reflect on (the quality of) academic research;
complete key stages of the academic research process.
actively apply the ethics of academic integrity.

Bridging Theory and Practice – Knowledge — students demonstrate theoretical and empirical knowledge
concerning the relevant areas in international business administration

After successfully writing your BSc. Thesis, you are

specialized in and have in-depth knowledge and insights of the discipline of your thesis topic;
can relate, contrast, and compare between theories, models, and concepts within that topic

Social Skills — students can effectively manage different professional roles in a cross-cultural environment

After successfully writing your BSc. Thesis, you

can present the findings of an academic inquiry both orally and in writing to an audience of experts as well as
non-experts
are fluent in professional English, both in writing and speaking

Self-Awareness — students can evaluate own learning, knowledge, and actions

After successfully writing your BSc. Thesis, you can

take responsibility for your own actions and decisions;

take responsibility for your own learning;
make well-founded decisions and can support those choices.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 296 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Inhoud vak

As the final course of your IBA degree program, the BSc Thesis course builds on preceding courses and
challenges you to both integrate and improve the business knowledge and research skills you have acquired so far.
To that end, you will individually perform an academic research project on a specific international business topic of
your choice within your disciplinary specialisation.

We distinguish two types of theses that encompass several key stages of the research cycle. Note that the type of
thesis and related methodology (e.g., systematic review / qualitative or quantitative design and analysis) can be
determined by the topic of investigation. Each specialisation track provides several suggested topics you are able
to work on for the bachelor thesis. Alternatively, you can develop your own topic. However, this topic needs to be
approved by the thesis specialisation coordinator (based on fit with the discipline, research tradition, et cetera). The
two types of theses that we distinguish are:

(1) Systematic Literature Review: your task consists of identifying and formulating a specific research question
regarding an international business issue and conducting a systematic literature review to answer this research
question. You will systematically collect and analyse published articles to answer your research question. You will
explicitly explain how you designed your literature review study, including details on the what data collection and
data analysis procedures you used to process the published articles and answer your research question.

(2) Empirical Study: your task consists of developing a research question regarding an international business issue
and conducting an empirical study that fits with that research question. As such you may be involved in data
collection, you will select the appropriate method(s) to analyse your data and that will allow you to answer your
research question. Your thesis ends with the write-up of the results, the interpretation of those results and a critical
reflection both the academic and practical contributions as well as your research limitations.

Next to the writing of the thesis, you will finalise your thesis project by presenting your research in video pitch which
you discuss the methods, results and potential implications of your research project.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Group and individual meetings

Toetsvorm

Thesis - Individual assessment

Note that we expect a student to have attended at least four meetings with the supervisor, as well as to have
handed in thesis progress at least four times. If a student doesn’t comply with this stipulation, we reserve the right
to issue an additional oral examination or to refrain from thesis assessment.

Vereiste voorkennis

Entry requirements apply. See the thesis manual and canvas messages for the entry requirements

Literatuur

Academic articles relevant to the topic of your thesis.

Overige informatie

Students who haven't passed Academic Skills, BRM qualitative and/or BRM quantitative cannot start the thesis
trajectory, irrespective of personal circumstances.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

The application process includes, in addition to registering for the course via [Link], also the procedure for selecting
a thesis supervisor (via Onstage). A student can only start the thesis once both steps have been completed.

If a student does not meet the entry requirements or hasn't received the exchange results yet, he/she should
submit a request for admission. To do this, the student must keep an eye on the communication regarding this
matter (via Canvas and VUnet).

Applications are only processed if they have been submitted in line with communicated deadlines and application
trajectories (Onstage)

Aanbevolen voorkennis

All IBA courses year 1 and 2

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 297 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Courses of your selected specialization in year 3

Time Series and Dynamic Econometrics

Vakcode E_MFAE_TSDE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator drs. K. Moussa
Examinator drs. K. Moussa
Betrokken Docenten drs. K. Moussa
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course introduces students to time series analysis and dynamic econometric models.

Inhoud vak

This course focuses on the econometric analysis of data that contains a temporal component. The concept of a
time series will be rigorously defined and some of the main tools to analyse them are discussed. The students are
introduced to well-known models for time series data, including autoregressive moving average (ARMA) models,
autoregressive distributed lag (ADL) and error correction models (ECM). The course provides both theoretical and
practical insights into parameter estimation for time series models and the use of these models for forecasting,
testing for Granger causality, and performing policy analysis using impulse response functions. Finally, students
become familiar with the fundamental problem of spurious regression in time series analysis. We therefore discuss
unit root and cointegration tests, as well as error-correction representation theorems.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and practical classes. In the practical classes there will be room for asking questions about the homework
and the assignment.

Toetsvorm

Final exam (written) and group assignments.

Literatuur

The relevant literature consists of the lecture slides and other material provided by the teacher.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

The course is part of the technical track of the SBE faculty minor "Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience
for All". It is targeted at students who are currently enrolled in the Bachelor in Econometrics or a similar study
program.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

This course assumes familiarity with the basics of probability calculus and mathematical statistics, which will be
used heavily throughout the course. Students are strongly recommended to review this material before the start of
the course; a concise review of probability and statistics can be found in these notes. Some familiarity with limits
(analysis) and matrices (linear algebra) is also assumed, hence courses in Analysis and Linear Algebra are also
recommended background knowledge. Basic experience with programming is recommended, as the group
assignment is made in a programming language of choice (Python / R / Matlab / Ox / other). A brief introduction to
Python can be found here.

Toegepaste Inspanningsfysiologie
Vakcode B_TIF
Studiepunten 6

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 298 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit Fac. der Gedrags- en Bewegingswetensch.
Vakcoördinator D. Houtkamp MSc
Examinator D. Houtkamp MSc
Betrokken Docenten dr. R.P. Goulding, prof. dr. H.A.M. Daanen, D. Houtkamp MSc, dr. R.C.I. Wust
Onderwijsvormen Practicum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Aan het eind van de cursus Toegepaste Inspanningsfysiologie zullen studenten:

de voor de inspanningsfysiologie relevante basisbegrippen kennen en begrijpen (uit kunnen leggen wat deze
inhouden/betekenen);
de voor- en nadelen van meetmethodes en interventies kunnen aangeven en op basis daarvan de
geschiktheid van meetmethodes en interventies kunnen beoordelen voor een bepaalde situatie.

Verder ben je in staat om op basis van bovengenoemde:

cardiopulmonaire inspanningstesten te kunnen afnemen, interpreteren en advies te geven over

inspanningslimiterende factoren;
referentiewaarden te weten en de bijbehorende eenheden te kennen;
moleculair biologische processen die aanmaak en afbraak van eiwitten reguleren te beschrijven en te weten
hoe duurtraining en krachttraining deze processen beïnvloeden;
kennis over inspanningsfysiologie te integreren en onderlinge verbanden/relaties te zien;
op een kritische manier wetenschappelijke studies te lezen en de onderzoeksresultaten beargumenteerd te
beoordelen;
eigen ervaringen uit de sport te integreren met de te vergaren kennis van deze cursus.

Inhoud vak

De verhoogde energiebehoefte van het musculaire systeem als gevolg van fysieke activiteit vraagt van
verschillende fysiologische mechanismen een zodanige actie dat homeostase van het interne milieu behouden
blijft. Het cardiovasculaire en respiratoire systeem spelen hierin een cruciale rol. De mogelijkheid van deze
systemen om in te spelen op de belasting bepaalt in hoge mate de inspanningstolerantie en/of gezondheid van het
individu. Er zijn vele factoren die het functioneren van het cardiovasculaire en respiratoire systeem beïnvloeden. Te
denken valt aan trainingstoestand, voeding, omstandigheden met hoge- en lage hoeveelheid beschikbare zuurstof
en sportspecifieke omstandigheden. Daarnaast hebben chronische aandoeningen aan de verschillende systemen
grote invloed op de inspanningstolerantie. Ten grondslag aan het functioneren van het musculaire-,
cardiovasculaire- en respiratoire systeem liggen de moleculair biologische processen die aanmaak en afbraak van
eiwitten reguleren. Inzicht in deze processen maakt duidelijk hoe training en adaptatie aan veranderende
omstandigheden werkt.

In deze cursus wordt aandacht besteed aan factoren die de inspanningstolerantie bepalen en de moleculair
biologische processen die trainingseffecten reguleren. De aandacht zal liggen op hoe deze kennis toegepast kan
worden binnen sport en gezondheid. De cursus bevat tevens een practicum waarin de student vertrouwd wordt
gemaakt met de interpretatie van cardiopulmonaire inspanningstesten (CPET).

Let op: Een deel van het onderwijs van deze cursus (de colleges van Dr. Richie Goulding) wordt in het Engels
gegeven.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

De stof wordt aangeboden in de vorm van hoorcolleges in combinatie met een practicum. Totaal 168 uur, waarvan
26 uur hoorcollege, 12 uur practicum, 127 uur zelfstudie en 3 uur tentamen.

Toetsvorm

Het practicum en de verwerkingsopdracht zijn verplicht. Het tentamen is een schriftelijke tentamen met open en
gesloten vragen.

Let op: De vragen over het deel van dr. Richie Goulding worden gesteld in het Engels. Voor de open vragen mogen
studenten kiezen of ze deze in het Nederlands of in het Engels willen beantwoorden.

Vereiste voorkennis

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 299 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

De kennis van de volgende vakken wordt als bekend verondersteld:

Inleiding inspanningsfysiologie
Training en prestatie

Literatuur

McArdle, Katch and Katch. Exercise Physiology: Nutrition, energy and human performance. Williams &
Wilkins, ISBN 1-6083-1859-1, 8th or 9th edition, 2014/2022.
Literatuur aangeboden via Canvas.

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

De indeling van practica vindt plaats via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

De student moet beschikken over basiskennis van de inspanningsfysiologie (energiesystemen, cardiopulmonair

systeem, training).

Urban Economics and Real Estate

Vakcode E_MFRE_UERE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. J.N. van Ommeren
Examinator prof. dr. J.N. van Ommeren
Betrokken Docenten R. Kudashev, T.G. Vu, prof. dr. J.N. van Ommeren
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course in Urban and Real Estate Economics addresses the relationship between urban land, real estate and
economic development. It links economic theory to urban and real estate issues, and it links real estate to a broader
context of urban growth and economic development. Insights are developed through studying theoretical models
and by considering practical examples of the issues at hand.

The following topics are likely covered:

1. Why cities exist

2. Urban spatial structure
3. Land use and urban planning
4. Housing
5. Housing policies
6. Local public goods and services
7. Green cities
8. Crime
9. Cities in the Global South.

With respect to each topic the student should be able to define and describe it and to understand the economic
theory as well as the empirical (econometric) analysis of the topic.

Inhoud vak

Because of technological change (rail, road, air, internet) the cost of connecting across space have declined
sharply, which should have made it less attractive for people to cluster together in cities. Yet by many measures,
cities are thriving all over the world. Most economic activities such as production, consumption and innovation take
place in urban areas, despite the relatively high location costs.

Why is this the case? Why are some cities thriving, while others face serious decline? Why are real estate prices
more or less stagnant in some cities or neighborhoods, while they rise sharply in others? Why do firms and
households prefer one location of the other? When thinking about location behavior of firms and households, we

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 300 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

touch upon various topics that have a substantial impact on real estate markets. For example, the economic
backgrounds and consequences of suburbanization, the rise of urban 'subcentres', and the rise of so-called
'network cities', as witnessed worldwide (and in The Netherlands alike).

At the aggregate level, location choices by firms and households translate into (changes in) land use and real
estate development in modern cities. In this course the student should learn, both from a theoretical and empirical
perspective to analyze land prices as a function of, inter-alia, population and real estate characteristics, location
and transport costs. In addition, we identify the (im)possibilities of influencing the observed trends through urban
and real estate policies. What is the impact of imposing or relaxing urban planning regulation on real estate
development? Finally, we address some typically urban phenomena in relation to real estate markets: urban
environment and green buildings, crime, and the provision of local public goods and services such as schooling and
parks.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

There are three meetings per week. During the first part of each meeting the lecturer introduces a certain topic,
based on the required reading material. The second part of each meeting is a tutorial, where students work on
assignments under guidance of the lecturer.

Students are expected to have read the material in advance, as the lectures cover key elements only. The various
assignments include a refresher of essential micro economic theory, development of an theoretical urban model, an
empirical (econometric) analysis using Stata software and writing an essay.

Toetsvorm

Five assignments (40%) and a written exam (60%). The minimum grade for the written exam should be at least 5.0
to pass the course. The overall grade should be at least a 5.5 to pass.

Vereiste voorkennis

Introductionary level of microeconomics.

Literatuur

Jan K. Brueckner (2011), Lectures on Urban Economics, MIT Press.

Selected academic papers (see Canvas for details).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Second or third-year bachelor students who want to get a solid introduction into the economics of cities and real
estate, economic geography or spatial economics.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Basic knowledge of econometrics (regression analysis) is highly recommended.

Urban Studies
Vakcode S_UBS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2+3
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Sociale Wetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. R.A. Gigengack
Examinator dr. R.A. Gigengack
Betrokken Docenten dr. R.A. Gigengack, drs. E.S. Waterberg MSc
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Knowledge and understanding:

Students gain knowledge and understanding of the most important research themes, concepts, and debates

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 301 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

within the field of urban anthropology.

Students can recognize how urban development, inequality and insecurity are spatialized, materialized,
reproduced, challenged, and represented in cities of the Global North and the Global South.

Application:

Students can apply key concepts from urban anthropology to an urban case study in Amsterdam or another
city in the Netherlands.
Students hone their qualitative research skills and become attuned to the ethnographic sensitivities that urban
settings require.

Making judgements:

Students develop a critical attitude towards social, spatial, and material urban dynamics and can formulate
their own questions on urban processes.
Students are better able to reflect on their own role as researchers operating in an urban setting.

Communication:

Students can report on their respective research projects in verbal and written form.

Learning skills:

Students have learned to work in small research teams to carry out a short-term ethnographic research
project.

Inhoud vak

Cities are not just static locations; they are also thought-provoking processes. Across the Global North and South,
cities shape – and are shaped by – the way people, nature, resources, infrastructures, and ideas flow and settle.
Drawing on interdisciplinary and anthropological debates on ‘the urban’, this course delves into the social, spatial,
material, and cultural processes that drive and result from patterns of urban development, inequality, and insecurity.
These themes are explored through case studies that raise questions on how and why resources and risk are
distributed unequally across and within different urban environments. Additionally, we also engage the everyday
modes of resistance and negotiation that emerge in response to social and spatial forms of inequality. During the
course, students will have the opportunity to conduct their own urban research projects in relation to themes such
as housing, gentrification, sustainability, and labour.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorial

Toetsvorm

Written exam and a poster based on group work.

Literatuur

To be announced on Canvas.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

2nd year students in Cultural Anthropology and Development Sociology; students in the Minor Anthropology or the
Minor Development and Global Challenges; also open as an elective course for Exchange Students.

Voortgezet Boekhouden
Vakcode EPG_A_VBH
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1+2+3, P4+5
Vakniveau 200
Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator A. El Hachemy MSc RA
Examinator
Betrokken Docenten G.B. Steltman, E.J. Pieters RA, J.J. van Zutphen RA, A. El Hachemy MSc RA

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 302 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Studenten met basiskennis boekhouden, financial accounting en management accounting meer vaardigheid
aanleren om complexere situaties/vraagstukken op het gebied van financial accounting en management
accounting te vertalen naar hun administratieve verwerking (“leren denken in journaalposten”).

Plaats in curriculum: keuzevak in de bachelor minor Accounting & Control en schakeltraject instroom PGO
(deeltijdopleiding); schakelvak voor studenten met HBO-vooropleidingen anders dan F&C (Finance & Control) en
Accountancy, en voor WO-studenten met onvoldoende (voorgezet) boekhouden in de vooropleiding. Dit ter
beoordeling van de examencommissie van de PGO-accountancy.

Bereidt met name voor op Advanced Financial Reporting/Externe Verslaggeving (waar studenten geacht worden bij
complexe onderwerpen de souplesse te hebben dit te vertalen naar journaalposten, alsmede zich globaal moeten
kunnen voorstellen welke administratieve problemen zich kunnen voordoen om aan bepaalde verslaggevingseisen
te voldoen). Het vak is veronderstelde basiskennis voor BIV en Audit & Assurance.

Inhoud vak

Onderwerpen die kunnen worden getentamineerd zijn onder meer boekhoudbegrippen, budgettering en
verschillenanalyse, deelnemingen, consolidatie, intercompany profit, fiscale waardering en latenties, onderhanden
projecten, cash flow statement en de jaarafsluiting.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

In deze cursus Voortgezet Boekhouden worden hoor‐ en werkcolleges aangeboden.

De vaardigheid voor boekhouden wordt enkel bereikt door voldoende oefening. Daarom wordt een groot deel van
de tijd besteed aan het toepassen van de theorie op een casussituatie.

Wekelijks dient als voorbereiding voor het college een casus te worden gemaakt en ingeleverd (de zogenaamde
‘thuiswerkcase’) die tijdens het werkcollege wordt behandeld. Aan de hand van de behandeling en een schema
van uitwerking kan de student zijn/haar uitwerking zelf beoordelen.

Daarnaast wordt tijdens het werkcollege een 2e casus uitgewerkt en behandeld (de zogenaamde ‘oefencase’).

Toetsvorm

De cursus wordt afgesloten met toetsing door middel van een schriftelijk tentamen. Voor slagen dient minimaal een
5,5 te worden gescoord.

Deelname aan de toets is mogelijk, indien aan de volgende voorwaarden is voldaan:

student is bij minimaal 70% van de hoorcolleges en 70% van de werkcolleges aanwezig geweest;
student heeft voor minimaal 70% van de thuiswerkcases een uitwerking gemaakt en op Canvas geüpload.
Door de docent wordt beoordeeld of de uitwerking voldoende is om te kunnen worden meegerekend als
‘serieus ingeleverd’.

Vereiste voorkennis

Basiskennis van het vak boekhouden wordt als bekend verondersteld. Dit is het niveau van basiskennis financial
accounting / management accounting uit eerste twee jaren van de bachelor-opleiding.

Voor eventuele zelfstudie wordt literatuur aangeraden, zie Canvas.

Literatuur

Boekhouden geboekstaafd 2 (Wim Broerse, Wim Schauten, Derk Jan Heslinga)

Boekhouden geboekstaafd 3 (Y.R.P. Voort van de, D.J.J. Heslinga, T.A. Marra)

Work Experience @Accountancy

Vakcode EPG_A_WEA
Studiepunten 12
Periode P1+2

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 303 van 304
International Business Administration - 2025-2026

Vakniveau 300

Onderwijstaal Nederlands
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. D.R. Boterenbrood RA
Examinator drs. J.L. Millenaar
dr. W. Groot RA, drs. C. de Kater MSc RA, drs. J.L. Millenaar, dr. D.R. Boterenbrood
Betrokken Docenten
RA
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Het doel van Work Experience @Accountancy is om jou als student een inkijk te geven in de dynamische wereld
van een registeraccountant. Hierbij gaat het naast vaktechnische aspecten ook over de menselijke factor in een
accountantsorganisatie. De maatschappij verwacht steeds meer van de accountant. Het menselijk gedrag en de
cultuur binnen een organisatie zijn belangrijke drivers van kwaliteit binnen het accountancy-beroep. Zelfs in deze
tijd van digitalisering, blijft menselijk gedrag cruciaal bij het interpreteren van uitkomsten. Hoe gedragen mensen in
een accountantsorganisaties zich, en waarom? Daarnaast kent het landschap van een accountantsorganisatie vele
stakeholders (klant, medewerkers, toezichthouder, politiek, etc.) met ieder een bepaald doel. Deze cursus geeft jou
een inzicht in het landschap waarbinnen een accountant zich beweegt en het gedrag dat hij/zij in de praktijk
tegenkomt. Bestaande theorieën over (sociaal) gedrag in organisaties worden behandeld en vergeleken met de
praktijk. Daarna kun je door een 10-weekse werkervaring bij een accountantsorganisatie ook de praktische
uitvoering op de werkvloer ervaren en hierop reflecteren.

Inhoud vak

We kijken bij de cursus Work Experience @Accountancy naar gedrag binnen de accountancy op diverse niveaus.

Ten eerste de opstelling en het functioneren van een accountantsorganisatie als geheel en de interactie met
diverse stakeholders.
Ten tweede de gedragingen van een controle-team op een specifieke opdracht waarbij aandacht is voor de
interactie en ongeschreven regels binnen en tussen groepen in organisaties. Hier komen thema’s aan de orde
zoals groepsdynamica, macht, fraude en conflicten.
En ten derde, het gedrag op individueel niveau: de reactie op dit alles van de individuele accountant waarbij
een professioneel kritische instelling centraal staat.

Na het volgen van de hoor- en werkcolleges zal werkervaring worden opgedaan bij een accountantsorganisatie.
Hierbij wordt inzicht verkregen in de dagelijkse praktijk van een accountant, de dynamiek van een opdracht en de
problemen die dit met zich mee kan brengen.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Dit vak bestaat uit hoor- en werkcolleges en een 10-weekse werkervaring (3 dagen per week) bij een
accountantsorganisatie. Aanwezigheid is verplicht en de beoordeling van de praktijkbegeleiders wordt
meegewogen in de eindbeoordeling.

Toetsvorm

Het vak Work Experience @Accountancy wordt getoetst door een tussentijdse toets (40%), presentatie,
reflectieverslag (40%), slotverdediging (20%) en een stage.

Voor meer informatie: zie de course manual.

Literatuur

Custom Edition van het boek Kinicki, A. and Fugate, M. 2021. Organizational Behavior: A Practical Problem-
Solving Approach, McGrawHill, Third Edition. Dit boek is een speciaal voor de OB op de VU samengesteld met
geselecteerde hoofdstukken 1, 2, 5, 6 8, 10, 12 & 13 uit het originele boek van Kinicki. Ook een e-book versie van
het boek van Kinicki, A. and Fugate, M is bij McGrawHill verkrijgbaar: [Link]
accounting-9781307252866-emea

Voor verdere verdieping kunnen artikelen worden aangereikt door de docenten van het vak via Canvas.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 304 van 304
Economics
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics - Economics - 2025-2026
The Master's in Economics has been developed for the prospective professional economist who aims to pursue a
career either in the public or the private sector. It teaches you the essentials of modern economic theory and data
analysis and how to apply them to everyday problems. Areas of focus include poverty and inequality, financial
markets, economic growth, climate change and data analysis.

The programme equips you with the essential tools of economics, shows how these tools should be applied in real
life societal and market challenges and discusses which (policy) conclusions can be drawn. You learn to
understand the academic literature and identify the key contributions in the field of economics. You learn to work in
groups as well as independently and you learn to present your research findings both to expert and non-expert
audiences.

The programme has two tracks.

The first track is the programme in Public Policy, which focuses on how economists should advise policy makers to
deal with the main societal challenges related to urbanization, the European Union, climate change and the welfare
state.

The second track is the regular programme in Economics. By choosing a fixed combination of electives, in
combination with a suitable thesis topic, you can opt for one of the four areas of specialization (Development
Economics, Global Challenges, International and Macroeconomic Policy and Market Analytics). However, you may
also freely pick and mix elective courses from the four specializations, to broaden your academic interest rather
than studying one specialization in depth.

Info
Niveau Master
Taal Engels
Duur 1 year
Vorm Full Time
Studiepunten 60 EC
Faculteit School of Business and Economics

Onderwijs- en Examenregeling 2025-2026

Meer informatie over deze opleiding
Economics - 2025-2026

Master Economics - Specialization Development Economics 4

Master Economics - Core courses 4
Master Economics - Specialization Development Economics - Obligatory courses 4
Master Economics - Additional Electives 4
Master Economics - Specialization Global Challenges 5
Master Economics - Core courses 5
Master Economics - Additional Electives 5
Master Economics - Specialization Global Challenges - Obligatory courses 6
Master Economics - Specialization International and Macroeconomic Policy 6
Master Economics - Core courses 6
Master Economics - Additional Electives 7
Master Economics - Specialization International and Macroeconomic Policy - Obligatory courses
Master Economics - Specialization Market Analytics 77
Master Economics - Core courses 8
Master Economics - Additional Electives 8
Master Economics - Specialization Market Analytics - Obligatory courses 8
Master Economics - Specialization Public Policy 8
Master Economics - Core courses Public Policy 9
Master Economics - Electives Public Policy 9
Master Economics - No specialization 9
Master Economics - Core courses 10
Master Economics - Additional Electives 10
Additional Internship 10
Transitional arrangements 10
Courses 10
Advanced Macroeconomics 10
Advanced Microeconomics 11
Applied Econometrics 13
Data Analytics for Economists 14
Economics of Climate Change 15
Economics of Environmental Policy 17
Economics of the Welfare State 18
Globalization, Growth and Development 19
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy 20
Intermediate Microeconomics 21
Introduction to Econometrics 23
Macro and International Finance 24
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU 25
Master's Internship (0 EC) 26
Microeconomics 27
Microeconomics for Development 28
Policy Seminars and Policy Brief 29
Public Economics and Policy 31
Research Project Economics 31
Thesis MSc Economics 33
Urban Economic Challenges and Policies 34

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 3 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Master Economics - Specialization Development

Economics
Omschrijving
Development Economics applies basic tools of economics to key policy issues in developing countries and
transition economies. This specialization discusses topics like: the role of constraints (for example through
exposure to risk) on the ability of households to escape from poverty through asset accumulation; the potential for
sustainable land use in areas with rapid population growth; the economic implications of migration, both within
developing countries and from developing to developed countries; and the scope for economic growth through
industrial development. These topics, along with aggregate aspects of growth and inequality, and broader issues of
human development, shape the curriculum of the Development Economics specialization. Cooperation with the
University of Amsterdam allows to broaden the scope of development economics.

The approach is strongly empirical, using case studies or survey data for individual households or firms to test
competing theories and to evaluate the impact of implemented policy initiatives and specific development projects.

The programme contains core courses, specialization courses and electives.

Opleidingsdelen
Master Economics - Core courses
Master Economics - Specialization Development Economics - Obligatory courses
Master Economics - Additional Electives

Master Economics - Core courses

Omschrijving
Six core courses plus a thesis are obligatory within the specializations Development Economics, Global
Challenges, International and Macroeconomic Policy, and Marketing Analytics.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Thesis MSc Economics 18EC E_EC_THS
(September)
Advanced Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_ADVMIE
Applied Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_APTR
Intermediate Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_INTMMIE
Introduction to Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_INTRTR
Advanced Macroeconomics P2 6EC E_EC_AMAEC
Research Project Economics P3 6EC E_EC_RPEC

Master Economics - Specialization Development Economics - Obligatory courses

Omschrijving
Within this specialization, 2 courses are obligatory.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Microeconomics for Development P2 6EC E_EC_MED
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD

Master Economics - Additional Electives

Omschrijving
If you opt for a specialization Development Economics, Global Challenges, International and Macroeconomic

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 4 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Policy, or Market Analytics, you choose 1 additional elective.

In case you choose a "no specialization" you choose 3 additional electives.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economics of Climate Change P2 6EC E_STR_ECC
Economics of the Welfare State P2 6EC E_EC_EWS
Microeconomics for Development P2 6EC E_EC_MED
Data Analytics for Economists P4 6EC E_EC_DAEC
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy P4 6EC E_EC_IOCP
Macro and International Finance P4 6EC E_FIN_MIF
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU

Master Economics - Specialization Global Challenges

Omschrijving
This specialization, Global Challenges, studies economic aspects of pressing global issues. Course work straddles
areas of environmental policy, global warming and climate change, but also the division between Northern
countries and the developing world, affecting life and decisions of billions (poverty, access to health and education,
migration). All courses feature the application of relevant theoretical and empirical insights to practical issues. You
will learn to use modern tools of analysis to investigate potential solutions and formulate policy recommendations.
Global challenges are much wider, and thesis work can further delve into issues of, for instance, global diffusion of
technical change and innovation, international tax and welfare competition, or international political economy.

The specialization is jointly supported by teaching staff from the Department of Economics and of Spatial
Economics. Both host internationally renowned staff, all actively participating in national and international economic
policy debates. After completing course work and thesis you are well equipped for a career as a policy economist in
international or national government agencies such as the European Commission or ministries, policy analysis
institutions, internationally operating consultancy firms, or NGOs.

The programme contains core courses, specialization courses and electives.

Opleidingsdelen
Master Economics - Core courses
Master Economics - Additional Electives
Master Economics - Specialization Global Challenges - Obligatory courses

Master Economics - Core courses

Omschrijving
Six core courses plus a thesis are obligatory within the specializations Development Economics, Global
Challenges, International and Macroeconomic Policy, and Marketing Analytics.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Thesis MSc Economics 18EC E_EC_THS
(September)
Advanced Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_ADVMIE
Applied Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_APTR
Intermediate Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_INTMMIE
Introduction to Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_INTRTR
Advanced Macroeconomics P2 6EC E_EC_AMAEC
Research Project Economics P3 6EC E_EC_RPEC

Master Economics - Additional Electives

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 5 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Omschrijving
If you opt for a specialization Development Economics, Global Challenges, International and Macroeconomic
Policy, or Market Analytics, you choose 1 additional elective.

In case you choose a "no specialization" you choose 3 additional electives.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economics of Climate Change P2 6EC E_STR_ECC
Economics of the Welfare State P2 6EC E_EC_EWS
Microeconomics for Development P2 6EC E_EC_MED
Data Analytics for Economists P4 6EC E_EC_DAEC
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy P4 6EC E_EC_IOCP
Macro and International Finance P4 6EC E_FIN_MIF
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU

Master Economics - Specialization Global Challenges - Obligatory courses

Omschrijving
Within this specialization, 2 courses are obligatory.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economics of Climate Change P2 6EC E_STR_ECC
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD

Master Economics - Specialization International and

Macroeconomic Policy
Omschrijving
The specialization International and Macroeconomic Policy focuses on trade, growth and coordination of fiscal and
monetary policy. This specialization builds upon foundations of advanced macroeconomics: What determines long-
run growth and productivity; what is the use of fiscal and monetary policy for economic stabilization?

Specialization courses discuss, inter alia, strategies in coordination and cooperation needed to maintain and
promote the integration of Europe: How are tasks divided between EU and national authorities, can the Euro area
be stabilized and is further expansion desirable? Another area focuses on growth in developing nations: What role
do institutional (social and political) factors play in promoting growth, how do incentives affect savings and
investment of households and firms, and what is the impact of foreign aid on development? Finally, insight is given
into the drivers of growth in industrialized countries, specifically the strategies of firms to boost innovation and
growth, and the role of policy.

Our highly reputable teaching faculty has an international track record in academia, central banking, and policy
advice.

The programme contains core courses, specialization courses and electives.

Opleidingsdelen
Master Economics - Core courses
Master Economics - Additional Electives
Master Economics - Specialization International and Macroeconomic Policy - Obligatory courses

Master Economics - Core courses

Omschrijving
Six core courses plus a thesis are obligatory within the specializations Development Economics, Global
Challenges, International and Macroeconomic Policy, and Marketing Analytics.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 6 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Thesis MSc Economics 18EC E_EC_THS
(September)
Advanced Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_ADVMIE
Applied Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_APTR
Intermediate Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_INTMMIE
Introduction to Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_INTRTR
Advanced Macroeconomics P2 6EC E_EC_AMAEC
Research Project Economics P3 6EC E_EC_RPEC

Master Economics - Additional Electives

Omschrijving
If you opt for a specialization Development Economics, Global Challenges, International and Macroeconomic
Policy, or Market Analytics, you choose 1 additional elective.

In case you choose a "no specialization" you choose 3 additional electives.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economics of Climate Change P2 6EC E_STR_ECC
Economics of the Welfare State P2 6EC E_EC_EWS
Microeconomics for Development P2 6EC E_EC_MED
Data Analytics for Economists P4 6EC E_EC_DAEC
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy P4 6EC E_EC_IOCP
Macro and International Finance P4 6EC E_FIN_MIF
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU

Master Economics - Specialization International and Macroeconomic Policy - Obligatory courses

Omschrijving
Within this specialization, 2 courses are obligatory.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Macro and International Finance P4 6EC E_FIN_MIF
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU

Master Economics - Specialization Market Analytics

Omschrijving
The specialization studies in market analytics focuses on various aspects relevant for understanding economic
markets. This specialization discusses both theoretical concepts on measuring for example market power and
competition as well as methods for data driven analysis of relevant processes. The theoretical analysis uses
techniques from microeconomics on firm behavior, price setting and innovation, but also considers public policy of
market authorities that aim at reducing market power of a firm within a single market. The empirical part focuses on
how the effectiveness of public policy can be evaluated and introduces students with big data and machine learning
techniques that can be used to analyze processes relevant for firms. A thesis in this specialization can be
theoretical or empirical and can focus on firm behavior or on public policy.

After completing this specialization you are well equipped to work either for a market authority or for a firm using
data science techniques which can for example be found in the financial and tec sector.

Opleidingsdelen
Master Economics - Core courses

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 7 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Master Economics - Additional Electives

Master Economics - Specialization Market Analytics - Obligatory courses

Master Economics - Core courses

Omschrijving
Six core courses plus a thesis are obligatory within the specializations Development Economics, Global
Challenges, International and Macroeconomic Policy, and Marketing Analytics.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Thesis MSc Economics 18EC E_EC_THS
(September)
Advanced Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_ADVMIE
Applied Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_APTR
Intermediate Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_INTMMIE
Introduction to Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_INTRTR
Advanced Macroeconomics P2 6EC E_EC_AMAEC
Research Project Economics P3 6EC E_EC_RPEC

Master Economics - Additional Electives

Omschrijving
If you opt for a specialization Development Economics, Global Challenges, International and Macroeconomic
Policy, or Market Analytics, you choose 1 additional elective.

In case you choose a "no specialization" you choose 3 additional electives.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economics of Climate Change P2 6EC E_STR_ECC
Economics of the Welfare State P2 6EC E_EC_EWS
Microeconomics for Development P2 6EC E_EC_MED
Data Analytics for Economists P4 6EC E_EC_DAEC
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy P4 6EC E_EC_IOCP
Macro and International Finance P4 6EC E_FIN_MIF
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU

Master Economics - Specialization Market Analytics - Obligatory courses

Omschrijving
Within this specialization, 2 courses are obligatory.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Data Analytics for Economists P4 6EC E_EC_DAEC
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy P4 6EC E_EC_IOCP

Master Economics - Specialization Public Policy

Omschrijving
This high-quality one-year programme in economics has a strong interest in the design and evaluation of public
policy. Public Policy addresses the main societal challenges of today and tomorrow, including the future of the
welfare state, aging of society, global environmental challenges, urbanization of our societies, globalization, and
economic development and inequality. The programme addresses questions on market performance and failures,

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 8 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

and associated policies, studied from the perspective of incentives and economic behaviour of individual firms and
households. It also covers macroeconomic policies directed at aggregate growth and employment, notably fiscal
and monetary policies.

It is generally felt that effective public policies to address the great societal challenges are urgently needed, but not
ready on the shelf. What can policy makers do to live up to the challenges encountered in our pension systems?
What is the role for policy in the developing world, where billions still suffer? How to meet the climate change
challenge from an economic perspective? How to make sure that in a rapidly urbanizing world, cities will become or
remain places where people can live healthily, safely and happily?

The programme covers both micro- and macroeconomic perspectives on policies at an advanced level. This
provides you with a very rich set of perspectives on economic policy analysis. Therefore, this programme offers you
the theoretical knowledge and practical skills to tackle complex problems at a high level of abstraction, while
emphasizing the need to translate theoretical solutions and empirical evidence into clear-cut policy advice.

Opleidingsdelen
Master Economics - Core courses Public Policy
Master Economics - Electives Public Policy

Master Economics - Core courses Public Policy

Omschrijving
Below are the compulsory courses of the specialization Public Policy.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Thesis MSc Economics 18EC E_EC_THS
(September)
Introduction to Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_INTRTR
Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_MICREC
Public Economics and Policy P1 6EC E_EC_PEP
Economics of Environmental Policy P2 6EC E_STR_EEP
Economics of the Welfare State P2 6EC E_EC_EWS
Policy Seminars and Policy Brief P3 6EC E_EC_PSPB

Master Economics - Electives Public Policy

Omschrijving
Choose 2 of 3.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU
Urban Economic Challenges and Policies P4 6EC E_STR_UECP

Master Economics - No specialization

Omschrijving
In case you decide not to specialize within the Master Economics, the following requirements are applicable:

The four core courses of the specializations other than Public Policy, plus the thesis are obligatory.
In addition you may choose every other courses, offered by the Master Economics as electives, with a total of
18 EC.

Opleidingsdelen
Master Economics - Core courses
Master Economics - Additional Electives

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 9 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Master Economics - Core courses

Omschrijving
Six core courses plus a thesis are obligatory within the specializations Development Economics, Global
Challenges, International and Macroeconomic Policy, and Marketing Analytics.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Thesis MSc Economics 18EC E_EC_THS
(September)
Advanced Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_ADVMIE
Applied Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_APTR
Intermediate Microeconomics P1 3EC E_EC_INTMMIE
Introduction to Econometrics P1 3EC E_EC_INTRTR
Advanced Macroeconomics P2 6EC E_EC_AMAEC
Research Project Economics P3 6EC E_EC_RPEC

Master Economics - Additional Electives

Omschrijving
If you opt for a specialization Development Economics, Global Challenges, International and Macroeconomic
Policy, or Market Analytics, you choose 1 additional elective.

In case you choose a "no specialization" you choose 3 additional electives.

Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Economics of Climate Change P2 6EC E_STR_ECC
Economics of the Welfare State P2 6EC E_EC_EWS
Microeconomics for Development P2 6EC E_EC_MED
Data Analytics for Economists P4 6EC E_EC_DAEC
Globalization, Growth and Development P4 6EC E_EC_GGD
Industrial Organization and Competition Policy P4 6EC E_EC_IOCP
Macro and International Finance P4 6EC E_FIN_MIF
Macroeconomic Policy in the EU P4 6EC E_EC_MPEU

Additional Internship
Vakken
Naam vak Periode Credits Code
Ac. Year
Master's Internship (0 EC) 0EC E_MSC_INTS
(September)

Transitional arrangements
Omschrijving
In case of curriculum changes, a transitional arrangement applies to higher year students who still have to take
courses from the old curriculum. The transitional regulations are stated on the website as well as in the Teaching
and Examination Regulations (OER).

Courses

Advanced Macroeconomics
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 10 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EC_AMAEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. B.A. Brugemann
Examinator dr. B.A. Brugemann
Betrokken Docenten dr. D.A.R. Bonam, L. Klein, dr. B.A. Brugemann
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After successfully completing this course you are able to actively read current literature, carry out independent
research, and present your findings in a policy note. (Academic and Research Skills)

After successfully completing this course you can demonstrate your knowledge of advanced macroeconomic
concepts, including dynamic optimization, and the basic building blocks of New Keynsian models, VARs and local
projection methods. (Bridging theory and practice - Knowledge)

After successfully completing this course you can connect advanced macroeconomic concepts to current big policy
issues, such as: What does a slowdown of population growth imply for income inequality? How can monetary policy
control inflation? (Bridging theory and practice - Application)

After successfully completing you can discuss macroeconomic policy issues in a way that takes into account the
limitations of modern macroeconomics, including the limitations that arise from the fact that it is very challenging to
obtain empirical evidence on causal relationships at the macroeconomic level. (Broadening your horizon)

Inhoud vak

This course introduces you to both theoretical and empirical macroeconomics at an advanced level. You study
growth models that are built up from intertemporal optimization decisions of firms and households. This provides
you with the tools to study modern models of business cycles, specifcally Real Business Cycles and New
Keynesian models. You will also learn how to apply econometric techniques commonly used by academic
macroeconomists and applied macroeconomists and central banks and international organizations. This includes
VARs and local projections.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written exam, weekly problem sets, and a policy note.

Vereiste voorkennis

Microeconomics, macroeconomics, econometrics, and mathematics for economists at the intermediate level.

Literatuur

Slides and lecture notes.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

MSc students

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The MSc courses Intermediate Microeconomics, Advanced Microeconomics, Introduction to Econometrics, and
Applied Econometrics.

Advanced Microeconomics
Vakcode E_EC_ADVMIE

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 11 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Studiepunten 3
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. J.L. Moraga Gonzalez
Examinator prof. dr. J.L. Moraga Gonzalez
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. J.L. Moraga Gonzalez
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Advanced Microeconomics builds upon Intermediate Microeconomics. Together these courses equip the student
with the microeconomics tools needed for the subsequent policy-oriented courses in the Master. Hence, policy
applications in themselves are not subject of the current course, but rather their preparation.

The course adds to the body of knowledge necessary for reaching the master goals:

The student can draw economic hypotheses and draw policy conclusions using his/her knowledge of state-of-
the-art microeconomic theories.(Academic and research skills)
The student understands the academic literature and recognizes important puzzles addressed by the field of
microeconomics. (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
The student can address real-life societal and market challenges by applying relevant theories and
methodologies. (Bridging theory and practice - application)
The student can critically assess the methods and answers used to address social and economic problems.
(Broadening your horizon)

Inhoud vak

The course is aimed at the understanding of the causes and consequences of market failure, and the usual policies
or strategies to mitigate it, or possibly eliminate it.

We start by exploring a first source or market inefficiency: market power. We explore the (mal)-functioning of
markets in which firms have the ability to influence the price. Then we delve into the inefficiency caused by the
existence of asymmetric information in markets, and provide ways in which market efficiency can be mitigated or
even fully restored. Finally, we study two more common and important situations in which the market does not
deliver efficient outcomes: externalities and public goods. Here we explore approaches to restore the efficiency of
the market equilibrium: the use of markets for the internalisation of externalities and tax-cum-subsidy policies.

Topic 1: Monopoly

Concepts: monopoly pricing, quality choice, price discrimination; natural monopoly.

Textbook chapter 14 and 18.

Topic 2: Game Theory

Concepts: Extensive and strategic representations of games; basic notions of noncooperative games and solution
concepts: dominant strategies; simple dynamics and prisoner’s dilemma; Nash equilibria in pure and mixed
strategies. Games with complete and incomplete information. Extensions and refinements of Nash equilibrium:
subgame perfectness, and Bayesian games.
Textbook chapter 8.

Topic 3: Oligopoly

Concepts: Bertrand paradox, Cournot competition, Product differentiation, consumer search and the Diamond
paradox, price dispersion, tacit collusion, strategic commitment (Stacklelberg)
Textbook chapter 15.

Topic 4: Auctions

Concepts: first-price and second-price auctions, revenue equivalence, winner’s curse.

Textbook chapter 18.

Topic 5: Asymmetric Information and design

Concepts: adverse selection; moral hazard; principal-agent relations; wage contracts.

Textbook chapter 18.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 12 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Topic 6: Externalities and public goods

Concepts: types of externalities; rivalry and excludability; internalizing externalities. Pure public goods; efficient
allocation of public goods.
Textbook chapter 19.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

This is a 3 weeks course, totalling 18 student/teacher contact hours: 12 for lectures, 6 for tutorial sessions.

Each week, there are 2 theory sessions of 2 hours each, and a practice session of 2 hours.

Students are expected to attend the sessions.

Toetsvorm

The course is good for 3 ECTS credits. The final grade will be awarded based on two grades:

• Weekly problem sets

• Final written exam

To pass the course, students need to get at least a 5.0 in each if these two items.

Vereiste voorkennis

Intermediate Microeconomics

Literatuur

Snyder and Nicholson, Microeconomic Theory: Basic Principles and Extensions, 12th ed., CENGAGE Learning.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

MSc Economics and MSc Econometrics students

Overige informatie

The arguments in this course are provided using mathematical models. Mainstream microeconomics has used
mathematics for at least 60-70 years already. Mathematics serves to make economic insights accesible,
understandable and verifiable to the average student. By using mathematical models, arguments are made precise
and can then be distinguished from speculations. The majority of the people make intuitive arguments that apply
only to a limited extent, or are simply wrong.

Toelichting Canvas

All the relevant information about the course will be published in the CANVAS site of the course.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Microeconomics at the level of Varian, H. R. Intermediate Microeconomics. 8th edition. W. W. Norton, 2010.
Mathematics at the level of Sydsaeter, Knut and Hammond, Essential Mathematics for Economic Analysis,
Prentice Hall, 3rd ed., 2008

Applied Econometrics
Vakcode E_EC_APTR
Studiepunten 3
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. Dobbelaere
Examinator dr. S. Dobbelaere

Betrokken Docenten R. Kusuma Atmadja, dr. S. Dobbelaere

Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 13 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Doel vak

After the course, students have an advanced understanding of the econometric principles for cross-sectional and
panel data sets (bridging theory and practice - knowledge). They are able to critically evaluate the quality of
empirical research aimed at testing predictions from economic theory as well as assessing the effectiveness of
economic policy (bridging theory and practice - knowledge & broadening your horizon). They are also capable of
performing empirical research themselves (academic and research skills, bridging theory and practice - application
& broadening your horizon). The latter implies that they able to make decisions about the appropriate statistical
model, can deal with real-life data, are aware of the strengths and weaknesses of the selected model and are able
to estimate and interpret its parameters.

Inhoud vak

The problem, for those concerned with economic policy, is that we rarely have the luxury of being able to
undertake randomized controlled experiments like those conducted by natural scientists. Instead, we have to draw
our inferences from the analysis of non-experimental data, which is the role of econometrics. This course presents
an advanced treatment of econometric principles for cross-sectional and panel data sets. It makes students familiar
with modern econometric techniques, addressing both technical derivations and practical applications. While
concentrating on linear models, some non-linear cases will also be discussed, notably generalized methods of
moments and limited dependent variable models. Theoretical knowledge is assessed in the final exam, while the
implementation of the different methods is assessed in the empirical assignments. The software package R is used
in the empirical assignments.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Main lectures. Workshops.

Toetsvorm

Evaluation will be based on individual quizzes, team assignments and the individual, written, closed-book exam.

Vereiste voorkennis

Introductory course in econometrics at Master level.

Literatuur

Stock, J.H. and M.W. Watson, Introduction to Econometrics, Global edition. Pearson Education Inc., 4th edition,
2020 (ISBN: 978-1-292-26445-5).

Overige informatie

Students who are not familiar with the software package R are encouraged to participate in the R refresher, either
with one on-campus option in the week before the start of Period 1, or the online option available for self-study on
Canvas.

Data Analytics for Economists

Vakcode E_EC_DAEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator T.P. Le
Examinator T.P. Le
Betrokken Docenten T.P. Le
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The main goal of this course is to make students familiar with methods that are often used in economics for
analyzing large amounts of data. Therefore, students learn the key concepts and methods in big data and machine
learning. After the course students are able to work with large data sets and apply the key methods. (Academic and

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 14 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

research skills) Furthermore, they can interpret empirical results in economics produced by machine learning
methods. (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)

Inhoud vak

More and more data are becoming available for economic research in large amounts and often these data are
structured differently than traditional data sets. New methods have recently been developed to analyze such data.
These methods are often referred to as big data techniques or machine learning methods. During this course
various techniques are discussed. The main attention is devoted to introducing the idea of data structures and key
concepts and algorithms of machine learning methods, including regularization and cross-validation as well as both
supervised/unsupervised methods and techniques for natural language processing. During the course students
work with the R programming language when appling different methods.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Regular classes and tutorials

Toetsvorm

25% in-class quiz

20% group assignments (data exercise)
55% exam (written closed-book)

Vereiste voorkennis

Students are expected to have passed the prior econometrics course confidently and are familiar with R at the level
at which it is used in these courses. Learning machine learning / big data analytics inevitably requires a stronger
mathematical background, good programming skills, and a problem-solving mindset.

Literatuur

The Elements of Statistical Learning Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction by Trevor Hastie, Robert
Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman
Foundations of Statistics for Data Scientists: With R and Python by by Alan Agresti, Maria Kateri
Introduction To Algorithms (3rd edition) by Thomas H. Cormen, ​Charles E. Leiserson, ​Ronald L. Rivest

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Mathematics
Basic programming skills
Statistics
Econometrics

Economics of Climate Change

Vakcode E_STR_ECC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. S. Poelhekke
Examinator prof. dr. S. Poelhekke
prof. dr. S. Poelhekke, prof. dr. R.S.J. Tol, J.M.E. van den Herik LLM MSc, dr. G.C.
Betrokken Docenten
van der Meijden
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After having completed this course, you will know the answers to the above questions and be able to enter into the
economic policy debate well informed.

Moreover, you will:

have a deep understanding of the fundamental difficulties and complexities of environmental policy making in

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 15 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

an international context;
have gained insights in the economics of international agreements and international trade;
are able to apply theory informed by empirical evidence;
have sharpened your economic analysis in the group work.

Inhoud vak

This course focuses on climate change: one of the greatest challenges of our time. What can the science of
economics teach us about its causes and potential solutions? What are the costs and benefits of climate change?
Why is it so difficult to sign environmental agreements such as 'Paris' despite the high stakes? Does trade harm the
environment? Will our industry move abroad if we take a leading role and tax carbon ourselves?

The lectures cover the following topics (provisional scheme)

Introduction: Externalities, scenarios and costs

Economic impacts of climate change
Optimal policy to limit climate change, equity and uncertainty
International environmental agreements
Trade the environment: pollution havens and carbon leakage

The following subjects are analysed. What is climate change, and what are its causes and consequences? What
are the economic impacts of climate change? What is the right mix of private and public adaptation? What are the
costs of emission reduction? How can emission reductions be achieved? What is optimal and equitable climate
policy? How likely is this in reality? Are there effective and acceptable alternatives to optimal climate policy?
Furthermore, writing down a protocol which requires countries to reduce their emissions of CO2 or SO2 is easier
than getting countries to comply (see for example the Kyoto Protocol and the Paris Agreement). Moreover, what
are the incentives for countries to join the coalition in the first place? And what is the role of trade sanctions
therein? Addressing carbon leakage requires an understanding of the relationship between trade and the
environment. Governments are afraid that domestic environmental policies will reduce the home economy's
international competitiveness and hence environmental policies are set too lax. We analyse to what extent this fear
is correct, both theoretically and empirically.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

This course consists 6 contact hours per week for 6 weeks, and is composed of 12 lectures and 6 tutorial classes.
The course will make use of advanced teaching methods, including some online lectures. For the lectures you are
expected to read the relevant material in advance and have watched the online lecture. In class we will discuss the
material in depth. For the tutorials attendance is required.

Toetsvorm

essay
presentations
exam

Vereiste voorkennis

Microeconomics.

Literatuur

Books:

Richard Tol, Climate Economics: Economic Analysis of Climate, Climate Change and Climate Policy, Third
Edition, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2023.

Articles (tbd):

Aichele, R. and G. Felbermayr. 2015. Kyoto and Carbon Leakage: An Empirical Analysis of the Carbon
Content of Bilateral Trade. Review of Economics and Statistics. March 2015, Vol. 97, No. 1, Pages 104-115
Barrett, S. (1994). Self-Enforcing International Environmental Agreements, Oxford Economic Papers , New
Series, Vol. 46, Special Issue on Environmental Economics (Oct., 1994), pp. 878-894
Burke, M., S. Hsiang and E. Miguel (2015). Global-non-linear-effect-of-temperature-on-economic-production,
Nature, 527, 7577.
Colmer, J., R. Martin, M. Muûls, U.J. Wagner (2024). Does Pricing Carbon Mitigate Climate Change? Firm-
Level Evidence from the European Union Emissions Trading System. Review of Economic Studies 00, 1–36.
Copeland, B.R. and M.S. Taylor, 2004. "Trade, Growth, and the Environment," Journal of Economic
Literature, American Economic Association, vol. 42(1), pages 7-71, March.
Dietz S. and Venmans, F. (2019) “Cumulative carbon emissions and economics policy: in search of general

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 16 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

principles”. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management 96:108–129.

[Link]
Hsiang, Solomon, and Robert E. Kopp (2018). "An Economist's Guide to Climate Change Science." Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 32 (4): 3-32.
IPCC (2023). Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2023: Synthesis Report. Contribution of
Working Groups I, II and III to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change [Core Writing Team, H. Lee and J. Romero (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland, pp. 1-34.
Kellogg, R. (2024). The End of Oil (NBER Working Paper No. 33207). National Bureau of Economic
Research (revise-and-resubmit at the Review of Economic Studies). [Link]
Levinson, Arik. 2009. "Technology, International Trade, and Pollution from US Manufacturing." American
Economic Review, 99(5): 2177-92.
Martin, R., M. Muûls en U.J. Wagner (2016) The impact of the European Union emissions trading scheme on
regulated firms: what is the evidence after ten years? Review of Environmental Economics and Policy 10(1)
129-148.
Nordhaus, William (2015). "Climate Clubs: Overcoming Free-Riding in International Climate Policy." American
Economic Review, 105 (4): 1339-70.
Van der Ploeg, F. (2013). “Cumulative carbon emissions and the green paradox”. Annual Review of Resource
Economics, 5, 281-300. [Link]

Economics of Environmental Policy

Vakcode E_STR_EEP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M.W. Hofkes
Examinator dr. ir. J.H. Ansink
Betrokken Docenten dr. M.J. Koetse, dr. ir. J.H. Ansink
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

By the end of this course, you should be able to:

ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS

explain the main mechanisms of economic policy instruments for managing environmental problems
explain the pros and cons of economic policy instruments under different conditions and in different contexts

BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE

apply this knowledge to solve contemporary environmental problems

SOCIAL PROFESSIONAL SKILLS

make meaningful contributions to team work

Inhoud vak

A sound economic analysis of environmental policies is imperative for achieving effective and efficient solutions to
solve the important sustainability problems of our planet. Many of these problems arise because the consequences
of everyday behaviour on the environment or natural resources are not borne by the individuals who choose how to
behave. Market-based policy interventions harness the power of financial incentives to encourage firms and
individuals to take into account the full societal impacts of their decisions.

This course begins with foundational concepts in environmental economics, including concepts such as
externalities, public goods, and cost-benefit analysis. It introduces key market-based instruments but places
stronger emphasis on the practical and political constraints that shape environmental policy. Students will explore
how factors such as institutional capacity, political feasibility, lobbying pressure, and information limitations often
prevent the adoption of textbook-optimal policies. The course critically examines how these constraints influence
the real-world effectiveness, fairness, and efficiency of various policy options.

While covering instruments such as taxes, subsidies, emission trading systems, and individual transferable quotas,
the course focuses on how and why governments choose among them in specific contexts. Criteria for policy

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 17 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

selection—like administrative simplicity, equity, and resistance to manipulation—are analyzed alongside empirical
case studies. Doing so, the course covers pressing environmental problems such as climate change, the depletion
of fish stocks, water management, and air pollution.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Each week of the course typically consists of two on campus lectures and one on campus interactive. In the
lectures we assess the design and use of policy instruments both using traditional criteria (e.g. efficiency,
effectiveness) as well as through context-specific constraints (e.g. institutions, transaction costs, public acceptance,
distributional concerns etc.). In the interactives we practice with applying our knowledge on policy instruments to
specific environmental problems in which these constraints take a central role. In week 6 of the course this
application of knowledge is extended to an extensive case study which uses a similar approach. A weekly quiz is
used to test understanding of the lecture materials.

Toetsvorm

Quizzes (10%) (ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS , BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE)
Interactives (active participation) (BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE, SOCIAL PROFESSIONAL SKILLS)
Group assignment (30%) (ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS , BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE,
SOCIAL PROFESSIONAL SKILLS)
Exam (60%) (ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH SKILLS , BRIDGING THEORY AND PRACTICE)

Vereiste voorkennis

Bachelor’s degree in Economics;

Bachelor’s degree in Earth, Economics and Sustainability;

or

Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics, Environmental Sciences, Transport Science, Engineering, or Geography with
sufficient background in economics and statistics.

Literatuur

Title: Policy Instruments for Environmental and Natural Resource Management

Author: Sterner, T. and J. Coria
Edition: 2nd Edition
Publisher: New York: Routledge and RFF Press (2012)
ISBN: 978-1-61726-097-1

Link: [Link]
Management/Sterner-Coria/p/book/9781617260988?srsltid=AfmBOopcYTq6avkj7_Ac2KP-
qJRhk6Vyhlvrfz6YjLV_UJJ2jzxPTwPn

The textbook will be complemented with papers from academic journals.

Economics of the Welfare State

Vakcode E_EC_EWS
Studiepunten 6
Periode P2
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. P.W.C. Koning
Examinator prof. dr. P.W.C. Koning
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. P.W.C. Koning
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

By the end of this course, students should have acquired the following skills:

know how economic hypotheses that are relevant in welfare state economics and insurance economics can
be formulated adequately and tested empirically, and draw policy conclusions from this. (Academic and

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 18 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

research skills)
understand the relevant literature in the field of welfare state economics and recognize important
contributions to the this literature. (Bridging theory and practice – knowledge)
can use relevant concepts – both theoretical and empirical – to address real-life dilemmas in the design of
welfare state programs, in particular the key equity and efficiency arguments that pertain. (Bridging theory and
practice – application)
can present and communicate their own research findings and those from other studies. (Professional social
skills)
can meaningfully use insights from welfare state economics when addressing pertinent social and societal
problems. (Broadening your horizon)
can independently identify and fill in gaps in their knowledge of welfare states, in order to acquire the skills
that are needed to become a professional. (Self-awareness)

Inhoud vak

Governments implement welfare state programs to protect their citizens to social risks such as falling sick,
becoming unemployed, ageing or the occurrence of health costs. These programs, that range from public benefits
to the regulation of private insurance markets, may have a strong impact on the income, well-being and the
behavior of individuals. Welfare state programs are typically justified by equity and public responsibility, but at the
same time the growth of public expenditures forces governments to make more efficient use of existing resources.
This gives rise to a tension between equity and efficiency considerations.

This course provides an economic perspective on the design of equitable and efficient welfare state programs. The
course starts with exploring the fundamental arguments for state intervention and the provision of social insurance,
using concepts from insurance theory. Next, attention will be devoted to different welfare state interventions and
schemes, including cash benefits (such as unemployment insurance, sick pay, disability insurance and pensions)
and benefits in kind programs (e.g. health care). Special attention will also be devoted to policies to combat the
spread of COVID-19 and to alleviate its consequences (with Short-Time Work programs).

Throughout the course, programs will be assessed along the line of equity and efficiency measures, using insights
from the empirical literature on the effect of welfare state interventions on individual behavior and social outcomes.
Particularly in the working group sessions with small quizzes, article presentations and when writing and presenting
essays, these empirical studies will be discussed.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, (small) quizzes, exercises, student presentations and an essay assignment.

Toetsvorm

Written examination (70%) and grade for presentations/essays/student participation/quizzes/essays (in total 30%)
during tutorials.

Literatuur

Barr, The Economics of the Welfare State, Oxford University Press, 6th edition (2020).

In addition, various articles and papers are mandatory. These are all listed in the Course Manual and on canvas.

Toelichting Canvas

The course manual will appear on canvas about two weeks before the start of the course.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Microeconomics and public economics (undergraduate level)

Globalization, Growth and Development

Vakcode E_EC_GGD
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. P.F. Lanjouw

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 19 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Examinator prof. dr. P.F. Lanjouw

Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. P.F. Lanjouw, prof. dr. R.H. Oostendorp
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

Aim of the course is to study aspects of globalization, growth and development that are fruitfully studied from the
perspective of the economics discipline. After following the course the student will

know the basic facts concerning the topics discussed in the course (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
have a thorough understanding of these topics, in particular their economic dimension (Bridging theory and
practice - knowledge)
have learnt various empirical research techniques that can be applied within this field of economics
(Academic and research skills)
be able to present and discuss current journal articles and book chapters on globalization (Professional and
social skills)

Inhoud vak

Globalization poses both challenges and offers opportunities to rich, emerging and poor countries. The course
focuses on a number of themes that have been central in the academic and public discussion of recent trends in
the world economy. Among them are:

Relationship between growth, trade and poverty

Globalization and inequality
International migration
International trade and capital flows
Environmental and labour standards
Institutions
Trade shocks, resources and civil conflict
Financial stability

More topics in globalization are introduced in the course in the form of student presentations. The course stresses
the importance of empirical research and devotes significant time to the empirical strategies that have been used
by researchers in studying globalization.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, Student Presentations and Discussions

Toetsvorm

Written exam at the end of the course and weekly assignments.

Literatuur

Selected articles

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students specialising in economics

Industrial Organization and Competition Policy

Vakcode E_EC_IOCP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E.I. Motchenkova
Examinator dr. E.I. Motchenkova
Betrokken Docenten dr. E.I. Motchenkova
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 20 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Doel vak

This course is designed to give students an overview of the mainstream theory of Industrial Organization.

After following this course, students

can define and recognize main types and determinants of market structure (Bridging theory and practice -
knowledge)
can name and explain the determinants of the actions taken by firms and are able to explain the relationships
between firms' actions and market outcomes (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
are able to apply mathematical methods, game theory, welfare analysis and microeconomic tools to analyze
the problem of collusion, entry and exit decisions, vertical control, product differentiation, and adoption of new
technologies issues (Bridging theory and practice - theory)
can describe and analyze (both analytically and graphically) the main models used for analysis of strategic
behavior of firms under asymmetric information (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
are able to determine optimal firm and regulator behavior conditional on the type of market structure and
nature of competition in the market and draw policy conclusions (Bridging theory and practice - application)
can understand and critically assess the academic literature and recognize important contributions to the field
of industrial organization (Broadening your horizon)
can present research findings to expert and non-expert audiences (Professional and social skills)

Inhoud vak

Many markets of interest are dominated by only few firms. These firms not only choose their prices and outputs,
but also the quality and design of their products, engage in advertising campaigns and make investments in R&D.
They also decide on whether to enter or exit markets, whether to merge, vertically integrate, or to collude with rival
firms. These choices have strong effects on the markets, in which firms operate and may also have wider
repercussions throughout the economy. This course presents an approach - based on strategic decision making -
for understanding the functioning of such markets. We also use this approach to clarify the role of the government
in regulating economic activity.

This course is designed to give students an overview of the mainstream theory of Industrial Organization, to
provide students with insights in the organization of markets, and to give an overview of the main analytical tools
used for analysis of imperfectly competitive markets. The course is primarily theoretical. At the same time, a
number of empirical and experimental results will be discussed.

Part 1 of the course concerns non-strategic industrial organization and consists of the theory of the firm, analysis of
monopoly power, price discrimination and vertical integration. Part 2 studies strategic industrial organization. The
topics are static oligopoly models, dynamic price competition, spatial competition and advertising,
incumbent/entrant behavior, R&D and adoption of new technologies. Also substantial attention will be devoted to
applications of the IO tools for analysis of Competition policy. There we will focus on European and US competition
law, collusion, abuse of dominant position, and mergers.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, workshops and assignments

Toetsvorm

Written final exam

Problem sets and workshop presentations

Vereiste voorkennis

Microeconomics course

Literatuur

Tirole, J. (1988), The Theory of Industrial Organization. MIT Press.

Motta, M. (2004), Competition Policy: Theory and Practice, Cambridge University Press.
Reader with articles provided on Canvas

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Bachelor level courses in Industrial Organization

Intermediate Microeconomics

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 21 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EC_INTMMIE
Studiepunten 3
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. H.E.D. Houba
Examinator dr. H.E.D. Houba
Betrokken Docenten A. Popovici, dr. H.E.D. Houba
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The course highlights the traditional economic approach towards standard positive and normative questions. The
main goal of the course is to make the student comfortable as a user of the fundamental microeconomics model at
an intermediate/advanced level.

By the end of the course, it is expected that:

The student can draw economic hypotheses and derive policy conclusions using his/her knowledge of the
work-horse microeconomics model of competitive markets. (Academic and research skills)
The student understands the background of the academic literature and is able to make a connection
between the existing puzzles and enquiries and the microeconomics methods used to address them.
(Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
The student can address real-life societal and market challenges by applying the theory of competitive
markets. (Bridging theory and practice - application)

Inhoud vak

This course is about the theory and applications of competitive markets, the most basic microeconomics tool used
by economists and practitioners for the understanding of the functioning of markets and the implications of
economic policy.

Topic 1. Choice and demand

Here we develop the notion of demand in a formal way. The analysis serves to understand how individuals make
choices in a variety of contexts.

Concepts: Preferences and utility, Marshallian demand, Indirect utility Duality, Hicksian demand, Expenditure
function, Slutsky equation, Compensating and equivalent variation, Consumer surplus. Choice under uncertainty.

Topic 2. Profit Maximization and Cost Minimization.

Here we examine the production and supply of economic goods. The choice of inputs to minimize costs and the
choice of price to maximize profits are central.

Concepts: Production function, marginal productivity and returns to scale, Cost functions and derived concepts,
Short-run and long-run distinction, Output supply decisions and (conditional) input demand, Profit function.

Topic 3: Partial, General Equilibrium and Welfare.

Here we show how to aggregate individual decisions to yield the notions of aggregate demand and supply. We
develop the idea of equilibrium price, a signal that coordinates all actors in the market. The efficiency of the
competitive equilibrium is demonstrated. Finally, we look into how the notion of equilibrium and its welfare
properties extend to multi-market [Link] tradeoff between equity and efficiency is discussed.

Concepts: Demand aggregation, Supply aggregation, Partial equilibrium, Consumer and producer surplus, Social
welfare, General equilibrium, Excess demand, Walras’ Law, Edgeworth box, Edgeworthian bargaining, The core of
an economy, Relative prices, Pareto efficiency, The First and Second Fundamental Theorem of Welfare
Economics, Social welfare functions, Efficiency vs. equity.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

This is a 3 weeks course with 18 student/teacher contact hours in total: 12 for lectures/instruction, 6 for tutorial
sessions. Each week has 2 theory/instruction sessions of 2 hours each, and one practice session of 2 hours. Some
course material will be provided in the form of knowledge clips and supporting video recordings. Students are
expected to come to all the sessions and watch selected knowledge clips and supporting videos before coming to
class.

Toetsvorm

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 22 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

The course is good for 3 ECTS credits. The final grade will be awarded based on two grades as follows:

• Written exam: 75%

• Problem sets: 25 %

The final grade is the weighted average of the written exam and the problem sets if the former is at least 5.0;
otherwise the final grade is the grade of the written exam.

Vereiste voorkennis

Microeconomics at the level of Varian, H. R. Intermediate Microeconomics. 8th edition. W. W. Norton, 2010.
Mathematics at the level of Sydsaeter, Knut and Hammond, Essential Mathematics for Economic Analysis,
Prentice Hall, 3rd ed., 2008

Literatuur

Snyder and Nicholson: Microeconomic Theory: Basic Principles and Extensions, 12th or later edition,
CENGAGE Learning.
Knowledge clips and supporting video recordings provided via digital learning environment CANVAS.
Other course material provided (for free) via CANVAS.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Mainly MSc Econ, MSc STREEM students but also MSc Econometrics

Overige informatie

The nature of this course is such that students should become familiar with working with formal mathematical
models. This requires practice, perseverance and patience.

As an experiment, students and the lecturer will explore whether and how Wolfram Alpha can be deployed to
empower them in performing mathematics.

Toelichting Canvas

All the course information and communication will take place through the CANVAS site of the course.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

The language of Economics is mathematics. Those fluent in mathematics are among the most successful students
each year. It is therefore highly recommended that students refresh their math skills. All students are strongly
encouraged to attend the course "Math Refresher", starting end of August. This course will empower you and it is
for free! Don't waste this unique opportunity.

Introduction to Econometrics
Vakcode E_EC_INTRTR
Studiepunten 3
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. Dobbelaere
Examinator dr. S. Dobbelaere
Betrokken Docenten dr. S. Dobbelaere, R. Kusuma Atmadja
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

After the course, students have an advanced understanding of the mathematical and statistical concepts underlying
regression analysis (bridging theory and practice - knowledge). They also have basic knowledge of algorithmic
approaches, alongside more traditional model-based approaches. They are able to critically evaluate the quality of
empirical research in economic applications (bridging theory and practice - knowledge & broadening your horizon).
They are also capable of performing empirical research themselves (academic and research skills, bridging theory
and practice - application & broadening your horizon). The latter implies that they are able to make decisions about

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 23 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

the appropriate statistical model, can deal with real-life data, are aware of the strengths and weaknesses of the
selected model and are able to estimate and interpret its parameters.

Inhoud vak

This course makes students familiar with standard microeconometric methods. These methods are often used in
economic research to test predictions from economic theory. In addition, students also have basic knowledge of
algorithmic approaches, alongside more traditional model-based approaches. During the course, attention is
devoted to both the theory underlying the different techniques and the practical application. Theoretical knowledge
is assessed in the final exam, while the implementation of the different methods is assessed in empirical
assignments. The software package R is used in the empirical assignments. An important aspect of the course is
that students learn how to interpret estimation results.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Main lectures. Workshops.

Toetsvorm

Evaluation will be based on individual quizzes, team assignments and the individual, written, closed-book exam.

Vereiste voorkennis

Introductory course in econometrics at Bachelor level.

Literatuur

Stock, J.H. and M.W. Watson, Introduction to Econometrics, Global edition. Pearson Education Inc., 4th edition,
2020 (ISBN: 978-1-292-26445-5)

Overige informatie

Students who are not familiar with the software package R are encouraged to participate in the R refresher, either
with one on-campus option in the week before the start of Period 1, or the online option available for self-study on
Canvas.

Macro and International Finance

Vakcode E_FIN_MIF
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. W.A. van den End
Examinator dr. W.A. van den End
Betrokken Docenten dr. W.A. van den End
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The goals of this course are:

to gain a thorough understanding of the role of financial markets and institutions in the economy and the
international dimension therein.
to develop a critical attitude towards different theories in macro-finance.
develop skills to answer macro-finance questions using advanced statistical analyses.

Inhoud vak

Macro-finance addresses the link between asset prices, investment behaviour and economic fluctuations. Potential
topics that will be discussed in this course include:

macro-economic effects of financial shocks and crises

consumption based asset price models

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 24 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Inflation risk in asset portfolios

currency risk and investment behaviour
impact of leverage, liquidity and credit risk on the economy
bond yields: macro drivers and predictive value for recessions and crises
monetary policy
shadow finance, activities of non-bank financial institutions

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials.

Toetsvorm

The final grade consists of a written exam (minimum grade 5.0) and assignments.

Literatuur

Selection of academic articles.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Students in Master Finance, Master Economics

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Students are advised to have bachelor level knowledge of Asset pricing, Macro economics, and Statistics.

Macroeconomic Policy in the EU

Vakcode E_EC_MPEU
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. B. Jacobs
Examinator prof. dr. B. Jacobs
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. B. Jacobs, B. Bremer
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

During the course, students will get an in-depth theoretical and empirical background into macroeconomic policy
making. The decision on the specific topic(s) will be made at the start of the course and will depend on the current
state of macro-economic policy debates.

Students will study macroeconomic policy in the EU on a particular timely topic. Students will learn to understand
the economics of a policy question from relevant theoretical literature (Bridging Theory and Practice – Knowledge).
Students will explore theoretical arguments using empirical evidence (Bridging Theory and Practice - Application).
Students will learn to weigh different theoretical arguments based on their empirical validity (Bridging Theory and
Practice - Application).

Guest lecturers with strong expertise in the main topics and policy makers will be invited. Students are expected to
prepare lectures well. During the lectures students are expected to actively engage in class discussions (Social
Professional Skills). They may also need to make a presentation based on an article from the list of required
reading (Social Professional Skills).

Inhoud vak

In this course, students will study macroeconomic policy in the EU on a particular timely topic. The topic will change
every year and will be announced on Canvas. Examples include macro-economic policies to deal with the financial
crisis, the eurocrisis, secular stagnation, the covid-crisis, the energy crisis, trade tariffs and shocks to the
international financial system, etc.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 25 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Lectures

Active learning activities

Toetsvorm

Exam

Optional: class presentation

Optional: class discussion

Vereiste voorkennis

Core courses MSc Economics, Public Policy or Econometrics

Literatuur

There is no textbook. The readings consist of academic research articles and policy papers. All class materials will
be announced on Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Students should have completed the core courses of the MSc Eonomics or Public Policy. Or they should have
acquired similar knowledge on macroeconomics, microeconomics, applied econometrics and public economics
elsewhere.

In case basic knowledge is lacking, students are recommended to refresh their knowledge with the aid of the
following books:

Micro-economics: Goolsbee, Austan, Steven Levitt, and Chad Syverson (2020). Microeconomics, Third
Edition, MacMillan/Worth Publishers.
Macroeconomics: Blanchard, Olivier, Alessia Amighini, and Francesco Giavazzi (2021), Macroeconomics: A
European Perspective, fourth edition, Pearson Education Limited.
Public Economics: Stiglitz, Joseph E. (2000). Economics of the Public Sector, W.W. Norton & Company, 3rd
edition.
Mathematics: Sydsaeter, Knut, and Peter Hammond (2008), Essential Mathematics for Economics Analysis,
Third edition, Prentice Hall.
Econometrics: Angrist, Joshua D. and Jörn-Steffen Pischke (2009), Mostly Harmless Econometrics,
Princeton University Press.

Any other good introduction in these fields can suffice. Students with insufficient knowledge of econometrics should
consult Angrist and Pischke (2009). Students with insufficient knowledge of mathematics should consult Sydsaeter
and Hammond (2008).

Master's Internship (0 EC)

Vakcode E_MSC_INTS
Studiepunten 0
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator N.B. Broekman MSc
Examinator N.B. Broekman MSc
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen

Doel vak

Een stage is een uitstekende manier om de kennis en academische vaardigheden die studenten tijdens hun studie
opdoen, in de praktijk toe te passen. Om deze reden wordt het dan ook sterk aanbevolen. Het belangrijkste
leerdoel van stages is om vertrouwd te raken met professionele en marktgerichte vaardigheden in een echte en
nieuwe organisatieomgeving. Nu de arbeidsmarkt steeds competitiever wordt, biedt het opdoen van relevante
ervaring studenten een sterke start van hun professionele loopbaan. De ‘not for credits’ (0-ECT) stage is

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 26 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

beschikbaar voor alle SBE-programma’s. Studenten kunnen een stage volgen naast hun studie of nadat zij alle
vakken hebben afgerond. De stage wordt vermeld op het diplomasupplement van de student. Als je geïnteresseerd
bent in andere soorten stages, zoals een scriptiestage of extracurriculaire stage, kun je gedetailleerde informatie
vinden in de Master stagehandleiding of de video Internships at SBE bekijken.

Inhoud vak

n.a

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Career Services ([Link]@[Link]) fungeert als SBE-begeleider voor de 0-ECT-stages. Studenten die een
‘niet-voor-studiepunten’ stage volgen, moeten aan de volgende vereisten voldoen (zie ook de Master
stagehandleiding):

Bekijk de volgende video over hoe je je aanmeldt voor de Canvaspagina:0-ECT stagevideo

Voordat je met de stage kunt beginnen, moet je de volgende twee stappen afronden:

Vul het proposal in op Canvas, uiterlijk twee weken voor de startdatum. Het doel van het proposal is een
beschrijving te geven van wat de student tijdens de stage wil leren. Het proposal bevat de volgende onderdelen:

Een beschrijving van de organisatie en de afdeling waar de stage plaatsvindt (bijvoorbeeld sector, leeftijd van
de organisatie, aantal medewerkers, enz.);
Een beschrijving van de taken en verantwoordelijkheden tijdens de stage;
Persoonlijke leerdoelen: wat wil je leren van deze stage?
Een toelichting op waarom deze stage relevant is voor jouw studieprogramma.

Na goedkeuring van het proposal door de SBE-begeleider van Career Services, moet de stageovereenkomst door
drie partijen worden ondertekend: Vul de lege velden in de stageovereenkomst in, onderteken deze zelf en zorg
ervoor dat de vertegenwoordiger van de organisatie die de stage aanbiedt deze ook ondertekent. Upload de
ondertekende overeenkomst in Canvas, uiterlijk twee weken vóór de start van je stage. Jouw SBE-begeleider zal
als laatste de overeenkomst ondertekenen en een ondertekend exemplaar naar jou terugsturen.

Om de stage met succes af te ronden, dien je de volgende twee stappen te voltooien:

Twee weken vóór het afronden van de stage moet het reflectieverslag (max. 5 A4) worden ingeleverd via Canvas.
Het doel van dit verslag is om te beschrijven wat je tijdens de stage hebt geleerd. Het verslag bevat de volgende
onderdelen:

een beschrijving van de stage (d.w.z. doel, activiteiten, resultaten);

een persoonlijke reflectie op de stage (zoals de begeleiding vanuit de organisatie, de werksfeer, vergelijking
tussen verwachtingen en realiteit, enz.);
reflectie op de persoonlijke leerdoelen;
advies dat je zou geven aan studenten die op dit moment op zoek zijn naar een stage;
advies dat je zou geven aan studenten die geïnteresseerd zijn in een vergelijkbare functie.

Lever samen met het stageverslag ook de evaluatie van je bedrijfsbegeleider in via Canvas. Op basis van het
reflectieverslag en de evaluatie van de bedrijfsbegeleider beoordeelt de SBE-begeleider of aan de vereisten is
voldaan, en stuurt vervolgens een bevestiging naar de studieadministratie.

Toetsvorm

n.a

Afwijkende intekenprocedure

Om je aan te melden voor de 0-ECT-stage, bekijk je eerst de0-ECT stagevideo. Het proposal en de
stageovereenkomst moeten minimaal twee weken vóór de start van de stage worden ingeleverd via Canvas. De
stageovereenkomst moet alle vereiste handtekeningen bevatten. Career Services fungeert als de SBE-begeleider
voor de 0-ECT-stage. Nadat het proposal is goedgekeurd en de stageovereenkomst is ondertekend door de
student, de SBE-begeleider en het bedrijf, kan de student met de stage beginnen. Voor meer informatie, zie de
Master stagehandleiding.

Voor vragen kun je een e-mail sturen naar [Link]@[Link], of deelnemen aan een van de Internship Advice-
sessies of Internship Q&A’s met Career Services. Career Services kan ook helpen bij de voorbereiding op een
stage, bijvoorbeeld bij het schrijven van een goed cv en sollicitatiebrief. Klik hier voor meer informatie.

Microeconomics
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 27 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EC_MICREC
Studiepunten 3
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. E.I. Motchenkova
Examinator dr. E.I. Motchenkova
Betrokken Docenten A. Popovici, dr. E.I. Motchenkova
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

This course covers the main theoretical concepts in consumer choice, firm behavior and analysis of imperfectly
competitive markets. These methods are often used in economic research to assess the effectiveness of economic
policy.

Specific learning outcomes upon completion of this curricular item are

being able to understand the relevance of economics for modern societies (Bridging theory and practice -
knowledge)
acquiring knowledge in the decisions to be taken by individual consumers and producers to maximize utility
and profit (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
gaining insight into the determination of the equilibrium outcomes in different market structures (Bridging
theory and practice - knowledge)
analyzing firm behavior in monopolistic and oligopolistic markets (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
being able to evaluate public economic policy, including competition law, aimed at correcting market failures
in imperfectly competitive markets (Bridging theory and practice - application)
understanding the impact of various forms of asymmetric information on economic transactions (Bridging
theory and practice - knowledge)
learning about the tools that governments might use for addressing market failures (Bridging theory and
practice - application)

Inhoud vak

This course focuses on fundamental microeconomic theory and applications. The course discusses the main
theoretical concepts and policy applications in microeconomics. Applying economic tools of analysis helps students
to gain an understanding of how decisions are being made at the micro level by firms, consumers and government.
Microeconomics also helps evaluating observed outcomes and the consequences of policy choices. In particular,
we cover consumer and producer behavior, game theory, market structures (perfect competition, monopoly,
oligopoly) and market imperfections. The role of policy will be discussed throughout the course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and seminars

Toetsvorm

Written final exam and written group assignments

Vereiste voorkennis

Students are strongly advised to follow Math Refresher in the last week of August.

Literatuur

Banerjee, S., 2015: Intermediate Microeconomics: A tool-building approach. Routledge (ISBN

9780415870054)
Additional readings (to be specified).

Microeconomics for Development

Vakcode E_EC_MED
Studiepunten 6

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 28 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Periode P2

Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M.P. Pradhan
Examinator prof. dr. M.P. Pradhan
Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. P.F. Lanjouw, prof. dr. M.P. Pradhan, prof. dr. R.H. Oostendorp
Onderwijsvormen Hoorcollege

Doel vak

In this course we apply microeconomics to topics in development economics. The aim is not to be complete, but to
select a number of well-studied topics, stressing their empirical foundation as well as the role of policy. Students
should be able to:

demonstrate knowledge and understanding of microeconomic principles underlying economic development

(Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
have a good understanding of empirical strategies to identify microeconomic foundations of development
(Academic and research skills)
demonstrate an ability to derive policy implications from microeconomic development analysis (Bridging
theory and practice - application)

Inhoud vak

The concepts and measurement of poverty and inequality will be extensively discussed as well as methods for
evaluating the impact of policy. The impact of market imperfections, particularly for handling risk, on firm and
household behaviour will be covered, including a discussion of consumption smoothing, risk-sharing, diversification
and microfinance strategies. The principal-agent relationship between donors and recipients of foreign aid will be
illustrated with a discussion of elite capture as well as the measurement and costs of corruption for development.
During the course, extensive use will be made of empirical evidence.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

lecture and tutorials

Toetsvorm

written examination, assignments

Literatuur

Selected articles to be announced.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

MSc students with sufficient quantitative knowledge

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Advanced Microeconomics (code E_EC_ADVMIE)

Applied Econometrics (code E_EC_APTR)

Policy Seminars and Policy Brief

Vakcode E_EC_PSPB
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. M.W. Hofkes
Examinator prof. dr. M.W. Hofkes

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 29 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Betrokken Docenten prof. dr. M.W. Hofkes

Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege

Doel vak

The ultimate goal of this course is to have students show proficiency in independent policy oriented writing, from an
economic perspective. Main procedural or learning objective is to acquire and apply practical skills that
characterize a good public policy economist. Those skills relate to the ability to identify and critically reflect on
relevant contributions from the academic literature, to apply economic reasoning to societal problems and to
develop and present ideas on improving and designing public policies. Students are required to present their
knowledge in a structured way, both as a written report and in the form of an oral presentation.

After successfully completing this course you will be able to:

identify the relevant contributions in the academic literature;

take a critical attitude towards the scientific literature;
identify the economic dimension of relevant societal issues;
apply economic reasoning to societal problems;
translate contributions from the academic literature to useful policy analysis;
write a clear policy advice;
present your findings to both expert and non-expert academic audiences;
work independently.

Inhoud vak

A critical attitude towards scientific papers as well as the ability to apply economic reasoning to societal issues is
essential for a public policy oriented economist. In this course students present an economic analysis of a topical
societal problem and provide a clear policy recommendation grounded in the academic literature.

The process requires to identify the relevance and urgency of your topic for policy makers, identify and critically
reflect on relevant contributions from the academic literature, apply economic reasoning, discuss policy
implications, identify alternative policy options and provide a clear policy recommendation targeting the audience of
policy makers. Formally, the project embodies formulating a clear and focused policy issue, providing a clear and
convincing policy recommendation by applying economic reasoning based on a thorough understanding of the
relevant scientific literature.

Regarding the underlying academic literature and scientific evidence, students need to select a coherent set of six
to eight relevant scientific papers, critically reflect on those contributions, put them into perspective, link them to the
policy issue under consideration, and, where relevant, compare and confront different insights obtained from
various approaches.

Students develop and write a final paper (policy brief) under close supervision of a faculty member. The main
results will be discussed and presented in public. Furthermore, students participate in seminars.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Individual supervision by faculty member.

Seminars.

Toetsvorm

Paper and presentation in public.

Participation in Seminars.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

MSc Economics students - Public Policy track

Overige informatie

MSc Economics students (Public Policy track) need to have completed Policy Seminars and Policy Brief before
they can start their master's thesis.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Strongly recommended courses from the MSc Economics (Public Policy track): Microeconomics; Introduction to
Econometrics; Public Economics and Policy.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 30 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Public Economics and Policy

Vakcode E_EC_PEP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P1
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Examinator prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Betrokken Docenten dr. M. Khadjavi Pour, prof. dr. H.L.F. de Groot
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of the course is to prepare the conceptual groundwork for policy analyses and expositions later in the
Public Policy program. Students will learn the central concepts and theories from the field of Public Economics and
will learn how to apply these in policy analysis and advice. The course will seek to strike a balance between on the
one hand mastering the analytical and technical skills required to be able to understand and apply micro- and
welfare economic theory for policy analysis and advice (Academic and Research Skills), and, on the other hand,
the ability to apply these skills in analyzing and assessing concrete contemporary policy issues (Bridging Theory
and Practice). This aim is strived for by the course’s set-up, in which lectures will be used for in-depth discussion
and explanation of theory, and tutorials are designed to learn to apply this to concrete policies and to present this to
and discuss this with fellow students and teachers (Professional Social Skills). By its very nature, the course will in
its applications focus on important contemporary societal challenges (Broadening your Horizon).

Inhoud vak

The course will address topics such as taxation of households and firms, tax incidence, public debt, distributional
effects of taxation and public expenditure, theories of the state, efficiency and welfare, optimal taxation and Ramsey
pricing, market failure, externalities, and non-local and local public goods. The twelve lectures will seek to not only
make the technical treatment and theoretical concepts accessible, but also to draw the links with contemporary
policy challenges.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

The course consists of lectures and tutorial sessions.

Toetsvorm

The grading will be based on

Assignments;
Written exam.

Vereiste voorkennis

Material covered in the first three weeks of Period 1, in the course Microeconomics and Methods.

Literatuur

Hindriks, J. and G.D. Myles (2006) Intermediate Public Economics, MIT Press, Cambridge MA. (ISBN-13: 978-0-
262-08344-7; ISBN-10:0-262-08344-2).

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

MSc students in the Public Policy program.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Microeconomics and working knowledge of calculus.

Research Project Economics

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 31 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Vakcode E_EC_RPEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P3
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Examinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep

Doel vak

The ultimate goal of the Research Project is to have students show proficiency in independent, scientific writing,
from an economic perspective. Main procedural or learning objective is to acquire and apply practical skills that
characterize a good academic economist.

Specific learning outcomes upon completion of the Research Project:

1. Students are able to identify relevant economic issues, to formulate appropriate research questions, and to
proceed to a plan for implementation to answer their question. (Academic and research skills)
2. Students have developed a feel for what makes a good and useful model and in what context to use it. They
have acquired a critical attitude towards scientific literature. (Bridging theory and practice - knowledge)
3. Students have developed a critical attitude to relevance and shortcomings of empirical data compared to
theoretical requirements, and have become aware of limitations in insights that can be gained from theoretical
reasoning alone when addressing real-life issues. (Broadening your horizon)
4. Students are able to write at an appropriate academic level, and at a professional level of English. Students
are able to provide an appealing expository written presentation of results, and can orally present their
findings convincingly to both expert and non-expert academic audiences. (Professional and social skills)
5. Students are able to work independently under supervision. (Self awareness)

Inhoud vak

A critical attitude towards scientific papers is essential for a professional economist. In the module “Research
Project” students review a coherent set of around 10 scientific papers, of which around four core contributions.
Core contributions are preferably (recently) published in leading economics journals and of high technical and
substantive content.

The process requires to reflect on those contributions, to put them into perspective, and to write a critical
evaluation. Formally, the Research Project embodies formulating a clear, relevant, specific, and feasible research
question, and providing a sufficiently deep answer to that question based on literature review.

The student develops and writes the Research Project paper under close supervision of a faculty member. The
Research Project is submitted in the form of an academic paper. The main results will be discussed and presented
in public.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Individual supervision by faculty member.

Toetsvorm

Paper and presentation in public (single grade); subcriteria apply.

Vereiste voorkennis

None.

Literatuur

n.a.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Program participants MSc Economics (except Public Policy track), and MSc Econometrics (specialization
Quantitative Economics)

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 32 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Overige informatie

MSc Economics (Economics track) students need to have completed the Research Project before they can start on
their master's thesis.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Strongly recommended courses from the MSc Economics (Economics track): Intermediate Microeconomics and
Advanced Microeconomics; Introduction to Econometrics and Applied Econometrics; Advanced Macroeconomics

Thesis MSc Economics

Vakcode E_EC_THS
Studiepunten 18
Periode Ac. Jaar (september)
Vakniveau 500
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Examinator dr. S. Hochguertel
Betrokken Docenten
Onderwijsvormen Werkgroep

Doel vak

The Master's Thesis emphasizes the creation of an original contribution that goes clearly beyond what can be
found elsewhere in the literature. The thesis is the final product submitted after having gone through the
educational program, and it embodies the proof that the student actually is a master in the academic discipline of
economics. Whereas the final written thesis is the main tangible output, important learning elements are involved
when going through the process of writing a thesis.

Specific learning outcomes are

1. The student conducts independent academic research on a specific question that is of substantive interest to
the field of economics. The research is conducted with the goal in mind to further economic insights and to
prepare policy conclusions by empirically testing hypotheses, and/or building or assessing (features of)
models. (Academic and research skills)
2. The student provides a sufficiently deep and thoroughly documented, yet focused answer to the research
question. The research activities adhere to high academic and ethical standards as set by relevant and
important contributions to the economic literature. (Bridging theory and practice - applications)
3. The student must be able to select and apply appropriate and advanced research methods and tools for
answering the research question. Tools of economic analysis include applied statistical and econometric
methods for work using economic data, and/or tools of theoretical economic modeling. (Bridging theory and
practice - applications)
4. Students are able to write at an appropriate academic level, and at a professional level of English. Students
are able to provide an appealing expository written presentation of results, and can orally present their
findings convincingly to both expert and non-expert academic audiences. (Professional and social skills)
5. The student is able to put findings into a theoretical, practical and ethical perspective. He or she is able to
frankly reveal the limitations of own work and formulate critically constructive questions about the work of
others. (Broadening your horizon)
6. The student is able to work independently under supervision, and possesses the intellectual capabilities
required for self-directed learning to broach new if related areas of scientific inquiry. (Self awareness)

Inhoud vak

Many skills that have been acquired and many tools of economic analysis that have been used in classroom
teaching before in the program, can and will now be further developed and applied to good use. The student
develops and writes the thesis under close supervision of a faculty member. The thesis is submitted in the form of
an academic paper, and results are being presented and discussed in public. Whereas the thesis can be the result
of an internship, it is judged solely on its academic quality.

The final product may in many cases bear important similarities to a published article in an economics journal, with
a focused research question, and data and methods that lead to an answer of that question. Economics theses,
certainly in the present program, often conclude with policy implications (where applicable and appropriate).
Originality is encouraged, but this can be accomplished in many ways—including a replication analysis of earlier

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 33 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

work with a thorough and insightful discussion.

Domain: any area of economics, preferably where sufficient faculty expertise for supervision is available.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Individual supervision by faculty member.

Toetsvorm

Paper and presentation in public (single grade); subcriteria apply.

Vereiste voorkennis

Students need to have completed the module "Research Project in Economics" (Economics track), or "Policy
Seminars and Policy Brief" (Public Policy track), respectively, and at least 18 ECTS points from other courses within
our Master's.

Literatuur

n.a.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Program participants MSc Economics

Overige informatie

Students in the Economics track opting for a specialization need to choose a suitable thesis topic commensurate
with that specialization.

The thesis writing periods are P5 and P6 (April-June).

Aanbevolen voorkennis

Economics track: Intermediate Microeconomics and Advanced Microeconomics; Introduction to Econometrics and
Applied Econometrics; Advanced Macroeconomics

Public Policy track: Introduction to Econometrics and Introduction to Microeconomics; Public Economics and
Policy.

Urban Economic Challenges and Policies

Vakcode E_STR_UECP
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 400
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator prof. dr. H.R.A. Koster
Examinator prof. dr. H.R.A. Koster
Betrokken Docenten K.J. Marray, prof. dr. J.N. van Ommeren, prof. dr. H.R.A. Koster
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Werkgroep, Hoorcollege

Doel vak

The aim of this course is to introduce the students to applications of urban economics to policy-relevant issues.
After taking this course, students should be able to judge the strengths and weaknesses of using various economic
tools and methods in concrete policy situations. They should be able to propose a strategy for analyzing urban
policy questions and providing advice using state-of-the-art academic practice.

Inhoud vak

In the course a number of policy-relevant urban economics issues are analyzed using state-of-the art economic
methods. Each week discusses a certain urban challenge or issue and policies that have aimed to address these.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 34 van 35
Economics - 2025-2026

Topics discussed include the effectiveness of place-based policies, spatial sorting, segregation, urban air pollution,
as well as cities in developing countries. The complete list of topics is partly determined in a brainstorm session in
which students are asked to suggest relevant topics.

In each lecture, attention is paid to welfare economic issues (needed for policy evaluation), and econometric
methods (needed for appropriate analysis of causal relationships). Guest lectures provide a bridge between
academic and policy-induced research. Students undertake hedonic price analyses and work interpreting some
economic models studying the consequences of policies. Towards the end of the course students write a short
essay in which they propose appropriate policy measures to deal with a relevant urban economic issue.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures, guest lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm

Written examination (70%) including questions on the theoretical prerequisites and interpretation of regression
outputs as well as reflections on the validity and effectiveniss of various policies

Several practical assignments (30%) in small groups: Assignments are to be handed in before the tutorials and
discussed there. Some assignments relate to the derivation of theoretical propositions of the estimators and their
properties, but the main focus is hands-on computer exercises applying the theoretical concepts to real-world data
using the software package R and provide subsequent interpretation of the results and relate this to policies.

To pass this course, a minimum of a 5.0 is required for the exam, as well as an overall grade of 5.5.

Literatuur

Academic papers and syllabi

Overige informatie

Students are strongly(!) advised to follow the Math Refresher and Introduction to STATA courses that are given
during the last week before the academic year commences.

Aanbevolen voorkennis

An active knowledge of mathematical tools and econometric techniques is required. Please apply for the the Math
and STATA refresher otherwise.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - School of Business and Economics 28 Jan 2026 - Pagina 35 van 35
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Programming for Economists
Vakcode E_EBE1_PFE
Studiepunten 6
Periode P6
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. F.R.M. Portrait
Examinator dr. F.R.M. Portrait
Betrokken Docenten drs. ing. C. Schouwenaar, dr. F.R.M. Portrait
Onderwijsvormen Computerpracticum, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
After finishing the course, you will:

1. Understand basic principles of coding for data science. (Knowledge and understanding)
2. Be able to write basic functions and scripts in R. (Knowledge and understanding)
3. Understand structural approaches for managing and showcasing data in an engaging way. (Applying
knowledge and understanding) (Making judgements) (Learning skills)

Inhoud vak
This course will provide an introductory guide for programming in R. We will focus on teaching introductory coding
skills that are relevant for data science and research applications. The object-oriented programming skills taught in
this course are easily portable to other commonly-used object-oriented languages such as Python and C++. We will
address basic looping, functions, data visualization, and data management.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and practical sessions. There will be a total of 42 contact hours throughout the course. Attendance is
mandatory for some but not all lectures.

Toetsvorm
The class grade will be determined based on a weighted combination of grades on quizzes, an applied project, and
a final exam.

Aanbevolen voorkennis
It is recommended that participants have an understanding of basic descriptive statistics before taking this course.
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Quantitative Research Methods III - Economics and
Finance
Vakcode E_EBE3_QRMEF
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator A. Abate Bessomo
Examinator A. Abate Bessomo
Betrokken Docenten dr. P. Muller, A. Abate Bessomo
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
After successfully completing this course, you will be able to:

work with the linear regression model (univariate and multivariate), Probit model and interpret the outcomes
correctly by using R (Academic and Research skills)
identify and correctly deal with situations where the classical regression assumptions do not hold
(heteroskedasticity, multicollinearity, endogeneity) (Academic and Research skills)
translate a financial /economic case study into an empirical academic research question (Academic and
Research skills)
report your findings according to academic standards. (Social/Professional Skills)

Inhoud vak
First of all, students get to know and learn about different data sources and to summarize data in a number of
descriptive statistics. Second, they learn how to work with univariate and multivariate linear regression models. We
also pay attention to situations where the classical assumptions of the linear regression model do not hold: think
about problems such as multicollinearity, omitted variable bias, heteroskedasticity and endogeneity. Third, students
will learn to work with Probit models (in case the outcome variable is binary) and they get to know the basics of
time series and panel data models. Finally, students will apply the mentioned techniques with empirical data using
R.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures and tutorials

Toetsvorm
Written exam
Cases
Quizzes

Literatuur
TBA

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

This course is designed for 3rd year students Economics and Business Economics
Overige informatie
Students who completed the complete minor 'Applied Econometrics: A Big Data Experience for All' may choose a
different course from the curriculum of BSc Economics and Business Economics instead of QRM III.

Aanbevolen voorkennis
Quantitative Research Methods I and II.
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Microeconomics II
Vakcode E_EBE2_MICEC
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4
Vakniveau 300
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit School of Business and Economics
Vakcoördinator dr. H.G. Bloemen
Examinator dr. H.G. Bloemen
Betrokken Docenten L.I.A. Alajääskö, dr. H.G. Bloemen
Onderwijsvormen Instructiecollege, Werkcollege, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
After successfully completing this course, you:

Academic and Research Skills:

are able to apply economic theory using economic models;

understand how a problem can be formulated in terms of an abstract economic model and how the results
can be interpreted.

Bridging Theory and Practice - knowledge:

understand and are able to analyze economics theories and models in the field of (intermediate level)
microeconomics;
are able to apply graphical tools, mathematical methods, and computations;
understand and remember the concepts and theoretical mechanisms.

Inhoud vak
This is a course in Microeconomics at the intermediate level. The course addresses the general (competitive)
equilibrium. This includes a discussion of the concept of Pareto efficiency and the conditions under which efficiency
can be reached. In this context social welfare is considered. The concept of Pareto efficiency is being compared to
the concept of "fair" allocation. Externalities and public goods are reasons for missing markets and may cause
Pareto efficiency to be violated. Monopoly is a market structure that leads to absence of Pareto efficiency in the
equilibrium. Causes of monopoly, such as the natural monopoly, are considered. Monopolists can use their power
to conduct specific pricing strategies such as price discrimination. A market structure in between competition and
monopoly is monopolistic competition. Firms in such markets have market power, but free entry drives profits to
zero in the long run. In oligopolistic markets strategic interactions play an important role. Examples of such
interactions are the decision to cooperate or not, and to deter entry or not. Game-theoretic methods provide insight
in various aspects of the strategies. With the rise of information technology new structures emerged by which
suppliers offer their products. Some specific issues in these new markets are discussed. An auction is an allocation
mechanism with various applications, among which is the auctioning of radio frequencies. In auctions strategy
game-theoretic aspects play a role as well. Information is a very important aspect in the functioning of markets.
Information asymmetry can lead to market failure, but also induce agents to find mechanisms to signal information
and to find incentive payment schemes that function even if information is incomplete. The concept of revealed
preference will be explained during the course.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Lectures. Instruction tutorials. Tutorials.

Toetsvorm
Assignments - Individual assessment.
Exam - Individual assessment.
Literatuur
Hal R. Varian, "Intermediate Microeconomics", 9th edition.
Supplementary materials (journal articles, cases, assignments): to be announced.

Aanbevolen voorkennis
The course is compulsory for students following the Economics track of the BSc programme Economics and
Business Economics (EBE) and builds on prior knowledge obtained in the courses Microeconomics I, Quantitative
Research Methods I, Quantitative Research Methods II, part of the programme EBE.

For students from outside the EBE programme:

The course builds on prior knowledge of

Microeconomics, including topics as consumer theory (utility maximization), theory of the firm (production
functions, cost functions, profit maximization), market structure (competition, monopoly, oligopoly), present
value,elasticities, consumer and producer surplus, wefare, Pareto efficiency
Mathematical methods: optimization, Lagrange, differentiation, solving systems of equations
Statistical methods: uncertainty and the concept of expected value, t-values
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Analysis II and Mathematical reasoning
Vakcode XB_0159
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. M.A. Estevez Fernandez
Examinator dr. M.A. Estevez Fernandez
Betrokken Docenten dr. O. Fabert, dr. M.A. Estevez Fernandez
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen digitaal, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
Na succesvolle afronding van deze cursus zullen studenten in staat zijn om:

De fundamentele eigenschappen van het reële getallenstelsel te begrijpen;

Begrijpen en toepassen van metrische ruimtes en topologische ruimtes.
De definities van limieten voor reeksen, series, functies en afbeeldingen te formuleren en toe te passen;
Belangrijke eigenschappen van limieten te demonstreren en te gebruiken;
Het concept van continuïteit voor functies en afbeeldingen te definiëren en toe te passen;
Belangrijke eigenschappen van continuïteit te demonstreren en te gebruiken;
Het concept van afgeleiden, inclusief hogere-orde afgeleiden voor functies van één variabele, en partiële
afgeleiden (inclusief hogere-orde) voor functies en afbeeldingen van meerdere variabelen te definiëren en toe
te passen;
(Partiële) afgeleiden toe te passen om extreme punten van functies te bepalen en Taylor-polynomen te
construeren;
De definitie van de Riemann-integraal te begrijpen en te bepalen of een functie Riemann-integreerbaar is;
Het concept van uniforme convergentie voor reeksen en series van functies te definiëren en toe te passen.

Inhoud vak
Mathematische analyse is de studie van limieten en hun eigenschappen. Deze cursus biedt een rigoureuze
introductie tot reële analyse voor functies van één en meerdere variabelen. De nadruk ligt op precieze definities,
stellingen en hun bewijzen. De volgende onderwerpen zullen worden behandeld:

Het reële getallenstelsel en zijn eigenschappen;

Metrische ruimtes en topologische ruimtes;
Limieten van reeksen en functies, en hun eigenschappen;
Continuïteit van functies en gerelateerde eigenschappen;
Afgeleiden en hun toepassingen (inclusief monotonie, extrema, convexiteit en concaviteit, en de regel van
L'Hôpital);
De Riemann-integraal en zijn eigenschappen;
Uniforme convergentie en bewerkingen op reeksen en series van functies.

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

De cursus bestaat uit:

Hoorcolleges: 2 sessies per week, elk 2 uur;

Werkcolleges: 1 sessie per week, 2 uur.

Toetsvorm
Een tussentijdse toets zal plaatsvinden aan het einde van Periode 4;
Een eindtoets zal plaatsvinden aan het einde van Periode 5.
Details over de inhoud van elk examen en de berekening van het eindcijfer zullen beschikbaar worden gesteld op
Canvas.

Studenten die geen voldoende halen, krijgen de kans om een herkansing te doen, die alle cursusonderwerpen
omvat, aan het einde van het voorjaarssemester.

Literatuur
Zorich, V. A. (2015). Mathematical Analysis I, 2nd edition. Springer.
Zorich, V. A. (2016). Mathematical Analysis II, 2nd edition. Springer.

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Jaar 1 EOR (Econometrie en Operationeel Research)
Jaar 1 EDS (Econometrie en Data Science)

Overige informatie
Van studenten wordt verwacht dat ze goed voorbereid naar de werkcolleges komen. Dit betekent dat ze de
toegewezen oefeningen van tevoren proberen te maken. Geselecteerde oefeningen zullen op het bord worden
besproken, en studenten worden aangemoedigd om de onderwijsassistent vragen te stellen over andere
problemen. Aanwezigheid zal worden geregistreerd

Aanbevolen voorkennis
Een gedegen begrip van de onderwerpen die inCalculus and Analysis worden behandeld, is vereist.
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Linear Algebra
Vakcode X_400042
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. I. Canakci
Examinator dr. I. Canakci
Betrokken Docenten dr. I. Canakci
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
After successfully completing this course, the student

has a working knowledge of the concepts of matrix algebra and finite-dimensional linear algebra, such as
echelon form, LU-decomposition, linear independence and determinants;
is familiar with the general theory of finite-dimensional vector spaces, in particular with the concepts of basis
and dimension;
is familiar with the concepts of eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization and singular value
decomposition and can apply these concepts in basic applications in discrete time dynamical systems;
has working knowledge of the concepts of inner product spaces and matrices acting in inner product spaces,
including orthogonal projections and diagonalization of symmetric matrices.

Inhoud vak
systems of linear equations
linear (in)dependence
linear transformations and matrices
matrix operations
determinants
vector spaces and subspaces
basis and dimension
rank of a matrix, dimension theorem
coordinate systems and change of basis
eigenvalues and eigenvectors
diagonalization of matrices
inner product, length and orthogonality
orthogonal bases and least-squares problems
diagonalization of symmetric matrices
singular value decomposition

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

2 lectures and 1 exercise class per week

Toetsvorm
Exams
The course has two partial exams, one for each period. The two partial exams are both contribute to 50% of the
final grade.

You pass the course if you meet the following three conditions:

you have at least a 4.0 for the midterm exam;

you have at least a 4.0 for the final exam;
 your final grade is at least 5.5.

The final grade will be rounded to the nearest half integer, except for the grades between 5.0 and 6.0 which will be
rounded to the nearest integer.

Resit
If you fail the course, you will be eligible to take a resit exam, which covers all the material for the entire course and
contributes as 100% of your final grade. It is not possible to redo only the first or second part of the course material.

Literatuur
David C. Lay, Stephen R. Lay and Judi J. McDonald, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 5th edition (or 6th
edition), Pearson Global Edition, ISBN-139781292092232

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

1BA
Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam - 2025-2026
Multivariable Calculus
Vakcode XB_41008
Studiepunten 6
Periode P4+5
Vakniveau 100
Onderwijstaal Engels
Faculteit Faculteit der Bètawetenschappen
Vakcoördinator dr. F. Mokhtari
Examinator L.E. Toussaint
Betrokken Docenten M.J. Droste, dr. F. Mokhtari
Onderwijsvormen Werkcollege, Deeltentamen schriftelijk, Hoorcollege

Doel vak
At the end of this course students will be able to ...

1. differentiate functions of several variables (partial derivatives), find local extreme values and use these to
graph functions;
2. parametrize curves and surfaces;
3. apply the implicit and inverse function theorem;
4. calculate and investigate multivariable Taylor polynomials of functions of several variables;
5. calculate multivariable integrals (2D and 3D integrals) using appropriately chosen methods, such as the
substitution method, integration by parts and changing the order of integration;
6. investigate vector fields and line integrals;
7. work with differential k-forms;
8. formulate (the general) Stokes theorem and derive the classical integral theorems of Gauss, Green and
Stokes;
9. write down the arguments involved in solving a calculus problem in a logically correct manner.

Inhoud vak
This course deals with the calculus of functions of several variables.
In particular, we cover

parametrized curves and arc length

planes and lines
functions of several variables and level sets
partial derivatives, gradients and directional derivatives
tangent planes and multivariable Taylor polynomials
the multivariable chain rule
the implicit and inverse function theorem
optimization and optimization under constraints
2D integrals, order of integration
3D integrals, cylindrical and spherical coordinates
changes of variables
vector fields
line integrals and surface integrals
parametrized hyper-sufaces and manifolds
differential k-forms
(the general) Stokes theorem and the classical integral theorems of Gauss, Green and Stokes

Aanvullende informatie onderwijsvormen

Class meetings (twice per week) and office hours (twice per week)

Toetsvorm
Weekly MyMathLab exercises (10%), one Midterm exams (35%) and a Final exam (55%). MML and both exams
are mandatory.

The resit exam counts for 90%, with the 10% of the MyMathLab exercises still counting for the resit grade. There is
no resit opportunity for the MyMathLab exercises.

Literatuur
Calculus: A Complete Course, by Adams and Essex, 10th edition, Pearson, 2022. ISBN 978-0-13-573258-8

Aanvullende informatie doelgroep

Bachelor Mathematics Year one

Toelichting Canvas
Course on differential forms. Available via Canvas.

Aanbevolen voorkennis
Necessary background: Single Variable Calculus (XB_41007)